diff --git a/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml b/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac777a7daf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/actions/deploy-action/action.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+name: Deploy via Bastion Host
+description: "Deploy specified files and directories to a primary and secondary server via a bastion host"
+inputs:
+ private_ssh_key:
+ description: "The private SSH key used to authenticate with the remote servers"
+ required: true
+
+ public_bastion_host_keys:
+ description: "The public SSH host keys for the bastion server"
+ required: true
+
+ bastion_host:
+ description: "The [user@]hostname of the bastion server"
+ required: true
+
+ primary_host:
+ description: "The [user@]hostname of the primary web server"
+ required: true
+
+ secondary_host:
+ description: "The [user@]hostname of the secondary web server"
+ required: true
+
+ source:
+ description: "The files and directories to copy from the workspace"
+ required: true
+
+ destination:
+ description: "The destination to copy the source files and directories to"
+ required: true
+
+runs:
+ using: "composite"
+ steps:
+ - name: Configure ssh-agent for subsequent steps
+ run: echo "SSH_AUTH_SOCK=/tmp/ssh_agent.sock" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+ shell: bash
+
+ - name: Start ssh-agent with SSH key
+ run: |
+ ssh-agent -a $SSH_AUTH_SOCK
+ ssh-add - <<< "${{ inputs.private_ssh_key }}"
+ shell: bash
+
+ - name: Populate known hosts
+ run: |
+ mkdir -m 700 -p ~/.ssh
+ printf "${{ inputs.public_bastion_host_keys }}" >> ~/.ssh/known_hosts
+ chmod 600 ~/.ssh/known_hosts
+ shell: bash
+
+ - name: Deploy to primary server
+ run: rsync -avz --delete -e 'ssh -A ${{ inputs.bastion_host }} ssh' ${{ inputs.source }} ${{ inputs.primary_host }}:${{ inputs.destination }}
+ shell: bash
+
+ - name: Deploy to secondary server
+ run: rsync -avz --delete -e 'ssh -A ${{ inputs.bastion_host }} ssh' ${{ inputs.source }} ${{ inputs.secondary_host }}:${{ inputs.destination }}
+ shell: bash
diff --git a/.github/dependabot.yml b/.github/dependabot.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d1565e612
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/dependabot.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+version: 2
+updates:
+ - package-ecosystem: "bundler"
+ directory: "/"
+ schedule:
+ interval: "weekly"
+ target-branch: "develop"
+ - package-ecosystem: "github-actions"
+ directory: "/"
+ schedule:
+ interval: "weekly"
+ target-branch: "develop"
+ - package-ecosystem: "pip"
+ directory: "/"
+ schedule:
+ interval: "weekly"
+ target-branch: "develop"
diff --git a/.github/workflows/build.yml b/.github/workflows/build.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd343d7972
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/build.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+name: Build
+
+on:
+ push:
+ branches:
+ - master
+ pull_request:
+
+jobs:
+ build:
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ steps:
+ - name: Only allow pull requests based on master from the develop branch of the current repository
+ if: ${{ github.base_ref == 'master' && !(github.head_ref == 'develop' && github.event.pull_request.head.repo.full_name == github.repository) }}
+ run: |
+ echo "Pull requests based on master can only come from the develop branch of this repository"
+ echo "Please check your base branch as it should be develop by default"
+ exit 1
+ - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+ - uses: actions/setup-python@v5
+ with:
+ python-version: 3.9
+ - name: Install Python dependencies
+ uses: py-actions/py-dependency-install@v4
+ - name: Install Python libs
+ run: pip3 install -r ./requirements.txt
+ - uses: ruby/setup-ruby@v1
+ with:
+ ruby-version: 3.2
+ bundler-cache: true
+ - uses: seanmiddleditch/gha-setup-ninja@v6
+ with:
+ version: 1.10.2
+ - name: Install arm-none-eabi-gcc GNU Arm Embedded Toolchain
+ uses: carlosperate/arm-none-eabi-gcc-action@v1.10.0
+ - name: Install Doxygen
+ run: |
+ wget https://www.doxygen.nl/files/doxygen-1.10.0.linux.bin.tar.gz
+ tar xf doxygen-1.10.0.linux.bin.tar.gz -C "$HOME"
+ echo "$HOME/doxygen-1.10.0/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
+ - name: Build Doxygen documentation
+ run: make build_doxygen_adoc
+ - name: Build documentation
+ run: make -j 2
+ - name: Deploy to Mythic Beasts
+ if: ${{ github.ref == 'refs/heads/master' }}
+ uses: ./.github/actions/deploy-action
+ with:
+ private_ssh_key: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_SSH_KEY }}
+ public_bastion_host_keys: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_KNOWN_HOSTS }}
+ bastion_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_BASTION_HOST }}
+ primary_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_PRIMARY_HOST }}
+ secondary_host: ${{ secrets.DEPLOY_SECONDARY_HOST }}
+ # this needs to match destination: in _config.yml
+ source: documentation/html/
+ destination: documentation
diff --git a/.github/workflows/stale.yml b/.github/workflows/stale.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ffb99cfcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.github/workflows/stale.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+name: Mark stale issues and pull requests
+
+on:
+ schedule:
+ - cron: '15 2 * * SUN'
+
+jobs:
+ stale:
+
+ runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+ permissions:
+ issues: write
+ pull-requests: write
+
+ steps:
+ - uses: actions/stale@v9
+ with:
+ repo-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+ stale-issue-message: 'This issue has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. Thank you for your contributions.'
+ stale-pr-message: 'This pull request has been automatically marked as stale because it has not had recent activity. It will be closed if no further activity occurs. Thank you for your contributions.'
+ stale-issue-label: 'stale issue'
+ stale-pr-label: 'stale pull request'
+ exempt-issue-labels: 'ready to merge,ready for copy-edit,paused,in progress,linked pull request,backlog'
+ exempt-pr-labels: 'ready to merge,ready for copy-edit,paused,in progress,backlog'
+ days-before-stale: 60
+ days-before-close: 7
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index 1b4d14230a..1d7ee958d6 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -1,2 +1,7 @@
-_build/
-Gemfile.lock
+.DS_Store
+__pycache__
+build
+build-pico-sdk-docs
+documentation/html
+documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk
+.venv
diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9f315972ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitmodules
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+[submodule "documentation/pico-sdk"]
+ path = lib/pico-sdk
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk
+ branch = master
+[submodule "documentation/pico-examples"]
+ path = lib/pico-examples
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-examples.git
+ branch = master
+
+[submodule "doxygentoasciidoc"]
+ path = lib/doxygentoasciidoc
+ url = https://github.com/raspberrypi/doxygentoasciidoc.git
+ branch = main
diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c9165da83..0000000000
--- a/.travis.yml
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-language: ruby
-rvm:
- - 2.1
-
-before_install:
- - export NOKOGIRI_USE_SYSTEM_LIBRARIES=true
-
-branches:
- - master
-
-notifications:
- email: false
diff --git a/BUILD.md b/BUILD.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2d5ac2c6e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BUILD.md
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Making the documentation
+
+A brief overview of the files in this repo, and the make-targets in the `Makefile`, and how it all hangs together to build the final output html files from the initial adoc input files.
+
+**TL;DR version**: To build the 'regular' documentation site, run `make clean; make`. To build the documentation site with pico-sdk API docs included, run `make clean; make build_doxygen_adoc; make`.
+
+## Files in the repo
+
+* `documentation/asciidoc/` all our "regular" asciidoc documentation (referred to as `$(ASCIIDOC_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `documentation/images/` the images shown on the "boxes"
+* `documentation/pico-sdk/` [pico-sdk](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk) submodule (initially empty) (referred to as `$(PICO_SDK_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `documentation/pico-examples/` [pico-examples](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-examples) submodule (initially empty) (referred to as `$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `jekyll-assets/` various styling stuff used by the jekyll build (referred to as `$(JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `scripts/` various Python build-scripts (referred to as `$(SCRIPTS_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+* `Makefile` top-level Makefile that runs the build
+
+## When you clone the repo and run `make`
+
+1. `.DEFAULT_GOAL := html` is set in the `Makefile`, which means that `make` actually does `make html`.
+ 1. The `html` target has the `run_ninja` target as a prerequisite
+ 1. The `run_ninja` target has `$(AUTO_NINJABUILD)` (i.e. `build/autogenerated.ninja`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. `build/autogenerated.ninja` has `$(BUILD_DIR)` (i.e. `build/`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. So the `build/` directory gets created
+ 1. Then `build/autogenerated.ninja` gets created
+ 1. Then `ninja` gets invoked, which uses `build.ninja` (which includes `build/autogenerated.ninja`) to create a whole bunch of files in the `build/` directory
+ 1. Then `jekyll` gets invoked, which uses all the files in the `build/` directory to create all the final output files in the `$(HTML_DIR)` (i.e. `documentation/html/`) directory
+
+If you run `make` a second time, then `make` and `ninja` will spot that everything is up to date, and only re-run the `jekyll` stage.
+
+## When you run `make clean`
+
+1. The `clean` target has the `clean_html` and `clean_doxygen_adoc` targets as prerequisites
+ 1. In this case `clean_doxygen_adoc` doesn't do anything, but `clean_html` deletes the `documentation/html/` directory
+1. Then the `build/` directory is deleted
+
+## When you run `make build_doxygen_adoc`
+
+1. The `build_doxygen_adoc` target has `$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc` (i.e. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/index_doxygen.adoc`) as a prerequisite
+ 1. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/index_doxygen.adoc` has `$(DOXYGEN_HTML_DIR)` (i.e. `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/`) and `$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)` (i.e. `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`) as prerequisites
+ 1. So the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory gets created
+ 1. `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` has `$(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS)` (i.e. `documentation/pico-sdk/CMakeLists.txt` and `documentation/pico-examples/CMakeLists.txt`) and `$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)` (i.e. `build-pico-sdk-docs/`) as prerequisites
+ 1. So the `build-pico-sdk-docs/` directory gets created
+ 1. `documentation/pico-sdk/CMakeLists.txt` gets created by initialising the `pico-sdk` submodule
+ 1. `documentation/pico-examples/CMakeLists.txt` gets created by initialising the `pico-examples` submodule
+ 1. Then `cmake` gets invoked for `pico-sdk/`, which creates `build-pico-sdk-docs/Makefile`
+ 1. Then we run the `docs` target in `build-pico-sdk-docs/Makefile` which runs `doxygen` and creates a bunch of HTML files in `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` (referred to as `$(DOXYGEN_HTML_DIR)` in the `Makefile`)
+1. Then we run the new `scripts/transform_doxygen_html.py` to convert the HTML files from `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` into adoc files in `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`
+
+If you run `make build_doxygen_adoc` a second time, then `make` will detect that everything is already up to date, and so not do anything.
+
+If we **now** run `make` (see the `make html` description above), it will now find `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` and include that in the "tabs" in the output html files in `documentation/html/`.
+
+And if we then run a `make clean`, the presence of `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` will cause the `clean_doxygen_adoc` target to delete the files in the `build/` directory (to prevent things getting into an "invalid state"), and then delete the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory.
+Note that `build-pico-sdk-docs/` (the raw Doxygen output) **isn't** deleted by `make clean`, because it's basically "static content" which can take a while to regenerate. To _also_ get rid of `build-pico-sdk-docs/` you can either `make clean_doxygen_html` or `make clean_everything` (with the latter also deinitialising the submodules).
+
+## Makefile targets
+
+Targets which might be useful for getting things to / from a particular state.
+
+* `make fetch_submodules` populates (initialises) the `documentation/pico-sdk/` and `documentation/pico-examples/` submodule directories
+* `make clean_submodules` deinitialises the submodule directories, i.e. is the opposite of `fetch_submodules`
+* `make build_doxygen_html` runs the `cmake` and `make` steps required to create the Doxygen HTML files (in `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/`) from the `pico-sdk` submodule
+* `make clean_doxygen_html` deletes the `build-pico-sdk-docs/` directory i.e. is the opposite of `build_doxygen_html`
+* `make build_doxygen_adoc` described in an earlier section, converts html files from `build-pico-sdk-docs/docs/doxygen/html/` to adoc files in `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/`
+* `make clean_doxygen_adoc` deletes the `documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/` directory i.e. is the opposite of `build_doxygen_adoc`
+* `make run_ninja` converts adoc files from `documentation/asciidoc/` into adoc files in `build/`
+* `make clean_ninja` deletes the files in `build/` i.e. is the opposite of `run_ninja`
+* `make html` described in an earlier section, converts adoc files from `build/` into html files in `documentation/html/`. The default target invoked when no explicit target is given.
+* `make clean_html` deletes the `documentation/html/` directory, i.e. is the opposite of `html`
+* `make serve_html` converts adoc files from `build/` into html files in `documentation/html/` and then runs a mini webserver so that you can preview the output
+* `make clean` runs both of `clean_html` & `clean_doxygen_adoc` and also deletes `build/`
+* `make clean_everything` runs all of `clean_submodules`, `clean_doxygen_html` and `clean` i.e. returns your local directory to a fairly pristine state
+
+Note that for day-to-day usage, you'll typically only use the `make clean`, `make`, `make build_doxygen_adoc` and `make serve_html` commands - the dependencies in the `Makefile` are all set up so that any necessary intermediate steps are performed automatically.
+
+Bad ASCII-art time:
+
+```
++---------------+
+| 'clean' state |--> make build_doxygen_adoc
++---------------+ |
+ | | ^ V
+ | V | +-----------------------------------------+
+ | make make clean <---| documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/ exists |
+ | | ^ +-----------------------------------------+
+ | | | | |
+ | | | V |
+ | V | make |
+ | +----------------------------+ | |
+ | | documentation/html/ exists |<---+ |
+ | +----------------------------+ |
+ | | ^ |
+ | V | |
+ +---> make serve_html <-----------------------+
+ | |
+ | Ctrl-C
+ | ^
+ V |
++----------------------------------------------------------+
+| documentation/html/ exists and preview webserver running |
++----------------------------------------------------------+
+```
+
diff --git a/CONTRIBUTING.md b/CONTRIBUTING.md
index 86c4d172aa..37fef6b8ea 100644
--- a/CONTRIBUTING.md
+++ b/CONTRIBUTING.md
@@ -1,20 +1,163 @@
-# Contributing
+# Contributing to the Raspberry Pi Documentation
-Please observe our contribution guidelines before creating a pull request.
+The Raspberry Pi Documentation website is built from Asciidoc source using:
-With the exception of typos and spelling mistakes (feel free to fix these and they'll be merged in if they accord with our inhouse style guide), please observe the following guides:
+* [Asciidoctor](https://asciidoctor.org/)
+* [Jekyll](https://jekyllrb.com/)
+* [jekyll-asciidoc](https://github.com/asciidoctor/jekyll-asciidoc)
+* Python
-- Always open an issue first. This will allow us to determine whether or not the change should take place. Explain your issue, and we will discuss it with you. If we agree the change is necessary we will mark it as TODO and will fix it when we get a chance, or we will allow a member of the community to supply the change with a pull request.
-- Note that this documentation is intended to be a short and concise set of helpful resources aimed at the majority of users. We will only feature our recommended distribution, Raspbian, in detail; and in order to keep the documentation manageable we will not accept additions covering alternative distributions.
+The website automatically deploys to [www.raspberrypi.com/documentation](https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation) using GitHub Actions when new commits appear in the `master` branch.
-## Derivatives
+## Contribute
-The licence must remain in all derivatives of this work.
+To contribute or update documentation:
-## Licence
+1. Create a fork of this repository on your GitHub account.
-[](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/)
+1. Make changes in your fork. Start from the default `develop` branch.
-***Raspberry Pi Documentation*** by the [Raspberry Pi Foundation](https://www.raspberrypi.org/) is licensed under a [Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International Licence](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/).
+1. Read our [style guide](https://github.com/raspberrypi/style-guide/blob/master/style-guide.md) to ensure that your changes are consistent with the rest of our documentation. Since Raspberry Pi is a British company, be sure to include all of your extra `u`s and transfigure those `z`s (pronounced 'zeds') into `s`s!
+
+1. [Open a pull request](https://docs.github.com/en/github/collaborating-with-pull-requests/proposing-changes-to-your-work-with-pull-requests/creating-a-pull-request-from-a-fork) against this repository.
+
+1. The maintainers will assess and copy-edit the PR. This can take anywhere from a few minutes to a few days, depending on the size of your PR, the time of year, and the availability of the maintainers.
+
+1. After making any requested improvements to your PR, the maintainers will accept the PR and merge your changes into `develop`.
+
+1. When the maintainers next release the documentation by merging `develop` into `master`, your changes will go public on the production documentation site.
+
+Alternatively, [open an issue](https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/issues) to discuss proposed changes.
+
+## Build
+
+### Install dependencies
+
+To build the Raspberry Pi documentation locally, you'll need Ruby, Python, and the Ninja build system.
+
+#### Linux
+
+Use `apt` to install the dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ sudo apt install -y ruby ruby-dev python3 python3-pip make ninja-build
+```
+
+Then, append the following lines to your `~/.bashrc` file (or equivalent shell configuration):
+
+```bash
+export GEM_HOME="$(ruby -e 'puts Gem.user_dir')"
+export PATH="$PATH:$GEM_HOME/bin"
+```
+
+Close and re-launch your terminal window to use the new dependencies and configuration.
+
+#### macOS
+
+If you don't already have it, we recommend installing the [Homebrew](https://brew.sh/) package manager:
+
+```console
+$ /bin/bash -c "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install.sh)"
+```
+
+Next, use Homebrew to install Ruby:
+
+```console
+$ brew install ruby
+```
+
+After installing Ruby, follow the instructions provided by Homebrew to make your new Ruby version easily accessible from the command line.
+
+Then, use Homebrew to install the most recent version of Python:
+
+```console
+$ brew install python
+```
+
+Then, install the [Ninja build system](https://formulae.brew.sh/formula/ninja#default):
+
+```console
+$ brew install ninja
+```
+
+### Set up environment
+
+Use the `gem` package manager to install the [Ruby bundler](https://bundler.io/), which this repository uses to manage Ruby dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ gem install bundler
+```
+
+And then install the required Ruby gems:
+
+```console
+$ bundle install
+```
+
+Configure a Python virtual environment for this project:
+
+```console
+$ python -m venv .env
+```
+
+Activate the virtual environment:
+
+```console
+$ source .env/bin/activate
+```
+
+> [!TIP]
+> When you're using a virtual environment, you should see a `(.env)` prefix at the start of your terminal prompt. At any time, run the `deactivate` command to exit the virtual environment.
+
+In the virtual environment, install the required Python modules:
+
+```console
+$ pip3 install -r requirements.txt
+```
+
+### Build HTML
+
+> [!IMPORTANT]
+> If you configured a Python virtual environment as recommended in the previous step, **always** run `source .env/bin/activate` before building. You must activate the virtual environment to access to all of the Python dependencies installed in that virtual environment.
+
+To build the documentation and start a local server to preview the built site, run the following command:
+
+```console
+$ make serve_html
+```
+
+You can access the virtual server at [http://127.0.0.1:4000/documentation/](http://127.0.0.1:4000/documentation/).
+
+> [!TIP]
+> To delete and rebuild the documentation site, run `make clean`, then re-run the build command. You'll need to do this every time you add or remove an Asciidoc, image, or video file.
+
+
+### Build the Pico C SDK Doxygen documentation
+
+The Raspberry Pi documentation site includes a section of generated Asciidoc that we build from the [Doxygen Pico SDK documentation](https://github.com/raspberrypi/pico-sdk).
+
+We use the tooling in this repository and [doxygentoasciidoc](https://github.com/raspberrypi/doxygentoasciidoc) to generate that documentation section. By default, local documentation builds don't include this section because it takes a bit longer to build (tens of seconds) than the rest of the site.
+
+Building the Pico C SDK Doxygen documentation requires the following additional package dependencies:
+
+```console
+$ sudo apt install -y cmake gcc-arm-none-eabi doxygen graphviz
+```
+
+Then, initialise the Git submodules used in the Pico C SDK section build:
+
+```console
+$ git submodule update --init
+```
+
+Run the following command to build the Pico C SDK section Asciidoc files from the Doxygen source:
+
+```console
+$ make build_doxygen_adoc
+```
+
+The next time you build the documentation site, you'll see the Pico C SDK section in your local preview.
+
+> [!TIP]
+> To delete and rebuild the generated files, run `make clean_doxygen_xml`, then re-run the build command.
-Based on a work at https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation
diff --git a/Gemfile b/Gemfile
index c974ff13d4..bb73401e41 100644
--- a/Gemfile
+++ b/Gemfile
@@ -1,7 +1,42 @@
source "https://rubygems.org"
-group :test do
- gem "rake"
- gem "redcarpet"
- gem "html-proofer"
+# Hello! This is where you manage which Jekyll version is used to run.
+# When you want to use a different version, change it below, save the
+# file and run `bundle install`. Run Jekyll with `bundle exec`, like so:
+#
+# bundle exec jekyll serve
+#
+# This will help ensure the proper Jekyll version is running.
+# Happy Jekylling!
+gem "jekyll", "~> 4.4.1"
+
+# This is the default theme for new Jekyll sites. You may change this to anything you like.
+gem "minima", "~> 2.5"
+
+# If you want to use GitHub Pages, remove the "gem "jekyll"" above and
+# uncomment the line below. To upgrade, run `bundle update github-pages`.
+# gem "github-pages", group: :jekyll_plugins
+
+# If you have any plugins, put them here!
+group :jekyll_plugins do
+ gem "jekyll-feed", "~> 0.17"
+ gem 'jekyll-asciidoc'
+ gem 'asciidoctor'
+ gem 'asciidoctor-tabs', ">= 1.0.0.beta.6"
+end
+
+# Windows does not include zoneinfo files, so bundle the tzinfo-data gem
+# and associated library.
+install_if -> { RUBY_PLATFORM =~ %r!mingw|mswin|java! } do
+ gem "tzinfo", "~> 2.0"
+ gem "tzinfo-data"
end
+
+# Performance-booster for watching directories on Windows
+gem "wdm", "~> 0.2.0", :install_if => Gem.win_platform?
+
+gem "nokogiri", "~> 1.18"
+
+# So we can add custom element templates
+gem 'slim', '~> 5.2.1'
+gem 'thread_safe', '~> 0.3.5'
diff --git a/Gemfile.lock b/Gemfile.lock
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..385a34392c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Gemfile.lock
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+GEM
+ remote: https://rubygems.org/
+ specs:
+ addressable (2.8.7)
+ public_suffix (>= 2.0.2, < 7.0)
+ asciidoctor (2.0.23)
+ asciidoctor-tabs (1.0.0.beta.6)
+ asciidoctor (>= 2.0.0, < 3.0.0)
+ base64 (0.2.0)
+ bigdecimal (3.1.9)
+ colorator (1.1.0)
+ concurrent-ruby (1.3.5)
+ csv (3.3.2)
+ em-websocket (0.5.3)
+ eventmachine (>= 0.12.9)
+ http_parser.rb (~> 0)
+ eventmachine (1.2.7)
+ ffi (1.17.1)
+ forwardable-extended (2.6.0)
+ google-protobuf (4.29.3)
+ bigdecimal
+ rake (>= 13)
+ http_parser.rb (0.8.0)
+ i18n (1.14.7)
+ concurrent-ruby (~> 1.0)
+ jekyll (4.4.1)
+ addressable (~> 2.4)
+ base64 (~> 0.2)
+ colorator (~> 1.0)
+ csv (~> 3.0)
+ em-websocket (~> 0.5)
+ i18n (~> 1.0)
+ jekyll-sass-converter (>= 2.0, < 4.0)
+ jekyll-watch (~> 2.0)
+ json (~> 2.6)
+ kramdown (~> 2.3, >= 2.3.1)
+ kramdown-parser-gfm (~> 1.0)
+ liquid (~> 4.0)
+ mercenary (~> 0.3, >= 0.3.6)
+ pathutil (~> 0.9)
+ rouge (>= 3.0, < 5.0)
+ safe_yaml (~> 1.0)
+ terminal-table (>= 1.8, < 4.0)
+ webrick (~> 1.7)
+ jekyll-asciidoc (3.0.1)
+ asciidoctor (>= 1.5.0, < 3.0.0)
+ jekyll (>= 3.0.0)
+ jekyll-feed (0.17.0)
+ jekyll (>= 3.7, < 5.0)
+ jekyll-sass-converter (3.1.0)
+ sass-embedded (~> 1.75)
+ jekyll-seo-tag (2.8.0)
+ jekyll (>= 3.8, < 5.0)
+ jekyll-watch (2.2.1)
+ listen (~> 3.0)
+ json (2.9.1)
+ kramdown (2.5.1)
+ rexml (>= 3.3.9)
+ kramdown-parser-gfm (1.1.0)
+ kramdown (~> 2.0)
+ liquid (4.0.4)
+ listen (3.9.0)
+ rb-fsevent (~> 0.10, >= 0.10.3)
+ rb-inotify (~> 0.9, >= 0.9.10)
+ mercenary (0.4.0)
+ mini_portile2 (2.8.8)
+ minima (2.5.2)
+ jekyll (>= 3.5, < 5.0)
+ jekyll-feed (~> 0.9)
+ jekyll-seo-tag (~> 2.1)
+ nokogiri (1.18.8)
+ mini_portile2 (~> 2.8.2)
+ racc (~> 1.4)
+ pathutil (0.16.2)
+ forwardable-extended (~> 2.6)
+ public_suffix (6.0.1)
+ racc (1.8.1)
+ rake (13.2.1)
+ rb-fsevent (0.11.2)
+ rb-inotify (0.11.1)
+ ffi (~> 1.0)
+ rexml (3.4.0)
+ rouge (4.5.1)
+ safe_yaml (1.0.5)
+ sass-embedded (1.83.4)
+ google-protobuf (~> 4.29)
+ rake (>= 13)
+ slim (5.2.1)
+ temple (~> 0.10.0)
+ tilt (>= 2.1.0)
+ temple (0.10.3)
+ terminal-table (3.0.2)
+ unicode-display_width (>= 1.1.1, < 3)
+ thread_safe (0.3.6)
+ tilt (2.3.0)
+ tzinfo (2.0.6)
+ concurrent-ruby (~> 1.0)
+ tzinfo-data (1.2025.2)
+ tzinfo (>= 1.0.0)
+ unicode-display_width (2.6.0)
+ wdm (0.2.0)
+ webrick (1.9.1)
+
+PLATFORMS
+ ruby
+
+DEPENDENCIES
+ asciidoctor
+ asciidoctor-tabs (>= 1.0.0.beta.6)
+ jekyll (~> 4.4.1)
+ jekyll-asciidoc
+ jekyll-feed (~> 0.17)
+ minima (~> 2.5)
+ nokogiri (~> 1.18)
+ slim (~> 5.2.1)
+ thread_safe (~> 0.3.5)
+ tzinfo (~> 2.0)
+ tzinfo-data
+ wdm (~> 0.2.0)
+
+BUNDLED WITH
+ 2.3.22
diff --git a/LICENCE.md b/LICENCE.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 24d47f39ca..0000000000
--- a/LICENCE.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# Licence
-
-Unless otherwise specified, everything in this repository is covered by the following licence:
-
-[](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/)
-
-***Raspberry Pi Documentation*** by the [Raspberry Pi Foundation](https://www.raspberrypi.org/) is licensed under a [Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International Licence](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/).
-
-Based on a work at https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation
diff --git a/LICENSE.md b/LICENSE.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4b2db9cd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.md
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+# Licence
+
+The Raspberry Pi documentation is licensed under a [Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International Licence](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/).
+
+# Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International
+
+Creative Commons Corporation ("Creative Commons") is not a law firm and does not provide legal services or legal advice. Distribution of Creative Commons public licenses does not create a lawyer-client or other relationship. Creative Commons makes its licenses and related information available on an "as-is" basis. Creative Commons gives no warranties regarding its licenses, any material licensed under their terms and conditions, or any related information. Creative Commons disclaims all liability for damages resulting from their use to the fullest extent possible.
+
+### Using Creative Commons Public Licenses
+
+Creative Commons public licenses provide a standard set of terms and conditions that creators and other rights holders may use to share original works of authorship and other material subject to copyright and certain other rights specified in the public license below. The following considerations are for informational purposes only, are not exhaustive, and do not form part of our licenses.
+
+* __Considerations for licensors:__ Our public licenses are intended for use by those authorized to give the public permission to use material in ways otherwise restricted by copyright and certain other rights. Our licenses are irrevocable. Licensors should read and understand the terms and conditions of the license they choose before applying it. Licensors should also secure all rights necessary before applying our licenses so that the public can reuse the material as expected. Licensors should clearly mark any material not subject to the license. This includes other CC-licensed material, or material used under an exception or limitation to copyright. [More considerations for licensors](http://wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors_and_licensees#Considerations_for_licensors).
+
+* __Considerations for the public:__ By using one of our public licenses, a licensor grants the public permission to use the licensed material under specified terms and conditions. If the licensor's permission is not necessary for any reason–for example, because of any applicable exception or limitation to copyright–then that use is not regulated by the license. Our licenses grant only permissions under copyright and certain other rights that a licensor has authority to grant. Use of the licensed material may still be restricted for other reasons, including because others have copyright or other rights in the material. A licensor may make special requests, such as asking that all changes be marked or described. Although not required by our licenses, you are encouraged to respect those requests where reasonable. [More considerations for the public](http://wiki.creativecommons.org/Considerations_for_licensors_and_licensees#Considerations_for_licensees).
+
+## Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License
+
+By exercising the Licensed Rights (defined below), You accept and agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International Public License ("Public License"). To the extent this Public License may be interpreted as a contract, You are granted the Licensed Rights in consideration of Your acceptance of these terms and conditions, and the Licensor grants You such rights in consideration of benefits the Licensor receives from making the Licensed Material available under these terms and conditions.
+
+### Section 1 – Definitions.
+
+a. __Adapted Material__ means material subject to Copyright and Similar Rights that is derived from or based upon the Licensed Material and in which the Licensed Material is translated, altered, arranged, transformed, or otherwise modified in a manner requiring permission under the Copyright and Similar Rights held by the Licensor. For purposes of this Public License, where the Licensed Material is a musical work, performance, or sound recording, Adapted Material is always produced where the Licensed Material is synched in timed relation with a moving image.
+
+b. __Adapter's License__ means the license You apply to Your Copyright and Similar Rights in Your contributions to Adapted Material in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Public License.
+
+c. __BY-SA Compatible License__ means a license listed at [creativecommons.org/compatiblelicenses](http://creativecommons.org/compatiblelicenses), approved by Creative Commons as essentially the equivalent of this Public License.
+
+d. __Copyright and Similar Rights__ means copyright and/or similar rights closely related to copyright including, without limitation, performance, broadcast, sound recording, and Sui Generis Database Rights, without regard to how the rights are labeled or categorized. For purposes of this Public License, the rights specified in Section 2(b)(1)-(2) are not Copyright and Similar Rights.
+
+e. __Effective Technological Measures__ means those measures that, in the absence of proper authority, may not be circumvented under laws fulfilling obligations under Article 11 of the WIPO Copyright Treaty adopted on December 20, 1996, and/or similar international agreements.
+
+f. __Exceptions and Limitations__ means fair use, fair dealing, and/or any other exception or limitation to Copyright and Similar Rights that applies to Your use of the Licensed Material.
+
+g. __License Elements__ means the license attributes listed in the name of a Creative Commons Public License. The License Elements of this Public License are Attribution and ShareAlike.
+
+h. __Licensed Material__ means the artistic or literary work, database, or other material to which the Licensor applied this Public License.
+
+i. __Licensed Rights__ means the rights granted to You subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License, which are limited to all Copyright and Similar Rights that apply to Your use of the Licensed Material and that the Licensor has authority to license.
+
+j. __Licensor__ means the individual(s) or entity(ies) granting rights under this Public License.
+
+k. __Share__ means to provide material to the public by any means or process that requires permission under the Licensed Rights, such as reproduction, public display, public performance, distribution, dissemination, communication, or importation, and to make material available to the public including in ways that members of the public may access the material from a place and at a time individually chosen by them.
+
+l. __Sui Generis Database Rights__ means rights other than copyright resulting from Directive 96/9/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 11 March 1996 on the legal protection of databases, as amended and/or succeeded, as well as other essentially equivalent rights anywhere in the world.
+
+m. __You__ means the individual or entity exercising the Licensed Rights under this Public License. __Your__ has a corresponding meaning.
+
+### Section 2 – Scope.
+
+a. ___License grant.___
+
+ 1. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Public License, the Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-sublicensable, non-exclusive, irrevocable license to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Licensed Material to:
+
+ A. reproduce and Share the Licensed Material, in whole or in part; and
+
+ B. produce, reproduce, and Share Adapted Material.
+
+ 2. __Exceptions and Limitations.__ For the avoidance of doubt, where Exceptions and Limitations apply to Your use, this Public License does not apply, and You do not need to comply with its terms and conditions.
+
+ 3. __Term.__ The term of this Public License is specified in Section 6(a).
+
+ 4. __Media and formats; technical modifications allowed.__ The Licensor authorizes You to exercise the Licensed Rights in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter created, and to make technical modifications necessary to do so. The Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any right or authority to forbid You from making technical modifications necessary to exercise the Licensed Rights, including technical modifications necessary to circumvent Effective Technological Measures. For purposes of this Public License, simply making modifications authorized by this Section 2(a)(4) never produces Adapted Material.
+
+ 5. __Downstream recipients.__
+
+ A. __Offer from the Licensor – Licensed Material.__ Every recipient of the Licensed Material automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights under the terms and conditions of this Public License.
+
+ B. __Additional offer from the Licensor – Adapted Material.__ Every recipient of Adapted Material from You automatically receives an offer from the Licensor to exercise the Licensed Rights in the Adapted Material under the conditions of the Adapter's License You apply.
+
+ C. __No downstream restrictions.__ You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological Measures to, the Licensed Material if doing so restricts exercise of the Licensed Rights by any recipient of the Licensed Material.
+
+ 6. __No endorsement.__ Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be construed as permission to assert or imply that You are, or that Your use of the Licensed Material is, connected with, or sponsored, endorsed, or granted official status by, the Licensor or others designated to receive attribution as provided in Section 3(a)(1)(A)(i).
+
+b. ___Other rights.___
+
+ 1. Moral rights, such as the right of integrity, are not licensed under this Public License, nor are publicity, privacy, and/or other similar personality rights; however, to the extent possible, the Licensor waives and/or agrees not to assert any such rights held by the Licensor to the limited extent necessary to allow You to exercise the Licensed Rights, but not otherwise.
+
+ 2. Patent and trademark rights are not licensed under this Public License.
+
+ 3. To the extent possible, the Licensor waives any right to collect royalties from You for the exercise of the Licensed Rights, whether directly or through a collecting society under any voluntary or waivable statutory or compulsory licensing scheme. In all other cases the Licensor expressly reserves any right to collect such royalties.
+
+### Section 3 – License Conditions.
+
+Your exercise of the Licensed Rights is expressly made subject to the following conditions.
+
+a. ___Attribution.___
+
+ 1. If You Share the Licensed Material (including in modified form), You must:
+
+ A. retain the following if it is supplied by the Licensor with the Licensed Material:
+
+ i. identification of the creator(s) of the Licensed Material and any others designated to receive attribution, in any reasonable manner requested by the Licensor (including by pseudonym if designated);
+
+ ii. a copyright notice;
+
+ iii. a notice that refers to this Public License;
+
+ iv. a notice that refers to the disclaimer of warranties;
+
+ v. a URI or hyperlink to the Licensed Material to the extent reasonably practicable;
+
+ B. indicate if You modified the Licensed Material and retain an indication of any previous modifications; and
+
+ C. indicate the Licensed Material is licensed under this Public License, and include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, this Public License.
+
+ 2. You may satisfy the conditions in Section 3(a)(1) in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in which You Share the Licensed Material. For example, it may be reasonable to satisfy the conditions by providing a URI or hyperlink to a resource that includes the required information.
+
+ 3. If requested by the Licensor, You must remove any of the information required by Section 3(a)(1)(A) to the extent reasonably practicable.
+
+b. ___ShareAlike.___
+
+In addition to the conditions in Section 3(a), if You Share Adapted Material You produce, the following conditions also apply.
+
+1. The Adapter's License You apply must be a Creative Commons license with the same License Elements, this version or later, or a BY-SA Compatible License.
+
+2. You must include the text of, or the URI or hyperlink to, the Adapter's License You apply. You may satisfy this condition in any reasonable manner based on the medium, means, and context in which You Share Adapted Material.
+
+3. You may not offer or impose any additional or different terms or conditions on, or apply any Effective Technological Measures to, Adapted Material that restrict exercise of the rights granted under the Adapter's License You apply.
+
+### Section 4 – Sui Generis Database Rights.
+
+Where the Licensed Rights include Sui Generis Database Rights that apply to Your use of the Licensed Material:
+
+a. for the avoidance of doubt, Section 2(a)(1) grants You the right to extract, reuse, reproduce, and Share all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database;
+
+b. if You include all or a substantial portion of the database contents in a database in which You have Sui Generis Database Rights, then the database in which You have Sui Generis Database Rights (but not its individual contents) is Adapted Material, including for purposes of Section 3(b); and
+
+c. You must comply with the conditions in Section 3(a) if You Share all or a substantial portion of the contents of the database.
+
+For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4 supplements and does not replace Your obligations under this Public License where the Licensed Rights include other Copyright and Similar Rights.
+
+### Section 5 – Disclaimer of Warranties and Limitation of Liability.
+
+a. __Unless otherwise separately undertaken by the Licensor, to the extent possible, the Licensor offers the Licensed Material as-is and as-available, and makes no representations or warranties of any kind concerning the Licensed Material, whether express, implied, statutory, or other. This includes, without limitation, warranties of title, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement, absence of latent or other defects, accuracy, or the presence or absence of errors, whether or not known or discoverable. Where disclaimers of warranties are not allowed in full or in part, this disclaimer may not apply to You.__
+
+b. __To the extent possible, in no event will the Licensor be liable to You on any legal theory (including, without limitation, negligence) or otherwise for any direct, special, indirect, incidental, consequential, punitive, exemplary, or other losses, costs, expenses, or damages arising out of this Public License or use of the Licensed Material, even if the Licensor has been advised of the possibility of such losses, costs, expenses, or damages. Where a limitation of liability is not allowed in full or in part, this limitation may not apply to You.__
+
+c. The disclaimer of warranties and limitation of liability provided above shall be interpreted in a manner that, to the extent possible, most closely approximates an absolute disclaimer and waiver of all liability.
+
+### Section 6 – Term and Termination.
+
+a. This Public License applies for the term of the Copyright and Similar Rights licensed here. However, if You fail to comply with this Public License, then Your rights under this Public License terminate automatically.
+
+b. Where Your right to use the Licensed Material has terminated under Section 6(a), it reinstates:
+
+ 1. automatically as of the date the violation is cured, provided it is cured within 30 days of Your discovery of the violation; or
+
+ 2. upon express reinstatement by the Licensor.
+
+ For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6(b) does not affect any right the Licensor may have to seek remedies for Your violations of this Public License.
+
+c. For the avoidance of doubt, the Licensor may also offer the Licensed Material under separate terms or conditions or stop distributing the Licensed Material at any time; however, doing so will not terminate this Public License.
+
+d. Sections 1, 5, 6, 7, and 8 survive termination of this Public License.
+
+### Section 7 – Other Terms and Conditions.
+
+a. The Licensor shall not be bound by any additional or different terms or conditions communicated by You unless expressly agreed.
+
+b. Any arrangements, understandings, or agreements regarding the Licensed Material not stated herein are separate from and independent of the terms and conditions of this Public License.
+
+### Section 8 – Interpretation.
+
+a. For the avoidance of doubt, this Public License does not, and shall not be interpreted to, reduce, limit, restrict, or impose conditions on any use of the Licensed Material that could lawfully be made without permission under this Public License.
+
+b. To the extent possible, if any provision of this Public License is deemed unenforceable, it shall be automatically reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make it enforceable. If the provision cannot be reformed, it shall be severed from this Public License without affecting the enforceability of the remaining terms and conditions.
+
+c. No term or condition of this Public License will be waived and no failure to comply consented to unless expressly agreed to by the Licensor.
+
+d. Nothing in this Public License constitutes or may be interpreted as a limitation upon, or waiver of, any privileges and immunities that apply to the Licensor or You, including from the legal processes of any jurisdiction or authority.
+
+> Creative Commons is not a party to its public licenses. Notwithstanding, Creative Commons may elect to apply one of its public licenses to material it publishes and in those instances will be considered the "Licensor." The text of the Creative Commons public licenses is dedicated to the public domain under the [CC0 Public Domain Dedication](https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/legalcode). Except for the limited purpose of indicating that material is shared under a Creative Commons public license or as otherwise permitted by the Creative Commons policies published at [creativecommons.org/policies](http://creativecommons.org/policies), Creative Commons does not authorize the use of the trademark "Creative Commons" or any other trademark or logo of Creative Commons without its prior written consent including, without limitation, in connection with any unauthorized modifications to any of its public licenses or any other arrangements, understandings, or agreements concerning use of licensed material. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph does not form part of the public licenses.
+>
+> Creative Commons may be contacted at creativecommons.org.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..711219f453
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# The top-level Makefile which builds everything
+
+ASCIIDOC_DIR = documentation/asciidoc
+HTML_DIR = documentation/html
+IMAGES_DIR = documentation/images
+JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR = jekyll-assets
+SCRIPTS_DIR = scripts
+DOCUMENTATION_REDIRECTS_DIR = documentation/redirects
+DOCUMENTATION_INDEX = documentation/index.json
+SITE_CONFIG = _config.yml
+
+BUILD_DIR = build
+ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR = $(BUILD_DIR)/jekyll
+ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR = $(BUILD_DIR)/adoc_includes
+AUTO_NINJABUILD = $(BUILD_DIR)/autogenerated.ninja
+
+PICO_SDK_DIR = lib/pico-sdk
+PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR = lib/pico-examples
+DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR = lib/doxygentoasciidoc
+ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS = $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt
+DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR = build-pico-sdk-docs
+DOXYGEN_XML_DIR = $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined/docs/doxygen/xml
+# The pico-sdk here needs to match up with the "from_json" entry in index.json
+ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR = $(ASCIIDOC_DIR)/pico-sdk
+
+JEKYLL_CMD = bundle exec jekyll
+
+.DEFAULT_GOAL := html
+
+.PHONY: clean run_ninja clean_ninja html serve_html clean_html build_doxygen_xml clean_doxygen_xml build_doxygen_adoc clean_doxygen_adoc fetch_submodules clean_submodules clean_everything
+
+$(BUILD_DIR):
+ @mkdir -p $@
+
+$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR):
+ mkdir $@
+
+$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR): | $(ASCIIDOC_DIR)
+ mkdir $@
+
+# Delete all autogenerated files
+clean: clean_html clean_doxygen_adoc
+ rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
+
+# Initialise pico-sdk submodule (and the subnmodules that it uses)
+$(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/docs/index.h: | $(PICO_SDK_DIR)
+ git submodule update --init $(PICO_SDK_DIR)
+ git -C $(PICO_SDK_DIR) submodule update --init
+
+# Initialise pico-examples submodule
+$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt: | $(PICO_SDK_DIR)/CMakeLists.txt $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)
+ git submodule update --init $(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR)
+
+# Initialise doxygentoasciidoc submodule
+$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py:
+ git submodule update --init $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)
+
+fetch_submodules: $(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS) $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py
+
+# Get rid of the submodules
+clean_submodules:
+ git submodule deinit --all
+
+# Create the pico-sdk Doxygen XML files
+$(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml: | $(ALL_SUBMODULE_CMAKELISTS) $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=combined-docs
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2040 -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=rp2040
+ cmake -S $(PICO_SDK_DIR) -B $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2350 -D PICO_EXAMPLES_PATH=../../$(PICO_EXAMPLES_DIR) -D PICO_NO_PICOTOOL=1 -D PICO_PLATFORM=rp2350
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined docs
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2040 docs
+ $(MAKE) -C $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/PICO_RP2350 docs
+ python3 $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/postprocess_doxygen_xml.py $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
+
+$(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)/combined/docs/Doxyfile: | $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)
+
+build_doxygen_xml: | $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)
+
+# Clean all the Doxygen HTML files
+clean_doxygen_xml:
+ rm -rf $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR)
+
+# create the sdk adoc and the json file
+$(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/picosdk_index.json $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc: $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/__main__.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/cli.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/nodes.py $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/helpers.py | $(BUILD_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/requirements.txt
+ $(MAKE) clean_ninja
+ pip3 install -r $(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/requirements.txt
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/all_groups.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/index.xml
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -c -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/indexpage.xml
+ PYTHONPATH=$(DOXYGEN_TO_ASCIIDOC_DIR)/.. python3 -m doxygentoasciidoc -c -o $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/examples_page.adoc $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/examples_page.xml
+ python3 $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/postprocess_doxygen_adoc.py $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)
+ -cp $(DOXYGEN_XML_DIR)/*.png $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) 2>/dev/null || true
+
+build_doxygen_adoc: $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)/index_doxygen.adoc
+
+# Clean all the Doxygen asciidoc files
+clean_doxygen_adoc:
+ if [ -d $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR) ]; then $(MAKE) clean_ninja; fi
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_DOXYGEN_DIR)
+
+clean_everything: clean_submodules clean_doxygen_xml clean
+
+# AUTO_NINJABUILD contains all the parts of the ninjabuild where the rules themselves depend on other files
+$(AUTO_NINJABUILD): $(SCRIPTS_DIR)/create_auto_ninjabuild.py $(DOCUMENTATION_INDEX) $(SITE_CONFIG) | $(BUILD_DIR)
+ $< $(DOCUMENTATION_INDEX) $(SITE_CONFIG) $(ASCIIDOC_DIR) $(SCRIPTS_DIR) $(ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR) $(ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR) $(JEKYLL_ASSETS_DIR) $(DOXYGEN_PICO_SDK_BUILD_DIR) $(DOCUMENTATION_REDIRECTS_DIR) $(IMAGES_DIR) $@
+
+# This runs ninjabuild to build everything in the ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR (and ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR)
+run_ninja: $(AUTO_NINJABUILD)
+ ninja
+
+# Delete all the files created by the 'run_ninja' target
+clean_ninja:
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR)
+ rm -rf $(ASCIIDOC_INCLUDES_DIR)
+ rm -f $(AUTO_NINJABUILD)
+
+# Build the html output files
+html: run_ninja
+ $(JEKYLL_CMD) build
+
+# Build the html output files and additionally run a small webserver for local previews
+serve_html: run_ninja
+ $(JEKYLL_CMD) serve --watch
+
+# Delete all the files created by the 'html' target
+clean_html:
+ rm -rf $(HTML_DIR)
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index d419ddfb05..69df3a28f8 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -1,42 +1,22 @@
-# Raspberry Pi Documentation
+
+
+
+
+
+
-This is the official documentation for the Raspberry Pi, written by the [Raspberry Pi Foundation](https://www.raspberrypi.org/) with community contributions.
+[Website][Raspberry Pi] | [Getting started] | [Documentation] | [Contribute]
+
-## Contents
+This repository contains the source and tools used to build the [Raspberry Pi Documentation](https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/).
-- [Setup / Quickstart](setup/README.md)
- - Getting started with your Raspberry Pi, including what you need and how to get it booted
-- [Installation](installation/README.md)
- - Installing an operating system on your Raspberry Pi
-- [Usage Guide](usage/README.md)
- - Explore the desktop and try out all the main applications
-- [Configuration](configuration/README.md)
- - Configuring the Pi's settings to suit your needs
-- [Remote Access](remote-access/README.md)
- - Accessing your Pi remotely via SSH, VNC or over the web
-- [Linux](linux/README.md)
- - Fundamental Linux usage for beginners and more advanced information for power users
-- [Raspbian](raspbian/README.md)
- - Information about the recommended operating system for Raspberry Pi
-- [Hardware](hardware/README.md)
- - Technical specifications about the Raspberry Pi hardware and the camera module
-- [Troubleshooting](troubleshooting/README.md)
- - Got a problem with your Pi? Start here
-
-## Contributions
-
-If you have anything to fix or details to add, first [file an issue](http://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/issues) on GitHub to see if it is likely to be accepted, then file a pull request with your change (one PR per issue).
-
-This is not intended to be an open wiki; we want to keep it concise and minimal but will accept fixes and suitable additions.
-
-See our [contributing policy](CONTRIBUTING.md).
+[Raspberry Pi]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/
+[Getting Started]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/computers/getting-started.html
+[Documentation]: https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation/
+[Contribute]: CONTRIBUTING.md
## Licence
-Unless otherwise specified, everything in this repository is covered by the following licence:
-
-[](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/)
-
-***Raspberry Pi Documentation*** by the [Raspberry Pi Foundation](https://www.raspberrypi.org/) is licensed under a [Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International Licence](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/).
-
-Based on a work at https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation
+The Raspberry Pi documentation is [licensed](https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/blob/develop/LICENSE.md) under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International (CC BY-SA). Documentation tools (everything outside of the `documentation/` subdirectory) are licensed under the [BSD 3-Clause](https://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause) licence.
diff --git a/Rakefile b/Rakefile
deleted file mode 100644
index c83e4a1b9c..0000000000
--- a/Rakefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-require "rubygems"
-require "rake"
-require "redcarpet"
-require "html/proofer"
-
-BUILD_DIR = "./_build"
-
-task :build => [:clean]
-task :test => [:build]
-task :default => [:test]
-
-desc "Generate the build"
-task :build do
- # copy files
- files = Dir.glob("*")
- mkdir BUILD_DIR
- cp_r files, BUILD_DIR
-
- # render markdown
- redcarpet = Redcarpet::Markdown.new Redcarpet::Render::HTML.new({}), {}
-
- md_files = Dir.glob File.join(BUILD_DIR, "**", "*.md")
- md_files.each do |md|
- html = redcarpet.render File.open(md).read
- File.open(md, File::WRONLY).write html
- end
- puts "Rendered #{md_files.length} markdown files."
-end
-
-desc "Remove the build"
-task :clean do
- rm_rf BUILD_DIR
-end
-
-desc "Test the build"
-task :test do
- HTML::Proofer.new(BUILD_DIR, { :ext => ".md", :directory_index_file => "README.md" }).run
-end
diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d740515b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/_config.yml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# Welcome to Jekyll!
+#
+# This config file is meant for settings that affect your whole blog, values
+# which you are expected to set up once and rarely edit after that. If you find
+# yourself editing this file very often, consider using Jekyll's data files
+# feature for the data you need to update frequently.
+#
+# For technical reasons, this file is *NOT* reloaded automatically when you use
+# 'bundle exec jekyll serve'. If you change this file, please restart the server process.
+
+# Site settings
+# These are used to personalize your new site. If you look in the HTML files,
+# you will see them accessed via {{ site.title }}, {{ site.email }}, and so on.
+# You can create any custom variable you would like, and they will be accessible
+# in the templates via {{ site.myvariable }}.
+title: Raspberry Pi Documentation
+description: >- # this means to ignore newlines until "baseurl:"
+ Raspberry Pi Documentation.
+baseurl: "/documentation" # the subpath of your site, e.g. /blog
+url: "https://www.raspberrypi.com/documentation" # the base hostname & protocol for your site, e.g. http://example.com
+githuburl: "https://github.com/raspberrypi/documentation/"
+mainsite: https://raspberrypi.com/
+githubbranch: master
+githubbranch_edit: develop
+
+# Build settings
+theme: minima
+plugins:
+ - asciidoctor-tabs
+ - jekyll-asciidoc
+ - jekyll-feed
+
+# this corresponds to ASCIIDOC_BUILD_DIR in Makefile
+source: build/jekyll
+
+# this corresponds to HTML_DIR in Makefile
+destination: documentation/html
+
+sass:
+ sass_dir: css
+ quiet_deps: true
+
+asciidoctor:
+ template_dir: build/jekyll/_templates
+
+# Exclude from processing.
+# The following items will not be processed, by default. Create a custom list
+# to override the default setting.
+# exclude:
+# - Gemfile
+# - Gemfile.lock
+# - node_modules
+# - vendor/bundle/
+# - vendor/cache/
+# - vendor/gems/
+# - vendor/ruby/
diff --git a/build.ninja b/build.ninja
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56acd19aef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/build.ninja
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# All the static (non-changing) parts of the ninjabuild
+
+# These uppercase variables are used in autogenerated.ninja
+DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR = documentation/images
+GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE = jekyll-assets/_includes/github_edit.adoc
+HTACCESS_EXTRA = documentation/htaccess_extra.txt
+DOXYGEN_PICOSDK_INDEX_JSON = documentation/asciidoc/pico-sdk/picosdk_index.json
+
+# this corresponds to BUILD_DIR in Makefile
+builddir = build
+
+rule copy
+ command = cp $in $out
+
+rule create_categories_page
+ command = echo "---\nlayout: boxes\n---\n:doctitle: $title" > $out
+
+rule create_toc
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_nav.py $in $src_dir $out
+
+rule create_output_supplemental_data
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_output_supplemental_data.py $in $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc.py $documentation_index $site_config $GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE $in $inc_dir $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc_doxygen
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc_doxygen.py $documentation_index $site_config $in $DOXYGEN_PICOSDK_INDEX_JSON $out_dir $out
+
+rule create_build_adoc_include
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_build_adoc_include.py $site_config $GITHUB_EDIT_TEMPLATE $in $out
+
+rule create_htaccess
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_htaccess.py $in $redirects_dir $out
+
+rule create_index_json
+ command = $scripts_dir/create_output_index_json.py $in $out $src_dir $DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR
+
+rule create_edit_warning
+ command = echo "Do not edit any files in this directory. Everything will get overwritten when you run 'make'" > $out
+
+# created (as AUTO_NINJABUILD) in Makefile before invoking ninja
+include $builddir/autogenerated.ninja
+
+build $out_dir/_data/index.json: create_index_json $documentation_index | $scripts_dir/create_output_index_json.py
+default $out_dir/_data/index.json
+
+build $out_dir/images/opensocial.png: copy $DOCUMENTATION_IMAGES_DIR/opensocial.png
+default $out_dir/images/opensocial.png
+
+build $out_dir/DO_NOT_EDIT.txt: create_edit_warning
+default $out_dir/DO_NOT_EDIT.txt
diff --git a/configuration/README.md b/configuration/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 4eb25930b6..0000000000
--- a/configuration/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-# Configuration
-
-Some basic guides to configuring your Raspberry Pi
-
-## Contents
-
-- [raspi-config](raspi-config.md)
- - The Raspberry Pi configuration tool in Raspbian, allowing you to easily enable features such as the camera, and change your specific settings such as keyboard layout.
-- [config.txt](config-txt.md)
- - The Raspberry Pi configuration file.
-- [Wireless](wireless/README.md)
- - Configuring your Pi to connect to a wireless network using a wireless dongle.
-- [Audio Config](audio-config.md)
- - Switch your audio output between HDMI and the 3.5mm jack.
-- [Camera Config](camera.md)
- - Installing and setting up the Raspberry Pi camera board.
-- [Localisation](localisation.md)
- - Setting up your Pi to work in your local language / timezone / etc.
-- [Default pin configuration](pin-configuration.md)
- - Changing the default pin states.
-- [Device Trees Config](device-tree.md)
- - Device Trees, Overlays and Parameters.
diff --git a/configuration/audio-config.md b/configuration/audio-config.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 3043680f9c..0000000000
--- a/configuration/audio-config.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-# Audio configuration
-
-The Raspberry Pi has two audio output modes: HDMI and headphone jack. You can switch between these modes at any time.
-
-If your HDMI monitor or TV has built-in speakers, the audio can be played over the HDMI cable, but you can switch it to a set of headphones or other speakers plugged into the headphone jack. If your display claims to have speakers, sound is output via HDMI by default; if not, it is output via the headphone jack. This may not be the desired output setup, or the auto-detection is inaccurate, in which case you can manually switch the output.
-
-## Changing the audio output
-
-There are two ways of setting the audio output.
-
-### Command line
-
-The following command, entered in the command line, will switch the audio output to HDMI:
-
-```
-amixer cset numid=3 2
-```
-
-Here the output is being set to `2`, which is HDMI.
-
-Setting the output to `1` switches to analogue (headphone jack).
-
-The default setting is `0` which is automatic.
-
-### raspi-config
-
-Open up [raspi-config](raspi-config.md) by entering the following into the command line:
-
-```
-sudo raspi-config
-```
-
-This will open the configuration screen:
-
-
-
-Select Option 8 `Advanced Options` and hit `Enter`, then select Option A6: `Audio` and hit `Enter`.
-
-
-
-Now you are presented with the two modes explained above as an alternative to the default `Auto` option. Select a mode, hit `Enter` and press the right arrow key to exit the options list, then select `Finish` to exit the configuration tool.
-
-## If you're still not getting sound via HDMI
-
-In some rare cases, it is necessary to edit config.txt to force HDMI mode (as opposed to DVI mode, which does not send sound). You can do this by editing `/boot/config.txt` and setting `hdmi_drive=2`, then rebooting for the change to take effect.
diff --git a/configuration/camera.md b/configuration/camera.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 129af1d611..0000000000
--- a/configuration/camera.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#Camera configuration
-
-##Setting up the camera hardware
-
-
-**Warning**: Cameras are static sensitive. Earth yourself prior to handling the PCB. A sink tap or similar should suffice if you don’t have an earthing strap.
-
-The camera board attaches to the Raspberry Pi via a 15-way ribbon cable. There are only two connections to make: the ribbon cable needs to be attached to the camera PCB, and to the Raspberry Pi itself. You need to get the cable the right way round, or the camera will not work. On the camera PCB, the blue backing on the cable should face away from the PCB, and on the Raspberry Pi it should face towards the Ethernet connection (or where the Ethernet connector would be if you are using a model A).
-
-Although the connectors on the PCB and the Pi are different, they work in a similar way. On the Raspberry Pi itself, pull up the tabs on each end of the connector. It should slide up easily, and be able to pivot around slightly. Fully insert the ribbon cable into the slot, ensuring it is set straight, then gently press down the tabs to clip it into place. The camera PCB connector also requires you to pull the tabs away from the board, gently insert the cable, then push the tabs back. The PCB connector can be a little more awkward than the one on the Pi itself.
-
-##Setting up the camera software
-
-Execute the following instructions on the command line to download and install the latest kernel, GPU firmware and applications. You will need an internet connection for this to work correctly.
-
-```
-sudo apt-get update
-sudo apt-get upgrade
-```
-
-Now you need to enable camera support using the `raspi-config` program you will have used when you first set up your Raspberry Pi.
-
-```
-sudo raspi-config
-```
-
-Use the cursor keys to move to the camera option, and select enable. On exiting `raspi-config`, it will ask to reboot. The enable option will ensure that on reboot the correct GPU firmware will be running (with the camera driver and tuning), and the GPU memory split is sufficient to allow the camera to acquire enough memory to run correctly.
-
-To test that the system is installed and working, try the following command:
-
-```
-raspistill -v -o test.jpg
-```
-
-The display should show a five-second preview from the camera and then take a picture, saved to the file test.jpg, whilst displaying various informational messages.
-
-##Troubleshooting
-
-See [Camera TroubleShooting](../troubleshooting/hardware/camera.md).
diff --git a/configuration/config-txt.md b/configuration/config-txt.md
deleted file mode 100644
index cfac4feba7..0000000000
--- a/configuration/config-txt.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,749 +0,0 @@
-# config.txt
-
-As it's an embedded platform, the Raspberry Pi doesn't have a [BIOS](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS) like you'd find on a conventional PC. The various system configuration parameters, which would traditionally be edited and stored using a BIOS, are stored in an optional text file named `config.txt`. This is read by the GPU before the ARM CPU (and Linux) is initialised; therefore it must be located on the first (boot) partition of your SD card, alongside `bootcode.bin` and `start.elf`. This file is normally accessible as `/boot/config.txt` from Linux and must be edited as [root](../linux/usage/root.md); but from Windows or OS X it is seen as a file in the only accessible part of the card. If you need to apply some of the config settings below, but you don't have a `config.txt` on your boot partition yet, then simply create it as a new text file.
-
-Any changes will only take effect after you've rebooted your Raspberry Pi. After Linux has booted you can get the current active settings with the following commands:
-
-`vcgencmd get_config ` - displays a specific config value, e.g. `vcgencmd get_config arm_freq`.
-
-`vcgencmd get_config int` - lists all the integer config options that are set (non-zero).
-
-`vcgencmd get_config str` - lists all the string config options that are set (non-null).
-
-Note that there's a small number of config settings that can't be retrieved using `vcgencmd`.
-
-## File format
-
-As `config.txt` is read by the early-stage boot firmware it has a very simple file format. The format is a single `property=value` statement on each line, where value is either an integer or a string. Comments may be added, or existing config values may be commented out and disabled by starting a line with the `#` character.
-
-Here is an example file:
-
-```
-# Force the monitor to HDMI mode so that sound will be sent over HDMI cable
-hdmi_drive=2
-# Set monitor mode to DMT
-hdmi_group=2
-# Set monitor resolution to 1024x768 XGA 60Hz (HDMI_DMT_XGA_60)
-hdmi_mode=16
-# Make display smaller to stop text spilling off the screen
-overscan_left=20
-overscan_right=12
-overscan_top=10
-overscan_bottom=10
-```
-
-## Memory
-
-#### gpu_mem
-
-GPU memory in megabytes. Sets the memory split between the CPU and GPU; the CPU gets the remaining memory. Minimum value is `16`; maximum value is either `192`, `448` or `944` depending on whether you're using a 256M, 512MB or 1024MB Pi. The default value is `64`.
-
-Setting `gpu_mem` to low values may automatically disable certain firmware features (as there are some things the GPU simply can't do with too little memory). So if a certain feature you're trying to use isn't working, try setting a larger GPU memory split.
-
-Using `gpu_mem_256`, `gpu_mem_512` and `gpu_mem_1024` allows you to swap the same SD card between 256MB, 512MB and 1024MB Pis without having to edit `config.txt` each time:
-
-#### gpu_mem_256
-
-GPU memory in megabytes for the 256MB Raspberry Pi (ignored if memory size is not 256M). This overrides `gpu_mem`. The maximum value is `192` and the default is not set.
-
-#### gpu_mem_512
-
-GPU memory in megabytes for the 512MB Raspberry Pi (ignored if memory size is not 512M). This overrides `gpu_mem`. The maximum value is `448` and the default is not set.
-
-#### gpu_mem_1024
-
-GPU memory in megabytes for the 1024MB Raspberry Pi 2 (ignored if memory size is not 1024M). This overrides `gpu_mem`. The maximum value is `944` and the default is not set.
-
-#### disable_l2cache
-
-Setting this to `1` disables the CPU's access to the GPU's L2 cache; requires a corresponding L2 disabled kernel. Default value is `0`.
-
-#### disable_pvt
-
-Setting this to `1` disables adjusting the refresh rate of RAM every 500ms; this action measures the RAM's temperature. Default value is `0`.
-
-### CMA - Dynamic memory split
-
-The firmware and kernel as of 19th November 2012 supports CMA (Contiguous Memory Allocator), which means the memory split between CPU and GPU is managed dynamically at runtime. However this is not [officially supported](https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/issues/503).
-
-You can find an [example config.txt here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?p=223549#p223549).
-
-#### cma_lwm
-
-When the GPU has less than `cma_lwm` (low-water mark) megabytes of memory available, it will request some from the CPU.
-
-#### cma_hwm
-
-When the GPU has more than `cma_hwm` (high-water mark) megabytes of memory available, it will release some to the CPU.
-
-The following options need to be in `cmdline.txt` for CMA to work:
-
-```
-coherent_pool=6M smsc95xx.turbo_mode=N
-```
-
-## Camera
-
-#### disable_camera_led
-
-Setting this to `1` prevents the red camera LED from turning on when recording video or taking a still picture. Useful for preventing reflections when the camera is facing a window.
-
-## Onboard Analogue Audio (3.5mm jack)
-
-The onboard audio output has a few config options that alter the behaviour of how the analogue audio is driven and whether some firmware features are enabled or not.
-
-#### disable_audio_dither
-
-By default, a 1.0LSB dither is applied to the audio stream if it's routed to the analogue audio output. This can create audible background "hiss" in some situations, such as if the ALSA volume is set to a low level. Set this to `1` to disable dither application.
-
-#### pwm_sample_bits
-
-Adjust the bit depth of the analogue audio output. The default bit depth is `11`. Selecting bit depths below `8` will result in nonfunctional audio - settings below `8` result in a PLL frequency too low to support. Generally only useful as a demonstration of how bit depth affects quantisation noise.
-
-## Video
-
-### Composite video mode options
-
-#### sdtv_mode
-
-Defines the TV standard used for composite video output over the yellow RCA jack; the default value is `0`.
-
-| sdtv_mode | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 0 | Normal NTSC |
-| 1 | Japanese version of NTSC – no pedestal |
-| 2 | Normal PAL |
-| 3 | Brazilian version of PAL – 525/60 rather than 625/50, different subcarrier |
-
-#### sdtv_aspect
-
-This defines the aspect ratio for composite video output. The default value is `1`.
-
-| sdtv_aspect | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 1 | 4:3 |
-| 2 | 14:9 |
-| 3 | 16:9 |
-
-#### sdtv_disable_colourburst
-
-Setting this to `1` disables colour burst on composite video output. The picture will be displayed in monochrome, but it may possibly be sharper.
-
-### HDMI mode options
-
-#### hdmi_safe
-
-Setting this to `1` uses "safe mode" settings to try to boot with maximum HDMI compatibility. This is the same as setting the following parameters:
-
-```
-hdmi_force_hotplug=1
-hdmi_ignore_edid=0xa5000080
-config_hdmi_boost=4
-hdmi_group=2
-hdmi_mode=4
-disable_overscan=0
-overscan_left=24
-overscan_right=24
-overscan_top=24
-overscan_bottom=24
-```
-
-#### hdmi_ignore_edid
-
-Setting this to `0xa5000080` enables the ignoring of EDID/display data if your display doesn't have an accurate [EDID](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_display_identification_data). It requires this unusual value to ensure that it doesn't get triggered accidentally.
-
-#### hdmi_edid_file
-
-Setting this to `1`, will cause the GPU to read EDID data from the `edid.dat` file, located in the boot partition, instead of reading it from the monitor. More information is available [here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?p=173430#p173430).
-
-#### hdmi_force_edid_audio
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that all audio formats are supported by the display, allowing passthrough of DTS/AC3 even when not reported as supported.
-
-#### hdmi_ignore_edid_audio
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that all audio formats are unsupported by the display. This means ALSA will default to the analogue audio (headphone) jack.
-
-#### hdmi_force_edid_3d
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that all CEA modes support 3D, even when the EDID doesn't indicate support for them.
-
-#### avoid_edid_fuzzy_match
-
-Setting this to `1` avoids "fuzzy matching" of modes described in the EDID. Instead it will pick the standard mode with the matching resolution and closest framerate, even if blanking is wrong.
-
-#### hdmi_ignore_cec_init
-
-Setting this to `1` will prevent the initial active source message being sent during bootup. This avoids bringing a CEC-enabled TV out of standby and channel switching when rebooting your Raspberry Pi.
-
-#### hdmi_ignore_cec
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that [CEC](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Consumer_Electronics_Control#CEC) is not supported at all by the TV. No CEC functions will be supported.
-
-#### hdmi_pixel_encoding
-
-Force the pixel encoding mode. By default it will use the mode requested from the EDID, so it shouldn't need changing.
-
-| hdmi_pixel_encoding | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 0 | default (RGB limited for CEA, RGB full for DMT) |
-| 1 | RGB limited (16-235) |
-| 2 | RGB full (0-255) |
-| 3 | YCbCr limited (16-235) |
-| 4 | YCbCr full (0-255) |
-
-#### hdmi_drive
-
-This allows you to choose between HDMI and DVI output modes.
-
-| hdmi_drive | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 1 | Normal DVI mode (No sound) |
-| 2 | Normal HDMI mode (Sound will be sent if supported and enabled) |
-
-#### config_hdmi_boost
-
-Configures the signal strength of the HDMI interface; the default value is `0` and the maximum is `7`. Try `4` if you have interference issues with HDMI.
-
-#### hdmi_group
-
-This defines the HDMI output group to be either CEA (Consumer Electronics Association; the standard typically used by TVs) or DMT (Display Monitor Timings; the standard typically used by monitors). This setting should be used in conjunction with `hdmi_mode`.
-
-| hdmi_group | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 0 | Auto-detect from EDID |
-| 1 | CEA |
-| 2 | DMT |
-
-#### hdmi_mode
-
-This, together with `hdmi_group`, defines the HDMI output format.
-
-For setting a custom display mode not listed here, see [this thread](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=24679).
-
-These values are valid if `hdmi_group=1` (CEA):
-
-| hdmi_mode | resolution | frequency | notes |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| 1 | VGA (640x480) | | |
-| 2 | 480p | 60Hz | |
-| 3 | 480p | 60Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 4 | 720p | 60Hz | |
-| 5 | 1080i | 60Hz | |
-| 6 | 480i | 60Hz | |
-| 7 | 480i | 60Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 8 | 240p | 60Hz | |
-| 9 | 240p | 60Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 10 | 480i | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 11 | 480i | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 12 | 240p | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 13 | 240p | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 14 | 480p | 60Hz | pixel doubling |
-| 15 | 480p | 60Hz | pixel doubling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 16 | 1080p | 60Hz | |
-| 17 | 576p | 50Hz | |
-| 18 | 576p | 50Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 19 | 720p | 50Hz | |
-| 20 | 1080i | 50Hz | |
-| 21 | 576i | 50Hz | |
-| 22 | 576i | 50Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 23 | 288p | 50Hz | |
-| 24 | 288p | 50Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 25 | 576i | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 26 | 576i | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 27 | 288p | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 28 | 288p | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 29 | 576p | 50Hz | pixel doubling |
-| 30 | 576p | 50Hz | pixel doubling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 31 | 1080p | 50Hz | |
-| 32 | 1080p | 24Hz | |
-| 33 | 1080p | 25Hz | |
-| 34 | 1080p | 30Hz | |
-| 35 | 480p | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 36 | 480p | 60Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 37 | 576p | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling |
-| 38 | 576p | 50Hz | pixel quadrupling, 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 39 | 1080i | 50Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 40 | 1080i | 100Hz | |
-| 41 | 720p | 100Hz | |
-| 42 | 576p | 100Hz | |
-| 43 | 576p | 100Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 44 | 576i | 100Hz | |
-| 45 | 576i | 100Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 46 | 1080i | 120Hz | |
-| 47 | 720p | 120Hz | |
-| 48 | 480p | 120Hz | |
-| 49 | 480p | 120Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 50 | 480i | 120Hz | |
-| 51 | 480i | 120Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 52 | 576p | 200Hz | |
-| 53 | 576p | 200Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 54 | 576i | 200Hz | |
-| 55 | 576i | 200Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 56 | 480p | 240Hz | |
-| 57 | 480p | 240Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-| 58 | 480i | 240Hz | |
-| 59 | 480i | 240Hz | 16:9 aspect ratio |
-
-In the table above, the modes with a 16:9 aspect ratio are a widescreen variant of a mode which usually has 4:3 aspect ratio. Pixel doubling and quadrupling indicates a higher clock rate, with each pixel repeated two or four times respectively.
-
-These values are valid if `hdmi_group=2` (DMT):
-
-| hdmi_mode | resolution | frequency | notes |
-| --- | --- | --- | --- |
-| 1 | 640x350 | 85Hz | |
-| 2 | 640x400 | 85Hz | |
-| 3 | 720x400 | 85Hz | |
-| 4 | 640x480 | 60Hz | |
-| 5 | 640x480 | 72Hz | |
-| 6 | 640x480 | 75Hz | |
-| 7 | 640x480 | 85Hz | |
-| 8 | 800x600 | 56Hz | |
-| 9 | 800x600 | 60Hz | |
-| 10 | 800x600 | 72Hz | |
-| 11 | 800x600 | 75Hz | |
-| 12 | 800x600 | 85Hz | |
-| 13 | 800x600 | 120Hz | |
-| 14 | 848x480 | 60Hz | |
-| 15 | 1024x768 | 43Hz | incompatible with the Raspberry Pi |
-| 16 | 1024x768 | 60Hz | |
-| 17 | 1024x768 | 70Hz | |
-| 18 | 1024x768 | 75Hz | |
-| 19 | 1024x768 | 85Hz | |
-| 20 | 1024x768 | 120Hz | |
-| 21 | 1152x864 | 75Hz | |
-| 22 | 1280x768 | | reduced blanking |
-| 23 | 1280x768 | 60Hz | |
-| 24 | 1280x768 | 75Hz | |
-| 25 | 1280x768 | 85Hz | |
-| 26 | 1280x768 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 27 | 1280x800 | | reduced blanking |
-| 28 | 1280x800 | 60Hz | |
-| 29 | 1280x800 | 75Hz | |
-| 30 | 1280x800 | 85Hz | |
-| 31 | 1280x800 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 32 | 1280x960 | 60Hz | |
-| 33 | 1280x960 | 85Hz | |
-| 34 | 1280x960 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 35 | 1280x1024 | 60Hz | |
-| 36 | 1280x1024 | 75Hz | |
-| 37 | 1280x1024 | 85Hz | |
-| 38 | 1280x1024 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 39 | 1360x768 | 60Hz | |
-| 40 | 1360x768 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 41 | 1400x1050 | | reduced blanking |
-| 42 | 1400x1050 | 60Hz | |
-| 43 | 1400x1050 | 75Hz | |
-| 44 | 1400x1050 | 85Hz | |
-| 45 | 1400x1050 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 46 | 1440x900 | | reduced blanking |
-| 47 | 1440x900 | 60Hz | |
-| 48 | 1440x900 | 75Hz | |
-| 49 | 1440x900 | 85Hz | |
-| 50 | 1440x900 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 51 | 1600x1200 | 60Hz | |
-| 52 | 1600x1200 | 65Hz | |
-| 53 | 1600x1200 | 70Hz | |
-| 54 | 1600x1200 | 75Hz | |
-| 55 | 1600x1200 | 85Hz | |
-| 56 | 1600x1200 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 57 | 1680x1050 | | reduced blanking |
-| 58 | 1680x1050 | 60Hz | |
-| 59 | 1680x1050 | 75Hz | |
-| 60 | 1680x1050 | 85Hz | |
-| 61 | 1680x1050 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 62 | 1792x1344 | 60Hz | |
-| 63 | 1792x1344 | 75Hz | |
-| 64 | 1792x1344 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 65 | 1856x1392 | 60Hz | |
-| 66 | 1856x1392 | 75Hz | |
-| 67 | 1856x1392 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 68 | 1920x1200 | | reduced blanking |
-| 69 | 1920x1200 | 60Hz | |
-| 70 | 1920x1200 | 75Hz | |
-| 71 | 1920x1200 | 85Hz | |
-| 72 | 1920x1200 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 73 | 1920x1440 | 60Hz | |
-| 74 | 1920x1440 | 75Hz | |
-| 75 | 1920x1440 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 76 | 2560x1600 | | reduced blanking |
-| 77 | 2560x1600 | 60Hz | |
-| 78 | 2560x1600 | 75Hz | |
-| 79 | 2560x1600 | 85Hz | |
-| 80 | 2560x1600 | 120Hz | reduced blanking |
-| 81 | 1366x768 | 60Hz | |
-| 82 | 1920x1080 | 60Hz | 1080p |
-| 83 | 1600x900 | | reduced blanking |
-| 84 | 2048x1152 | | reduced blanking |
-| 85 | 1280x720 | 60Hz | 720p |
-| 86 | 1366x768 | | reduced blanking |
-
-Note that there is a [pixel clock limit](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=26&t=20155&p=195443#p195443), which means the highest supported mode is 1920x1200 at 60Hz with reduced blanking.
-
-### Which values are valid for my monitor?
-
-Your HDMI monitor may support only a limited set of formats. To find out which formats are supported, use the following method:
-
- 1. Set the output format to VGA 60Hz (`hdmi_group=1` and `hdmi_mode=1`) and boot up your Raspberry Pi
- 2. Enter the following command to give a list of CEA supported modes: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m CEA`
- 3. Enter the following command to give a list of DMT supported modes: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -m DMT`
- 4. Enter the following command to show your current state: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -s`
- 5. Enter the following commands to dump more detailed information from your monitor: `/opt/vc/bin/tvservice -d edid.dat; /opt/vc/bin/edidparser edid.dat`
-
-The `edid.dat` should also be provided when troubleshooting problems with the default HDMI mode.
-
-### Custom mode
-
-If your monitor requires a mode that is not in one of the tables above, then it is possible to define a custom [CVT](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Coordinated_Video_Timings) mode for it instead:
-
- hdmi_cvt=
-
-| Value | Default | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| width | (required) | width in pixels |
-| height | (required) | height in pixels |
-| framerate | (required) | framerate in Hz |
-| aspect | 3 | aspect ratio 1=4:3, 2=14:9, 3=16:9, 4=5:4, 5=16:10, 6=15:9 |
-| margins | 0 | 0=margins disabled, 1=margins enabled |
-| interlace | 0 | 0=progressive, 1=interlaced |
-| rb | 0 | 0=normal, 1=reduced blanking |
-
-(Fields at the end can be omitted to use the default values.)
-
-Note that this simply _creates_ the mode (group 2 mode 87); in order to make the Pi use this by default you must add some additional settings. As an example, the following selects an 800x480 resolution and enables audio drive:
-
- hdmi_cvt=800 480 60 6
- hdmi_group=2
- hdmi_mode=87
- hdmi_drive=2
-
-This may not work if your monitor does not support standard CVT timings.
-
-### Generic display options
-
-#### hdmi_force_hotplug
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that the HDMI hotplug signal is asserted, so it appears that a HDMI display is attached. In other words, HDMI output mode will be used even if no HDMI monitor is detected.
-
-#### hdmi_ignore_hotplug
-
-Setting this to `1` pretends that the HDMI hotplug signal is not asserted, so it appears that a HDMI display is not attached. In other words, composite output mode will be used even if an HDMI monitor is detected.
-
-#### disable_overscan
-
-Set to `1` to disable [overscan](raspi-config.md#overscan).
-
-#### overscan_left
-
-Specifies the number of pixels to skip on the left edge of the screen. Increase this value if the text flows off the left edge of the screen; decrease it if there's a black border between the left edge of the screen and the text.
-
-#### overscan_right
-
-Specifies the number of pixels to skip on the right edge of the screen.
-
-#### overscan_top
-
-Specifies the number of pixels to skip on the top edge of the screen.
-
-#### overscan_bottom
-
-Specifies the number of pixels to skip on the bottom edge of the screen.
-
-#### framebuffer_width
-
-Specifies the console framebuffer width in pixels. The default is the display width minus the total horizontal overscan.
-
-#### framebuffer_height
-
-Specifies the console framebuffer height in pixels. The default is the display height minus the total vertical overscan.
-
-#### framebuffer_depth
-
-Specifies the console framebuffer depth in bits per pixel. The default value is `16`.
-
-| framebuffer_depth | result | notes |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| 8 | 8bit framebuffer | Default RGB palette makes screen unreadable. |
-| 16 | 16bit framebuffer | |
-| 24 | 24bit framebuffer | May result in a corrupted display. |
-| 32 | 32bit framebuffer | May need to be used in confunction with `framebuffer_ignore_alpha=1`. |
-
-#### framebuffer_ignore_alpha
-
-Set to `1` to disable the alpha channel. Can help with the display of a 32bit `framebuffer_depth`.
-
-#### test_mode
-
-Displays a test image and sound during boot (but only over the composite video and analogue audio outputs) for the given number of seconds, before continuing to boot the OS as normal. This is used as a manufacturing test; the default value is `0`.
-
-#### display_rotate
-
-Can be used to rotate or flip the screen orientation; the default value is `0`.
-
-| display_rotate | result |
-| --- | --- |
-| 0 | no rotation |
-| 1 | rotate 90 degrees clockwise |
-| 2 | rotate 180 degrees clockwise |
-| 3 | rotate 270 degrees clockwise |
-| 0x10000 | horizontal flip |
-| 0x20000 | vertical flip |
-
-Note that the 90 and 270 degree rotation options require additional memory on the GPU, so these won't work with the 16MB GPU split.
-
-## Licence keys/codecs
-
-Hardware decoding of additional codecs can be enabled by [purchasing a licence](http://swag.raspberrypi.org/collections/software) that is locked to the CPU serial number of your Raspberry Pi.
-
-#### decode_MPG2
-
-Licence key to allow hardware MPEG-2 decoding, e.g. `decode_MPG2=0x12345678`.
-
-#### decode_WVC1
-
-Licence key to allow hardware VC-1 decoding, e.g. `decode_WVC1=0x12345678`.
-
-If you've got multiple Raspberry Pis, and you've bought a codec licence for each of them, you can list up to 8 licence keys in a single `config.txt`; for example `decode_MPG2=0x12345678,0xabcdabcd,0x87654321`. This enables you to swap the same SD card between the different Pis without having to edit `config.txt` each time.
-
-## Boot
-
-#### disable_commandline_tags
-
-Set to `1` to stop `start.elf` from filling in ATAGS (memory from `0x100`) before launching the kernel.
-
-#### cmdline
-
-The alternative filename on the boot partition to read the kernel command line string from; the default value is `cmdline.txt`.
-
-#### kernel
-
-The alternative filename on the boot partition to use when loading the kernel; the default value is `kernel.img`.
-
-#### kernel_address
-
-The memory address into which the kernel image should be loaded.
-
-#### kernel_old
-
-Set to `1` to load the kernel at the memory address `0x0`.
-
-#### ramfsfile
-
-Optional filename on the boot partition of a ramfs to load. More information is available [here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=63&t=10532).
-
-#### ramfsaddr
-
-The memory address into which the `ramfsfile` should be loaded.
-
-#### initramfs
-
-This specifies both the ramfs filename **and** the memory address to load it at; it performs the actions of both `ramfsfile` and `ramfsaddr` in one parameter. Example values are: `initramfs initramf.gz 0x00800000`. **NOTE:** This option uses different syntax to all the other options; you should not use a `=` character here.
-
-#### init_uart_baud
-
-The initial UART baud rate; the default value is `115200`.
-
-#### init_uart_clock
-
-The initial UART clock frequency; the default value is `3000000` (3MHz).
-
-#### init_emmc_clock
-
-The initial emmc clock frequency; the default value is `100000000` (100MHz).
-
-#### bootcode_delay
-
-Wait for a given number of seconds in `bootcode.bin` before loading `start.elf`; the default value is `0`.
-
-This is useful in particular to insert a delay before reading the EDID of the monitor, which can be useful if the Pi and monitor are powered from the same source but the monitor takes longer to start up than the Pi. Try setting this value if the display detection is "wrong" on initial boot but correct if you soft-reboot the Pi without removing power from the monitor.
-
-#### boot_delay
-
-Wait for a given number of seconds in `start.elf` before loading the kernel; the default value is `1`. The total delay in milliseconds is calculated as `(1000 x boot_delay) + boot_delay_ms`. This can be useful if your SD card needs a while to 'get ready' before Linux is able to boot from it.
-
-#### boot_delay_ms
-
-Wait for a given number of milliseconds in `start.elf`, together with `boot_delay`, before loading the kernel. The default value is `0`.
-
-#### avoid_safe_mode
-
-If set to `1`, [safe_mode](http://elinux.org/RPI_safe_mode) boot won't be enabled. The default value is `0`.
-
-#### disable_splash
-
-If set to `1`, don't show the rainbow splash screen on boot. The default value is `0`.
-
-## Device Tree
-
-There are several `config.txt` parameters related to Device Tree setup, and these are documented separately [here](device-tree.md).
-
-## Overclocking
-
-**NOTE:** Setting any overclocking parameters to values other than those used by [raspi-config](raspi-config.md#overclock) will set a permanent bit within the SoC, making it possible to detect that your Pi has been overclocked. This was originally set to detect a void warranty if the device had been overclocked. Since September 19th 2012 you have been able to overclock your Pi without affecting your warranty; for more information [see the blog post on *Turbo Mode*](http://www.raspberrypi.org/introducing-turbo-mode-up-to-50-more-performance-for-free/).
-
-The latest kernel has a [cpufreq](http://www.pantz.org/software/cpufreq/usingcpufreqonlinux.html) kernel driver with the "ondemand" governor enabled by default. It has no effect if you have no overclock settings; if you overclock, the CPU frequency will vary with processor load. Non-default values are only used when needed according to the governor. You can adjust the minimum values with the `*_min` config options, or disable dynamic clocking with `force_turbo=1`; for more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?p=169726#p169726).
-
-Overclocking and overvoltage will be disabled at runtime when the SoC reaches 85°C to cool it down. You should not hit the limit, even with maximum settings at 25°C ambient temperature; for more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=11579#p169872).
-
-### Overclocking options
-
-| Option | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| arm_freq | Frequency of the ARM CPU in MHz. The default value is `700`. |
-| gpu_freq | Sets `core_freq`, `h264_freq`, `isp_freq`, and `v3d_freq` together. The default value is `250`. |
-| core_freq | Frequency of the GPU processor core in MHz. It has an impact on CPU performance since it drives the L2 cache. The default value is `250`. |
-| h264_freq | Frequency of the hardware video block in MHz. The default value is `250`. |
-| isp_freq | Frequency of the image sensor pipeline block in MHz. The default value is `250`. |
-| v3d_freq | Frequency of 3D block in MHz. The default value is `250`. |
-| avoid_pwm_pll | Don't dedicate a pll to PWM audio. This will reduce analogue audio quality slightly. The spare PLL allows the `core_freq` to be set independently from the rest of the GPU, allowing for more control over overclocking. The default value is `0`.|
-| sdram_freq | Frequency of the SDRAM in MHz. The default value is `400`. |
-| over_voltage | CPU/GPU core voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps; in other words, specifying -16 will give 0.8V as the GPU/core voltage, and specifying 8 will give 1.4V. The default value is `0` (1.2V). Values above 6 are only allowed when `force_turbo` or `current_limit_override` are specified; this sets the warranty bit. |
-| over_voltage_sdram | Sets `over_voltage_sdram_c`, `over_voltage_sdram_i`, and `over_voltage_sdram_p` together. |
-| over_voltage_sdram_c | SDRAM controller voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. The default value is `0` (1.2V). |
-| over_voltage_sdram_i | SDRAM I/O voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. The default value is `0` (1.2V). |
-| over_voltage_sdram_p | SDRAM phy voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. The default value is `0` (1.2V). |
-| force_turbo | Disables the dynamic cpufreq driver and minimum settings described below. Enables h264/v3d/isp overclocking options. The default value is `0`. Enabling this may set the warranty bit. |
-| initial_turbo | Enables turbo mode from boot for the given value in seconds up to 60, or until cpufreq sets a frequency; for more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=425#p180099). This option can help with SD card corruption if the Pi is overclocked. The default value is `0`. |
-| arm_freq_min | Minimum value of `arm_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The default value is `700`. |
-| core_freq_min | Minimum value of `core_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The default value is `250`. |
-| sdram_freq_min | Minimum value of `sdram_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The default value is `400`. |
-| over_voltage_min | Minimum value of `over_voltage` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The default value is `0`. |
-| temp_limit | Overheat protection. This sets the clocks and voltages to default when the SoC reaches this value in Celsius. Setting this higher than the default voids your warranty; the default value is `85`. |
-| current_limit_override | Disables SMPS current limit protection when set to `0x5A000020`; it requires this unusual value to ensure that it doesn't get triggered accidentally. This can help if you are currently hitting a reboot failure when specifying a value for overclocking that is too high. For more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=325#p170793). Changing this option may set the warranty bit. |
-
-#### force_turbo
-
-`force_turbo=0`
-
-This enables dynamic clocks and voltage for the CPU, GPU core and SDRAM. When busy, the CPU frequency goes up to `arm_freq` and down to `arm_freq_min` on idle.
-
-`core_freq`/`core_freq_min`, `sdram_freq`/`sdram_freq_min` and `over_voltage`/`over_voltage_min` behave in a similar manner. `over_voltage` is limited to 6 (1.35V). Non-default values for the h264/v3d/isp frequencies are ignored.
-
-`force_turbo=1`
-
-Disables dynamic frequency clocking, so that all frequencies and voltages stay high. Overclocking of h264/v3d/isp GPU parts is allowed, as well as setting `over_voltage` up to 8 (1.4V). For more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&sid=852d546291ae711ffcd8bf23d3214581&start=325#p170793).
-
-### Clocks relationship
-
-The GPU core, h264, v3d, and ISP blocks all share a [PLL](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phase-locked_loop#Clock_generation) and therefore need to have related frequencies. The CPU, SDRAM and GPU each have their own PLLs and can have unrelated frequencies; for more information [see here](http://www.raspberrypi.org/phpBB3/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=275#p168042).
-
-The frequencies are calculated as follows:
-
-```
-pll_freq = floor(2400 / (2 x core_freq)) x (2 x core_freq)
-gpu_freq = pll_freq / [even number]
-```
-
-The effective `gpu_freq` is automatically rounded to the nearest even integer; asking for `core_freq=500` and `gpu_freq=300` will result in the divisor of 2000/300 = 6.666 => 6 and so result in a `gpu_freq` of 333.33MHz.
-
-#### avoid_pwm_pll
-
-Setting this to `1` will decouple a PLL from the PWM hardware. This will result in more hiss on the analogue audio output, but will allow you to set the `gpu_freq` independently of the `core_freq`.
-
-### Monitoring temperature and voltage
-
-To view the Pi's temperature, type: `cat /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone0/temp`. Divide the result by 1000 to get the value in Celsius.
-
-To view the Pi's current frequency, type: `cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_cur_freq`. Divide the result by 1000 to get the value in MHz.
-
-To monitor the Pi's PSU voltage, you'll need a multimeter to measure between the TP1 and TP2 power supply test points; more information is available in [power](../hardware/raspberrypi/power/README.md).
-
-It's generally a good idea to keep the core temperature below 70 degrees and the voltage above 4.8V. Note that some USB power supplies fall as low as 4.2V; this is because they are usually designed to charge a 3.7V LiPo battery, rather than to supply 5V to a computer. If your overclocked Raspberry Pi is getting hot a heatsink can be helpful, especially if the Pi is to be run inside a case. A suitable heatsink is the self-adhesive BGA (ball-grid-array) 14x14x10 mm heatsink, available from [RS Components](http://uk.rs-online.com/web/p/heatsinks/6744756/).
-
-### Overclocking problems
-
-Most overclocking issues show up immediately with a failure to boot. If this occurs, hold down the `shift` key during the next boot which will temporarily disable all overclocking; this will allow you to boot successfully and then edit your settings.
-
-## Conditional Filters
-
-When a single SD card (or card image) is only being used with one Pi and one monitor, it's easy to simply set `config.txt` as required for that specific combination and keep it that way, amending only when something changes.
-
-However if one Pi is swapped between different monitors, or if the SD card (or card image) is being swapped between multiple Pis, a single set of settings may no longer be sufficient. Conditional filters allow you to make certain sections of the config file used only in specific cases, allowing a single `config.txt` to create different configurations when read by different hardware.
-
-### The `[all]` filter
-
-This is the most basic filter: it resets all previously set filters and allows any settings listed below it to be applied to all hardware.
-
- [all]
-
-It is usually a good idea to add an `[all]` filter at the end of groups of filtered settings to avoid unintentionally combining filters (see below).
-
-### The `[pi1]` and `[pi2]` filters
-
-Any settings below a `[pi1]` filter will only be applied to Pi1 (A, A+, B, B+) hardware.
-Any settings below a `[pi2]` filter will only be applied to Pi2 hardware.
-
- [pi1]
- [pi2]
-
-These are particularly useful for defining different `kernel`, `initramfs`, and `cmdline` settings, as the Pi1 and Pi2 require different kernels. They can also be useful to define different overclocking settings for each, since they have different default speeds. For example, to define separate initramfs images for each:
-
- [pi1]
- initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7+ followkernel
- [pi2]
- initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7-v7+ followkernel
- [all]
-
-Remember to use the `[all]` filter at the end, so that any subsequent settings aren't limited to Pi2 hardware only.
-
-### The `[EDID=*]` filter
-
-When switching between multiple monitors while using a single SD card in your Pi, and where a blank config is not sufficient to automatically select the desired resolution for each one, this allows specific settings to be chosen based on the monitors' EDID names.
-
-To view the EDID name of a specific monitor, run the following command:
-
- tvservice -n
-
-This will print something like this:
-
- device_name=VSC-TD2220
-
-You can then specify settings that apply only to this monitor like so:
-
- [EDID=VSC-TD2220]
- hdmi_group=2
- hdmi_mode=82
- [all]
-
-This forces 1920x1080 DVT mode for this monitor, without affecting any other monitors.
-
-Note that these settings apply only at boot, so the monitor must be connected at boot time and the Pi must be able to read its EDID information to get the correct name. Hotplugging a different monitor after boot will not reselect different settings.
-
-### The serial number filter
-
-Sometimes settings should only be applied to a single specific Pi, even if you swap the SD card to a different one. Examples include license keys and overclocking settings (although the license keys already support SD card swapping in a different way). You can also use this to select different display settings even if the EDID identification above is not possible for some reason (provided that you don't swap monitors between your Pis) -- for example if your monitor does not supply a usable EDID name or if you are using composite output (for which EDID cannot be read).
-
-To view the serial number of your Pi, run the following command:
-
- cat /proc/cpuinfo
-
-The serial will be shown as a 16-digit hex value at the bottom. For example, if you see:
-
- Serial : 0000000012345678
-
-Then you can define settings that will only be applied to this specific Pi like so:
-
- [0x12345678]
- # settings here are applied only to the Pi with this serial
- [all]
- # settings here are applied to all hardware
-
-### Combining conditional filters
-
-Filters of the same type replace each other (so `[pi2]` overrides `[pi1]`, as it is not possible for both to be true at once).
-
-Filters of different types can be combined simply by listing them one after the other, eg:
-
- # settings here are applied to all hardware
- [EDID=VSC-TD2220]
- # settings here are applied only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected
- [pi2]
- # settings here are applied only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected *and* on a Pi2
- [all]
- # settings here are applied to all hardware
-
-Use the `[all]` filter to reset all previous filters and avoid unintentionally combining different filter types.
-
----
-
-*This article uses content from the eLinux wiki page [RPiconfig](http://elinux.org/RPiconfig), which is shared under the [Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported license](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/)*
diff --git a/configuration/device-tree.md b/configuration/device-tree.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 66dfc92657..0000000000
--- a/configuration/device-tree.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,604 +0,0 @@
-# Device Trees, Overlays and Parameters
-
-Raspberry Pi's latest kernels and firmware, including Raspbian and NOOBS releases, now by default use Device Tree (DT) to manage some resource allocation and module loading. This change is to alleviate the problem of multiple drivers contending for system resources, and to allow HAT modules to be auto-configured.
-
-The current implementation is not a pure Device Tree system -- there is still board support code that creates some platform devices -- but the external interfaces (i2c, i2s, spi) and the audio devices that use them must now be instantiated using a Device Tree Blob (DTB) passed to the kernel by the loader (`start.elf`).
-
-The main impact of using Device Tree is to change from *everything on*, relying on module blacklisting to manage contention, to *everything off unless requested by the DTB*. In order to continue to use external interfaces and the peripherals that attach to them, you will need to add some new settings to your `config.txt`. See [Part 3](#part3) for more information, but in the meantime here are a few examples:
-
-```bash
-# Uncomment some or all of these to enable the optional hardware interfaces
-#dtparam=i2c_arm=on
-#dtparam=i2s=on
-#dtparam=spi=on
-
-# Uncomment one of these lines to enable an audio interface
-#dtoverlay=hifiberry-amp
-#dtoverlay=hifiberry-dac
-#dtoverlay=hifiberry-dacplus
-#dtoverlay=hifiberry-digi
-#dtoverlay=iqaudio-dac
-#dtoverlay=iqaudio-dacplus
-
-# Uncomment this to enable the lirc-rpi module
-#dtoverlay=lirc-rpi
-
-# Uncomment this to override the defaults for the lirc-rpi module
-#dtparam=gpio_out_pin=16
-#dtparam=gpio_in_pin=17
-#dtparam=gpio_in_pull=down
-```
-
-
-## Part 1: Device Trees
-
-A Device Tree (DT) is a description of the hardware in a system. It should include the name of the base CPU, its memory configuration and any peripherals (internal and external). A DT should not be used to describe the software, although by listing the hardware modules it does usually cause driver modules to be loaded. It helps to remember that DTs are supposed to be OS-neutral, so anything which is Linux-specific probably shouldn't be there.
-
-Device Trees represents the hardware configuration as a hierarchy of nodes. Each node may contain properties and subnodes. Properties are named arrays of bytes, which may contain strings, numbers (big-endian), arbitrary sequences of byte, and any combination thereof. By analogy to a filesystem, nodes are directories and properties are files. The locations of nodes and properties within the tree can be described using a path, with slashes as separators and a single slash (`/`) to indicate the root.
-
-
-### 1.1: Basic DTS syntax
-
-[ This section borrows heavily from [devicetree.org](http://devicetree.org/Device_Tree_Usage) ]
-
-Device Trees are usually written in a textual form known as Device Tree Source (DTS) and stored in files with a `.dts` suffix. DTS syntax is C-like, with braces for grouping and semicolons at the end of each line. N.B. DTS requires semicolons after closing braces -- think of C `struct`s rather than functions. The compiled, binary format is referred to as Flattened Device Tree (FDT) or Device Tree Blob (DTB), and is stored in `.dtb` files.
-
-The following is a simple tree in the `.dts` format:
-
-```
-/dts-v1/;
-/include/ "common.dtsi";
-
-/ {
- node1 {
- a-string-property = "A string";
- a-string-list-property = "first string", "second string";
- a-byte-data-property = [0x01 0x23 0x34 0x56];
- cousin: child-node1 {
- first-child-property;
- second-child-property = <1>;
- a-string-property = "Hello, world";
- };
- child-node2 {
- };
- };
- node2 {
- an-empty-property;
- a-cell-property = <1 2 3 4>; /* each number (cell) is a uint32 */
- child-node1 {
- my-cousin = <&cousin>;
- };
- };
-};
-
-/node2 {
- another-property-for-node2;
-};
-```
-
-This tree contains:
-
- - a required header -- `/dts-v1/`.
- - The inclusion of another DTS file, conventionally named `*.dtsi`, analogous to a `.h` header file in C -- see _An aside about /include/_ below.
- - a single root node: `/`
- - a couple of child nodes: `node1` and `node2`
- - some children for node1: `child-node1` and `child-node2`
- - a label (`cousin`) and a reference to that label (`&cousin`) -- see _Labels and References_ below.
- - a bunch of properties scattered through the tree.
- - a repeated node (`/node2`) -- see _An aside about /include/_ below.
-
-Properties are simple key-value pairs where the value can either be empty or contain an arbitrary byte stream. While data types are not encoded into the data structure, there are a few fundamental data representations that can be expressed in a device tree source file.
-
-Text strings (NUL-terminated) are indicated with double quotes:
-
-```
-string-property = "a string";
-```
-
-'Cells' are 32-bit unsigned integers delimited by angle brackets:
-
-```
-cell-property = <0xbeef 123 0xabcd1234>;
-```
-
-Arbitrary byte data is delimited with square brackets, and entered in hex:
-
-```
-binary-property = [01 23 45 67 89 ab cd ef];
-```
-
-Data of differing representations can be concatenated together using a comma:
-
-```
-mixed-property = "a string", [01 23 45 67], <0x12345678>;
-```
-
-Commas are also used to create lists of strings:
-
-```
-string-list = "red fish", "blue fish";
-```
-
-
-### 1.2: An aside about /include/
-
-The `/include/` directive results in simple textual inclusion, much like C's `#include` directive, but a feature of the device tree compiler leads to different usage patterns. Given that nodes are named, potentially with absolute paths, it is possible for the same node to appear twice in a DTS file (and its inclusions). When this happens, the nodes and properties are combined, interleaving and overwriting properties as required (later values override earlier ones).
-
-In the example above, the second appearanace of `/node2` causes a new property to be added to the original:
-
-```
-/node2 {
- an-empty-property;
- a-cell-property = <1 2 3 4>; /* each number (cell) is a uint32 */
- another-property-for-node2;
- child-node1 {
- my-cousin = <&cousin>;
- };
-};
-```
-
-It is thus possible for one `.dtsi` to overwrite (or provide defaults for) multiple places in a tree.
-
-
-### 1.3: Labels and References
-
-It is often necessary for one part of the tree to refer to another, and there are four ways to do this:
-
-1. Path strings
-
- Paths should be self explanatory, by analogy to a filesystem -- `/soc/i2s@7e203000` is the full path to the I2S device in BCM2835 and BCM2836. Note that although it is easy to construct a path to a property (`/soc/i2s@7e203000/status` -- see, I just did it), the standard APIs don't do that; you first find a node, then choose properties of that node.
-
-2. phandles
-
- A phandle is a unique 32-bit integer assigned to a node in its `phandle` property. (For historical reasons, you tend to also see a redundant, matching `linux,phandle`). phandles are numbered sequentially starting from 1 -- 0 is not a valid phandle -- and are usually allocated by the DT compiler when it encounters a reference to a node in an integer context, usually in the form of a label (see below). References to nodes using phandles are simply encoded as the corresponding integer (cell) values; there is no markup to indicate that they should be interpreted as phandles -- that is application defined.
-
-3. Labels
-
- Just as a label in C gives a name to a place in the code, a DT label assigns a name to a node in the hierarchy. The compiler takes references to labels and converts them into paths when used in string context (`&node`) and phandles in integer context (`<&node>`); the original labels do not appear in the compiled output. Note that labels contain no structure -- they are just tokens in a flat, global namespace.
-
-4. Aliases
-
- Aliases are similar to labels, except that they do appear in the FDT output as a form of index. They are stored as properties of the `/aliases` node, with each property mapping an alias name to a path string. Although the aliases node appears in the source, the path strings usually appear as references to labels (`&node`) rather then being written out in full. DT APIs that resolve a path string to a node typically look at the first character of the path, treating paths that do not start with a slash as aliases that must first be converted to a path using the `/aliases` table.
-
-
-### 1.4: Device Tree semantics
-
-How to construct a device tree -- how best to use it to capture the configuration of some hardware -- is a large and complex subject. There are many resources available, some of which are listed below, and this document isn't going to be another. But there are a few things that deserve a mention.
-
-`compatible` properties are the link between the hardware description and the driver software. When an OS encounters a node with a `compatible` property it looks it up in its database of device drivers to find the best match. In Linux this usually results in the driver module being automatically loaded, provided it has been appropriately labelled and not blacklisted.
-
-The `status` property indicates whether a device is enabled or disabled. If the `status` is `ok`, `okay` or absent, then the device is enabled. Otherwise `status` should be `disabled`, which means what you think it means. It can be useful to place devices in a `.dtsi` file with the status set to `disabled`. A derived configuration can then include that `.dtsi` and set the status for the devices which are needed to `okay`.
-
-Here are some articles about writing Device Trees:
-
-- [devicetree.org/Device_Tree_Usage](http://devicetree.org/Device_Tree_Usage)
-- [elinux.org/...](http://elinux.org/images/4/48/Experiences_With_Device_Tree_Support_Development_For_ARM-Based_SOC%27s.pdf)
-- [power.org/...](https://www.power.org/download.php?popup=1&file=7920&referer=/documentation/epapr-version-1-1/) (requires registration...)
-
-
-## Part 2: Device Tree Overlays
-
-A modern SoC (System-on-Chip) is a very complicated device -- a complete device tree could be hundreds of lines long. Taking that one step further and placing the SoC on a board with other components only makes matters worse. To keep that manageable, particularly if there are related devices that share components, it makes sense to put the common elements in .dtsi files to be included from possibly multiple .dts files.
-
-But when a system like Raspberry Pi supports optional plug-in accessories, such as HATs, the problem grows further. Ultimately, each possible configuration requires a device tree to describe it, but once you factor in different base hardware (models A, B, A+, and B+) and gadgets only requiring the use of a few GPIO pins that can coexist, the number of combinations starts to multiply rapidly.
-
-What is needed is a way to describe these optional components using partial device trees, and then to be able to build a complete tree by taking a base DT and adding a number of optional elements. Well, you can, and these optional elements are called "overlays".
-
-
-### 2.1: Fragments
-
-A DT Overlay comprises a number of fragments, each of which targets one node (and its subnodes). Although the concept sounds simple enough, the syntax seems rather strange at first:
-
-```
-// Enable the i2s interface
-/dts-v1/;
-/plugin/;
-
-/ {
- compatible = "brcm,bcm2708";
-
- fragment@0 {
- target = <&i2s>;
- __overlay__ {
- status = "okay";
- };
- };
-};
-```
-
-The `compatible` string identifies this as being for bcm2708, which is the base architecture of the BCM2835 part. For the BCM2836 part you could use a compatible string of "brcm,bcm2709", but unless you are targeting features of the ARM CPUs then the two architectures ought to be equivalent, so sticking to "brcm,bcm2708" is reasonable. Then comes the first (and in this case only) fragment. Fragments are numbered sequentially from zero. Failure to adhere to this may cause some or all of your fragments to be missed.
-
-Each fragment consists of two parts -- a `target` property, identifying the node to apply the overlay to, and the `__overlay__` itself, the body of which is added to the target node. The example above can be interpreted as if it were written like this:
-
-```
-/dts-v1/;
-
-/ {
- compatible = "brcm,bcm2708";
-};
-
-&i2s {
- status = "okay";
-};
-```
-
-The effect of merging that overlay with a standard Raspberry Pi base device tree (`bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb`, for example), provided the overlay is loaded afterwards, would be to enable the i2s interface by changing its status to `okay`. But if you try to compile this overlay, using:
-
-```
-dtc -I dts -O dtb -o 2nd-overlay.dtb 2nd-overlay.dts
-```
-
-you will get an error:
-
-```
-Label or path i2s not found
-```
-
-This shouldn't be too unexpected, since there is no reference to the base `.dtb` or `.dts` file enabling the compiler to find the `i2s` label.
-
-Trying again, this time with the original example:
-
-```
-dtc -I dts -O dtb -o 1st-overlay.dtb 1st-overlay.dts
-```
-
-you will get one of two errors.
-
-If `dtc` returns an error about the third line, then it doesn't have the extensions required for overlay work. The `/plugin/` directive is a signal to the compiler that it needs the ability to generate linkage information allowing unresolved symbols to be patched up later.
-
-To install an appropriate `dtc` on a Pi, type:
-```
-sudo apt-get install device-tree-compiler
-```
-
-On other platforms, you have two options: if you download the kernel sources from the raspberrypi github and `make ARCH=arm dtbs` then it will build a suitable `dtc` in `scripts/dtc`. Alternatively, follow these steps in a suitable directory:
-
-```bash
-wget -c https://raw.githubusercontent.com/RobertCNelson/tools/master/pkgs/dtc.sh
-chmod +x dtc.sh
-./dtc.sh
-```
-
-Note: This script will download the mainline source, apply some patches, then build and install it. You may want to edit `dtc.sh` before running it to change the download path (currently `~/git/dtc`) and install path (`/usr/local/bin`).
-
-If instead you see `Reference to non-existent node or label "i2s"` then all you need to do is change the command line to tell the compiler to allow unresolved symbols, by adding `-@`:
-
-```
-dtc -@ -I dts -O dtb -o 1st-overlay.dtb 1st-overlay.dts
-```
-
-This time, compilation should complete successfully. It is interesting to dump the contents of the DTB file to see what the compiler has generated:
-
-```
-$ fdtdump 1st-overlay.dtb
-
-/dts-v1/;
-// magic: 0xd00dfeed
-// totalsize: 0x106 (262)
-// off_dt_struct: 0x38
-// off_dt_strings: 0xe8
-// off_mem_rsvmap: 0x28
-// version: 17
-// last_comp_version: 16
-// boot_cpuid_phys: 0x0
-// size_dt_strings: 0x1e
-// size_dt_struct: 0xb0
-
-/ {
- compatible = "brcm,bcm2708";
- fragment@0 {
- target = <0xdeadbeef>;
- __overlay__ {
- status = "okay";
- };
- };
- __fixups__ {
- i2s = "/fragment@0:target:0";
- };
-};
-```
-
-After the verbose description of the file structure, there is our fragment. But look carefully -- where we wrote `&i2s` it now says `0xdeadbeef`, a clue that something strange has happened. After the fragment is a new node, `__fixups__`. This contains a list of properties mapping the names of unresolved symbols to lists of paths to cells within the fragments that need patching with the phandle of the target node, once that target has been located. In this case, the path is to the `0xdeadbeef` value of `target`, but fragments can contain other unresolved references which would require additional fix-ups.
-
-If you write more complicated fragments the compiler may generate two more nodes -- `__local_fixups__` and `__symbols__`. The former is required if any node in the fragments has a phandle, because the programme performing the merge will have to ensure that phandle numbers are sequential and unique, but the latter is the key to how unresolved symbols are dealt with.
-
-Back in section 1.3 it says that *"the original labels do not appear in the compiled output"*, but this isn't true when using the `-@` switch. Instead, every label results in a property in the `__symbols__` node, mapping a label to a path, exactly like the `aliases` node. In fact, the mechanism is so similar that when resolving symbols, the Raspberry Pi loader will search the "aliases" node in the absence of a `__symbols__` node. This is useful because by providing sufficient aliases we can allow an older `dtc` to be used to build the base DTB files.
-
-
-### 2.2: Device tree parameters
-
-To avoid the need for lots of device tree overlays, and (we hope) to restrict the need to write DTS files to peripheral makers, the Raspberry Pi loader supports a new feature -- device tree parameters. This permits small changes to the DT using named parameters, similar to the way kernel modules receive parameters from `modprobe` and the kernel command line. Parameters can be exposed by the base DTBs and by overlays, including HAT overlays.
-
-Parameters are defined in the DTS by adding an `__overrides__` node to the root. It contains properties whose names are the chosen parameter names, and whose values are a sequence comprising a phandle (reference to a label) for the target node, and a string indicating the target property; string, integer (cell) and boolean properties are supported.
-
-
-#### 2.2.1: String parameters
-
-String parameters are declared like this:
-```
-name = <&label>,"property";
-```
-where `label` and `property` are replaced by suitable values. String parameters can cause their target properties to grow, shrink, or be created.
-
-Note that properties called `status` are treated specially - non-zero/true/yes/on values are converted to the string `"okay"`, while zero/false/no/off becomes `"disabled"`.
-
-
-#### 2.2.2: Integer parameters
-
-Integer parameters are declared like this:
-```
-name = <&label>,"property.offset"; // 8-bit
-name = <&label>,"property;offset"; // 16-bit
-name = <&label>,"property:offset"; // 32-bit
-name = <&label>,"property#offset"; // 64-bit
-```
-where `label`, `property` and `offset` are replaced by suitable values; the offset is specified in bytes relative to the start of the property (in decimal by default), and the preceding separator dictates the size of the parameter. Integer parameters must refer to an existing part of a property - they cannot cause their target properties to grow.
-
-
-#### 2.2.3: Boolean parameters
-
-Device Tree encodes boolean values as zero-length properties - if present then the property is true, otherwise it is false. They are defined like this:
-```
-boolean_property; // Set 'boolean_property' to true
-```
-Note that a property is assigned the value false by not defining it. Boolean parameters are declared like this:
-```
-name = <&label>,"property?";
-```
-where `label` and `property` are replaced by suitable values. Boolean parameters can cause properties to be created or deleted.
-
-
-#### 2.2.4 Examples
-Here are some examples of different types of properties, with parameters to modify them:
-
-```
-/ {
- fragment@0 {
- target-path = "/";
- __overlay__ {
-
- test: test_node {
- string = "hello";
- status = "disabled";
- bytes = /bits/ 8 <0x67 0x89>;
- u16s = /bits/ 16 <0xabcd 0xef01>;
- u32s = /bits/ 32 <0xfedcba98 0x76543210>;
- u64s = /bits/ 64 < 0xaaaaa5a55a5a5555 0x0000111122223333>;
- bool1; // Defaults to true
- // bool2 defaults to false
- };
- };
- };
-
- __overrides__ {
- string = <&test>,"string";
- enable = <&test>,"status";
- byte_0 = <&test>,"bytes.0";
- byte_1 = <&test>,"bytes.1";
- u16_0 = <&test>,"u16s;0";
- u16_1 = <&test>,"u16s;2";
- u32_0 = <&test>,"u32s:0";
- u32_1 = <&test>,"u32s:4";
- u64_0 = <&test>,"u64s#0";
- u64_1 = <&test>,"u64s#8";
- bool1 = <&test>,"bool1?";
- bool2 = <&test>,"bool2?";
- };
-};
-```
-
-
-#### 2.2.5: Parameters with multiple targets
-
-There are some situations where it is convenient to be able to set the same value in multiple locations within the device tree. Rather than the ungainly approach of creating multiple parameters, it is possible to add multiple targets to a single parameter by concatenating them, like this:
-
-```
- __overrides__ {
- gpiopin = <&w1>,"gpios:4",
- <&w1_pins>,"brcm,pins:0";
- ...
- };
-```
-(example taken from the `w1-gpio` overlay)
-
-Note that it is even possible to target properties of different types with a single parameter. You could reasonably connect an "enable" parameter to a `status` string, cells containing zero or one, and a proper boolean property.
-
-
-#### 2.2.6: Further overlay examples
-
-There is a growing collection of overlay source files hosted in the raspberrypi/linux github repository [here](https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-3.18.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays).
-
-
-## Part 3: Using device trees on Raspberry Pi
-
-
-### 3.1: Overlays and config.txt
-
-On Raspberry Pi it is the job of the loader (one of the start*.elf images) to combine overlays with an appropriate base device tree, and then to pass a fully resolved device tree to the kernel. The base device trees are located alongside start.elf in the FAT partition (/boot from linux), named `bcm2708-rpi-b.dtb`, `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb`, `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` and `bcm2709-rpi-2-b.dtb`. Note that Model A's and A+'s will use the "b" and "b-plus" variants, respectively. This selection is automatic, and allows the same SD card image to be used in a variety of devices.
-
-N.B. DT and ATAGs are mutually exclusive. As a result, passing a DT blob to a kernel that doesn't understand it causes a boot failure. To guard against this, the loader checks kernel images for DT-compatibility, which is marked by a trailer added by the mkknlimg utility (found [here](https://github.com/raspberrypi/tools/blob/master/mkimage/mkknlimg), or in the scripts directory of a recent kernel source tree). Any kernel without a trailer is assumed to be non-DT-capable.
-
-The loader now also support builds using bcm2835_defconfig, which select the upstreamed BCM2835 support. This configuration will cause `bcm2835-rpi-b.dtb` and `bcm2835-rpi-b-plus.dtb` to be built. If these files are copied with the kernel, and if the kernel has been tagged by a recent `mkknlimg`, then the loader will attempt to load one of those DTBs by default.
-
-In order to manage device tree and overlays, the loader supports a number of new `config.txt` directives:
-
-```
-dtoverlay=acme-board
-dtparam=foo=bar,level=42
-```
-
-This will cause the loader to look for `overlays/acme-board-overlay.dtb` in the firmware partition, which Raspbian mounts on `/boot`. It will then search for parameters `foo` and `level`, and assign them the indicated values.
-
-The loader will also search for an attached HAT with a programmed EEPROM, and load the supporting overlay from there; this happens without any user intervention.
-
-There are several ways to tell that the kernel is using device tree:
-
-1. The "Machine model:" kernel message during boot up has a board-specific value such as "Raspberry Pi 2 Model B", rather than "BCM2709".
-2. Some time later there is another kernel message saying "No ATAGs?" -- this is expected.
-3. `/proc/device-tree` exists, and contains subdirectories and files that exactly mirror the nodes and properties of the DT.
-
-With a device tree, the kernel will automatically search for and load modules that support the indicated, enabled devices. As a result, by creating an appropriate DT overlay for a device, you save users of the device from having to edit `/etc/modules` -- all of the configuration goes in config.txt (and in the case of a HAT, even that step is unnecessary). Note, however, that layered modules such as `i2c-dev` still need to be loaded explicitly.
-
-The flip-side is that because platform devices don't get created unless requested by the DTB, it should no longer be necessary to blacklist modules that used to be loaded as a result of platform devices defined in the board support code. In fact, current Raspbian images ship without a blacklist file.
-
-
-### 3.2: DT parameters
-
-As described above, DT parameters are a convenient way to make small changes to a device's configuration. The current base DTBs support parameters for enabling and controlling the I2C, I2S and SPI interfaces without using dedicated overlays. In use, parameters look like this:
-
-```
-dtparam=i2c_arm=on,i2c_arm_baudrate=400000,spi=on
-```
-
-Note that multiple assignments can be placed on the same line (but don't exceed the 80 (or is it 79?) character limit, because *it would be bad*).
-
-A future default `config.txt` may contain a section like this:
-
-```
-# Uncomment some or all of these to enable the optional hardware interfaces
-#dtparam=i2c_arm=on
-#dtparam=i2s=on
-#dtparam=spi=on
-```
-
-If you have an overlay that defines some parameters, they can be specified either on subsequent lines like this:
-
-```
-dtoverlay=lirc-rpi
-dtparam=gpio_out_pin=16
-dtparam=gpio_in_pin=17
-dtparam=gpio_in_pull=down
-```
-
-or appended to the overlay line like this:
-
-```
-dtoverlay=lirc-rpi:gpio_out_pin=16,gpio_in_pin=17,gpio_in_pull=down
-```
-
-Note here the use of a colon (`:`) to separate the overlay name from its parameters, which is a supported syntax variant.
-
-Overlay parameters are only in scope until the next overlay is loaded. In the event of a parameter with the same name being exported by both the overlay and the base (don't do this -- it's just confusing), the parameter in the overlay takes precedence. To expose the parameter exported by the base DTB instead, end the current overlay scope using:
-
-```
-dtoverlay=
-```
-
-
-### 3.3: Board-specific labels and parameters
-
-Raspberry Pi boards have two I2C interfaces. These are nominally split -- one for the ARM, and one for VideoCore (the "GPU"). On almost all models, `i2c1` belongs to the ARM and `i2c0` to VC, where it is used to control the camera and read the HAT EEPROM. However, there are two early revisions of the Model B that have those roles reversed.
-
-To make it possible to use one set of overlays and parameters with all Pis, the firmware creates some board-specific DT parameters. These are:
-```
-i2c/i2c_arm
-i2c_vc
-i2c_baudrate/i2c_arm_baudrate
-i2c_vc_baudrate
-```
-These are aliases for `i2c0`, `i2c1`, `i2c0_baudrate` and `i2c1_baudrate`. It is recommended that you only use `i2c_vc` and `i2c_vc_baudrate` if you really need to - for example, if you are programming a HAT EEPROM. Enabling `i2c_vc` can stop the Pi Camera being detected.
-
-For people writing overlays, the same aliasing has been applied to the labels on the I2C DT nodes. Thus you should write:
-```
-fragment@0 {
- target = <&i2c_arm>;
- __overlay__ {
- status = "okay";
- };
-};
-```
-Any overlays using the numeric variants will be modified to use the new aliases.
-
-
-### 3.4: HATs and device tree
-
-A Raspberry Pi HAT is an add-on card for a "Plus"-shaped (A+, B+ or Pi 2 B) Raspberry Pi with an embedded EEPROM. The EEPROM includes any DT overlay required to enable the board, and this overlay can also expose parameters.
-
-The HAT overlay is automatically loaded by the firmware after the base DTB, so its parameters are accessible until any other overlays are loaded (or until the overlay scope is ended using `dtoverlay=`. If for some reason you want to suppress the loading of the HAT overlay, put `dtoverlay=` before any other `dtoverlay` or `dtparam` directive.
-
-
-### 3.5: Supported overlays and parameters
-
-Rather than documenting the individual overlays here, the reader is directed to the [README](https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/blob/master/boot/overlays/README) file found alongside the overlay .dtb files in `/boot/overlays`. It is kept up-to-date with additions and changes.
-
-
-## Part 4: Troubleshooting, and Pro tips
-
-
-### 4.1: Debugging
-
-The loader will skip over missing overlays and bad parameters, but if there are serious errors such as a missing or corrupt base dtb or a failed overlay merge then the loader will fall back to a non-DT boot. If this happens, or if your settings don't behave as you expect, it is worth checking for warnings or errors from the loader:
-
-```
-sudo vcdbg log msg
-```
-
-Extra debugging can be enabled by adding `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
-
-If the kernel fails to come up in DT mode, **this is probably because the kernel image does not have a valid trailer**. Use [knlinfo](https://github.com/raspberrypi/tools/blob/master/mkimage/knlinfo) to check for one, and [mkknlimg](https://github.com/raspberrypi/tools/blob/master/mkimage/mkknlimg) utility to add one. Note that both utilities are also included in the scripts directory of current raspberrypi kernel source trees.
-
-You can create a (semi-)human readable representation of the current state of DT like this:
-```
-dtc -I fs /proc/device-tree
-```
-which can be useful to see the effect of merging overlays onto the underlying tree.
-
-If kernel modules don't load as expected, check that they aren't blacklisted (in `/etc/modprobe.d/raspi-blacklist.conf`); blacklisting shouldn't be necessary when using device tree. If that shows nothing untoward you can also check that the module is exporting the correct aliases by searching `/lib/modules//modules.alias` for the `compatible` value. If not, your driver is probably missing either:
-
-```
-.of_match_table = xxx_of_match,
-```
-
-or:
-
-```
-MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, xxx_of_match);
-```
-
-Failing that, `depmod` has failed or the updated modules haven't been installed on the target filesystem.
-
-
-### 4.2: Forcing a specific device tree
-
-If you have very specific needs that aren't supported by the default DTBs (in particular, people experimenting with the pure-DT approach used by the ARCH_BCM2835 project), or if you just want to experiment with writing your own DTs, you can tell the loader to load an alternate DTB file like this:
-
-```
-device_tree=my-pi.dtb
-```
-
-
-## 4.3: Disabling device tree usage
-
-If you decide this DT lark isn't for you (or for diagnostic purposes), you can disable DT loading and force the kernel to revert to the old behaviour by adding:
-
-```
-device_tree=
-```
-
-to `config.txt`. Note, however, that future kernel releases may at some point no longer support this option.
-
-
-### 4.4: Short-cuts and syntax variants
-
-The loader understands a few short-cuts:
-
-```
-dtparam=i2c_arm=on
-dtparam=i2s=on
-```
-
-can be shortened to:
-
-```
-dtparam=i2c,i2s
-```
-
-(`i2c` is an alias of `i2c_arm`, and the `=on` is assumed). It also still accepts the long-form versions -- `device_tree_overlay` and `device_tree_param`.
-
-You can also use some alternative separators if you think that `=` is overused. These are all legal:
-```
-dtoverlay thing:name=value,othername=othervalue
-dtparam setme andsetme='long string with spaces and "a quote"'
-dtparam quote="'"
-```
-These examples use whitespace to separate the directive from the rest of the line instead of `=`. They also use a colon to separate the overlay from its parameters, and `setme` is given the default value 1/true/on/okay.
diff --git a/configuration/images/dt-blob.dts b/configuration/images/dt-blob.dts
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d5c4880c9..0000000000
--- a/configuration/images/dt-blob.dts
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,986 +0,0 @@
-/dts-v1/;
-
-/ {
- videocore {
- pins_rev1 {
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p2 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 1 SDA
- pin@p3 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 1 SCL
- pin@p5 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // CAM_LED
- pin@p6 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN NRESET
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p16 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_up"; polarity="active_low"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p27 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // SD_CARD_DETECT
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <2>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <27>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <5>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <16>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <6>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <2>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins_rev1
-
- pins_rev2 {
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p0 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA
- pin@p1 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL
- pin@p5 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // CAM_LED
- pin@p6 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN NRESET
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p16 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_up"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p21 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // SD_CARD_DETECT
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <21>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <5>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <16>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <6>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_bplus1 { // Pi 1 Model B+ rev 1.1
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p28 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA
- pin@p29 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL
- pin@p31 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Power low
- pin@p32 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // Camera LED
- pin@p35 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN_RUN
- pin@p38 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // USB current limit (0=600mA, 1=1200mA)
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p41 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p44 { function = "gp_clk"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // ETH_CLK - Ethernet 25MHz output
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <41>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <32>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "internal";
- number = <31>;
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <35>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "internal";
- number = <44>;
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <38>;
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_bplus2 { // Pi 1 Model B+ rev 1.2
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p28 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA
- pin@p29 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL
- pin@p31 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN_RUN
- pin@p32 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // Camera LED
- pin@p35 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Power low
- pin@p38 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // USB current limit (0=600mA, 1=1200mA)
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p41 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p44 { function = "gp_clk"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // ETH_CLK - Ethernet 25MHz output
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <41>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <32>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "internal";
- number = <35>;
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <31>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "internal";
- number = <44>;
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "internal";
- number = <38>;
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_aplus {
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p28 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA
- pin@p29 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL
- pin@p32 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // Camera LED
- pin@p35 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Power low
- pin@p38 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // USB current limit (0=600mA, 1=1200mA)
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p41 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <41>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <32>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "internal";
- number = <35>;
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "internal";
- number = <38>;
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_2b1 { // Pi 2 Model B rev 1.0
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p28 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA / SMPS_SDA
- pin@p29 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL / SMPS_SCL
- pin@p31 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN_RUN
- pin@p32 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // Camera LED
- pin@p35 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Power low
- pin@p38 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // USB current limit (0=600mA, 1=1200mA)
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p41 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- pin@p44 { function = "gp_clk"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // ETH_CLK - Ethernet 25MHz output
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <41>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <32>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "internal";
- number = <35>;
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <31>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "internal";
- number = <44>;
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "internal";
- number = <38>;
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_2b2 { // Pi 2 Model B rev 1.1
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // RX uart0
- // The firmware changes I2C pin functions on the fly, returning them to inputs when done. But pins 28&29 are
- // not used on a 1.1 Pi2, so the I2C0 function ends up multiply mapped (bad). therefore don't statically map.
- // pin@p28 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SDA
- // pin@p29 { function = "i2c0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // I2C 0 SCL
- pin@p31 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // LAN_RUN
- pin@p32 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // Camera LED
- pin@p35 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Power low
- pin@p38 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // USB current limit (0=600mA, 1=1200mA)
- pin@p40 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Right audio
- pin@p41 { function = "output"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // Camera shutdown
- // Communicate with the SMPS by "bit-bashing" the I2C protocol on GPIOs 42 and 43
- pin@p42 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // SMPS_SCL
- pin@p43 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // SMPS_SDA
- pin@p44 { function = "gp_clk"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // ETH_CLK - Ethernet 25MHz output
- pin@p45 { function = "pwm"; termination = "no_pulling"; drive_strength_mA = < 16 >; }; // Left audio
- pin@p46 { function = "input"; termination = "no_pulling"; polarity = "active_low"; }; // Hotplug
- pin@p47 { function = "output"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // activity LED
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- pin_define@HDMI_CONTROL_ATTACHED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <46>;
- };
- pin_define@NUM_CAMERAS {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_I2C_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SDA_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SCL_PIN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_SHUTDOWN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <41>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_UNICAM_PORT {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@CAMERA_0_LED {
- type = "internal";
- number = <32>;
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_0_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_ENABLE {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@FLASH_1_INDICATOR {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@POWER_LOW {
- type = "internal";
- number = <35>;
- };
- pin_define@LEDS_DISK_ACTIVITY {
- type = "internal";
- number = <47>;
- };
- pin_define@LAN_RUN {
- type = "internal";
- number = <31>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <43>;
- };
- pin_define@SMPS_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <42>;
- };
- pin_define@ETH_CLK {
- type = "internal";
- number = <44>;
- };
- pin_define@USB_LIMIT_1A2 {
- type = "internal";
- number = <38>;
- };
- pin_define@SIO_1V8_SEL {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@PWML {
- type = "internal";
- number = <45>;
- };
- pin_define@PWMR {
- type = "internal";
- number = <40>;
- };
- pin_define@SAFE_MODE {
- type = "internal";
- number = <3>;
- };
- pin_define@SD_CARD_DETECT {
- type = "absent";
- };
- pin_define@ID_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <0>;
- };
- pin_define@ID_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <1>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SDA {
- type = "internal";
- number = <28>;
- };
- pin_define@DISPLAY_SCL {
- type = "internal";
- number = <29>;
- };
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins
-
- pins_cm {
- pin_config {
- pin@default {
- polarity = "active_high";
- termination = "pull_down";
- startup_state = "inactive";
- function = "input";
- }; // pin
- pin@p14 { function = "uart0"; termination = "no_pulling"; }; // TX uart0
- pin@p15 { function = "uart0"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // RX uart0
- pin@p48 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CLK
- pin@p49 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD CMD
- pin@p50 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D0
- pin@p51 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D1
- pin@p52 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D2
- pin@p53 { function = "sdcard"; termination = "pull_up"; drive_strength_mA = < 8 >; }; // SD D3
- }; // pin_config
-
- pin_defines {
- }; // pin_defines
- }; // pins_cm
- };
-};
diff --git a/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio-selection.png b/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio-selection.png
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d0227fb8..0000000000
Binary files a/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio-selection.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio.png b/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 9cc224734e..0000000000
Binary files a/configuration/images/raspi-config-audio.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/configuration/images/raspi-config.png b/configuration/images/raspi-config.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 661c0db597..0000000000
Binary files a/configuration/images/raspi-config.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/configuration/localisation.md b/configuration/localisation.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 7660c4cfeb..0000000000
--- a/configuration/localisation.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-# Localisation
-
-Setting up your Raspberry Pi to match your regional settings.
-
-
-## Language
-
-### NOOBS
-
-To change the language used by NOOBS, you can either press the `L` key on your keyboard, press the up/down arrows to choose the language you want, and then press `Enter`; or you can do the same thing using the mouse. NOOBS will remember your selection, and will use the same language again next time.
-
-Alternatively, you can pre-select the language before booting NOOBS for the first time. See [here](https://github.com/raspberrypi/noobs/blob/master/README.md#how-to-change-the-default-language-keyboard-layout-display-mode-or-boot-partition).
-
-### Raspbian
-
-If you've installed Raspbian using NOOBS, it should automatically pick up the same language you were using within NOOBS. But if you want to select a different language, or if you've installed Raspbian from a standalone image, use [raspi-config](raspi-config.md#change-locale).
-
-
-## Keyboard
-
-### NOOBS
-
-To change the keyboard layout used by NOOBS, you can either press the `9` key on your keyboard, press the up/down arrows to choose the keyboard you want, and then press `Enter`; or you can do the same thing using the mouse. Note that changing the language (as described above) may automatically change the keyboard layout as appropriate too. NOOBS will remember your selection and use the same keyboard layout again next time.
-
-Alternatively, you can pre-select the keyboard before booting NOOBS for the first time. See [here](https://github.com/raspberrypi/noobs/blob/master/README.md#how-to-change-the-default-language-keyboard-layout-display-mode-or-boot-partition).
-
-### Raspbian
-
-If you've installed Raspbian using NOOBS, it should automatically pick up the same keyboard you were using in NOOBS. But if you want to select a different keyboard, or if you've installed Raspbian from a standalone image, use [raspi-config](raspi-config.md#change-keyboard-layout).
-
-
-## Timezone
-
-### NOOBS
-
-There's no part of NOOBS that uses the time, so consequently there's no option for changing the timezone.
-
-### Raspbian
-
-Once again, this is something else you can change using the [raspi-config](raspi-config.md#change-timezone) tool.
diff --git a/configuration/pin-configuration.md b/configuration/pin-configuration.md
deleted file mode 100644
index bb649a8720..0000000000
--- a/configuration/pin-configuration.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-# Changing the default pin configuration
-*This feature is intended for advanced users.*
-
-As of July 15th 2014, the Raspberry Pi firmware supports custom default pin configurations through a user-provided device tree blob file. In order to ensure that your firmware is recent enough, please run `vcgencmd version`.
-## Providing a custom device tree blob
-In order to compile a device tree source (*dts*) file into a device tree blob (*dtb*) file, the device tree compiler must be installed by running `sudo apt-get install device-tree-compiler`.
- The `dtc` command can then be used as follows:
-```
-sudo dtc -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/dt-blob.bin dt-blob.dts
-```
-**NOTE:** In the case of NOOBS installs, the dtb file should be placed on the recovery partition instead.
-
-Similarly, a dtb file can be converted back to a dts file, if required.
-```
-dtc -I dtb -O dts -o dt-blob.dts /boot/dt-blob.bin
-```
-# Sections of the dt-blob
-The dt-blob.bin is used to configure the binary blob (Videocore) at boot time. It is not something that the linux kernel
-uses (at the moment) although a kernel section will be added at a later stage when we move the Raspberry Pi kernel to use
-a dt-blob for configuration. The dt-blob is capable of configuring each of the different versions of the Raspberry Pi
-including the Compute Module to set up the alternate settings correctly. The following sections are valid in the dt-blob.
-
-1. `videocore`
-
- This section contains the whole videocore blob information, all subsequent sections must be enclosed within this section
-
-2. `pins_*`
-
- There are up to eight separate pins_* sections, namely:
- 1. **pins_rev1** Rev1 pin setup. There are some difference because of the moved I2C pins
- 2. **pins_rev2** Rev2 pin setup. This includes the additional codec pins on P5
- 3. **pins_bplus1** Model B+ rev 1.1, including the full 40pin connector
- 4. **pins_bplus2** Model B+ rev 1.2, swapping the low-power and lan-run pins
- 5. **pins_aplus** Model A+, lacking ethernet
- 6. **pins_2b1** Pi 2 Model B rev 1.0, controls the SMPS via I2C0
- 7. **pins_2b2** Pi 2 Model B rev 1.1, controls the SMPS via software I2C on 42&43
- 8. **pins_cm** The Compute Module, note the default for this is the default for the chip so can be a useful source of information about default pullups / downs on the chip.
-
- Each `pins_*` section can contain `pin_config` and `pin_defines` sections.
-
-3. `pin_config`
-
- The `pin_config` section is used to configure the individual pins, each item in this section must be a named pin section, such as `pin@p32` meaning GPIO32. There is a special section `pin@default` which has the default settings for anything not specifically named in the pin_config section.
-
-4. `pin@pinname`
-
- This section can contain any combination of the following items
- 1. `polarity`
- * `active_high`
- * `active_low`
- 2. `termination`
- * `pull_up`
- * `pull_down`
- * `no_pulling`
- 3. `startup_state`
- * `active`
- * `inactive`
- 4. `function`
- * `input`
- * `output`
- * `sdcard`
- * `i2c0`
- * `i2c1`
- * `spi`
- * `spi1`
- * `spi2`
- * `smi`
- * `dpi`
- * `pcm`
- * `pwm`
- * `uart0`
- * `uart1`
- * `gp_clk`
- * `emmc`
- * `arm_jtag`
- 5. `drive_strength_ma`
- The drive strength is used to set a strength for the pins, please note you can only set the bank to a single drive strength. <8> <16> are valid values
-5. `pin_defines`
-
- This section is used to set specific videocore functionality to particular pins, this enables the user to move the camera power enable pin to somewhere different or the hdmi hotplug postion (i.e. things that linux have no control over). Please refer to the example dts file below
-
-## Clock configuration
-
-It is possible to change the configuration of the clocks through this interface, although very difficult to predict the results! The configuration of the clocking system is very very complex, there are five separate PLLs each one has its own fixed (or variable in the case of PLLC) VCO frequency. Each VCO then has a number of different channels which can be set up with a different division of the VCO frequency. Then each of the clock destinations can then be configured to come from one of the clock channels (although there is a restricted mapping of source to destination so not all channels can be routed to all clock destinations).
-
-For this reason I'll just add here a couple of example configurations that you can use to alter very specific clocks. Beyond this it is something we'll add to when requests for clock configurations are made.
-
-```
-clock_routing {
- vco@PLLA { freq = <1966080000>; };
- chan@APER { div = <4>; };
- clock@GPCLK0 { pll = "PLLA"; chan = "APER"; };
-};
-
-clock_setup {
- clock@PWM { freq = <2400000>; };
- clock@GPCLK0 { freq = <12288000>; };
- clock@GPCLK1 { freq = <25000000>; };
-};
-```
-
-The above will set the PLLA to a source VCO running at 1.96608GHz (the limits for this VCO are 600MHz - 2.4GHz), the APER channel to /4 and configures GPCLK0 to be sourced from PLLA through APER. This is used specifically to give an audio codec the 12288000Hz it needs to do the 48000 range of frequencies.
-## Sample device tree source file
-**NOTE:** As this is a new feature, there is no reference dts file which is guaranteed to be supported by future firmware revisions.
-
-The dts file used for the dtb compiled into the May 30th 2015 firmware can be downloaded from [here](images/dt-blob.dts).
diff --git a/configuration/raspi-config.md b/configuration/raspi-config.md
deleted file mode 100644
index e2430d6f82..0000000000
--- a/configuration/raspi-config.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-# raspi-config
-
-`raspi-config` is the Raspberry Pi configuration tool written and maintained by [Alex Bradbury](https://github.com/asb). It targets Raspbian.
-
-
-## Usage
-
-You will be shown `raspi-config` on first booting into Raspbian. To open the configuration tool after this, simply run the following from the command line:
-
-```
-sudo raspi-config
-```
-
-The `sudo` is required because you will be changing files that you do not own as the `pi` user.
-
-You should see a blue screen with options in a grey box in the centre, like so:
-
-
-
-It has the following options available:
-
-```
- Raspberry Pi Software Configuration Tool (raspi-config)
-
-Setup Options
-
- 1 Expand Filesystem Ensures that all of the SD card storage is available to the OS
- 2 Change User Password Change password for the default user (pi)
- 3 Enable Boot to Desktop/Scratch Choose whether to boot into a desktop environment, Scratch, or the command line
- 4 Internationalisation Options Set up language and regional settings to match your location
- 5 Enable Camera Enable this Pi to work with the Raspberry Pi Camera
- 6 Add to Rastrack Add this Pi to the online Raspberry Pi Map (Rastrack)
- 7 Overclock Configure overclocking for your Pi
- 8 Advanced Options Configure advanced settings
- 9 About `raspi-config` Information about this configuration tool
-
-
-```
-
-### Moving around the menu
-
-Use the up and down arrow keys to move the highlighted selection between the options available. Pressing the right arrow key will jump out of the options menu and take you to the `` and `` buttons. Pressing left will take you back to the options. Alternatively, use the `Tab` key to switch between these.
-
-Note that in long lists of option values (like the list of timezone cities), you can also type a letter to skip to that section of the list. For example, entering `L` will skip you to Lisbon, just two options away from London, to save you scrolling all the way through the alphabet.
-
-### What raspi-config does
-
-Generally speaking, `raspi-config` aims to provide the functionality to make the most common configuration changes. This may result in automated edits to `/boot/config.txt` and various standard Linux configuration files. Some options require a reboot to take effect. If you changed any of those, raspi-config will ask if you wish to reboot now when you select the `` button.
-
-## Menu options
-
-
-### Expand filesystem
-
-If you installed Raspbian using NOOBS, you can ignore this section as the file system was expanded automatically during installation. However, if you wrote the image to an SD card yourself, then a portion of the card will be unused; this can be any amount over 3GB. Choosing this option will expand your installation to fill the rest of the SD card, giving you more space to use for files. You will need to reboot the Raspberry Pi to make this available. Note there is no confirmation; selecting the option begins the partition expansion immediately.
-
-
-### Change user password
-
-The default user on Raspbian is `pi` with the password `raspberry`. You can change that here. Read about other [users](../linux/usage/users.md).
-
-
-### Enable boot to desktop or Scratch
-
-You can change what happens when your Pi boots. Use this option to change your boot preference to command line, desktop, or straight to Scratch.
-
-### Internationalisation options
-
-Select `Internationalisation Options` and hit `Enter` to be taken to a sub-menu containing the following options:
-
-
-#### Change locale
-
-Select a locale, for example `en_GB.UTF-8 UTF-8`.
-
-
-#### Change timezone
-
-Select your local timezone, starting with the region such as `Europe`; then select a city, for example `London`. Type a letter to skip down the list to that point in the alphabet.
-
-
-#### Change keyboard layout
-
-This option opens another menu which allows you to select your keyboard layout. It will take a long time to display while it reads all the keyboard types. Changes usually take effect immediately, but may require a reboot.
-
-
-### Enable camera
-
-In order to use the Raspberry Pi camera module, you must enable it here. Select the option and proceed to `Enable`. This will make sure at least 128MB of RAM is dedicated to the GPU.
-
-
-### Add to Rastrack
-
-Rastrack is a user-contributed Google Map to which Pi users in the community have added their location; it shows a heat map of where Pi users are known to be around the world. This was set up by young Pi enthusiast [Ryan Walmsley](http://ryanteck.uk/) in 2012. Rastrack is located at [rastrack.co.uk](http://rastrack.co.uk/).
-
-You can use this option to add your location to the map.
-
-
-### Overclock
-
-It is possible to overclock your Raspberry Pi's CPU. The default is 700MHz but it can be set up to 1000MHz. The overclocking you can achieve will vary; overclocking too high may result in instability. Selecting this option shows the following warning:
-
-```
-Be aware that overclocking may reduce the lifetime of your Raspberry Pi. If overclocking at a certain level causes system instability, try a more modest overclock. Hold down `shift` during boot to temporarily disable overclock.
-```
-
-### Advanced options
-
-
-#### Overscan
-
-Old TV sets had a significant variation in the size of the picture they produced; some had cabinets that overlapped the screen. TV pictures were therefore given a black border so that none of the picture was lost; this is called overscan. Modern TVs and monitors don't need the border, and the signal doesn't allow for it. If the initial text shown on the screen disappears off the edge, you need to enable overscan to bring the border back.
-
-Any changes will take effect after a reboot. You can have greater control over the settings by editing [config.txt](config-txt.md).
-
-On some displays, particularly monitors, disabling overscan will make the picture fill the whole screen and correct the resolution. For other displays, it may be necessary to leave overscan enabled and adjust its values.
-
-
-#### Hostname
-
-Set the visible name for this Pi on a network.
-
-
-#### Memory split
-
-Change the amount of memory made available to the GPU.
-
-
-#### SSH
-
-Enable/disable remote command line access to your Pi using SSH.
-
-SSH allows you to remotely access the command line of the Raspberry Pi from another computer. Disabling this ensures the SSH service does not start on boot, freeing up processing resources. Read more about using [SSH](../remote-access/ssh/README.md). Note that SSH is enabled by default. If connecting your Pi directly to a public network, you should disable SSH unless you have set up secure passwords for all users.
-
-
-#### Device Tree
-
-Enable/Disable the use of Device Tree. Read more about [Device Trees Config](device-tree.md).
-
-
-#### SPI
-
-Enable/Disable SPI interfaces and automatic loading of SPI kernel module, needed for products such as PiFace.
-
-
-#### I2C
-
-Enable/Disable I2C interfaces and automatic loading of I2C kernel module.
-
-
-#### Serial
-
-Enable/Disable shell and kernel messages on the serial connection.
-
-
-#### Audio
-
-Force audio out through HDMI or a 3.5mm jack. Read more about [audio configuration](audio-config.md).
-
-
-#### Update
-
-Update this tool to the latest version.
-
-
-### About raspi-config
-
-Selecting this option shows the following text:
-
-```
-This tool provides a straight-forward way of doing initial configuration of the Raspberry Pi. Although it can be run at any time, some of the options may have difficulties if you have heavily customised your installation.
-```
-
-
-### Finish
-
-Use this button when you have completed your changes. You will be asked whether you want to reboot or not. When used for the first time it's best to reboot. There will be a delay in rebooting if you have chosen to resize your SD card.
-
-## Development of this tool
-
-See this tool's source at [github.com/asb/raspi-config](https://github.com/asb/raspi-config), where you can open issues and create pull requests.
-
----
-
-*This article uses content from the eLinux wiki page [RPi raspi-config](http://elinux.org/RPi_raspi-config), which is shared under the [Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported license](http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/)*
-
diff --git a/configuration/wireless/README.md b/configuration/wireless/README.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 82ca89efad..0000000000
--- a/configuration/wireless/README.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# WiFi
-
-A GUI is provided for setting up wifi connections in the current Raspbian release.
-
-Wifi connections can be made via the network icon at the right-hand end of the menu bar. If a wi-fi dongle is plugged in, left-clicking this icon will bring up a list of available wi-fi networks, as shown. (If no networks are found, it will show the message "No APs found - scanning..." - just wait a few seconds without closing the menu, and it should find your network.)
-
-
-
-The icons on the right show whether a network is secured or not, and its signal strength. Click the network that you want to connect to; if it is secured, a dialog box is shown prompting you to enter the network key.
-
-
-
-
-Enter the key and press OK, then wait a couple of seconds. The network icon will flash briefly to show that a connection is being made; once it is ready, the icon stops flashing and shows the signal strength.
-
-In older versions of Raspbian, there are alternative ways of setting up WiFi. Here are 3 different ways to configure WiFi.
-
-- [Using GUI application](http://learn.adafruit.com/adafruits-raspberry-pi-lesson-3-network-setup/setting-up-wifi-with-raspbian)
-- [Using the command line](wireless-cli.md)
-- [Using wicd-curses](http://www.raspyfi.com/wi-fi-on-raspberry-pi-a-simple-guide/)
diff --git a/configuration/wireless/images/key.png b/configuration/wireless/images/key.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 0242eeb984..0000000000
Binary files a/configuration/wireless/images/key.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/configuration/wireless/images/wifi2.png b/configuration/wireless/images/wifi2.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7320f0809c..0000000000
Binary files a/configuration/wireless/images/wifi2.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/configuration/wireless/wireless-cli.md b/configuration/wireless/wireless-cli.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 58b18a7844..0000000000
--- a/configuration/wireless/wireless-cli.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-# Setting WiFi up via the command line
-
-
-This method is suitable if you do not have access to the graphical user interface normally used to set up WiFi on the Raspberry Pi. It is especailly suited for use with a serial console cable if you don't have access to a screen or wired Ethernet network. Also note that no additional software is required; everything you need is already included on the Raspberry Pi.
-
-##Getting WiFi network details
-
-To scan for WiFi networks, use the command `sudo iwlist wlan0 scan`. This will list all available WiFi networks along with other useful information. Look out for:
-
-1. `ESSID:"testing"`. This is the name of the WiFi network.
-1. `IE: IEEE 802.11i/WPA2 Version 1`. This is the authentication used; in this case it is WPA2, the newer and more secure wireless standard which replaces WPA1. This guide should work for WPA or WPA2, but may not work for WPA2 enterprise; for WEP hex keys see the last example [here](http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?wpa_supplicant.conf+5+NetBSD-current).
-You will also need the password for the WiFi network. For most home routers this is located on a sticker on the back of the router. The ESSID (ssid) for the network in this case is `testing` and the password (psk) `testingPassword`.
-
-##Adding the network details to the Raspberry Pi
-
-Open the `wpa-supplicant` configuration file in nano:
-
-`sudo nano /etc/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf`
-
-Go to the bottom of the file and add the following:
-
-```
-network={
- ssid="The_ESSID_from_earlier"
- psk="Your_wifi_password"
-}
-```
-
-In the case of the example network, we would enter:
-
-```
-network={
- ssid="testing"
- psk="testingPassword"
-}
-```
-
-Now save the file by pressing **ctrl+x** then **y**, then finally press **enter**.
-
-At this point, `wpa-supplicant` will normally notice a change has occurred within a few seconds, and it will try and connect to the network. If it does not, either manually restart the interface with `sudo ifdown wlan0` and `sudo ifup wlan0`, or reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
-
-You can verify if it has successfully connected using `ifconfig wlan0`. If the `inet addr` field has an address beside it, the Pi has connected to the network. If not, check your password and ESSID are correct.
diff --git a/configuration/wireless/wireless-gui.md b/configuration/wireless/wireless-gui.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 695a1d782b..0000000000
--- a/configuration/wireless/wireless-gui.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-# GUI based wireless setup
-
-To set up a WiFi network from the GUI, first you'll need to log into your Raspberry Pi and be able to interact with it
-through the screen and a keyboard (if this is not possible you'll need to use the wpa_supplicant editing method)
-
-First start the GUI
-```
-$ startx
-```
-
-Next open
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55d35cba57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+include::ai-camera/about.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/getting-started.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/details.adoc[]
+
+include::ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..927fcf19ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+[[ai-camera]]
+== About
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency, high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application. Tight integration with xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc[Raspberry Pi's camera software stack] allows users to deploy their own neural network models with minimal effort.
+
+image::images/ai-camera.png[The Raspberry Pi AI Camera]
+
+This section demonstrates how to run either a pre-packaged or custom neural network model on the camera. Additionally, this section includes the steps required to interpret inference data generated by neural networks running on the IMX500 in https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`] and https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[Picamera2].
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e640f289c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/details.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+
+== Under the hood
+
+=== Overview
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera works differently from traditional AI-based camera image processing systems, as shown in the diagram below:
+
+image::images/imx500-comparison.svg[Traditional versus IMX500 AI camera systems]
+
+The left side demonstrates the architecture of a traditional AI camera system. In such a system, the camera delivers images to the Raspberry Pi. The Raspberry Pi processes the images and then performs AI inference. Traditional systems may use external AI accelerators (as shown) or rely exclusively on the CPU.
+
+The right side demonstrates the architecture of a system that uses IMX500. The camera module contains a small Image Signal Processor (ISP) which turns the raw camera image data into an **input tensor**. The camera module sends this tensor directly into the AI accelerator within the camera, which produces **output tensors** that contain the inferencing results. The AI accelerator sends these tensors to the Raspberry Pi. There is no need for an external accelerator, nor for the Raspberry Pi to run neural network software on the CPU.
+
+To fully understand this system, familiarise yourself with the following concepts:
+
+Input Tensor:: The part of the sensor image passed to the AI engine for inferencing. Produced by a small on-board ISP which also crops and scales the camera image to the dimensions expected by the neural network that has been loaded. The input tensor is not normally made available to applications, though it is possible to access it for debugging purposes.
+
+Region of Interest (ROI):: Specifies exactly which part of the sensor image is cropped out before being rescaled to the size demanded by the neural network. Can be queried and set by an application. The units used are always pixels in the full resolution sensor output. The default ROI setting uses the full image received from the sensor, cropping no data.
+
+Output Tensors:: The results of inferencing performed by the neural network. The precise number and shape of the outputs depend on the neural network. Application code must understand how to handle the tensors.
+
+=== System architecture
+
+The diagram below shows the various camera software components (in green) used during our imaging/inference use case with the Raspberry Pi AI Camera module hardware (in red):
+
+image::images/imx500-block-diagram.svg[IMX500 block diagram]
+
+At startup, the IMX500 sensor module loads firmware to run a particular neural network model. During streaming, the IMX500 generates _both_ an image stream and an inference stream. This inference stream holds the inputs and outputs of the neural network model, also known as input/output **tensors**.
+
+=== Device drivers
+
+At the lowest level, the the IMX500 sensor kernel driver configures the camera module over the I2C bus. The CSI2 driver (`CFE` on Pi 5, `Unicam` on all other Pi platforms) sets up the receiver to write the image data stream into a frame buffer, together with the embedded data and inference data streams into another buffer in memory.
+
+The firmware files also transfer over the I2C bus wires. On most devices, this uses the standard I2C protocol, but Raspberry Pi 5 uses a custom high speed protocol. The RP2040 SPI driver in the kernel handles firmware file transfer, since the transfer uses the RP2040 microcontroller. The microcontroller bridges the I2C transfers from the kernel to the IMX500 via a SPI bus. Additionally, the RP2040 caches firmware files in on-board storage. This avoids the need to transfer entire firmware blobs over the I2C bus, significantly speeding up firmware loading for firmware you've already used.
+
+=== `libcamera`
+
+Once `libcamera` dequeues the image and inference data buffers from the kernel, the IMX500 specific `cam-helper` library (part of the Raspberry Pi IPA within `libcamera`) parses the inference buffer to access the input/output tensors. These tensors are packaged as Raspberry Pi vendor-specific https://libcamera.org/api-html/namespacelibcamera_1_1controls.html[`libcamera` controls]. `libcamera` returns the following controls:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Control
+| Description
+
+| `CnnOutputTensor`
+| Floating point array storing the output tensors.
+
+| `CnnInputTensor`
+| Floating point array storing the input tensor.
+
+| `CnnOutputTensorInfo`
+| Network specific parameters describing the output tensors' structure:
+
+[source,c]
+----
+struct OutputTensorInfo {
+ uint32_t tensorDataNum;
+ uint32_t numDimensions;
+ uint16_t size[MaxNumDimensions];
+};
+
+struct CnnOutputTensorInfo {
+ char networkName[NetworkNameLen];
+ uint32_t numTensors;
+ OutputTensorInfo info[MaxNumTensors];
+};
+----
+
+| `CnnInputTensorInfo`
+| Network specific parameters describing the input tensor's structure:
+
+[source,c]
+----
+struct CnnInputTensorInfo {
+ char networkName[NetworkNameLen];
+ uint32_t width;
+ uint32_t height;
+ uint32_t numChannels;
+};
+----
+
+|===
+
+=== `rpicam-apps`
+
+`rpicam-apps` provides an IMX500 post-processing stage base class that implements helpers for IMX500 post-processing stages: https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/imx500/imx500_post_processing_stage.hpp[`IMX500PostProcessingStage`]. Use this base class to derive a new post-processing stage for any neural network model running on the IMX500. For an example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/imx500/imx500_object_detection.cpp[`imx500_object_detection.cpp`]:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+class ObjectDetection : public IMX500PostProcessingStage
+{
+public:
+ ObjectDetection(RPiCamApp *app) : IMX500PostProcessingStage(app) {}
+
+ char const *Name() const override;
+
+ void Read(boost::property_tree::ptree const ¶ms) override;
+
+ void Configure() override;
+
+ bool Process(CompletedRequestPtr &completed_request) override;
+};
+----
+
+For every frame received by the application, the `Process()` function is called (`ObjectDetection::Process()` in the above case). In this function, you can extract the output tensor for further processing or analysis:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+auto output = completed_request->metadata.get(controls::rpi::CnnOutputTensor);
+if (!output)
+{
+ LOG_ERROR("No output tensor found in metadata!");
+ return false;
+}
+
+std::vector output_tensor(output->data(), output->data() + output->size());
+----
+
+Once completed, the final results can either be visualised or saved in metadata and consumed by either another downstream stage, or the top level application itself. In the object inference case:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+if (objects.size())
+ completed_request->post_process_metadata.Set("object_detect.results", objects);
+----
+
+The `object_detect_draw_cv` post-processing stage running downstream fetches these results from the metadata and draws the bounding boxes onto the image in the `ObjectDetectDrawCvStage::Process()` function:
+
+[source,cpp]
+----
+std::vector detections;
+completed_request->post_process_metadata.Get("object_detect.results", detections);
+----
+
+The following table contains a full list of helper functions provided by `IMX500PostProcessingStage`:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Function
+| Description
+
+| `Read()`
+| Typically called from `::Read()`, this function reads the config parameters for input tensor parsing and saving.
+
+This function also reads the neural network model file string (`"network_file"`) and sets up the firmware to be loaded on camera open.
+
+| `Process()`
+| Typically called from `::Process()` this function processes and saves the input tensor to a file if required by the JSON config file.
+
+| `SetInferenceRoiAbs()`
+| Sets an absolute region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to use for inferencing on the IMX500.
+
+| `SetInferenceRoiAuto()`
+| Automatically calculates region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to preserve the input tensor aspect ratio for a given neural network.
+
+| `ShowFwProgressBar()`
+| Displays a progress bar on the console showing the progress of the neural network firmware upload to the IMX500.
+
+| `ConvertInferenceCoordinates()`
+| Converts from the input tensor coordinate space to the final ISP output image space.
+
+There are a number of scaling/cropping/translation operations occurring from the original sensor image to the fully processed ISP output image. This function converts coordinates provided by the output tensor to the equivalent coordinates after performing these operations.
+
+|===
+
+=== Picamera2
+
+IMX500 integration in Picamera2 is very similar to what is available in `rpicam-apps`. Picamera2 has an IMX500 helper class that provides the same functionality as the `rpicam-apps` `IMX500PostProcessingStage` base class. This can be imported to any Python script with:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from picamera2.devices.imx500 import IMX500
+
+# This must be called before instantiation of Picamera2
+imx500 = IMX500(model_file)
+----
+
+To retrieve the output tensors, fetch them from the controls. You can then apply additional processing in your Python script.
+
+For example, in an object inference use case such as https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2/tree/main/examples/imx500/imx500_object_detection_demo.py[imx500_object_detection_demo.py], the object bounding boxes and confidence values are extracted in `parse_detections()` and draw the boxes on the image in `draw_detections()`:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+class Detection:
+ def __init__(self, coords, category, conf, metadata):
+ """Create a Detection object, recording the bounding box, category and confidence."""
+ self.category = category
+ self.conf = conf
+ obj_scaled = imx500.convert_inference_coords(coords, metadata, picam2)
+ self.box = (obj_scaled.x, obj_scaled.y, obj_scaled.width, obj_scaled.height)
+
+def draw_detections(request, detections, stream="main"):
+ """Draw the detections for this request onto the ISP output."""
+ labels = get_labels()
+ with MappedArray(request, stream) as m:
+ for detection in detections:
+ x, y, w, h = detection.box
+ label = f"{labels[int(detection.category)]} ({detection.conf:.2f})"
+ cv2.putText(m.array, label, (x + 5, y + 15), cv2.FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX, 0.5, (0, 0, 255), 1)
+ cv2.rectangle(m.array, (x, y), (x + w, y + h), (0, 0, 255, 0))
+ if args.preserve_aspect_ratio:
+ b = imx500.get_roi_scaled(request)
+ cv2.putText(m.array, "ROI", (b.x + 5, b.y + 15), cv2.FONT_HERSHEY_SIMPLEX, 0.5, (255, 0, 0), 1)
+ cv2.rectangle(m.array, (b.x, b.y), (b.x + b.width, b.y + b.height), (255, 0, 0, 0))
+
+def parse_detections(request, stream='main'):
+ """Parse the output tensor into a number of detected objects, scaled to the ISP output."""
+ outputs = imx500.get_outputs(request.get_metadata())
+ boxes, scores, classes = outputs[0][0], outputs[1][0], outputs[2][0]
+ detections = [ Detection(box, category, score, metadata)
+ for box, score, category in zip(boxes, scores, classes) if score > threshold]
+ draw_detections(request, detections, stream)
+----
+
+Unlike the `rpicam-apps` example, this example applies no additional hysteresis or temporal filtering.
+
+The IMX500 class in Picamera2 provides the following helper functions:
+
+[%header,cols="a,a"]
+|===
+| Function
+| Description
+
+| `IMX500.get_full_sensor_resolution()`
+| Return the full sensor resolution of the IMX500.
+
+| `IMX500.config`
+| Returns a dictionary of the neural network configuration.
+
+| `IMX500.convert_inference_coords(coords, metadata, picamera2)`
+| Converts the coordinates _coords_ from the input tensor coordinate space to the final ISP output image space. Must be passed Picamera2's image metadata for the image, and the Picamera2 object.
+
+There are a number of scaling/cropping/translation operations occurring from the original sensor image to the fully processed ISP output image. This function converts coordinates provided by the output tensor to the equivalent coordinates after performing these operations.
+
+| `IMX500.show_network_fw_progress_bar()`
+| Displays a progress bar on the console showing the progress of the neural network firmware upload to the IMX500.
+
+| `IMX500.get_roi_scaled(request)`
+| Returns the region of interest (ROI) in the ISP output image coordinate space.
+
+| `IMX500.get_isp_output_size(picamera2)`
+| Returns the ISP output image size.
+
+| `IMX5000.get_input_size()`
+| Returns the input tensor size based on the neural network model used.
+
+| `IMX500.get_outputs(metadata)`
+| Returns the output tensors from the Picamera2 image metadata.
+
+| `IMX500.get_output_shapes(metadata)`
+| Returns the shape of the output tensors from the Picamera2 image metadata for the neural network model used.
+
+| `IMX500.set_inference_roi_abs(rectangle)`
+| Sets the region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle which determines which part of the sensor image is converted to the input tensor that is used for inferencing on the IMX500. The region of interest should be specified in units of pixels at the full sensor resolution, as a `(x_offset, y_offset, width, height)` tuple.
+
+| `IMX500.set_inference_aspect_ratio(aspect_ratio)`
+| Automatically calculates region of interest (ROI) crop rectangle on the sensor image to preserve the given aspect ratio. To make the ROI aspect ratio exactly match the input tensor for this network, use `imx500.set_inference_aspect_ratio(imx500.get_input_size())`.
+
+| `IMX500.get_kpi_info(metadata)`
+| Returns the frame-level performance indicators logged by the IMX500 for the given image metadata.
+
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b237208957
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/getting-started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+== Getting started
+
+The instructions below describe how to run the pre-packaged MobileNet SSD and PoseNet neural network models on the Raspberry Pi AI Camera.
+
+=== Hardware setup
+
+Attach the camera to your Raspberry Pi 5 board following the instructions at xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[Install a Raspberry Pi Camera].
+
+=== Prerequisites
+
+These instructions assume you are using the AI Camera attached to either a Raspberry Pi 4 Model B or Raspberry Pi 5 board. With minor changes, you can follow these instructions on other Raspberry Pi models with a camera connector, including the Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W and Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+.
+
+First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+=== Install the IMX500 firmware
+
+The AI camera must download runtime firmware onto the IMX500 sensor during startup. To install these firmware files onto your Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install imx500-all
+----
+
+This command:
+
+* installs the `/lib/firmware/imx500_loader.fpk` and `/lib/firmware/imx500_firmware.fpk` firmware files required to operate the IMX500 sensor
+* places a number of neural network model firmware files in `/usr/share/imx500-models/`
+* installs the IMX500 post-processing software stages in `rpicam-apps`
+* installs the Sony network model packaging tools
+
+NOTE: The IMX500 kernel device driver loads all the firmware files when the camera starts. This may take several minutes if the neural network model firmware has not been previously cached. The demos below display a progress bar on the console to indicate firmware loading progress.
+
+=== Reboot
+
+Now that you've installed the prerequisites, restart your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+== Run example applications
+
+Once all the system packages are updated and firmware files installed, we can start running some example applications. As mentioned earlier, the Raspberry Pi AI Camera integrates fully with `libcamera`, `rpicam-apps`, and `Picamera2`.
+
+=== `rpicam-apps`
+
+The xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` camera applications] include IMX500 object detection and pose estimation stages that can be run in the post-processing pipeline. For more information about the post-processing pipeline, see xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#post-process-file[the post-processing documentation].
+
+The examples on this page use post-processing JSON files located in `/usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/`.
+
+==== Object detection
+
+The MobileNet SSD neural network performs basic object detection, providing bounding boxes and confidence values for each object found. `imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json` contains the configuration parameters for the IMX500 object detection post-processing stage using the MobileNet SSD neural network.
+
+`imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json` declares a post-processing pipeline that contains two stages:
+
+. `imx500_object_detection`, which picks out bounding boxes and confidence values generated by the neural network in the output tensor
+. `object_detect_draw_cv`, which draws bounding boxes and labels on the image
+
+The MobileNet SSD tensor requires no significant post-processing on your Raspberry Pi to generate the final output of bounding boxes. All object detection runs directly on the AI Camera.
+
+The following command runs `rpicam-hello` with object detection post-processing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0s --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json --viewfinder-width 1920 --viewfinder-height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+After running the command, you should see a viewfinder that overlays bounding boxes on objects recognised by the neural network:
+
+image::images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg[IMX500 MobileNet]
+
+To record video with object detection overlays, use `rpicam-vid` instead:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o output.264 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_mobilenet_ssd.json --width 1920 --height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+You can configure the `imx500_object_detection` stage in many ways.
+
+For example, `max_detections` defines the maximum number of objects that the pipeline will detect at any given time. `threshold` defines the minimum confidence value required for the pipeline to consider any input as an object.
+
+The raw inference output data of this network can be quite noisy, so this stage also preforms some temporal filtering and applies hysteresis. To disable this filtering, remove the `temporal_filter` config block.
+
+==== Pose estimation
+
+The PoseNet neural network performs pose estimation, labelling key points on the body associated with joints and limbs. `imx500_posenet.json` contains the configuration parameters for the IMX500 pose estimation post-processing stage using the PoseNet neural network.
+
+`imx500_posenet.json` declares a post-processing pipeline that contains two stages:
+
+* `imx500_posenet`, which fetches the raw output tensor from the PoseNet neural network
+* `plot_pose_cv`, which draws line overlays on the image
+
+The AI Camera performs basic detection, but the output tensor requires additional post-processing on your host Raspberry Pi to produce final output.
+
+The following command runs `rpicam-hello` with pose estimation post-processing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0s --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/imx500_posenet.json --viewfinder-width 1920 --viewfinder-height 1080 --framerate 30
+----
+
+image::images/imx500-posenet.jpg[IMX500 PoseNet]
+
+You can configure the `imx500_posenet` stage in many ways.
+
+For example, `max_detections` defines the maximum number of bodies that the pipeline will detect at any given time. `threshold` defines the minimum confidence value required for the pipeline to consider input as a body.
+
+=== Picamera2
+
+For examples of image classification, object detection, object segmentation, and pose estimation using Picamera2, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2/blob/main/examples/imx500/[the `picamera2` GitHub repository].
+
+Most of the examples use OpenCV for some additional processing. To install the dependencies required to run OpenCV, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install python3-opencv python3-munkres
+----
+
+Now download the https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[the `picamera2` repository] to your Raspberry Pi to run the examples. You'll find example files in the root directory, with additional information in the `README.md` file.
+
+Run the following script from the repository to run YOLOv8 object detection:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ python imx500_object_detection_demo.py --model /usr/share/imx500-models/imx500_network_ssd_mobilenetv2_fpnlite_320x320_pp.rpk
+----
+
+To try pose estimation in Picamera2, run the following script from the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ python imx500_pose_estimation_higherhrnet_demo.py
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0186287cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/ai-camera.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..142854adb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-block-diagram.svg
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5355ecb23d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-comparison.svg
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..871f7b9eb0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-mobilenet.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c145d748b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/images/imx500-posenet.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce272ee5b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-camera/model-conversion.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+== Model deployment
+
+To deploy a new neural network model to the Raspberry Pi AI Camera, complete the following steps:
+
+. Provide a neural network model.
+. Quantise and compress the model so that it can run using the resources available on the IMX500 camera module.
+. Convert the compressed model to IMX500 format.
+. Package the model into a firmware file that can be loaded at runtime onto the camera.
+
+The first three steps will normally be performed on a more powerful computer such as a desktop or server. You must run the final packaging step on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Model creation
+
+The creation of neural network models is beyond the scope of this guide. Existing models can be re-used, or new ones created using popular frameworks like TensorFlow or PyTorch.
+
+For more information, see the official https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera[AITRIOS developer website].
+
+=== Quantisation and compression
+
+Models are quantised and compressed using Sony's Model Compression Toolkit. To install the toolkit, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pip install model_compression_toolkit
+----
+
+For more information, see the https://github.com/sony/model_optimization[Sony model optimization GitHub repository].
+
+The Model Compression Toolkit generates a quantised model in the following formats:
+
+* Keras (TensorFlow)
+* ONNX (PyTorch)
+
+=== Conversion
+
+To convert a model, first install the converter tools:
+
+[tabs]
+======
+TensorFlow::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pip install imx500-converter[tf]
+----
++
+TIP: Always use the same version of TensorFlow you used to compress your model.
+
+PyTorch::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pip install imx500-converter[pt]
+----
+======
+
+If you need to install both packages, use two separate Python virtual environments. This prevents TensorFlow and PyTorch from causing conflicts with one another.
+
+Next, convert the model:
+
+[tabs]
+======
+TensorFlow::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imxconv-tf -i -o
+----
+
+PyTorch::
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imxconv-pt -i -o
+----
+======
+
+Both commands create an output folder that contains a memory usage report and a `packerOut.zip` file.
+
+For optimal use of the memory available to the accelerator on the IMX500 sensor, add `--no-input-persistency` to the above commands. However, this will disable input tensor generation and return to the application for debugging purposes.
+
+For more information on the model conversion process, see the official https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera/documentation/imx500-converter[Sony IMX500 Converter documentation].
+
+=== Packaging
+
+IMPORTANT: You must run this step on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+The final step packages the model into an RPK file. When running the neural network model, we'll upload this file to the AI Camera. Before proceeding, run the following command to install the necessary tools:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install imx500-tools
+----
+
+To package the model into an RPK file, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ imx500-package -i -o
+----
+
+This command should create a file named `network.rpk` in the output folder. You'll pass the name of this file to your IMX500 camera applications.
+
+For a more comprehensive set of instructions and further specifics on the tools used, see the https://developer.aitrios.sony-semicon.com/en/raspberrypi-ai-camera/documentation/imx500-packager[Sony IMX500 Packager documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc6a3a7cfe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include::ai-hat-plus/about.adoc[]
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the AI HAT+, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/ai-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-ai-hat-plus-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98f1923bf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+[[ai-hat-plus]]
+== About
+
+.The 26 tera-operations per second (TOPS) Raspberry Pi AI HAT+
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI HAT+ add-on board has a built-in Hailo AI accelerator compatible with
+Raspberry Pi 5. The NPU in the AI HAT+ can be used for applications including process control, security, home automation, and robotics.
+
+The AI HAT+ is available in 13 and 26 tera-operations per second (TOPS) variants, built around the Hailo-8L and Hailo-8 neural network inference accelerators. The 13 TOPS variant works best with moderate workloads, with performance similar to the xref:ai-kit.adoc[AI Kit]. The 26 TOPS variant can run larger networks, can run networks faster, and can more effectively run multiple networks simultaneously.
+
+The AI HAT+ communicates using Raspberry Pi 5’s PCIe interface. The host Raspberry Pi 5 automatically detects the on-board Hailo accelerator and uses the NPU for supported AI computing tasks. Raspberry Pi OS's built-in `rpicam-apps` camera applications automatically use the NPU to run compatible post-processing tasks.
+
+[[ai-hat-plus-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the AI HAT+, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each AI HAT+ comes with a ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your AI HAT+:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see 6 December 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than 6 December 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+. For the best performance, we recommend using the AI HAT+ with the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the AI HAT+.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the AI HAT+, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the AI HAT+ on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
+
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the AI HAT+. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
+
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the AI HAT+. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the AI HAT+.
+
+== Get started with AI on your Raspberry Pi
+
+To start running AI accelerated applications on your Raspberry Pi, check out our xref:../computers/ai.adoc[Getting Started with the AI Kit and AI HAT+] guide.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08064ca25a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33fb88280e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a60016ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-hat-plus/images/ai-hat-plus-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5d54d1d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+include::ai-kit/about.adoc[]
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the AI Kit, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/ai-kit/raspberry-pi-ai-kit-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bc93a483f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+[[ai-kit]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi AI Kit
+image::images/ai-kit.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Kit bundles the xref:m2-hat-plus.adoc#m2-hat-plus[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+] with a Hailo AI acceleration module for use with Raspberry Pi 5. The kit contains the following:
+
+* Hailo AI module containing a Neural Processing Unit (NPU)
+* Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+, to connect the AI module to your Raspberry Pi 5
+* thermal pad pre-fitted between the module and the M.2 HAT+
+* mounting hardware kit
+* 16mm stacking GPIO header
+
+== AI module features
+
+* 13 tera-operations per second (TOPS) neural network inference accelerator built around the Hailo-8L chip.
+* M.2 2242 form factor
+
+[[ai-kit-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the AI Kit, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each AI Kit comes with a pre-installed AI module, ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your AI Kit:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see 6 December 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than 6 December 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+. For the best performance, we recommend using the AI Kit with the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the AI Kit.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the AI Kit, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the AI Kit on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-03.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the AI Kit. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-04.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the AI Kit. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the AI Kit.
++
+--
+image::images/ai-kit-installation-05.png[width="60%"]
+--
+
+WARNING: Always disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power before connecting or disconnecting a device from the M.2 slot.
+
+== Get started with AI on your Raspberry Pi
+
+To start running AI accelerated applications on your Raspberry Pi, check out our xref:../computers/ai.adoc[Getting Started with the AI Kit and AI HAT+] guide.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33fb88280e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2a60016ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e821583c7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-03.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bf45e8162
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-04.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..67b0d969a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit-installation-05.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d519b0ff43
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ai-kit/images/ai-kit.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87e227f58f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+include::audio/introduction.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/dac_pro.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/dac_plus.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/digiamp_plus.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/codec_zero.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/configuration.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/getting_started.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/hardware-info.adoc[]
+
+include::audio/update-firmware.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfb9dd967b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/codec_zero.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi Codec Zero
+
+Raspberry Pi Codec Zero is a Raspberry Pi Zero-sized audio HAT. It delivers bi-directional digital audio signals (I2S) between a Raspberry Pi and the Codec Zero's on-board Dialog Semiconductor DA7212 codec. The Codec Zero supports a range of input and output devices.
+
+* High performance 24-bit audio codec
+* Supports common audio sample rates between 8-96kHz
+* Built in micro-electro-mechanical (MEMS) microphone (Mic2)
+* Mono electret microphone (Mic2 left)
+* Automatic MEMS disabling on Mic2 insert detect
+* Supports additional (no fit) mono electret microphone (Mic1 right)
+* Stereo auxiliary input channel (AUX IN) - PHONO/RCA connectors
+* Stereo auxiliary output channel (Headphone/AUX OUT)
+* Flexible analogue and digital mixing paths
+* Digital signal processors (DSP) for automatic level control (ALC)
+* Five-band EQ
+* Mono line-out/mini speaker driver: 1.2W @ 5V, THD<10%, R=8Ω
+
+image::images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Codec Zero includes an EEPROM which can be used for auto-configuration of the Linux environment if necessary. It has an integrated MEMS microphone, and can be used with stereo microphone input via a 3.5mm socket and a mono speaker (1.2W/8Ω).
+
+In addition to the green (GPIO23) and red (GPIO24) LEDs, a tactile programmable button (GPIO27) is also provided.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1/2* | Support external PHONO/RCA sockets if needed. P1: AUX IN, P2: AUX OUT.
+| *P1* | Pin 1 is square.
+|===
+image::images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg[width="50%"]
+
+Codec Zero is an ideal design starting point for small-scale projects such as walkie-talkies, smart doorbells, vintage radio hacks, or smart speakers.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..79a5d2136e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+== Configuration
+
+A pre-programmed EEPROM is included on all Raspberry Pi audio boards. Raspberry Pi audio boards are designed to be plug-and-play; Raspberry Pi OS is able to automatically detect and configure itself. In Raspberry Pi OS, right-clicking on the audio settings in the top right-hand corner of your screen will allow you to switch between the on-board audio settings and the HAT audio settings:
+
+image::images/gui.png[]
+
+There are a number of third-party audio software applications available for Raspberry Pi that will support the plug-and-play feature of our audio boards. Often these are used headless. They can be controlled via a PC or Mac application, or by a web server installed on Raspberry Pi, with interaction through a webpage.
+
+If you need to configure Raspberry Pi OS yourself, perhaps if you're running a headless system of your own and don't have the option of control via the GUI, you will need to make your Raspberry Pi audio board the primary audio device in Raspberry Pi OS, disabling the Raspberry Pi's on-board audio device. This is done by editing the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file. Using a Terminal session connected to your Raspberry Pi via SSH, run the following command to edit the file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/config.txt
+----
+
+Find the `dtparam=audio=on` line in the file and comment it out by placing a # symbol at the start of the line. Anything written after the # symbol in any given line will be disregarded by the program. Your `/boot/firmware/config.txt` file should now contain the following entry:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+#dtparam=audio=on
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi in order for the settings to take effect.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+Alternatively, the `/boot/firmware/config.txt` file can be edited directly onto the Raspberry Pi's microSD card, inserted into your usual computer. Using the default file manager, open the `/boot/firmware/` volume on the card and edit the `config.txt` file using an appropriate text editor, then save the file, eject the microSD card and reinsert it back into your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Attach the HAT
+
+The Raspberry Pi audio boards attach to the Raspberry Pi's 40-pin header. They are designed to be supported on the Raspberry Pi using the supplied circuit board standoffs and screws. No soldering is required on the Raspberry Pi audio boards for normal operation unless you are using hardwired connections for specific connectors such as XLR (External Line Return) connections on the DAC Pro.
+
+All the necessary mounting hardware including spacers, screws and connectors is provided. The PCB spacers should be screwed, finger-tight only, to the Raspberry Pi before adding the audio board. The remaining screws should then be screwed into the spacers from above.
+
+=== Hardware versions
+
+There are multiple versions of the audio cards. Your specific version determines the actions required for configuration. Older, IQaudIO-branded boards have a black PCB. Newer Raspberry Pi-branded boards have a green PCB. These boards are electrically equivalent, but have different EEPROM contents.
+
+After attaching the HAT and applying power, check that the power LED on your audio card is illuminated, if it has one. For example, the Codec Zero has an LED marked `PWR`.
+
+After establishing the card has power, use the following command to check the version of your board:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ grep -a . /proc/device-tree/hat/*
+----
+
+If the vendor string says "Raspberry Pi Ltd." then no further action is needed (but see below for the extra Codec Zero configuration). If it says "IQaudIO Limited www.iqaudio.com" then you will need the additional config.txt settings outlined below. If it says "No such file or directory" then the HAT is not being detected, but these config.txt settings may still make it work.
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Some magic to prevent the normal HAT overlay from being loaded
+dtoverlay=
+# And then choose one of the following, according to the model:
+dtoverlay=rpi-codeczero
+dtoverlay=rpi-dacplus
+dtoverlay=rpi-dacpro
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus
+----
+
+=== Extra Codec Zero configuration
+
+The Raspberry Pi Codec Zero board uses the Dialog Semiconductor DA7212 codec. This allows
+the recording of audio from the built-in MEMS microphone, from stereo phono sockets (AUX
+IN) or two mono external electret microphones. Playback is through stereo phono sockets (AUX OUT)
+or a mono speaker connector.
+
+Each input and output device has its own mixer, allowing the audio levels and volume to be adjusted
+independently. Within the codec itself, other mixers and switches exist to allow the output to be mixed to a single mono channel for single-speaker output. Signals may also be inverted; there is a five-band equaliser to adjust certain frequency bands. These settings can be controlled interactively, using AlsaMixer, or programmatically.
+
+Both the AUX IN and AUX OUT are 1V RMS. It may be necessary to adjust
+the AUX IN's mixer to ensure that the input signal doesn't saturate the ADC. Similarly, the output mixers can be to be adjusted to get the best possible output.
+
+Preconfigured scripts (loadable ALSA settings) https://github.com/raspberrypi/Pi-Codec[are available on GitHub], offering:
+
+* Mono MEMS mic recording, mono speaker playback
+* Mono MEMS mic recording, mono AUX OUT playback
+* Stereo AUX IN recording, stereo AUX OUT playback
+* Stereo MIC1/MIC2 recording, stereo AUX OUT playback
+
+The Codec Zero needs to know which of these input and output settings are being used each time the Raspberry Pi powers on. Using a Terminal session on your Raspberry Pi, run the following command to download the scripts:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/Pi-Codec.git
+----
+
+If git is not installed, run the following command to install it:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install git
+----
+
+The following command will set your device to use the on-board MEMS microphone and output for speaker playback:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl restore -f /home//Pi-Codec/Codec_Zero_OnboardMIC_record_and_SPK_playback.state
+----
+
+This command may result in erroneous messages, including the following:
+
+* "failed to import hw"
+* "No state is present for card"
+
+In most cases, these warnings are harmless; you can safely ignore them.
+
+However, the following warnings may indicate a hardware failure:
+
+* "Remote I/O error"
+
+In Linux, the following warnings indicate that the kernel can't communicate with an I2C device:
+
+* "Remote I/O error" (`REMOTEIO`)
+
+In order for your project to operate with your required settings when it is powered on, edit the `/etc/rc.local` file. The contents of this file are run at the end of every boot process, so it is ideal for this purpose. Edit the file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/rc.local
+----
+
+Add the chosen script command above the exit 0 line and then *Ctrl X*, *Y* and *Enter* to save. The file should now look similar to this depending on your chosen setting:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+# rc.local
+#
+# This script is executed at the end of each multiuser runlevel.
+# Make sure that the script will "exit 0" on success or any other
+# value on error.
+#
+# In order to enable or disable this script just change the execution
+# bits.
+#
+# By default this script does nothing.
+
+sudo alsactl restore -f /home//Pi-Codec/Codec_Zero_OnboardMIC_record_and_SPK_playback.state
+
+exit 0
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Reboot for the settings to take effect:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+If you are using your Raspberry Pi and Codec Zero in a headless environment, there is one final step required to make the Codec Zero the default audio device without access to the GUI audio settings on the desktop. We need to create a small file in your home folder:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano .asoundrc
+----
+
+Add the following to the file:
+
+----
+pcm.!default {
+ type hw
+ card Zero
+}
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. Reboot once more to complete the configuration:
+
+Modern Linux distributions such as Raspberry Pi OS typically use PulseAudio or PipeWire for audio control. These frameworks are capable of mixing and switching audio from multiple sources. They provide a high-level API for audio applications to use. Many audio apps use these frameworks by default.
+
+Only create `~/.asoundrc` if an audio application needs to:
+
+* communicate directly with ALSA
+* run in an environment where PulseAudio or PipeWire are not present
+
+This file can interfere with the UI's view of underlying audio resources. As a result, we do not recommend creating `~/.asoundrc` when running the Raspberry Pi OS desktop.
+The UI may automatically clean up and remove this file if it exists.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+=== Mute and unmute the DigiAMP{plus}
+
+The DigiAMP{plus} mute state is toggled by GPIO22 on Raspberry Pi. The latest audio device tree
+supports the unmute of the DigiAMP{plus} through additional parameters.
+
+Firstly a "one-shot" unmute when kernel module loads.
+
+For Raspberry Pi boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus,unmute_amp
+----
+
+For IQaudIO boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=iqaudio-digiampplus,unmute_amp
+----
+
+Unmute the amp when an ALSA device is opened by a client. Mute, with a five-second delay
+when the ALSA device is closed. (Reopening the device within the five-second close
+window will cancel mute.)
+
+For Raspberry Pi boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=rpi-digiampplus,auto_mute_amp
+----
+
+For IQaudIO boards:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=iqaudio-digiampplus,auto_mute_amp
+----
+
+If you do not want to control the mute state through the device tree, you can also script your own
+solution.
+
+The amp will start up muted. To unmute the amp:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 22 > /sys/class/gpio/export"
+$ sudo sh -c "echo out >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/direction"
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 1 >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/value"
+----
+
+To mute the amp once more:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo sh -c "echo 0 >/sys/class/gpio/gpio22/value"
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbef84b71e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DAC{plus}
+
+Raspberry Pi DAC{plus} is a high-resolution audio output HAT that provides 24-bit 192kHz digital audio output.
+
+image::images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+A Texas Instruments PCM5122 is used in the DAC{plus} to deliver analogue audio to the phono connectors of the device. It also supports a dedicated headphone amplifier and is powered via the Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1* | Analogue out (0-2V RMS), carries GPIO27, MUTE signal (headphone detect), left and right
+audio and left and right ground.
+| *P6* | Headphone socket signals (pin1: LEFT, 2:GROUND, 3: RIGHT, 4:GROUND, 5:DETECT).
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2e8c444a5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/dac_pro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DAC Pro
+
+The Raspberry Pi DAC Pro HAT is our highest-fidelity digital to analogue converter (DAC).
+
+image::images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+With the Texas Instruments PCM5242, the DAC Pro provides outstanding signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)
+and supports balanced/differential output in parallel to phono/RCA line-level output. It also includes a
+dedicated headphone amplifier. The DAC Pro is powered by a Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+As part of the DAC Pro, two three-pin headers (P7/P9) are exposed above the Raspberry Pi's USB and Ethernet ports for use by the optional XLR board, allowing differential/balanced output.
+
+==== Pinouts
+
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P1* | Analogue out (0-2V RMS), carries GPIO27, MUTE signal (headphone detect), left and right
+audio and left and right ground.
+| *P6* | Headphone socket signals (1: LEFT, 2: GROUND, 3: RIGHT, 4: GROUND, 5: DETECT).
+| *P7/9* | Differential (0-4V RMS) output (P7: LEFT, P9: RIGHT).
+| *P10* | Alternative 5V input, powering Raspberry Pi in parallel.
+|===
+
+==== Optional XLR Board
+
+The Pi-DAC PRO exposes a 6 pin header used by the optional XLR board to provide Differential / Balanced output exposed by XLR sockets above the Pi's USB/Ethernet ports.
+
+image::images/optional_xlr_board.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+An XLR connector is used in Studio and some hi-end hifi systems. It can also be used to drive ACTIVE "monitor" speakers as used at discos or on stage.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51347778ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/digiamp_plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+=== Raspberry Pi DigiAMP{plus}
+
+With Raspberry Pi DigiAMP{plus}, you can connect 2 passive stereo speakers up to 35W with variable output, making it ideal for use in Raspberry Pi-based hi-fi systems.
+
+DigiAMP{plus} uses the Texas Instruments TAS5756M PowerDAC and must be powered from an external supply. It requires a 12-24V DC power source (the XP Power VEC65US19 power supply is recommended).
+
+image::images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+DigiAMP{plus}'s power in barrel connector is 5.5mm × 2.5mm.
+
+At power-on, the amplifier is muted by default (the mute LED is illuminated). Software is responsible for the mute state and LED control (Raspberry Pi GPIO22).
+
+DigiAMP{plus} is designed to provide power to the Raspberry Pi and DigiAMP{plus} together in parallel, delivering 5.1V at 2.5amp to the Raspberry Pi through the GPIO header.
+
+WARNING: Do not apply power to the Raspberry Pi's own power input when using DigiAMP{plus}.
+
+==== Pinouts
+[cols="1,12"]
+|===
+| *P5* | Alternative power input for hard wired installations (polarity must be observed).
+| *P8* | TAS5756m Internal GPIO1/2/3
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7efbd7f9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/getting_started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+== Getting started
+
+=== Create a toy chatter box
+
+As an example of what Raspberry Pi Audio Boards can do, let's walk through the creation of a toy chatter box. Its on-board microphone, programmable button and speaker driver make the Codec Zero an ideal choice for this application.
+
+image::images/Chatter_Box.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+A random pre-recorded five-second audio clip will be played when the button is pressed. After holding for ten seconds, a notifying burp sound will be emitted, after which a new five-second clip will be recorded. Holding the button down for more than 20 seconds will play a second burp sound, and then erase all previous recordings.
+
+=== Hardware and wiring
+
+For this project, any small passive speaker should be sufficient. We're using one available https://shop.pimoroni.com/products/3-speaker-4-3w?variant=380549926[here], which handles 5W of power at 4Ω. We have also used an illuminated momentary push button, and a laser-cut box to house all the components; but both are entirely optional. This example will work just using the Codec Zero's on-board button, which is pre-wired to GPIO 27. (Alternatively, you can use any momentary push button, such as those available https://shop.pimoroni.com/products/mini-arcade-buttons?variant=40377171274[here].)
+
+image::images/Chatterbox_Labels.png[width="80%"]
+
+Use a small flat-head screwdriver to attach your speaker to the screw terminals. For the additional push button, solder the button wires directly to the Codec Zero pads as indicated, using GPIO pin 27 and Ground for the switch, and +3.3V and Ground for the LED, if necessary.
+
+=== Set up your Raspberry Pi
+
+In this example, we are using Raspberry Pi OS Lite. Refer to our guide on xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[installing Raspberry Pi OS] for more details.
+
+Make sure that you update your operating system before proceeding and follow the instructions provided for Codec Zero configuration, including the commands to enable the on-board microphone and speaker output.
+
+=== Program your Raspberry Pi
+
+Open a shell — for instance by connecting via SSH — on your Raspberry Pi and run the following to create our Python script:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Add the following to the file, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+from gpiozero import Button
+from signal import pause
+import time
+import random
+import os
+from datetime import datetime
+
+# Print current date
+
+date = datetime.now().strftime("%d_%m_%Y-%H:%M:%S")
+print(f"{date}")
+
+# Make sure that the 'sounds' folder exists, and if it does not, create it
+
+path = '/home//sounds'
+
+isExist = os.path.exists(path)
+
+if not isExist:
+ os.makedirs(path)
+ print("The new directory is created!")
+ os.system('chmod 777 -R /home//sounds')
+
+# Download a 'burp' sound if it does not already exist
+
+burp = '/home//burp.wav'
+
+isExist = os.path.exists(burp)
+if not isExist:
+ os.system('wget http://rpf.io/burp -O burp.wav')
+ print("Burp sound downloaded!")
+
+# Setup button functions - Pin 27 = Button hold time 10 seconds.
+
+button = Button(27, hold_time=10)
+
+def pressed():
+ global press_time
+ press_time = time.time()
+ print("Pressed at %s" % (press_time));
+
+def released():
+ release_time = time.time()
+ pressed_for = release_time - press_time
+ print("Released at %s after %.2f seconds" % (release_time, pressed_for))
+ if pressed_for < button.hold_time:
+ print("This is a short press")
+ randomfile = random.choice(os.listdir("/home//sounds/"))
+ file = '/home//sounds/' + randomfile
+ os.system('aplay ' + file)
+ elif pressed_for > 20:
+ os.system('aplay ' + burp)
+ print("Erasing all recorded sounds")
+ os.system('rm /home//sounds/*');
+
+def held():
+ print("This is a long press")
+ os.system('aplay ' + burp)
+ os.system('arecord --format S16_LE --duration=5 --rate 48000 -c2 /home//sounds/$(date +"%d_%m_%Y-%H_%M_%S")_voice.m4a');
+
+button.when_pressed = pressed
+button.when_released = released
+button.when_held = held
+
+pause()
+
+----
+
+Press `Ctrl+X`, then the `Y` key, then *Enter* to save. To make the script executable, type the following:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo chmod +x chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Next, we need to create a crontab daemon that will automatically start the script each time the device is powered on. Run the following command to open your crontab for editing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
+
+You will be asked to select an editor; we recommend you use `nano`. Select it by entering the corresponding number, and press Enter to continue. The following line should be added to the bottom of the file, replacing `` with your username:
+
+----
+@reboot python /home//chatter_box.py
+----
+
+Press *Ctrl X*, then *Y*, then *Enter* to save, then reboot your device with `sudo reboot`.
+
+=== Use the toy chatter box
+
+The final step is to ensure that everything is operating as expected. Press the button and release it when you hear the burp. The recording will now begin for a period of five seconds. Once you have released the button, press it briefly again to hear the recording. Repeat this process as many times as you wish, and your sounds will be played at random. You can delete all recordings by pressing and holding the button, keeping the button pressed during the first burp and recording process, and releasing it after at least 20 seconds, at which point you will hear another burp sound confirming that the recordings have been deleted.
+
+video::BjXERzu8nS0[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+
+=== Next steps
+
+Upgrades! It is always fun to upgrade a project, so why not add some additional features, such as an LED that will illuminate when recording? This project has all the parts required to make your own version of a https://aiyprojects.withgoogle.com/[Google intelligent speaker system], or you may want to consider building a second device that can be used to create a pair of walkie-talkies that are capable of transferring audio files over a network via SSH.
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7d445d64b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/hardware-info.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+== Hardware information
+
+Hardware information:
+
+* PCB screws are all M2.5.
+* PCB standoffs (for case) are 5mm male/female.
+* PCB standoffs (for Raspberry Pi to audio boards) are 9mm female/female.
+* PCB standoffs (for XLR to DAC PRO) are 8mm female/male.
+* PCB standoffs (for the official Raspberry Pi 7-inch display) are 5mm male/female.
+* The rotary encoders we have used and tested are the Alpha three-pin rotary encoder
+RE160F-40E3-20A-24P, the ALPS EC12E2430804 (RS: 729-5848), and the Bourns ECW0JB24-AC0006L (RS: 263-2839).
+* The barrel connector used for powering the DigiAMP{plus} is 2.5mmID, 5.5mmOD, 11mm.
+* The DigiAMP{plus} is designed to operate with a 12V to 24V, 3A supply such as the XPPower
+VEC65US19 or similar.
+* The DigiAMP{plus} uses CamdenBoss two-part connectors. Those fitted to the PCB are
+CTBP9350/2AO.
+* The speaker terminal used on the Codec Zero will accept wires of between 14~26 AWG
+(wire of max 1.6mm in diameter).
+
+=== GPIO usage
+
+Raspberry Pi audio boards take advantage of a number of pins on the GPIO header in
+order to operate successfully. Some of these pins are solely for the use of the board, and
+some can be shared with other peripherals, sensors, etc.
+
+The following Raspberry Pi GPIO pins will be used by the audio boards:
+
+* All power pins
+* All ground pins
+* GPIO 2/3 (I2C)
+* GPIO 18/19/20/21 (I2S)
+
+If appropriate then the following are also used:
+
+* GPIO 22 (DigiAMP+ mute/unmute support)
+* GPIO 23/24 for rotary encoder (physical volume control) or status LED (Codec Zero)
+* GPIO 25 for the IR Sensor
+* GPIO 27 for the rotary encoder push switch/Codec Zero switch
+
+=== DAC PRO, DAC{plus}, DigiAMP{plus}, Codec Zero
+
+image::images/pin_table_new.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The DAC PRO, DAC{plus} and DigiAMP{plus} re-expose the Raspberry Pi signals, allowing additional sensors and peripherals
+to be added easily. Please note that some signals are for exclusive use (I2S and EEPROM) by some
+of our boards; others such as I2C can be shared across multiple boards.
+
+image::images/pin_out_new.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+
+=== Saving AlsaMixer settings
+
+To store the AlsaMixer settings, add the following at the command line:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl store
+----
+
+You can save the current state to a file, then reload that state at startup.
+
+To save, run the following command, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl store -f /home//usecase.state
+----
+
+To restore a saved file, run the following command, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo alsactl restore -f /home//usecase.state
+----
+
+=== MPD-based audio with volume control
+
+To allow Music Player Daemon (MPD)-based audio software to control the audio board's built in volume, the file
+`/etc/mpd.conf` may need to be changed to support the correct AlsaMixer name.
+
+This can be achieved by ensuring the 'Audio output' section of `/etc/mpd.conf` has the 'mixer_control'
+line. Below is an example for the Texas Instruments-based boards (DAC
+PRO/DAC{plus}/DigiAMP{plus}):
+
+----
+audio_output {
+ type "alsa"
+ name "ALSA Device"
+ mixer_control "Digital"
+}
+----
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8429a3f1f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb1a111c2d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/CODEC_ZERO_ZOOMED_IN_DIAGRAM.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b09c695215
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatter_Box.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..379df111f8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Chatterbox_Labels.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..31d6840161
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e02bdedb7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/Codec_Zero_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d7ae6fae24
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7a68f02c4b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC+_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6f3770d092
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..033ed5e1bc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DAC_Pro_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92d7aa96da
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e4f2b336b7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/DigiAMP+_Board_Diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..559743c203
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/codec_zero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61154d683f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_plus.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f76af08e9d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/dac_pro.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa566a2e3b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/digiamp_plus.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..22d5d2cec0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/detected.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e180fe633
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashed.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1ee3f5ae23
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/flashing.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6990d38e87
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nodac.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..214548586e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/nohat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e07972386
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/select.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..38a6aa04c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/timeout.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..95ac638f5a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/firmware-update/warning.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..61e97df724
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/gui.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc1e881cdf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..526b1c2d5f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/optional_xlr_board.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0672954f9b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0fdde9dca
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_out_new.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b01b5fb660
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9ca1a8bc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/pin_table_new.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9168ce6d7f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/rotary.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b213f1b464
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/square.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a22c834b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..91e2f65f1b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/images/write_protect_tabs.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01abb46903
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+== Overview
+
+Raspberry Pi Audio Boards bring high quality audio to your existing hi-fi or Raspberry Pi-based equipment and projects. We offer four different Hardware Attached on Top (HAT) options that will fit any Raspberry Pi using the 40-pin GPIO header.
+
+Each board has a specific purpose and set of features. The highest audio quality playback is available from our DAC PRO, DAC{plus} and DigiAMP{plus} boards, which support up to full HD audio (192kHz); while the Codec Zero supports up to HD audio (96kHz) and includes a built-in microphone, making it ideal for compact projects.
+
+=== Features at a glance
+
+[cols="2,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+| | *Line out* | *Balanced out* | *Stereo speakers* | *Mono speaker* | *Headphones* | *Aux in* | *Aux out* | *Ext mic* | *Built-in mic*
+
+| DAC Pro ^| ✓ ^| ✓ | | ^| ✓ | | | |
+| DAC{plus} ^| ✓ | | | ^| ✓ | | | |
+| DigiAmp{plus} | | ^| ✓ | | | | | |
+| Codec Zero | | | ^| ✓ | ^| ✓ ^| ✓ ^| ✓ ^| ✓
+|===
+
+Line out:: A double phono/RCA connector, normally red and white in colour. This output is a variable
+analogue signal (0-2V RMS) and can connect to your existing hi-fi (pre-amp or amplifier), or can be used
+to drive active speakers which have their own amplifier built in.
+Balanced out:: An XLR connector, normally a three-pin male connector. This is used in a studio set-up, and in some
+high-end hi-fi systems. It can also be used to drive active monitor speakers like those used at clubs or on
+stage directed towards the DJ or performers.
+Stereo speakers:: Two sets of screw terminals for 2×25W speakers. These are for traditional hi-fi speakers without built-in amplification. These are known as passive speakers.
+Mono speaker:: A screw terminal for a single 1.2W speaker, as found in a transistor radio or similar.
+Headphones:: A 3.5mm jack socket delivering stereo audio for a set of headphones. The headphone amplifiers on the Raspberry Pi DAC boards can drive up to 80/90Ω impedance headphones.
+Aux in:: A double Phono/RCA connector or 3.5mm socket. Accepts analogue audio in up to 1V RMS. This can be used to record audio from a variable analogue source such as a mobile phone, MP3 player or similar.
+Aux out:: A double Phono/RCA connector or 3.5mm socket. Delivers analogue audio out up to 1V RMS. This can be used to feed audio into an amplifier at a reduced volume compared to Line out.
+Ext mic:: A 3.5mm socket for use with an external electret microphone. The built-in MEMS microphone on the Codec Zero is automatically disabled when the external Mic in connector is used.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d5a16fdb9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/audio/update-firmware.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+== Updating your firmware
+
+Raspberry Pi Audio Boards use an EEPROM that contains information that is used by the host Raspberry Pi device to select the appropriate driver at boot time. This information is programmed into the EEPROM during manufacture. There are some circumstances where the end user may wish to update the EEPROM contents: this can be done from the command line.
+
+IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, update the version of Raspberry Pi OS running on your Raspberry Pi to the latest version.
+
+=== The EEPROM write-protect link
+
+During the programming process you will need to connect the two pads shown in the red box with a wire to pull down the EEPROM write-protect link.
+
+image::images/write_protect_tabs.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: In some cases the two pads may already have a 0Ω resistor fitted to bridge the write-protect link, as illustrated in the picture of the Codec Zero board above.
+
+=== Program the EEPROM
+
+Once the write-protect line has been pulled down, the EEPROM can be programmed.
+
+You should first install the utilities and then run the programmer. Open up a terminal window and type the following:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install rpi-audio-utils
+$ sudo rpi-audio-flash
+----
+
+After starting, you will see a warning screen.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/warning.png[]
+
+Select "Yes" to proceed. You should see a menu where you can select your hardware.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/select.png[]
+
+NOTE: If no HAT is present, or if the connected HAT is not a Raspberry Pi Audio board, you will be presented with an error screen. If the firmware has already been updated on the board, a message will be displayed informing you that you do not have to continue.
+
+After selecting the hardware, a screen will display while the new firmware is flashed to the HAT.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/flashing.png[]
+
+Afterwards a screen will display telling you that the new firmware has installed.
+
+image::images/firmware-update/flashed.png[]
+
+NOTE: If the firmware fails to install correctly, you will see an error screen. Try removing and reseating the HAT, then flash the firmware again.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..472c939c47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+// Intro
+
+include::build-hat/introduction.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc[]
+
+// Python
+
+include::build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/py-motors.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/py-sensors.adoc[]
+
+// .NET
+
+include::build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-brick.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-motors.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/net-sensors.adoc[]
+
+// Close out
+
+include::build-hat/links-to-other.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/compat.adoc[]
+
+include::build-hat/mech.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70fb160a8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/compat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+== Device Compatibility
+
+The Build HAT library supports all the LEGO® Technic™ devices included in the SPIKE™ Portfolio, along with those from the LEGO® Mindstorms Robot Inventor kit and other devices that use a PoweredUp connector.
+
+IMPORTANT: The product code for the SPIKE™ Prime Expansion Set that includes the Maker Plate is 45681. The original Expansion Set is 45680 and does not include the Maker Plate.
+
+[cols="2,2,1,1,1,1,1,3,1,1,1,1", width="100%", options="header"]
+|===
+| Description | Colour | LEGO Item Number | Supported in FW | Supported in Python | Alt Number | BrickLink | Available In | Set Numbers | Class | Type | Device ID
+
+| Large Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45602| Yes | Yes | 45602 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45602-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set,
+SPIKE Prime Expansion Set | 45678, 45680 | Motor | Active | 31
+
+| Medium Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45603 | Yes | Yes | 45603 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45603-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set | 45678 | Motor | Active | 30
+
+| Medium Angular Motor | White/Grey | 6299646, 6359216, 6386708 | Yes | Yes | 436655 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=54696c01&idColor=86#T=C&C=86[Link] | Mindstorms Robot Inventor | 51515 | Motor | Active | 4B
+
+| Small Angular Motor | White/Cyan | 45607, 6296520 | Yes| Yes| | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45607c01[Link] | SPIKE Essentials Set| | Motor| Active| 41
+
+| Light/Colour sensor |White/Black | 6217705 |Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37308c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set, SPIKE Prime Expansion Set, Mindstorms Robot Inventor, SPIKE Essentials | 45678, 45680, 51515 | ColorSensor |Active | 3D
+
+| Distance Sensor | White/Black | 6302968 | Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37316c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set, Mindstorms Robot Inventor | 45678, 51515 |DistanceSensor | Active | 3E
+
+| System medium motor | White/Grey | 45303, 6138854, 6290182, 6127110 | Yes | Yes | | | Wedo 2.0, LEGO Ideas Piano, App controlled Batmobile | 76112 | | Passive | 1
+
+| Force Sensor | White/Black | 6254354 | Yes | Yes | 45606 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37312c01&idColor=11#T=C&C=11[Link] | SPIKE Prime Set | 45678 | ForceSensor | Active | 3F
+
+| 3×3 LED | White/Cyan | 45608, 6297023 | Yes | Yes | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45608c01[Link] | SPIKE Essentials | | Matrix | Active | 40
+
+| System train motor | Black | 88011 | Yes | Yes | 28740, 88011-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88011-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | Cargo Train, Disney Train and Station, Passenger Train| | | Passive | 2
+
+| PoweredUp LED lights | Black | 88005 | Yes | | | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88005-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Passive | 8
+
+| Medium linear motor | White/Grey | 88008 | Yes | Yes | 26913, 88008-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88008-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | Boost, Droid Commander| | Motor | Active | 26
+
+| Technic large motor | Grey/Grey | 88013 | Yes | Yes | 22169 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88013-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 2E
+
+| Technic XL motor | Grey/Grey | 88014 | Yes | Yes | 22172, 88014 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88014-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 2F
+
+| Colour + distance sensor | White/Grey | 88007 | Partial | ? | 26912 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88007-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 25
+
+| WeDo 2.0 Motion sensor | White/Grey | 45304, 6138855 | | | 5003423-1| https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=9583-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}}[Link] | | | | Active | 35
+
+| WeDo 2.0 Tilt sensor | White/Grey | 45305, 6138856 | | | 5003423-1 | https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=9584-1#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Link] | | | | Active | 34
+
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ce0c1efe45
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/3x3matrix.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c933668fa2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/active-motor.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..12ecb8a3bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/blinking-light.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6507e51dfb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/build-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..653ecb38c3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/color-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70da881290
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/connect-motor.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8d64b6817b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/fitting-build-hat.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3816fa65b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/mech-build-hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..632489fd4b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/passive-light.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e358683f90
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/powering-build-hat.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f75ced65fa
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/psu.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e36757652
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-1.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..4dfd19cbaf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-2.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..239872e522
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-3.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..656f84895c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-4.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0117b0857
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/raspi-config-5.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..8964b0e449
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/setting-up.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5fd8088591
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-color.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cb55a1c4e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..06dc942aef
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/spike-force.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cf89aa68ef
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/tall-headers.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00c342aaf5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/train-motor.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..334b43eae7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/turning-motor.webm differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47bc9925e0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-distance.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..153eb43b02
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/images/wedo-tilt.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3ee1e7fd8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+[[about-build-hat]]
+== About
+
+The https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat[Raspberry Pi Build HAT] is an add-on board that connects to the 40-pin GPIO header of your Raspberry Pi, which was designed in collaboration with LEGO® Education to make it easy to control LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors with Raspberry Pi computers.
+
+image::images/build-hat.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: A full list of supported devices can be found in the xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[Device Compatibility] section.
+
+It provides four connectors for LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors from the SPIKE™ Portfolio. The available sensors include a distance sensor, a colour sensor, and a versatile force sensor. The angular motors come in a range of sizes and include integrated encoders that can be queried to find their position.
+
+The Build HAT fits all Raspberry Pi computers with a 40-pin GPIO header, including, with the addition of a ribbon cable or other extension device, Keyboard-series devices. Connected LEGO® Technic™ devices can easily be controlled in Python, alongside standard Raspberry Pi accessories such as a camera module.
+
+The Raspberry Pi Build HAT power supply (PSU), which is https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[available separately], is designed to power both the Build HAT and Raspberry Pi computer along with all connected LEGO® Technic™ devices.
+
+image::images/psu.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The LEGO® Education SPIKE™ Prime Set 45678 and SPIKE™ Prime Expansion Set 45681, available separately from LEGO® Education resellers, include a collection of useful elements supported by the Build HAT.
+
+NOTE: The HAT works with all 40-pin GPIO Raspberry Pi boards, including Zero-series devices. With the addition of a ribbon cable or other extension device, it can also be used with Keyboard-series devices.
+
+* Controls up to 4 LEGO® Technic™ motors and sensors included in the SPIKE™ Portfolio
+* Easy-to-use https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[Python library] to control your LEGO® Technic™ devices
+* Fits onto any Raspberry Pi computer with a 40-pin GPIO header
+* Onboard xref:../microcontrollers/silicon.adoc[RP2040] microcontroller manages low-level control of LEGO® Technic™ devices
+* External 8V PSU https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[available separately] to power both Build HAT and Raspberry Pi
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The Build HAT cannot power Keyboard-series devices, since they do not support power supply over the GPIO headers.
+====
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..99a7abb352
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/links-to-other.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+== Further Resources
+
+You can download documentation on the,
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-serial-protocol.pdf[Raspberry Pi Build HAT Serial Protocol]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-python-library.pdf[Raspberry Pi Build HAT Python Library]
+
+and full details of the Python Library documentation can also be found https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[on ReadTheDocs]. You can find more information on the .NET library in the https://github.com/dotnet/iot/tree/main/src/devices/BuildHat[.NET IoT] Github repository.
+
+You can also follow along with projects from the Raspberry Pi Foundation,
+
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-game-controller[LEGO® Game Controller]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-robot-car[LEGO® Robot Car]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-plotter[LEGO® Plotter]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-robot-face[LEGO® Robot Face]
+* https://projects.raspberrypi.org/en/projects/lego-data-dash[LEGO® Data Dash]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73dc28e614
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/mech.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+== Mechanical Drawings
+
+Mechanical drawing of the Raspberry Pi Build HAT.
+
+image::images/mech-build-hat.png[width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5f42ad8c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-brick.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+=== Use the Build HAT from .NET
+
+The Raspberry Pi Built HAT is referred to "Brick" in LEGO® parlance and you can talk directly to it from .NET using the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/build-hat/build-hat-serial-protocol.pdf[Build HAT Serial Protocol].
+
+You can create a `brick` object as below,
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Brick brick = new("/dev/serial0");
+----
+
+but you need to remember to dispose of the `brick` at the end of your code.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.Dispose();
+----
+
+WARNING: If you do not call `brick.Dispose()` your program will not terminate.
+
+If you want to avoid calling `brick.Dispose` at the end, then create your brick with the `using` statement:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+using Brick brick = new("/dev/serial0");
+----
+
+In this case, when reaching the end of the program, your brick will be automatically disposed.
+
+==== Display Build HAT information
+
+You can gather the various software versions, the signature, and the input voltage:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+var info = brick.BuildHatInformation;
+Console.WriteLine($"version: {info.Version}, firmware date: {info.FirmwareDate}, signature:");
+Console.WriteLine($"{BitConverter.ToString(info.Signature)}");
+Console.WriteLine($"Vin = {brick.InputVoltage.Volts} V");
+----
+
+NOTE: The input voltage is read only once at boot time and is not read again afterwards.
+
+==== Getting sensors and motors details
+
+The functions `GetSensorType`, `GetSensor` will allow you to retrieve any information on connected sensor.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+SensorType sensor = brick.GetSensorType((SensorPort)i);
+Console.Write($"Port: {i} {(Brick.IsMotor(sensor) ? "Sensor" : "Motor")} type: {sensor} Connected: ");
+----
+
+In this example, you can as well use the `IsMotor` static function to check if the connected element is a sensor or a motor.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+if (Brick.IsActiveSensor(sensor))
+{
+ ActiveSensor activeSensor = brick.GetActiveSensor((SensorPort)i);
+}
+else
+{
+ var passive = (Sensor)brick.GetSensor((SensorPort)i);
+ Console.WriteLine(passive.IsConnected);
+}
+----
+
+`ActiveSensor` have a collection of advanced properties and functions allowing to understand every element of the sensor. It is also possible to call the primitive functions from the brick from them. This will allow you to select specific modes and do advance scenarios. While this is possible, motor and sensor classes have been created to make your life easier.
+
+==== Events
+
+Most sensors implements events on their special properties. You can simply subscribe to `PropertyChanged` and `PropertyUpdated`. The changed one will be fired when the value is changing while the updated one when there is a success update to the property. Depending on the modes used, some properties may be updated in the background all the time while some others occasionally.
+
+You may be interested only when a colour is changing or the position of the motor is changing, using it as a tachometer. In this case, the `PropertyChanged` is what you need!
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Console.WriteLine("Move motor on Port A to more than position 100 to stop this test.");
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+bool continueToRun = true;
+active.PropertyChanged += MotorPropertyEvent;
+while (continueToRun)
+{
+ Thread.Sleep(50);
+}
+
+active.PropertyChanged -= MotorPropertyEvent;
+Console.WriteLine($"Current position: {active.Position}, eventing stopped.");
+
+void MotorPropertyEvent(object? sender, PropertyChangedEventArgs e)
+{
+ Console.WriteLine($"Property changed: {e.PropertyName}");
+ if (e.PropertyName == nameof(ActiveMotor.Position))
+ {
+ if (((ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA)).Position > 100)
+ {
+ continueToRun = false;
+ }
+ }
+}
+----
+
+==== Wait for initialization
+
+The brick can take a long time before it initializes. A wait for a sensor to be connected has been implemented.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortB);
+----
+
+It does as well take a `CancellationToken` if you want to implement advance features like warning the user after some time and retrying.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c9330e0b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-installing-software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+== Use the Build HAT from .NET
+
+=== Install the .NET Framework
+
+The .NET framework from Microsoft is not available via `apt` on Raspberry Pi. However, you can follow the https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/iot/deployment[official instructions] from Microsoft to install the .NET framework. Alternatively, there is a simplified https://www.petecodes.co.uk/install-and-use-microsoft-dot-net-5-with-the-raspberry-pi/[third party route] to get the .NET toolchain on to your Raspberry Pi.
+
+WARNING: The installation script is run as `root`. You should read it first and make sure you understand what it is doing. If you are at all unsure you should follow the https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/iot/deployment[official instructions] manually.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wget -O - https://raw.githubusercontent.com/pjgpetecodes/dotnet5pi/master/install.sh | sudo bash
+----
+
+After installing the .NET framework you can create your project:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet new console --name buildhat
+----
+
+This creates a default program in the `buildhat` subdirectory, and we need to be in that directory in order to continue:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd buildhat
+----
+
+You will now need to install the following nuget packages:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet add package System.Device.Gpio --version 2.1.0
+$ dotnet add package Iot.Device.Bindings --version 2.1.0
+----
+
+=== Run C# Code
+
+You can run the program with the `dotnet run` command. Let's try it now to make sure everything works. It should print "Hello World!"
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dotnet run
+Hello World!
+----
+
+(When instructed to "run the program" in the instructions that follow, you will simply rerun `dotnet run`)
+
+=== Edit C# Code
+
+In the instructions below, you will be editing the file `buildhat/Program.cs`, the C# program which was generated when you ran the above commands.
+
+Any text editor will work to edit C# code, including Geany, the IDE/Text Editor that comes pre-installed. https://code.visualstudio.com/docs/setup/raspberry-pi/[Visual Studio Code] (often called "VS Code") is also a popular alternative.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9e9d9ab543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-motors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+=== Use Motors from .NET
+
+There are two types of motors, the *passive* ones and the *active* ones. Active motors will provide detailed position, absolute position and speed while passive motors can only be controlled with speed.
+
+A common set of functions to control the speed of the motors are available. There are 2 important ones: `SetPowerLimit` and `SetBias`:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+train.SetPowerLimit(1.0);
+train.SetBias(0.2);
+----
+
+The accepted values are only from 0.0 to 1.0. The power limit is a convenient ay to reduce in proportion the maximum power.
+
+The bias value sets for the current port which is added to positive motor drive values and subtracted from negative motor drive values. This can be used to compensate for the fact that most DC motors require a certain amount of drive before they will turn at all.
+
+The default values when a motor is created is 0.7 for the power limit and 0.3 for the bias.
+
+==== Passive Motors
+
+.Train motor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88011-1&name=Train%20Motor&category=%5BPower%20Functions%5D%5BPowered%20Up%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/train-motor.png[Train motor,width="60%"]
+
+The typical passive motor is a train and older Powered Up motors. The `Speed` property can be set and read. It is the target and the measured speed at the same time as those sensors do not have a way to measure them. The value is from -100 to +100.
+
+Functions to control `Start`, `Stop` and `SetSpeed` are also available. Here is an example of how to use it:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+Console.WriteLine("This will run the motor for 20 secondes incrementing the PWM");
+train.SetPowerLimit(1.0);
+train.Start();
+for (int i = 0; i < 100; i++)
+{
+ train.SetSpeed(i);
+ Thread.Sleep(250);
+}
+
+Console.WriteLine("Stop the train for 2 seconds");
+train.Stop();
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Full speed backward for 2 seconds");
+train.Start(-100);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Full speed forward for 2 seconds");
+train.Start(100);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+Console.WriteLine("Stop the train");
+train.Stop();
+----
+
+NOTE: Once the train is started, you can adjust the speed and the motor will adjust accordingly.
+
+==== Active Motors
+
+.Active motor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=88014-1&name=Technic%20XL%20Motor&category=%5BPower%20Functions%5D%5BPowered%20Up%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/active-motor.png[Active motor,width="60%"]
+
+Active motors have `Speed`, `AbsolutePosition`, `Position` and `TargetSpeed` as special properties. They are read continuously even when the motor is stopped.
+
+The code snippet shows how to get the motors, start them and read the properties:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortD);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active2 = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortD);
+active.Start(50);
+active2.Start(50);
+// Make sure you have an active motor plug in the port A and D
+while (!Console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ Console.CursorTop = 1;
+ Console.CursorLeft = 0;
+ Console.WriteLine($"Absolute: {active.AbsolutePosition} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Position: {active.Position} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Speed: {active.Speed} ");
+ Console.WriteLine();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Absolute: {active2.AbsolutePosition} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Position: {active2.Position} ");
+ Console.WriteLine($"Speed: {active2.Speed} ");
+}
+
+active.Stop();
+active2.Stop();
+----
+
+NOTE: Don't forget to start and stop your motors when needed.
+
+Advance features are available for active motors. You can request to move for seconds, to a specific position, a specific absolute position. Here are couple of examples:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+// From the previous example, this will turn the motors back to their initial position:
+active.TargetSpeed = 100;
+active2.TargetSpeed = 100;
+// First this motor and will block the thread
+active.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+// Then this one and will also block the thread
+active2.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+----
+
+Each function allow you to block or not the thread for the time the operation will be performed. Note that for absolute and relative position moves, there is a tolerance of few degrees.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var active = (ActiveMotor)brick.GetMotor(SensorPort.PortA);
+active.TargetSpeed = 70;
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 0");
+active.MoveToPosition(0, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 3600 (10 turns)");
+active.MoveToPosition(3600, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position -3600 (so 20 turns the other way");
+active.MoveToPosition(-3600, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to absolute position 0, should rotate by 90°");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(0, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 90");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(90, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position 179");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(179, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+Console.WriteLine("Moving motor to position -180");
+active.MoveToAbsolutePosition(-180, PositionWay.Shortest, true);
+active.Float();
+----
+
+You can place the motor in a float position, meaning, there are no more constrains on it. This is a mode that you can use when using the motor as a tachometer, moving it and reading the position. If you still have constrains on the motors, you may not be able to move it.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d6e6284f4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/net-sensors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+=== Use Sensors from .NET
+
+Like for motors, you have active and passive sensors. Most recent sensors are active. The passive one are lights and simple buttons. Active ones are distance or colour sensors, as well as small 3×3 pixel displays.
+
+==== Button/Touch Passive Sensor
+
+The button/touch passive sensor have one specific property `IsPressed`. The property is set to true when the button is pressed. Here is a complete example with events:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var button = (ButtonSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+bool continueToRun = true;
+button.PropertyChanged += ButtonPropertyEvent;
+while (continueToRun)
+{
+ // You can do many other things here
+ Thread.Sleep(50);
+}
+
+button.PropertyChanged -= ButtonPropertyEvent;
+Console.WriteLine($"Button has been pressed, we're stopping the program.");
+brick.Dispose();
+
+void ButtonPropertyEvent(object? sender, PropertyChangedEventArgs e)
+{
+ Console.WriteLine($"Property changed: {e.PropertyName}");
+ if (e.PropertyName == nameof(ButtonSensor.IsPressed))
+ {
+ continueToRun = false;
+ }
+}
+----
+
+==== Passive Light
+
+.Passive light, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=22168c01&name=Electric,%20Light%20Unit%20Powered%20Up%20Attachment&category=%5BElectric,%20Light%20&%20Sound%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/passive-light.png[Passive light, width="60%"]
+
+The passive light are the train lights. They can be switched on and you can controlled their brightness.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var light = (PassiveLight)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+// Brightness 50%
+light.On(50);
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+// 70% Brightness
+light.Brightness = 70;
+Thread.Sleep(2000);
+// Switch light off
+light.Off()
+----
+
+==== Active Sensor
+
+The active sensor class is a generic one that all the active sensor inherit including active motors. They contains a set of properties regarding how they are connected to the Build HAT, the modes, the detailed Combi modes, the hardware, software versions and a specific property called `ValueAsString`. The value as string contains the last measurement as a collection of strings. A measurement arrives like `P0C0: +23 -42 0`, the enumeration will contains `P0C0:`, `+23`, `-42` and `0`. This is made so if you are using advance modes and managing yourself the Combi modes and commands, you'll be able to get the measurements.
+
+All active sensor can run a specific measurement mode or a Combi mode. You can setup one through the advance mode using the `SelectModeAndRead` and `SelectCombiModesAndRead` functions with the specific mode(s) you'd like to continuously have. It is important to understand that changing the mode or setting up a new mode will stop the previous mode.
+
+The modes that can be combined in the Combi mode are listed in the `CombiModes` property. Al the properties of the sensors will be updated automatically when you'll setup one of those modes.
+
+==== WeDo Tilt Sensor
+
+.WeDo Tilt sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45305-1&name=WeDo%202.0%20Tilt%20Sensor&category=%5BEducational%20&%20Dacta%5D%5BWeDo%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/wedo-tilt.png[WeDo Tilt sensor, width="60%"]
+
+WeDo Tilt Sensor has a special `Tilt` property. The type is a point with X is the X tilt and Y is the Y tilt. The values goes from -45 to + 45, they are caped to those values and represent degrees.
+
+You can set a continuous measurement for this sensor using the `ContinuousMeasurement` property.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var tilt = (WeDoTiltSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+tilt.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+Point tiltValue;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ tiltValue = tilt.Tilt;
+ console.WriteLine($"Tilt X: {tiltValue.X}, Tilt Y: {tiltValue.Y}");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== WeDoDistance Sensor
+
+.WeDo Distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?S=45304-1&name=WeDo%202.0%20Motion%20Sensor&category=%5BEducational%20&%20Dacta%5D%5BWeDo%5D#T=S&O={%22iconly%22:0}[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/wedo-distance.png[WeDo Distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+WeDo Distance Sensor gives you a distance in millimetres with the Distance property.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var distance = (WeDoDistanceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+distance.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance.Distance} mm");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Force Sensor
+
+.Spike Force Sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37312c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Force%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-force.png[spike force sensor, width="60%"]
+
+This force sensor measure the pressure applies on it and if it is pressed. The two properties can be access through `Force` and `IsPressed` properties.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var force = (ForceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+force.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!force.IsPressed)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Force: {force.Force} N");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Essential 3×3 Colour Light Matrix
+
+.spike 3×3 matrix, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=45608c01&name=Electric,%203%20x%203%20Color%20Light%20Matrix%20-%20SPIKE%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/3x3matrix.png[spike 3×3 matrix, width="60%"]
+
+This is a small 3×3 display with 9 different LEDs that can be controlled individually. The class exposes functions to be able to control the screen. Here is an example using them:
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var matrix = (ColorLightMatrix)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+for(byte i = 0; i < 10; i++)
+{
+ // Will light every led one after the other like a progress bar
+ matrix.DisplayProgressBar(i);
+ Thread.Sleep(1000);
+}
+
+for(byte i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+{
+ // Will display the matrix with the same color and go through all of them
+ matrix.DisplayColor((LedColor)i);
+ Thread.Sleep(1000);
+}
+
+Span brg = stackalloc byte[9] { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 };
+Span col = stackalloc LedColor[9] { LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White,
+ LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White, LedColor.White };
+// Shades of grey
+matrix.DisplayColorPerPixel(brg, col);
+----
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Colour Sensor and Colour and Distance Sensor
+
+SPIKE colour sensor:
+
+.spike colour sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37308c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Color%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-color.png[spike color sensor, width="60%"]
+
+Colour and distance sensor:
+
+.Color distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=bb0891c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Color%20and%20Distance%20-%20Boost&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=1[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/color-distance.png[Colour distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+Those colour sensor has multiple properties and functions. You can get the `Color`, the `ReflectedLight` and the `AmbiantLight`.
+
+On top of this, the Colour and Distance sensor can measure the `Distance` and has an object `Counter`. It will count automatically the number of objects which will go in and out of the range. This does allow to count objects passing in front of the sensor. The distance is limited from 0 to 10 centimetres.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortC);
+
+var colorSensor = (ColorAndDistanceSensor)brick.GetActiveSensor(SensorPort.PortC);
+while (!Console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ var colorRead = colorSensor.GetColor();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Color: {colorRead}");
+ var reflected = colorSensor.GetReflectedLight();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Reflected: {reflected}");
+ var ambiant = colorSensor.GetAmbiantLight();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Ambiant: {ambiant}");
+ var distance = colorSensor.GetDistance();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance}");
+ var counter = colorSensor.GetCounter();
+ Console.WriteLine($"Counter: {counter}");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
+
+NOTE: For better measurement, it is not recommended to change the measurement mode in a very fast way, the colour integration may not be done in a proper way. This example gives you the full spectrum of what you can do with the sensor. Also, this class do not implement a continuous measurement mode. You can setup one through the advance mode using the `SelectModeAndRead` function with the specific mode you'd like to continuously have. It is important to understand that changing the mode or setting up a new mode will stop the previous mode.
+
+==== SPIKE Prime Ultrasonic Distance Sensor
+
+.Spike distance sensor, https://www.bricklink.com/v2/catalog/catalogitem.page?P=37316c01&name=Electric%20Sensor,%20Distance%20-%20Spike%20Prime&category=%5BElectric%5D#T=C&C=11[Image from Bricklink]
+image::images/spike-distance.png[Spike distance sensor, width="60%"]
+
+This is a distance sensor and it does implement a `Distance` property that will give the distance in millimetre. A `ContinuousMeasurement` mode is also available on this one.
+
+[source,csharp]
+----
+brick.WaitForSensorToConnect(SensorPort.PortA);
+var distance = (UltrasonicDistanceSensor)brick.GetSensor(SensorPort.PortA);
+distance.ContinuousMeasurement = true;
+while(!console.KeyAvailable)
+{
+ console.WriteLine($"Distance: {distance.Distance} mm");
+ Thread.Sleep(200);
+}
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e19d8bdac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/preparing-build-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+== Prepare your Build HAT
+
+NOTE: Before starting to work with your Raspberry Pi Build HAT you should xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#setting-up-your-raspberry-pi[set up] your Raspberry Pi, xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[install] the latest version of the operating system using https://www.raspberrypi.com/downloads/[Raspberry Pi Imager].
+
+Attach 9mm spacers to the bottom of the board. Seat the Raspberry Pi Build HAT onto your Raspberry Pi. Make sure you put it on the right way up. Unlike other HATs, all the components are on the bottom, leaving room for a breadboard or LEGO® elements on top.
+
+video::images/fitting-build-hat.webm[width="80%"]
+
+=== Access the GPIO Pins
+
+If you want to access the GPIO pins of the Raspberry Pi, you can add an optional tall header and use 15 mm spacers.
+
+image::images/tall-headers.png[width="80%"]
+
+The following pins are used by the Build HAT itself and you should not connect anything to them.
+
+[[table_passive_ids]]
+[cols="^1,^1,^1", width="75%", options="header"]
+|===
+| GPIO| Use | Status
+| GPIO0/1 | ID prom |
+| GPIO4| Reset |
+| GPIO14| Tx |
+| GPIO15| Rx |
+| GPIO16 | RTS | unused
+| GPIO17 | CTS | unused
+|===
+
+
+=== Set up your Raspberry Pi
+
+Once the Raspberry Pi has booted, open the Raspberry Pi Configuration tool by clicking on the Raspberry Menu button and then selecting "Preferences" and then "Raspberry Pi Configuration".
+
+Click on the "interfaces" tab and adjust the Serial settings as shown below:
+
+image::images/setting-up.png[width="50%"]
+
+==== Use your Raspberry Pi headless
+
+If you are running your Raspberry Pi headless and using `raspi-config`, select "Interface Options" from the first menu.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-1.png[width="70%"]
+
+Then "P6 Serial Port".
+
+image::images/raspi-config-2.png[width="70%"]
+
+Disable the serial console:
+
+image::images/raspi-config-3.png[width="70%"]
+
+And enable the serial port hardware.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-4.png[width="70%"]
+
+The final settings should look like this.
+
+image::images/raspi-config-5.png[width="70%"]
+
+You will need to reboot at this point if you have made any changes.
+
+=== Power the Build HAT
+
+Connect an external power supply — the https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[official Raspberry Pi Build HAT power supply] is recommended — however any reliable +8V±10% power supply capable of supplying 48W via a DC 5521 centre positive barrel connector (5.5mm × 2.1mm × 11mm) will power the Build HAT. You don't need to connect an additional USB power supply to the Raspberry Pi unless you are using a Keyboard-series device.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The Build HAT cannot power Keyboard-series devices, since they do not support power supply over the GPIO headers.
+====
+
+video::images/powering-build-hat.webm[width="80%"]
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+The LEGO® Technic™ motors are very powerful; so to drive them you'll need an external 8V power supply. If you want to read from motor encoders and the SPIKE™ force sensor, you can power your Raspberry Pi and Build HAT the usual way, via your Raspberry Pi's USB power socket. The SPIKE™ colour and distance sensors, like the motors, require an https://raspberrypi.com/products/build-hat-power-supply[external power supply].
+====
+
+You have the choice to use Build HAT with Python or .NET.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9a93f8be5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-installing-software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+== Use the Build HAT from Python
+
+=== Install the Build HAT Python Library
+
+To install the Build HAT Python library, open a terminal window and run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install python3-build-hat
+----
+
+Raspberry Pi OS versions prior to _Bookworm_ do not have access to the library with `apt`. Instead, run the following command to install the library using `pip`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo pip3 install buildhat
+----
+
+For more information about the Build HAT Python Library see https://buildhat.readthedocs.io/[ReadTheDocs].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cf498f67b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-motors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+=== Use Motors from Python
+
+There are xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[a number of motors] that work with the Build HAT.
+
+==== Connect a Motor
+
+Connect a motor to port A on the Build HAT. The LPF2 connectors need to be inserted the correct way up. If the connector doesn't slide in easily, rotate by 180 degrees and try again.
+
+video::images/connect-motor.webm[width="80%"]
+
+
+==== Work with Motors
+
+Start the https://thonny.org/[Thonny IDE]. Add the program code below:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from buildhat import Motor
+
+motor_a = Motor('A')
+
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5)
+----
+
+Run the program by clicking the play/run button. If this is the first time you're running a Build HAT program since the Raspberry Pi has booted, there will be a few seconds pause while the firmware is copied across to the board. You should see the red LED extinguish and the green LED illuminate. Subsequent executions of a Python program will not require this pause.
+
+video::images/blinking-light.webm[width="80%"]
+
+Your motor should turn clockwise for 5 seconds.
+
+video::images/turning-motor.webm[width="80%"]
+
+Change the final line of your program and re-run.
+
+[source,python]
+----
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5, speed=50)
+----
+
+The motor should now turn faster. Make another change:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+motor_a.run_for_seconds(5, speed=-50)
+----
+
+The motor should turn in the opposite (anti-clockwise) direction
+
+Create a new program by clicking on the plus button in Thonny. Add the code below:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from buildhat import Motor
+
+motor_a = Motor('A')
+
+while True:
+ print("Position: ", motor_a.get_aposition())
+----
+
+Run the program. Grab the motor and turn the shaft. You should see the numbers printed in the Thonny REPL changing.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..15571eae8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/build-hat/py-sensors.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+=== Use Sensors from Python
+
+There is a xref:build-hat.adoc#device-compatibility[large range of sensors] that work with the Build HAT.
+
+==== Work with Sensors
+
+Connect a Colour sensor to port B on the Build HAT, and a Force sensor to port C.
+
+NOTE: If you're not intending to drive a motor, then you don't need an external power supply and you can use a standard USB power supply for your Raspberry Pi.
+
+Create another new program:
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from signal import pause
+from buildhat import ForceSensor, ColorSensor
+
+button = ForceSensor('C')
+cs = ColorSensor('B')
+
+def handle_pressed(force):
+ cs.on()
+ print(cs.get_color())
+
+def handle_released(force):
+ cs.off()
+
+button.when_pressed = handle_pressed
+button.when_released = handle_released
+pause()
+----
+
+Run it and hold a coloured object (LEGO® elements are ideal) in front of the colour sensor and press the Force sensor plunger. The sensor's LED should switch on and the name of the closest colour should be displayed in the Thonny REPL.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01e8de0fbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::bumper/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee9f120523
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Bumper for Raspberry Pi 5
+image::images/bumper.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi Bumper for Raspberry Pi 5 is a snap-on silicone cover that protects
+the bottom and edges of the board. When attached, the mounting holes of the Raspberry Pi remain accessible through the bumper.
+
+The Bumper is only compatible with Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+== Assembly instructions
+
+.Assembling the bumper
+image::images/assembly.png[width="80%"]
+
+To attach the Raspberry Pi Bumper to your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Turn off your Raspberry Pi and disconnect the power cable.
+. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Align the bumper with the board.
+. Press the board gently but firmly into the bumper, taking care to avoid contact between the bumper and any of the board’s components.
+. Insert your SD card back into the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power.
+
+To remove the Raspberry Pi Bumper from your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Turn off your Raspberry Pi and disconnect the power cable.
+. Remove the SD card from the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Gently but firmly peel the bumper away from the board, taking care to avoid contact between the bumper and any of the board’s components.
+. Insert your SD card back into the SD card slot of your Raspberry Pi.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdcfb03289
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/assembly.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..14682676a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/bumper/images/bumper.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f5076f9fa0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+include::camera/camera_hardware.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/filters.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/lens.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/external_trigger.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b8dafbd56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/camera_hardware.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+:figure-caption!:
+== About the Camera Modules
+
+There are now several official Raspberry Pi camera modules. The original 5-megapixel model was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/camera-board-available-for-sale/[released] in 2013, it was followed by an 8-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-v2/[Camera Module 2] which was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-8-megapixel-camera-board-sale-25/[released] in 2016. The latest camera model is the 12-megapixel https://raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-3/[Camera Module 3] which was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-autofocus-camera-modules/[released] in 2023. The original 5MP device is no longer available from Raspberry Pi.
+
+All of these cameras come in visible light and infrared versions, while the Camera Module 3 also comes as a standard or wide FoV model for a total of four different variants.
+
+.Camera Module 3 (left) and Camera Module 3 Wide (right)
+image::images/cm3.jpg[Camera Module 3 normal and wide angle]
+
+.Camera Module 3 NoIR (left) and Camera Module 3 NoIR Wide (right)
+image::images/cm3_noir.jpg[Camera Module 3 NoIR normal and wide angle]
+
+Additionally, a 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[High Quality Camera] with CS- or M12-mount variants for use with external lenses was https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-product-raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera-on-sale-now-at-50/[released in 2020] and https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/new-autofocus-camera-modules/[2023] respectively. There is no infrared version of the HQ Camera, however the xref:camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR Filter can be removed] if required.
+
+.HQ Camera, M12-mount (left) and C/CS-mount (right)
+image::images/hq.jpg[M12- and C/CS-mount versions of the HQ Camera]
+
+The Raspberry Pi AI Camera uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency and high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application. Tight integration with xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc[Raspberry Pi's camera software stack] allows users to deploy their own neural network models with minimal effort.
+
+image::images/ai-camera-hero.png[The Raspberry Pi AI Camera]
+
+Finally, there is the Global Shutter camera, which was http://raspberrypi.com/news/new-raspberry-pi-global-shutter-camera[released in 2023]. There is no infrared version of the GS Camera, however the xref:camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR Filter can be removed] if required.
+
+.Global Shutter Camera
+image::images/gs-camera.jpg[GS Camera]
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi Camera Modules are compatible with all Raspberry Pi computers with CSI connectors.
+
+=== Rolling or Global shutter?
+
+Most digital cameras, including our Camera Modules, use a **rolling shutter**: they scan the image they're capturing line-by-line, then output the results. You may have noticed that this can cause distortion effects in some settings; if you've ever photographed rotating propeller blades, you've probably spotted the image shimmering rather than looking like an object that is rotating. The propeller blades have had enough time to change position in the tiny moment that the camera has taken to swipe across and observe the scene.
+
+A **global shutter**, like the one on our Global Shutter Camera Module, doesn't do this. It captures the light from every pixel in the scene at once, so your photograph of propeller blades will not suffer from the same distortion.
+
+Why is this useful? Fast-moving objects, like those propeller blades, are now easy to capture; we can also synchronise several cameras to take a photo at precisely the same moment in time. There are plenty of benefits here, like minimising distortion when capturing stereo images. (The human brain is confused if any movement that appears in the left eye has not appeared in the right eye yet.) The Raspberry Pi Global Shutter Camera can also operate with shorter exposure times - down to 30µs, given enough light - than a rolling shutter camera, which makes it useful for high-speed photography.
+
+NOTE: The Global Shutter Camera's image sensor has a 6.3mm diagonal active sensing area, which is similar in size to Raspberry Pi's HQ Camera. However, the pixels are larger and can collect more light. Large pixel size and low pixel count are valuable in machine-vision applications; the more pixels a sensor produces, the harder it is to process the image in real time. To get around this, many applications downsize and crop images. This is unnecessary with the Global Shutter Camera and the appropriate lens magnification, where the lower resolution and large pixel size mean an image can be captured natively.
+
+== Install a Raspberry Pi camera
+
+WARNING: Cameras are sensitive to static. Earth yourself prior to handling the PCB. A sink tap or similar should suffice if you don't have an earthing strap.
+
+=== Connect the Camera
+
+Before connecting any Camera, shut down your Raspberry Pi and disconnect it from power.
+
+The flex cable inserts into the connector labelled CAMERA on the Raspberry Pi, which is located between the Ethernet and HDMI ports. The cable must be inserted with the silver contacts facing the HDMI port. To open the connector, pull the tabs on the top of the connector upwards, then towards the Ethernet port. The flex cable should be inserted firmly into the connector, with care taken not to bend the flex at too acute an angle. To close the connector, push the top part of the connector down and away from the Ethernet port while holding the flex cable in place.
+
+The following video shows how to connect the original camera on the original Raspberry Pi 1:
+
+video::GImeVqHQzsE[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+
+All Raspberry Pi boards with a camera connector use the same installation method, though the Raspberry Pi 5 and all Raspberry Pi Zero models require a https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-cable/[different camera cable].
+
+Some cameras may come with a small piece of translucent blue plastic film covering the lens. This is only present to protect the lens during shipping. To remove it, gently peel it off.
+
+NOTE: There is additional documentation available around fitting the recommended https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/cs-mount-lens-guide.pdf[6mm] and https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/c-mount-lens-guide.pdf[16mm] lens to the HQ Camera.
+
+=== Prepare the Software
+
+Before proceeding, we recommend ensuring that your kernel, GPU firmware and applications are all up to date. Please follow the instructions on xref:../computers/os.adoc#update-software[keeping your operating system up to date].
+
+Then, please follow the relevant setup instructions for xref:../computers/camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`], and the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/picamera2-manual.pdf[Picamera2 Python library].
+
+== Hardware Specification
+
+|===
+| | Camera Module v1 | Camera Module v2 | Camera Module 3 | Camera Module 3 Wide | HQ Camera | AI Camera | GS Camera
+
+| Net price
+| $25
+| $25
+| $25
+| $35
+| $50
+| $70
+| $50
+
+| Size
+| Around 25 × 24 × 9 mm
+| Around 25 × 24 × 9 mm
+| Around 25 × 24 × 11.5 mm
+| Around 25 × 24 × 12.4 mm
+| 38 × 38 × 18.4mm (excluding lens)
+| 25 × 24 × 11.9mm
+| 38 × 38 × 19.8mm (29.5mm with adaptor and dust cap)
+
+| Weight
+| 3g
+| 3g
+| 4g
+| 4g
+| 30.4g
+| 6g
+| 34g (41g with adaptor and dust cap)
+
+| Still resolution
+| 5 megapixels
+| 8 megapixels
+| 11.9 megapixels
+| 11.9 megapixels
+| 12.3 megapixels
+| 12.3 megapixels
+| 1.58 megapixels
+
+| Video modes
+| 1080p30, 720p60 and 640 × 480p60/90
+| 1080p47, 1640 × 1232p41 and 640 × 480p206
+| 2304 × 1296p56, 2304 × 1296p30 HDR, 1536 × 864p120
+| 2304 × 1296p56, 2304 × 1296p30 HDR, 1536 × 864p120
+| 2028 × 1080p50, 2028 × 1520p40 and 1332 × 990p120
+| 2028 × 1520p30, 4056 × 3040p10
+| 1456 × 1088p60
+
+| Sensor
+| OmniVision OV5647
+| Sony IMX219
+| Sony IMX708
+| Sony IMX708
+| Sony IMX477
+| Sony IMX500
+| Sony IMX296
+
+| Sensor resolution
+| 2592 × 1944 pixels
+| 3280 × 2464 pixels
+| 4608 × 2592 pixels
+| 4608 × 2592 pixels
+| 4056 × 3040 pixels
+| 4056 × 3040 pixels
+| 1456 × 1088 pixels
+
+| Sensor image area
+| 3.76 × 2.74 mm
+| 3.68 × 2.76 mm (4.6 mm diagonal)
+| 6.45 × 3.63mm (7.4mm diagonal)
+| 6.45 × 3.63mm (7.4mm diagonal)
+| 6.287mm × 4.712 mm (7.9mm diagonal)
+| 6.287mm × 4.712 mm (7.9mm diagonal)
+| 6.3mm diagonal
+
+| Pixel size
+| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
+| 1.12 µm × 1.12 µm
+| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
+| 1.4 µm × 1.4 µm
+| 1.55 µm × 1.55 µm
+| 1.55 µm × 1.55 µm
+| 3.45 µm × 3.45 µm
+
+| Optical size
+| 1/4"
+| 1/4"
+| 1/2.43"
+| 1/2.43"
+| 1/2.3"
+| 1/2.3"
+| 1/2.9"
+
+| Focus
+| Fixed
+| Adjustable
+| Motorized
+| Motorized
+| Adjustable
+| Adjustable
+| Adjustable
+
+| Depth of field
+| Approx 1 m to ∞
+| Approx 10 cm to ∞
+| Approx 10 cm to ∞
+| Approx 5 cm to ∞
+| N/A
+| Approx 20 cm to ∞
+| N/A
+
+| Focal length
+| 3.60 mm +/- 0.01
+| 3.04 mm
+| 4.74 mm
+| 2.75 mmm
+| Depends on lens
+| 4.74 mm
+| Depends on lens
+
+| Horizontal Field of View (FoV)
+| 53.50 +/- 0.13 degrees
+| 62.2 degrees
+| 66 degrees
+| 102 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+| 66 ±3 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+
+| Vertical Field of View (FoV)
+| 41.41 +/- 0.11 degrees
+| 48.8 degrees
+| 41 degrees
+| 67 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+| 52.3 ±3 degrees
+| Depends on lens
+
+| Focal ratio (F-Stop)
+| F2.9
+| F2.0
+| F1.8
+| F2.2
+| Depends on lens
+| F1.79
+| Depends on lens
+
+| Maximum exposure time (seconds)
+| 3.28
+| 11.76
+| 112
+| 112
+| 670.74
+| 112
+| 15.5
+
+| Lens Mount
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| C/CS- or M12-mount
+| N/A
+| C/CS
+
+| NoIR version available?
+| Yes
+| Yes
+| Yes
+| Yes
+| No
+| No
+| No
+|===
+
+NOTE: There is https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera/issues/43[some evidence] to suggest that the Camera Module 3 may emit RFI at a harmonic of the CSI clock rate. This RFI is in a range to interfere with GPS L1 frequencies (1575 MHz). Please see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera/issues/43[thread on Github] for details and proposed workarounds.
+
+=== Mechanical Drawings
+
+Available mechanical drawings;
+
+* Camera Module 2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-2-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-standard-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 Wide https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-wide-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module 3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-step.zip[STEP files]
+* HQ Camera Module (CS-mount version) https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-cs-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+** The CS-mount https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-cs-lensmount-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* HQ Camera Module (M12-mount version) https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-m12-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+* GS Camera Module
+https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/gs-camera/gs-camera-mechanical-drawing.pdf[PDF]
+
+NOTE: Board dimensions and mounting-hole positions for Camera Module 3 are identical to Camera Module 2. However, due to changes in the size and position of the sensor module, it is not mechanically compatible with the camera lid for the Raspberry Pi Zero Case.
+
+=== Schematics
+
+.Schematic of the Raspberry Pi CSI camera connector.
+image:images/RPi-S5-conn.png[camera connector, width="65%"]
+
+Other available schematics;
+
+* Camera Module v2 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-2-schematics.pdf[PDF]
+* Camera Module v3 https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-module-3-schematics.pdf[PDF]
+* HQ Camera Module https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hq-camera/hq-camera-schematics.pdf[PDF]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b30140ca4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/external_trigger.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+== External Trigger on the GS Camera
+
+The Global Shutter (GS) camera can be triggered externally by pulsing the external trigger (denoted on the board as XTR) connection on the board. Multiple cameras can be connected to the same pulse, allowing for an alternative way to synchronise two cameras.
+
+The exposure time is equal to the low pulse-width time plus an additional 14.26us. i.e. a low pulse of 10000us leads to an exposure time of 10014.26us. Framerate is directly controlled by how often you pulse the pin. A PWM frequency of 30Hz will lead to a framerate of 30 frames per second.
+
+image::images/external_trigger.jpg[alt="Image showing pulse format",width="80%"]
+
+=== Preparation
+
+WARNING: This modification includes removing an SMD soldered part. You should not attempt this modification unless you feel you are competent to complete it. When soldering to the Camera board, please remove the plastic back cover to avoid damaging it.
+
+If your board has transistor Q2 fitted (shown in blue on the image below), then you will need to remove R11 from the board (shown in red). This connects GP1 to XTR and without removing R11, the camera will not operate in external trigger mode.
+The location of the components is displayed below.
+
+image::images/resistor.jpg[alt="Image showing resistor to be removed",width="80%"]
+
+Next, solder a wire to the touchpoints of XTR and GND on the GS Camera board. Note that XTR is a 1.8V input, so you may need a level shifter or potential divider.
+
+We can use a Raspberry Pi Pico to provide the trigger. Connect any Pico GPIO pin (GP28 is used in this example) to XTR via a 1.5kΩ resistor. Also connect a 1.8kΩ resistor between XTR and GND to reduce the high logic level to 1.8V. A wiring diagram is shown below.
+
+image::images/pico_wiring.jpg[alt="Image showing Raspberry Pi Pico wiring",width="50%"]
+
+==== Boot up the Raspberry Pi with the camera connected.
+
+Enable external triggering through superuser mode:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo su
+$ echo 1 > /sys/module/imx296/parameters/trigger_mode
+$ exit
+----
+
+==== Raspberry Pi Pico MicroPython Code
+
+[source,python]
+----
+from machine import Pin, PWM
+
+from time import sleep
+
+pwm = PWM(Pin(28))
+
+framerate = 30
+shutter = 6000 # In microseconds
+
+frame_length = 1000000 / framerate
+pwm.freq(framerate)
+
+pwm.duty_u16(int((1 - (shutter - 14) / frame_length) * 65535))
+----
+
+The low pulse width is equal to the shutter time, and the frequency of the PWM equals the framerate.
+
+NOTE: In this example, Pin 28 connects to the XTR touchpoint on the GS camera board.
+
+=== Operation
+
+Run the code on the Pico, and set the camera running:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --qt-preview --shutter 3000
+----
+
+Every time that the Pico pulses the pin, it should generate a frame. To control the framerate, vary the duration between pulses.
+
+NOTE: When running `rpicam-apps`, always specify a fixed shutter duration to ensure the AGC does not adjust the camera's shutter speed. The duration does not matter, since it is actually controlled by the external trigger pulse.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..32ac70e027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/filters.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+== Camera Filters
+
+Some transmission characteristics are available for the Camera Module 3 and the HQ and GS cameras.
+
+NOTE: These graphs are available as https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/camera-extended-spectral-sensitivity.pdf[a PDF].
+
+=== Camera Module 3
+
+The Camera Module 3 is built around the IMX708, which has the following spectral sensitivity characteristics.
+
+image::images/cm3-filter.png[Camera Module 3 Transmission Graph, width="65%"]
+
+=== HQ Camera
+
+Raspberry Pi HQ Camera without IR-Cut filter.
+
+image::images/hq.png[HQ Camera Transmission Graph without IR-Cut filter,width="65%"]
+
+
+=== GS Camera
+
+Raspberry Pi GS Camera without IR-Cut filter.
+
+image::images/gs.png[GS Camera Transmission Graph without IR-Cut filter,width="65%"]
+
+
+=== HQ and GS Cameras
+
+The HQ and GS Cameras use a Hoya CM500 infrared filter. Its transmission characteristics are as represented in the following graph.
+
+image::images/hoyacm500.png[CM500 Transmission Graph,width="65%"]
+
+== IR Filter
+
+Both the High Quality Camera and Global Shutter Camera contain an IR filter to reduce the camera's sensitivity to infrared light and help outdoor photos look more natural. However, you may remove the filter to:
+
+* Enhance colours in certain types of photography, such as images of plants, water, and the sky
+* Provide night vision in a location that is illuminated with infrared light
+
+=== Filter Removal
+
+WARNING: *This procedure cannot be reversed:* the adhesive that attaches the filter will not survive being lifted and replaced, and while the IR filter is about 1.1mm thick, it may crack when it is removed. *Removing it will void the warranty on the product*.
+
+You can remove the filter from both the HQ and GS cameras. The HQ camera is shown in the demonstration below.
+
+image:images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+
+NOTE: Make sure to work in a clean and dust-free environment, as the sensor will be exposed to the air.
+
+. Unscrew the two 1.5 mm hex lock keys on the underside of the main circuit board. Be careful not to let the washers roll away.
++
+image:images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. There is a gasket of slightly sticky material between the housing and PCB which will require some force to separate. You may try some ways to weaken the adhesive, such as a little isopropyl alcohol and/or heat (~20-30 C).
+. Once the adhesive is loose, lift up the board and place it down on a very clean surface. Make sure the sensor does not touch the surface.
++
+image:images/FLATLAY_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. Face the lens upwards and place the mount on a flat surface.
++
+image:images/SOLVENT_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. To minimise the risk of breaking the filter, use a pen top or similar soft plastic item to push down on the filter only at the very edges where the glass attaches to the aluminium. The glue will break and the filter will detach from the lens mount.
++
+image:images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+. Given that changing lenses will expose the sensor, at this point you could affix a clear filter (for example, OHP plastic) to minimize the chance of dust entering the sensor cavity.
+. Replace the main housing over the circuit board. Be sure to realign the housing with the gasket, which remains on the circuit board.
+. Apply the nylon washer first to prevent damage to the circuit board.
+. Next, fit the steel washer, which prevents damage to the nylon washer. Screw down the two hex lock keys. As long as the washers have been fitted in the correct order, they do not need to be screwed very tightly.
++
+image:images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg[width="65%"]
+
+NOTE: It is likely to be difficult or impossible to glue the filter back in place and return the device to functioning as a normal optical camera.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..918eb217f2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0ab753ff8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_OFF_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47abc24c71
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4de5eefe39
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FILTER_ON_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6fad88e33f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2cb6d17c2a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/FLATLAY_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..845fda2980
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..46d2e73fc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/REMOVE_FILTER_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b587a6afcb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/RPi-S5-conn.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02cb97774a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0c9cb169cf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SCREW_REMOVED_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7c4e965ae
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..589f1a8c70
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/SOLVENT_small.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a0186287cb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/ai-camera-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..669f8c86e8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3-filter.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a05ed4c117
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1673bf392e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/cm3_noir.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd6f4d27b3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/external_trigger.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f03c35928a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs-camera.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e75662f401
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/gs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hoyacm500.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hoyacm500.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2156d650ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hoyacm500.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ff213e3a8f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42cd3b7c1e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/hq.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..875f0297a2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/m12-lens.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c26df7a84f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/pico_wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7d9fc1077e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/resistor.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc401f9adc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_clear_filter.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..572ca31674
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_gasket.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ee09e5b4cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_ir_filter.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..40bb170bbe
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/rpi_hq_cam_sensor.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d17305956d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.fzz differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..995a59882c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ad461444fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/lens.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+== Recommended Lenses
+
+The following lenses are recommended for use with our HQ and GS cameras.
+
+NOTE: While the HQ Camera is available in both C/CS- and M12-mount versions, the GS Camera is available only with a C/CS-mount.
+
+=== C/CS Lenses
+
+We recommend two lenses, a 6mm wide angle lens and a 16mm telephoto lens. These lenses should be available from your nearest https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[Authorised Reseller].
+
+[cols="1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+2+| | 16mm telephoto | 6mm wide angle
+
+2+| Resolution | 10MP | 3MP
+2+| Image format | 1" | 1/2"
+2+| Aperture | F1.4 to F16 | F1.2
+2+| Mount | C | CS
+.2+| Field of View H°×V° (D°)
+| HQ | 22.2°×16.7° (27.8°)| 55°×45° (71°)
+| GS| 17.8°×13.4° (22.3) | 45°×34° (56°)
+2+| Back focal length | 17.53mm | 7.53mm
+2+| M.O.D. | 0.2m | 0.2m
+2+| Dimensions | φ39.00×50.00mm | φ30×34mm
+|===
+
+=== M12 Lenses
+
+image::images/m12-lens.jpg[]
+
+We recommend three lenses manufactured by https://www.gaojiaoptotech.com/[Gaojia Optotech]. These lenses should be available from your nearest https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[Authorised Reseller].
+
+[cols="1,1,1,1,1"]
+|===
+2+| | 8mm | 25mm | Fish Eye
+
+2+| Resolution | 12MP | 5MP | 15MP
+2+| Image format | 1/1.7" | 1/2" | 1/2.3"
+2+| Aperture | F1.8 | F2.4 | F2.5
+2+| Mount 3+| M12
+2+| HQ Field of View H°×V° (D°) | 49°×36° (62°) | 14.4°×10.9° (17.9)° | 140°×102.6° (184.6°)
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..58734110cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/camera/synchronous_cameras.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+== Synchronous Captures
+
+Both the HQ Camera and the Global Shutter Camera, have support for synchronous captures.
+Making use of the XVS pin (Vertical Sync) allows one camera to pulse when a frame capture is initiated.
+The other camera can then listen for this sync pulse, and capture a frame at the same time as the other camera.
+
+=== Using the HQ Camera
+
+For correct operation, both cameras require a 1.65V pull up voltage on the XVS line, which is created by a potential divider through the 3.3V and GND pins on the Raspberry Pi.
+
+image::images/synchronous_camera_wiring.jpg[alt="Image showing potential divider setup",width="50%"]
+
+Create a potential divider from two 10kΩ resistors to 3.3V and ground (to make 1.65V with an effective source impedance of 5kΩ). This can be connected to either Raspberry Pi.
+
+Solder the GND and XVS test points of each HQ Camera board to each other.
+
+Connect the XVS wires to the 1.65V potential divider pull-up.
+
+==== Boot up both Raspberry Pis
+
+The file `/sys/module/imx477/parameters/trigger_mode` determines which board outputs pulses, or waits to receive pulses (source and sink).
+This parameter can only be altered in superuser mode.
+
+Run the following commands to configure the sink:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo su
+$ echo 2 > /sys/module/imx477/parameters/trigger_mode
+$ exit
+----
+
+Run the following commands to configure the source:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo su
+$ echo 1 > /sys/module/imx477/parameters/trigger_mode
+$ exit
+----
+
+Run the following command to start the sink:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 300 --qt-preview -o sink.h264
+----
+
+Run the following command to start the source:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 300 --qt-preview -o source.h264
+----
+
+Frames should be synchronous. Use `--frames` to ensure the same number of frames are captured, and that the recordings are exactly the same length.
+Running the sink first ensures that no frames are missed.
+
+NOTE: The potential divider is needed to pull up the XVS pin to high whilst the source is in an idle state. This ensures that no frames are created or lost upon startup. The source whilst initialising goes from LOW to HIGH which can trigger a false frame.
+
+=== Use the GS Camera
+
+NOTE: The Global Shutter (GS) camera can also be operated in a synchronous mode. However, the source camera will record one extra frame. A much better alternative method to ensure that both cameras capture the same amount of frames is to use the xref:camera.adoc#external-trigger-on-the-gs-camera[external trigger method].
+
+To operate as source and sink together, the Global Shutter Cameras also require connection of the XHS (horizontal sync) pins together. However, these do not need connection to a pullup resistor.
+
+The wiring setup is identical to the xref:camera.adoc#using-the-hq-camera[HQ Camera method], except that you will also need to connect the XHS pins together.
+
+Create a potential divider from two 10kΩ resistors to 3.3V and ground (to make 1.65V with an effective source impedance of 5kΩ). This can be connected to either Raspberry Pi.
+
+Solder 2 wires to the XVS test points on each board and connect both of these wires together to the 1.65V potential divider.
+
+Solder the GND of each Camera board to each other. Also solder 2 wires to the XHS test points on each board and connect these. No pullup is needed for XHS pin.
+
+On the boards that you wish to act as sinks, solder the two halves of the MAS pad together. This tells the sensor to act as a sink, and will wait for a signal to capture a frame.
+
+==== Boot up source and sink
+
+Run the following command to start the sink:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 300 -o sync.h264
+----
+
+Due to the limitations of the IMX296 sensor, the sink cannot record exactly the same number of frames as the source. **The source records one extra frame before the sink starts recording**. Because of this, you need to specify that the sink records one less frame with the `--frames` option.
+
+Wait at least two seconds before you start the source.
+
+After waiting two seconds, run the following command to start the source:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --frames 299 -o sync.h264
+----
+
+Because the sink and source record a different number of frames, use `ffmpeg` to resync the videos. By dropping the first frame from the source, we then get two recordings with the same starting point and frame length:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffmpeg -i source.h264 -vf select="gte(n\, 1)" source.h264
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abfac0c017
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+include::display/display_intro.adoc[]
+
+include::display/legacy.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..424540ab68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/display_intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+== Raspberry Pi Touch Display
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-touch-display/[Raspberry Pi Touch Display] is an LCD display that connects to a Raspberry Pi using a DSI connector and GPIO connector.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi 7-inch Touch Display
+image::images/display.png[The Raspberry Pi 7-inch Touch Display, width="70%"]
+
+The Touch Display is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi, except the Zero series and Keyboard series, which lack a DSI connector. The earliest Raspberry Pi models lack appropriate mounting holes, requiring additional mounting hardware to fit the stand-offs on the display PCB.
+
+The display has the following key features:
+
+* 800×480px RGB LCD display
+* 24-bit colour
+* Industrial quality: 140 degree viewing angle horizontal, 120 degree viewing angle vertical
+* 10-point multi-touch touchscreen
+* PWM backlight control and power control over I2C interface
+* Metal-framed back with mounting points for Raspberry Pi display conversion board and Raspberry Pi
+* Backlight lifetime: 20000 hours
+* Operating temperature: -20 to +70 degrees centigrade
+* Storage temperature: -30 to +80 degrees centigrade
+* Contrast ratio: 500
+* Average brightness: 250 cd/m^2^
+* Viewing angle (degrees):
+ ** Top - 50
+ ** Bottom - 70
+ ** Left - 70
+ ** Right - 70
+* Power requirements: 200mA at 5V typical, at maximum brightness.
+* Outer dimensions: 192.96 × 110.76mm
+* Viewable area: 154.08 × 85.92mm
+
+
+=== Mount the Touch Display
+
+You can mount a Raspberry Pi to the back of the Touch Display using its stand-offs and then connect the appropriate cables. You can also mount the Touch Display in a separate chassis if you have one available. The connections remain the same, though you may need longer cables depending on the chassis.
+
+.A Raspberry Pi connected to the Touch Display
+image::images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg[Image of Raspberry Pi connected to the Touch Display, width="70%"]
+
+Connect one end of the Flat Flexible Cable (FFC) to the `RPI-DISPLAY` port on the Touch Display PCB. The silver or gold contacts should face away from the display. Then connect the other end of the FFC to the `DISPLAY` port on the Raspberry Pi. The contacts on this end should face inward, towards the Raspberry Pi.
+
+If the FFC is not fully inserted or positioned correctly, you will experience issues with the display. You should always double check this connection when troubleshooting, especially if you don't see anything on your display, or the display shows only a single colour.
+
+NOTE: A https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/display/7-inch-display-mechanical-drawing.pdf[mechanical drawing] of the Touch Display is available for download.
+
+=== Power the Touch Display
+
+We recommend using the Raspberry Pi's GPIO to provide power to the Touch Display. Alternatively, you can power the display directly with a separate micro USB power supply.
+
+==== Power from a Raspberry Pi
+
+To power the Touch Display using a Raspberry Pi, you need to connect two jumper wires between the 5V and `GND` pins on xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#gpio[Raspberry Pi's GPIO] and the 5V and `GND` pins on the display, as shown in the following illustration.
+
+.The location of the display's 5V and `GND` pins
+image::images/display_plugs.png[Illustration of display pins, width="40%"]
+
+Before you begin, make sure the Raspberry Pi is powered off and not connected to any power source. Connect one end of the black jumper wire to pin six (`GND`) on the Raspberry Pi and one end of the red jumper wire to pin four (5V). If pin six isn't available, you can use any other open `GND` pin to connect the black wire. If pin four isn't available, you can use any other 5V pin to connect the red wire, such as pin two.
+
+.The location of the Raspberry Pi headers
+image::images/pi_plugs.png[Illustration of Raspberry Pi headers, width="40%"]
+
+Next, connect the other end of the black wire to the `GND` pin on the display and the other end of the red wire to the 5V pin on the display. Once all the connections are made, you should see the Touch Display turn on the next time you turn on your Raspberry Pi.
+
+Use the other three pins on the Touch Display to connect the display to an original Raspberry Pi 1 Model A or B. Refer to our documentation on xref:display.adoc#legacy-support[legacy support] for more information.
+
+NOTE: To identify an original Raspberry Pi, check the GPIO header connector. Only the original model has a 26-pin GPIO header connector; subsequent models have 40 pins.
+
+==== Power from a micro USB supply
+
+If you don't want to use a Raspberry Pi to provide power to the Touch Display, you can use a micro USB power supply instead. We recommend using the https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[Raspberry Pi 12.5W power supply] to make sure the display runs as intended.
+
+Do not connect the GPIO pins on your Raspberry Pi to the display if you choose to use micro USB for power. The only connection between the two boards should be the Flat Flexible Cable.
+
+WARNING: When using a micro USB cable to power the display, mount it inside a chassis that blocks access to the display's PCB during usage.
+
+=== Use an on-screen keyboard
+
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ and later include the Squeekboard on-screen keyboard by default. When a touch display is attached, the on-screen keyboard should automatically show when it is possible to enter text and automatically hide when it is not possible to enter text.
+
+For applications which do not support text entry detection, use the keyboard icon at the right end of the taskbar to manually show and hide the keyboard.
+
+You can also permanently show or hide the on-screen keyboard in the Display tab of Raspberry Pi Configuration or the `Display` section of `raspi-config`.
+
+TIP: In Raspberry Pi OS releases prior to _Bookworm_, use `matchbox-keyboard` instead. If you use the wayfire desktop compositor, use `wvkbd` instead.
+
+=== Change screen orientation
+
+If you want to physically rotate the display, or mount it in a specific position, select **Screen Configuration** from the **Preferences** menu. Right-click on the touch display rectangle (likely DSI-1) in the layout editor, select **Orientation**, then pick the best option to fit your needs.
+
+image::images/display-rotation.png[Screenshot of orientation options in screen configuration, width="80%"]
+
+==== Rotate screen without a desktop
+
+To set the screen orientation on a device that lacks a desktop environment, edit the `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt` configuration file to pass an orientation to the system. Add the following line to `cmdline.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+video=DSI-1:800x480@60,rotate=
+----
+
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values, which correspond to the degree of rotation relative to the default on your display:
+
+* `0`
+* `90`
+* `180`
+* `270`
+
+For example, a rotation value of `90` rotates the display 90 degrees to the right. `180` rotates the display 180 degrees, or upside-down.
+
+NOTE: It is not possible to rotate the DSI display separately from the HDMI display with `cmdline.txt`. When you use DSI and HDMI simultaneously, they share the same rotation value.
+
+==== Rotate touch input
+
+WARNING: Rotating touch input via device tree can cause conflicts with your input library. Whenever possible, configure touch event rotation in your input library or desktop.
+
+Rotation of touch input is independent of the orientation of the display itself. To change this you need to manually add a `dtoverlay` instruction in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]. Add the following line at the end of `config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch,invx,invy
+----
+
+Then, disable automatic display detection by removing the following line from `config.txt`, if it exists:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+display_auto_detect=1
+----
+
+==== Touch Display device tree option reference
+
+The `vc4-kms-dsi-7inch` overlay supports the following options:
+
+|===
+| DT parameter | Action
+
+| `sizex`
+| Sets X resolution (default 800)
+
+| `sizey`
+| Sets Y resolution (default 480)
+
+| `invx`
+| Invert X coordinates
+
+| `invy`
+| Invert Y coordinates
+
+| `swapxy`
+| Swap X and Y coordinates
+
+| `disable_touch`
+| Disables the touch overlay totally
+|===
+
+To specify these options, add them, separated by commas, to your `dtoverlay` line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Boolean values default to true when present, but you can set them to false using the suffix "=0". Integer values require a value, e.g. `sizey=240`. For instance, to set the X resolution to 400 pixels and invert both X and Y coordinates, use the following line:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch,sizex=400,invx,invy
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b5c8f51ba8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/GPIO_power-500x333.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..86eb3a10ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display-rotation.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dd7ae33612
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e1fd5da90
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/display_plugs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44f607d74d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/pi_plugs.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/radius.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/radius.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c9aa2d487
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/images/radius.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eab11d275d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/display/legacy.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+== Legacy Support
+
+WARNING: These instructions are for the original Raspberry Pi, Model A, and B, boards only. To identify an original Raspberry Pi, check the GPIO header connector. Only the original model has a 26-pin GPIO header connector; subsequent models have 40 pins.
+
+The DSI connector on both the Raspberry Pi 1 Model A and B boards does not have the I2C connections required to talk to the touchscreen controller and DSI controller. To work around this, use the additional set of jumper cables provided with the display kit. Connect SCL/SDA on the GPIO header to the horizontal pins marked SCL/SDA on the display board. Power the Model A/B via the GPIO pins using the jumper cables.
+
+DSI display autodetection is disabled by default on these boards. To enable detection, add the following line to the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+ignore_lcd=0
+----
+
+Power the setup via the `PWR IN` micro-USB connector on the display board. Do not power the setup via the Raspberry Pi's micro-USB port. This will exceed the input polyfuse's maximum current rating, since the display consumes approximately 400mA.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e34a87b2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc[]
+
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc[]
+
+include::keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a23011f5c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/connecting-things.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+== Connecting it all Together
+
+This is the configuration we recommend for using your Raspberry Pi, official keyboard and hub, and official mouse together. The hub on the keyboard ensures easy access to USB drives, and the mouse's cable is tidy, while being long enough to allow you to use the mouse left- or right-handed.
+
+image::images/everything.png[width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: It is important that the power supply is connected to the Raspberry Pi and the keyboard is connected to the Raspberry Pi. If the power supply were connected to the keyboard, with the Raspberry Pi powered via the keyboard, then the keyboard would not operate correctly.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3649738079
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-keyboard.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+== Getting Started with your Keyboard
+
+Our official keyboard includes three host USB ports for connecting external devices, such as USB mice, USB drives, and other USB- controlled devices.
+
+The product's micro USB port is for connection to the Raspberry Pi. Via the USB hub built into the keyboard, the Raspberry Pi controls, and provides power to, the three USB Type A ports.
+
+image::images/back-of-keyboard.png[width="80%"]
+
+=== Keyboard Features
+
+The Raspberry Pi keyboard has three lock keys: `Num Lock`, `Caps Lock`, and `Scroll Lock`. There are three LEDs in the top right-hand corner that indicate which locks are enabled.
+
+image::images/num-cap-scroll.png[width="80%"]
+
+`Num Lock`:: Allows use of the red number keys on the letter keys, effectively creating a numeric keypad. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `Num Lock` key.
+
+`Caps Lock`:: Allows typing capital letters; press the `Shift` key to type lower-case letters in this mode. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `Caps Lock` key.
+
+`Scroll Lock (ScrLk)`:: Allows use of the cursor keys for browsing web pages and spreadsheets without the mouse. This mode is enabled and disabled by pressing the `ScrLk` key while holding the Fn key.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a9b58429a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/getting-started-mouse.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+== Getting Started with your Mouse
+
+Our official mouse has three buttons, which activate high-quality micro-switches. The wheel is for quick scrolling when browsing documents and web pages.
+
+image::images/the-mouse.png[width="80%"]
+
+Always place the mouse on a flat, stable surface while using it. The mouse optically detects movement on the surface on which it is placed. On featureless surfaces, e.g. PVC or acrylic table tops, the mouse cannot detect movement. When you are working on such a surface, place the mouse on a mouse mat.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9439454fc5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/back-of-keyboard.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..596054c035
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/everything.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..70031c3041
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/num-cap-scroll.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ab64447a2e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/keyboard-and-mouse/images/the-mouse.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b9501e9370
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::m2-hat-plus/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3b033a28d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+[[m2-hat-plus]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+
+image::images/m2-hat-plus.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+ M Key enables you to connect M.2 peripherals such as NVMe drives and other PCIe accessories to Raspberry Pi 5's PCIe interface.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ adapter board converts between the PCIe connector on Raspberry Pi 5 and a single M.2 M key edge connector. You can connect any device that uses the 2230 or 2242 form factors. The M.2 HAT+ can supply up to 3A of power.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ uses Raspberry Pi's https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hat/hat-plus-specification.pdf[HAT+ specification], which allows Raspberry Pi OS to automatically detect the HAT+ and any connected devices.
+
+The included threaded spacers provide ample room to fit the Raspberry Pi Active Cooler beneath an M.2 HAT+.
+
+The M.2 HAT+ is _only_ compatible with the https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-5-case/[Raspberry Pi Case for Raspberry Pi 5] _if you remove the lid and the included fan_.
+
+== Features
+
+* Single-lane PCIe 2.0 interface (500 MB/s peak transfer rate)
+* Supports devices that use the M.2 M key edge connector
+* Supports devices with the 2230 or 2242 form factor
+* Supplies up to 3A to connected M.2 devices
+* Power and activity LEDs
+* Conforms to the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/hat/hat-plus-specification.pdf[Raspberry Pi HAT+ specification]
+* Includes:
+** ribbon cable
+** 16mm GPIO stacking header
+** 4 threaded spacers
+** 8 screws
+** 1 knurled double-flanged drive attachment screw to secure and support the M.2 peripheral
+
+[[m2-hat-plus-installation]]
+== Install
+
+To use the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+, you will need:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Each M.2 HAT+ comes with a ribbon cable, GPIO stacking header, and mounting hardware. Complete the following instructions to install your M.2 HAT+:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date]. Run the following command to see what firmware you're running:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update
+----
++
+If you see December 6, 2023 or a later date, proceed to the next step. If you see a date earlier than December 6, 2023, run the following command to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+Under `Advanced Options` > `Bootloader Version`, choose `Latest`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
++
+Run the following command to update your firmware to the latest version:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpi-eeprom-update -a
+----
++
+Then, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Disconnect the Raspberry Pi from power before beginning installation.
+
+
+. The M.2 HAT+ is compatible with the Raspberry Pi 5 Active Cooler. If you have an Active Cooler, install it before installing the M.2 HAT+.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Install the spacers using four of the provided screws. Firmly press the GPIO stacking header on top of the Raspberry Pi GPIO pins; orientation does not matter as long as all pins fit into place. Disconnect the ribbon cable from the M.2 HAT+, and insert the other end into the PCIe port of your Raspberry Pi. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing inward, towards the USB ports. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the PCIe port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Set the M.2 HAT+ on top of the spacers, and use the four remaining screws to secure it in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Insert the ribbon cable into the slot on the M.2 HAT+. Lift the ribbon cable holder from both sides, then insert the cable with the copper contact points facing up. With the ribbon cable fully and evenly inserted into the port, push the cable holder down from both sides to secure the ribbon cable firmly in place.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Remove the drive attachment screw by turning the screw counter-clockwise. Insert your M.2 SSD into the M.2 key edge connector, sliding the drive into the slot at a slight upward angle. Do not force the drive into the slot: it should slide in gently.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Push the notch on the drive attachment screw into the slot at the end of your M.2 drive. Push the drive flat against the M.2 HAT+, and insert the SSD attachment screw by turning the screw clockwise until the SSD feels secure. Do not over-tighten the screw.
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png[width="60%"]
+--
+. Congratulations, you have successfully installed the M.2 HAT+. Connect your Raspberry Pi to power; Raspberry Pi OS will automatically detect the M.2 HAT+. If you use Raspberry Pi Desktop, you should see an icon representing the drive on your desktop. If you don't use a desktop, you can find the drive at `/dev/nvme0n1`. To make your drive automatically available for file access, consider xref:../computers/configuration.adoc#automatically-mount-a-storage-device[configuring automatic mounting].
++
+--
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png[width="60%"]
+--
+
+WARNING: Always disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power before connecting or disconnecting a device from the M.2 slot.
+
+== Boot from NVMe
+
+To boot from an NVMe drive attached to the M.2 HAT+, complete the following steps:
+
+. xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#raspberry-pi-imager[Format your NVMe drive using Raspberry Pi Imager]. You can do this from your Raspberry Pi if you already have an SD card with a Raspberry Pi OS image.
+. Boot your Raspberry Pi into Raspberry Pi OS using an SD card or USB drive to alter the boot order in the persistent on-board EEPROM configuration.
+. In a terminal on your Raspberry Pi, run `sudo raspi-config` to open the Raspberry Pi Configuration CLI.
+. Under `Advanced Options` > `Boot Order`, choose `NVMe/USB boot`. Then, exit `raspi-config` with `Finish` or the *Escape* key.
+. Reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+
+For more information, see xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#nvme-ssd-boot[NVMe boot].
+
+== Enable PCIe Gen 3
+
+WARNING: The Raspberry Pi 5 is not certified for Gen 3.0 speeds. PCIe Gen 3.0 connections may be unstable.
+
+To enable PCIe Gen 3 speeds, follow the instructions at xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#pcie-gen-3-0[enable PCIe Gen 3.0].
+
+== Schematics
+
+.Schematics for the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+
+image::images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png[width="80%"]
+
+Schematics are also available as a https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/m2-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-m2-hat-plus-schematics.pdf[PDF].
+
+== Product brief
+
+For more information about the M.2 HAT+, including mechanical specifications and operating environment limitations, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/m2-hat-plus/raspberry-pi-m2-hat-plus-product-brief.pdf[product brief].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89eda454cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-01.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b11d07a459
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-02.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c11a504ee0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-03.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae6e321dce
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-04.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a93df849d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-05.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..209ec6cbcd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-06.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..238b75df86
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-installation-07.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d0688fbd5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus-schematics.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30a05a30b2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/m2-hat-plus/images/m2-hat-plus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b100eb439b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::monitor/monitor_intro.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d77318e3c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.pdf differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a1553774a8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/drill-hole-template.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d74544841f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.pdf differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41faee30b5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/mechanical-drawing.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbaa5f56dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/monitor-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..408ad418ba
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-hdmi.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2c03121189
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5334217389
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/not-supported-resolution.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..106694ee18
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/images/power-saving-mode.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae747671ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/monitor/monitor_intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+== Raspberry Pi Monitor
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-monitor/[Raspberry Pi Monitor] is a 15.6" 1920 × 1080p IPS LCD display that connects to a computer using an HDMI cable. The Monitor also requires a USB-C power source. For full brightness and volume range, this must be a USB-PD source capable of at least 1.5A of current.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Monitor
+image::images/monitor-hero.png[The Raspberry Pi Monitor, width="100%"]
+
+The Monitor is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi that support HDMI output.
+
+=== Controls
+
+The back of the Monitor includes the following controls:
+
+* a button that enters and exits Standby mode (indicated by the ⏻ (power) symbol)
+* buttons that increase and decrease display brightness (indicated by the 🔆 (sun) symbol)
+* buttons that increase and decrease speaker volume (indicated by the 🔈 (speaker) symbol)
+
+=== On screen display messages
+
+The on-screen display (OSD) may show the following messages:
+
+[cols="1a,6"]
+|===
+| Message | Description
+
+| image::images/no-hdmi.png[No HDMI signal detected]
+| No HDMI signal detected.
+
+| image::images/no-valid-hdmi-signal-standby.png[Standby mode]
+| The monitor will soon enter standby mode to conserve power.
+
+| image::images/not-supported-resolution.png[Unsupported resolution]
+| The output display resolution of the connected device is not supported.
+
+| image::images/power-saving-mode.png[Power saving mode]
+| The monitor is operating in Power Saving mode, with reduced brightness and volume, because the monitor is not connected to a power supply capable of delivering 1.5A of current or greater.
+|===
+
+Additionally, the OSD shows information about display brightness changes using the 🔆 (sun) symbol, and speaker volume level changes using the 🔈 (speaker) symbol. Both brightness and volume use a scale that ranges from 0 to 100.
+
+TIP: If you attempt to exit Standby mode when the display cannot detect an HDMI signal, the red LED beneath the Standby button will briefly light, but the display will remain in Standby mode.
+
+=== Position the Monitor
+
+Use the following approaches to position the Monitor:
+
+* Angle the Monitor on the integrated stand.
+* Mount the Monitor on an arm or stand using the four VESA mount holes on the back of the red rear plastic housing.
++
+IMPORTANT: Use spacers to ensure adequate space for display and power cable egress.
+* Flip the integrated stand fully upwards, towards the top of the monitor. Use the drill hole template to create two mounting points spaced 55mm apart. Hang the Monitor using the slots on the back of the integrated stand.
++
+.Drill hole template
+image::images/drill-hole-template.png[Drill hole template, width="40%"]
+
+=== Power the Monitor
+
+The Raspberry Pi Monitor draws power from a 5V https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/USB_hardware#USB_Power_Delivery[USB Power Delivery] (USB-PD) power source. Many USB-C power supplies, including the official power supplies for the Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5, support this standard.
+
+When using a power source that provides at least 1.5A of current over USB-PD, the Monitor operates in **Full Power mode**. In Full Power mode, you can use the full range (0%-100%) of display brightness and speaker volume.
+
+When using a power source that does _not_ supply at least 1.5A of current over USB-PD (including all USB-A power sources), the Monitor operates in **Power Saving mode**. Power Saving mode limits the maximum display brightness and the maximum speaker volume to ensure reliable operation. In Power Saving mode, you can use a limited range (0-50%) of display brightness and a limited range (0-60%) of speaker volume. When powered from a Raspberry Pi, the Monitor operates in Power Saving mode, since Raspberry Pi devices cannot provide 1.5A of current over a USB-A connection.
+
+To switch from Power Saving mode to Full Power mode, press and hold the *increase brightness* button for 3 seconds.
+
+[TIP]
+====
+If the Monitor flashes on and off, your USB power supply is not capable of providing sufficient current to power the monitor. This can happen if you power the Monitor from a Raspberry Pi 5 or Pi 500 which is itself powered by a 5V/3A power supply. Try the following fixes to stop the Monitor from flashing on and off:
+
+* reduce the display brightness and volume (you may have to connect your monitor to another power supply to access the settings)
+* switch to a different power source or cable
+
+====
+
+=== Specification
+
+Diagonal: 15.6"
+
+Resolution: 1920 × 1080
+
+Type: IPS LCD
+
+Colour gamut: 45%
+
+Contrast: 800:1
+
+Brightness: 250cd/m^2^
+
+Screen coating: Anti-glare 3H hardness
+
+Display area: 344 × 193mm
+
+Dimensions: 237 × 360 × 20mm
+
+Weight: 850g
+
+Supported resolutions:
+
+* 1920 × 1080p @ 50/60Hz
+* 1280 × 720p @ 50/60Hz
+* 720 × 576p @ 50/60Hz
+* 720 × 480p @ 50/60Hz
+* 640 × 480p @ 50/60Hz
+
+Input: HDMI 1.4; supports DDC-CI
+
+Power input: USB-C; requires 1.5A over USB-PD at 5V for full brightness and volume range
+
+Power consumption: 4.5-6.5W during use; < 0.1W at idle
+
+Speakers: 2 × 1.2W (stereo)
+
+Ports: 3.5mm audio jack
+
+
+=== Mechanical drawing
+
+.Mechanical Drawing
+image::images/mechanical-drawing.png[Mechanical drawing, width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffdb0161ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::sd-cards/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1d8f41170c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+== About
+
+.A Raspberry Pi SD Card inserted into a Raspberry Pi 5
+image::images/sd-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+SD card quality is a critical factor in determining the overall user experience for a Raspberry Pi. Slow bus speeds and lack of command queueing can reduce the performance of even the most powerful Raspberry Pi models.
+
+Raspberry Pi's official microSD cards support DDR50 and SDR104 bus speeds. Additionally, Raspberry Pi SD cards support the command queueing (CQ) extension, which permits some pipelining of random read operations, ensuring optimal performance.
+
+You can even buy Raspberry Pi SD cards pre-programmed with the latest version of Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards are available in the following sizes:
+
+* 32GB
+* 64GB
+* 128GB
+
+== Specifications
+
+.A 128GB Raspberry Pi SD Card
+image::images/sd-cards.png[width="80%"]
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards use the SD6.1 SD specification.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards use the microSDHC/microSDXC form factor.
+
+Raspberry Pi SD cards have the following Speed Class ratings: C10, U3, V30, A2.
+
+The following table describes the read and write speeds of Raspberry Pi SD cards using 4KB of random data:
+
+|===
+| Raspberry Pi Model | Interface | Read Speed | Write Speed
+
+| 4 | DDR50 | 3,200 IOPS | 1,200 IOPS
+| 5 | SDR104 | 5,000 IOPS | 2,000 IOPS
+|===
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9651ba9594
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-cards.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7597450399
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sd-cards/images/sd-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0db67f2bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+include::sense-hat/intro.adoc[]
+
+include::sense-hat/hardware.adoc[]
+
+include::sense-hat/software.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..735ce713aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/hardware.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+== Features
+
+The Sense HAT has an 8×8 RGB LED matrix and a five-button joystick, and includes the following sensors:
+
+* Gyroscope
+* Accelerometer
+* Magnetometer
+* Temperature
+* Barometric pressure
+* Humidity
+* Colour and brightness
+
+Schematics and mechanical drawings for the Sense HAT and the Sense HAT V2 are available for download.
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-schematics.pdf[Sense HAT V1 schematics].
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-v2-schematics.pdf[Sense HAT V2 schematics].
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/sense-hat/sense-hat-mechanical-drawing.pdf[Sense HAT mechanical drawings].
+
+=== LED matrix
+
+The LED matrix is an RGB565 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/fb/framebuffer.txt[framebuffer] with the id `RPi-Sense FB`. The appropriate device node can be written to as a standard file or mmap-ed. The included snake example shows how to access the framebuffer.
+
+=== Joystick
+
+The joystick comes up as an input event device named `Raspberry Pi Sense HAT Joystick`, mapped to the arrow keys and **Enter**. It should be supported by any library which is capable of handling inputs, or directly through the https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/input/input.txt[evdev interface]. Suitable libraries include SDL, http://www.pygame.org/docs/[pygame] and https://python-evdev.readthedocs.org/en/latest/[python-evdev]. The included `snake` example shows how to access the joystick directly.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1eebd815d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/Sense-HAT.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01da626792
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a16110ff22
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/images/experiment-with-the-sense-hat.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..01f8a2425a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/sense-hat/[Raspberry Pi Sense HAT] is an add-on board that gives your Raspberry Pi an array of sensing capabilities. The on-board sensors allow you to monitor pressure, humidity, temperature, colour, orientation, and movement. The 8×8 RGB LED matrix allows you to visualise data from the sensors. The five-button joystick lets users interact with your projects.
+
+image::images/Sense-HAT.jpg[width="70%"]
+
+The Sense HAT was originally developed for use on the International Space Station as part of the educational https://astro-pi.org/[Astro Pi] programme run by the https://raspberrypi.org[Raspberry Pi Foundation] in partnership with the https://www.esa.int/[European Space Agency]. It can help with any project that requires position, motion, orientation, or environmental sensing.
+
+An officially supported xref:sense-hat.adoc#use-the-sense-hat-with-python[Python library] provides access to the on-board sensors, LED matrix, and joystick. The Sense HAT is compatible with any Raspberry Pi device with a 40-pin GPIO header.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..33261939a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/sense-hat/software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+== Install
+
+In order to work correctly, the Sense HAT requires:
+
+* an up-to-date kernel
+* https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/I%C2%B2C[I2C] enabled on your Raspberry Pi
+* a few dependencies
+
+Complete the following steps to get your Raspberry Pi device ready to connect to the Sense HAT:
+
+. First, ensure that your Raspberry Pi runs the latest software. Run the following command to update:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+. Next, install the `sense-hat` package, which will ensure the kernel is up to date, enable I2C, and install the necessary dependencies:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install sense-hat
+----
+
+. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi to enable I2C and load the new kernel, if it changed:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+== Calibrate
+
+Install the necessary software and run the calibration program as follows:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install octave -y
+$ cd
+$ cp /usr/share/librtimulib-utils/RTEllipsoidFit ./ -a
+$ cd RTEllipsoidFit
+$ RTIMULibCal
+----
+
+The calibration program displays the following menu:
+
+----
+Options are:
+
+ m - calibrate magnetometer with min/max
+ e - calibrate magnetometer with ellipsoid (do min/max first)
+ a - calibrate accelerometers
+ x - exit
+
+Enter option:
+----
+
+Press lowercase `m`. The following message will then show. Press any key to start.
+
+----
+Magnetometer min/max calibration
+-------------------------------
+Waggle the IMU chip around, ensuring that all six axes
+(+x, -x, +y, -y and +z, -z) go through their extrema.
+When all extrema have been achieved, enter 's' to save, 'r' to reset
+or 'x' to abort and discard the data.
+
+Press any key to start...
+----
+
+After it starts, you should see output similar to the following scrolling up the screen:
+
+----
+Min x: 51.60 min y: 69.39 min z: 65.91
+Max x: 53.15 max y: 70.97 max z: 67.97
+----
+
+Focus on the two lines at the very bottom of the screen, as these are the most recently posted measurements from the program.
+
+Now, pick up the Raspberry Pi and Sense HAT and move it around in every possible way you can think of. It helps if you unplug all non-essential cables to avoid clutter.
+
+Try and get a complete circle in each of the pitch, roll and yaw axes. Take care not to accidentally eject the SD card while doing this. Spend a few minutes moving the Sense HAT, and stop when you find that the numbers are not changing any more.
+
+Now press lowercase `s` then lowercase `x` to exit the program. If you run the `ls` command now, you'll see a new `RTIMULib.ini` file has been created.
+
+In addition to those steps, you can also do the ellipsoid fit by performing the steps above, but pressing `e` instead of `m`.
+
+When you're done, copy the resulting `RTIMULib.ini` to `/etc/` and remove the local copy in `~/.config/sense_hat/`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rm ~/.config/sense_hat/RTIMULib.ini
+$ sudo cp RTIMULib.ini /etc
+----
+
+== Getting started
+
+After installation, example code can be found under `/usr/src/sense-hat/examples`.
+
+=== Use the Sense HAT with Python
+
+`sense-hat` is the officially supported library for the Sense HAT; it provides access to all of the on-board sensors and the LED matrix.
+
+Complete documentation for the library can be found at https://sense-hat.readthedocs.io/en/latest/[sense-hat.readthedocs.io].
+
+=== Use the Sense HAT with C++
+
+https://github.com/RPi-Distro/RTIMULib[RTIMULib] is a {cpp} and Python library that makes it easy to use 9-dof and 10-dof IMUs with embedded Linux systems. A pre-calibrated settings file is provided in `/etc/RTIMULib.ini`, which is also copied and used by `sense-hat`. The included examples look for `RTIMULib.ini` in the current working directory, so you may wish to copy the file there to get more accurate data.
+
+The RTIMULibDrive11 example comes pre-compiled to help ensure everything works as intended. It can be launched by running `RTIMULibDrive11` and closed by pressing `Ctrl C`.
+
+NOTE: The C/{cpp} examples can be compiled by running `make` in the appropriate directory.
+
+== Troubleshooting
+
+=== Read and write EEPROM data
+
+These steps are provided for debugging purposes only.
+
+NOTE: On Raspberry Pi 2 Model B Rev 1.0 and Raspberry Pi 3 Model B boards, these steps may not work. The firmware will take control of I2C0, causing the ID pins to be configured as inputs.
+
+Before you can read and write EEPROM data to and from the Sense HAT, you must complete the following steps:
+
+. Enable I2C0 and I2C1 by adding the following line to the xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] file:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c_vc=on
+dtparam=i2c_arm=on
+----
+
+. Run the following command to reboot:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+. Download and build the flash tool:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/hats.git
+$ cd hats/eepromutils
+$ make
+----
+
+==== Read
+
+To read EEPROM data, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense_read.eep -t=24c32 -r
+----
+
+==== Write
+
+NOTE: This operation will not damage your Raspberry Pi or Sense HAT, but if an error occurs, your Raspberry Pi may fail to automatically detect the HAT.
+
+
+. First, download EEPROM settings and build the `.eep` binary:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wget https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-sense/raw/master/eeprom/eeprom_settings.txt -O sense_eeprom.txt
+$ ./eepmake sense_eeprom.txt sense.eep /boot/firmware/overlays/rpi-sense-overlay.dtb
+----
+
+. Next, disable write protection:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 1
+----
+
+. Write the EEPROM data:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ./eepflash.sh -f=sense.eep -t=24c32 -w
+----
+
+. Finally, re-enable write protection:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ i2cset -y -f 1 0x46 0xf3 0
+----
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2533220b5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::ssd-kit/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..390aef6d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+== About
+
+.A 512GB Raspberry Pi SSD Kit
+image::images/ssd-kit.png[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi SSD Kit bundles a xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+] with a xref:../accessories/ssds.adoc[Raspberry Pi SSD].
+
+The Raspberry Pi SSD Kit includes a 16mm stacking header, spacers, and
+screws to enable fitting on Raspberry Pi 5 alongside a Raspberry Pi Active Cooler.
+
+== Install
+
+To install the Raspberry Pi SSD Kit, follow the xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc#m2-hat-plus-installation[installation instructions for the Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9381c5ca12
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssd-kit/images/ssd-kit.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3934f0db66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::ssds/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..abccf00e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+== About
+
+.A 512GB Raspberry Pi SSD
+image::images/ssd.png[width="80%"]
+
+SSD quality is a critical factor in determining the overall user experience for a Raspberry Pi.
+Raspberry Pi provides official SSDs that are tested to ensure compatibility with Raspberry Pi models and peripherals.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs are available in the following sizes:
+
+* 256GB
+* 512GB
+
+To use an SSD with your Raspberry Pi, you need a Raspberry Pi 5-compatible M.2 adapter, such as the xref:../accessories/m2-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi M.2 HAT+].
+
+== Specifications
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs are PCIe Gen 3-compliant.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs use the NVMe 1.4 register interface and command set.
+
+Raspberry Pi SSDs use the M.2 2230 form factor.
+
+The following table describes the read and write speeds of Raspberry Pi SSDs using 4KB of random data:
+
+[cols="1,2,2"]
+|===
+| Size | Read Speed | Write Speed
+
+| 256GB | 40,000 IOPS | 70,000 IOPS
+| 512GB | 50,000 IOPS | 90,000 IOPS
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..25bbdc3a7f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/ssds/images/ssd.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..982c35d56a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::touch-display-2/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..35763f58e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/touch-display-2/[Raspberry Pi Touch Display 2] is a portrait orientation touchscreen LCD display designed for interactive projects like tablets, entertainment systems, and information dashboards.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Touch Display 2 connects to a Raspberry Pi using a DSI connector and GPIO connector. Raspberry Pi OS provides touchscreen drivers with support for five-finger multitouch and an on-screen keyboard, providing full functionality without the need to connect a keyboard or mouse.
+
+== Specifications
+
+* 1280×720px resolution, 24-bit RGB display
+* 155×88mm active area
+* 7" diagonal
+* powered directly by the host Raspberry Pi, requiring no separate power supply
+* supports up to five points of simultaneous multi-touch
+
+The Touch Display 2 is compatible with all models of Raspberry Pi from Raspberry Pi 1B+ onwards, except the Zero series and Keyboard series, which lack a DSI connector.
+
+The Touch Display 2 box contains the following parts (in left to right, top to bottom order in the image below):
+
+* Touch Display 2
+* eight M2.5 screws
+* 15-way to 15-way FFC
+* 22-way to 15-way FFC for Raspberry Pi 5
+* GPIO connector cable
+
+.Parts included in the Touch Display 2 box
+image::images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg["Parts included in the Touch Display 2 box", width="80%"]
+
+== Install
+
+.A Raspberry Pi 5 connected and mounted to the Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png["A Raspberry Pi 5 connected and mounted to the Touch Display 2", width="80%"]
+
+To connect a Touch Display 2 to a Raspberry Pi, use a Flat Flexible Cable (FFC) and a GPIO connector. The FFC you'll use depends upon your Raspberry Pi model:
+
+* for Raspberry Pi 5, use the included 22-way to 15-way FFC
+* for any other Raspberry Pi model, use the included 15-way to 15-way FFC
+
+Once you have determined the correct FFC for your Raspberry Pi model, complete the following steps to connect your Touch Display 2 to your Raspberry Pi:
+
+. Disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power.
+. Lift the retaining clips on either side of the FFC connector on the Touch Display 2.
+. Insert one 15-way end of your FFC into the Touch Display 2 FFC connector, with the metal contacts facing upwards, away from the Touch Display 2.
++
+TIP: If you use the 22-way to 15-way FFC, the 22-way end is the _smaller_ end of the cable. Insert the _larger_ end of the cable into the Touch Display 2.
+. While holding the FFC firmly in place, simultaneously push both retaining clips down on the FFC connector of the Touch Display 2.
+. Lift the retaining clips on either side of the DSI connector of your Raspberry Pi. This port should be marked with some variation of the term `DISPLAY` or `DISP`. If your Raspberry Pi has multiple DSI connectors, prefer the port labelled `1`.
+. Insert the other end of your FFC into the Raspberry Pi DSI connector, with the metal contacts facing towards the Ethernet and USB-A ports.
+. While holding the FFC firmly in place, simultaneously push both retaining clips down on the DSI connector of the Raspberry Pi.
+. Plug the GPIO connector cable into the port marked `J1` on the Touch Display 2.
+. Connect the other (three-pin) end of the GPIO connector cable to pins 2, 4, and 6 of the xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#gpio[Raspberry Pi's GPIO]. Connect the red cable (5V power) to pin 2, and the black cable (ground) to pin 6. Viewed from above, with the Ethernet and USB-A ports facing down, these pins are located at the top right of the board, with pin 2 in the top right-most position.
++
+.The GPIO connection to the Touch Display 2
+image::images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png[The GPIO connection to the Touch Display 2, width="40%"]
++
+TIP: If pin 6 isn't available, you can use any other open `GND` pin to connect the black wire. If pin 2 isn't available, you can use any other 5V pin to connect the red wire, such as pin 4.
+. Optionally, use the included M2.5 screws to mount your Raspberry Pi to the back of the Touch Display 2.
+.. Align the four corner stand-offs of your Raspberry Pi with the four mount points that surround the FFC connector and `J1` port on the back of the Touch Display 2, taking special care not to pinch the FFC.
+.. Insert the screws into the four corner stand-offs and tighten until your Raspberry Pi is secure.
+. Reconnect your Raspberry Pi to power. It may take up to one minute to initialise the Touch Display 2 connection and begin displaying to the screen.
+
+=== Use an on-screen keyboard
+
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ and later include the Squeekboard on-screen keyboard by default. When a touch display is attached, the on-screen keyboard should automatically show when it is possible to enter text and automatically hide when it is not possible to enter text.
+
+For applications which do not support text entry detection, use the keyboard icon at the right end of the taskbar to manually show and hide the keyboard.
+
+You can also permanently show or hide the on-screen keyboard in the Display tab of Raspberry Pi Configuration or the `Display` section of `raspi-config`.
+
+TIP: In Raspberry Pi OS releases prior to _Bookworm_, use `matchbox-keyboard` instead. If you use the wayfire desktop compositor, use `wvkbd` instead.
+
+=== Change screen orientation
+
+If you want to physically rotate the display, or mount it in a specific position, select **Screen Configuration** from the **Preferences** menu. Right-click on the touch display rectangle (likely DSI-1) in the layout editor, select **Orientation**, then pick the best option to fit your needs.
+
+==== Rotate screen without a desktop
+
+To set the screen orientation on a device that lacks a desktop environment, edit the `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt` configuration file to pass an orientation to the system. Add the following entry to the end of `cmdline.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+video=DSI-1:720x1280@60,rotate=
+----
+
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values, which correspond to the degree of rotation relative to the default on your display:
+
+* `0`
+* `90`
+* `180`
+* `270`
+
+For example, a rotation value of `90` rotates the display 90 degrees to the right. `180` rotates the display 180 degrees, or upside-down.
+
+NOTE: It is not possible to rotate the DSI display separately from the HDMI display with `cmdline.txt`. When you use DSI and HDMI simultaneously, they share the same rotation value.
+
+==== Touch Display 2 device tree option reference
+
+The `vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch` overlay supports the following options:
+
+|===
+| DT parameter | Action
+
+| `sizex`
+| Sets X resolution (default 720)
+
+| `sizey`
+| Sets Y resolution (default 1280)
+
+| `invx`
+| Invert X coordinates
+
+| `invy`
+| Invert Y coordinates
+
+| `swapxy`
+| Swap X and Y coordinates
+
+| `disable_touch`
+| Disables the touch overlay totally
+|===
+
+To specify these options, add them, separated by commas, to your `dtoverlay` line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. Boolean values default to true when present, but you can set them to false using the suffix "=0". Integer values require a value, e.g. `sizey=240`. For instance, to set the X resolution to 400 pixels and invert both X and Y coordinates, use the following line:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-ili9881-7inch,sizex=400,invx,invy
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41e59bc42c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-gpio-connection.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45779c6e24
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-hero.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3167f5e69
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-installation-diagram.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e28fd789c4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/touch-display-2/images/touch-display-2-whats-in-the-booooox.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..be04ece4cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1cb7efa60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/about-tv-hat.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+[[tv-hat]]
+== About
+
+.The Raspberry Pi TV HAT
+image::images/tv-hat.jpg[width="80%"]
+
+The Raspberry Pi TV HAT allows you to receive digital terrestrial TV broadcast systems, using an onboard DVB-T and DVB-T2 tuner, on a Raspberry Pi. With the board you can receive and view TV on a Raspberry Pi, or create a TV server that allows you to stream received TV over a network to other devices. The TV HAT can be used with any 40-pin Raspberry Pi board as a server for other devices on the network. Performance when receiving and viewing TV on the Pi itself can vary, and we recommend using a Raspberry Pi 2 or later for this purpose
+
+Key features:
+
+* Sony CXD2880 TV tuner
+* Supported TV standards: DVB-T2, DVB-T
+* Reception frequency: VHF III, UHF IV, UHF V
+* Channel bandwidth:
+** DVB-T2: 1.7MHz, 5MHz, 6MHz, 7MHz, 8MHz
+** DVB-T: 5MHz, 6MHz, 7MHz, 8MHz
+
+== About DVB-T
+
+WARNING: The TV HAT does not support ATSC, the digital TV standard used in North America.
+
+Digital Video Broadcasting – Terrestrial (DVB-T) is the DVB European-based consortium standard for the broadcast transmission of digital terrestrial television. There are other digital TV standards used elsewhere in the world, e.g. ATSC which is used in North America. However the TV HAT only supports the DVB-T and DVB-T2 standards.
+
+.DTT system implemented or adopted (Source: DVB/EBU/BNE DTT Deployment Database, March 2023)
+image::images/dvbt-map.png[width="80%"]
+
+[[tv-hat-installation]]
+== Install
+
+Follow our xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc[getting started] documentation and set up the Raspberry Pi with the newest version of Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+Connect the aerial adaptor to the TV HAT and with the adaptor pointing away from the USB ports, press the HAT gently down over the Raspberry Pi's GPIO pins, and place the spacers at two or three of the corners of the HAT, and tighten the screws through the mounting holes to hold them in place. Then connect the TV HAT's aerial adaptor to the cable from your TV aerial.
+
+The software we recommend to decode the streams (known as multiplexes, or muxes for short) and view content is called TVHeadend. The TV HAT can decode one mux at a time, and each mux can contain several channels to choose from. Content can either be viewed on the Raspberry Pi to which the TV-HAT is connected, or sent to another device on the same network.
+
+Boot your Raspberry Pi and then go ahead open a terminal window, and run the following two commands to install the `tvheadend` software:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install tvheadend
+----
+
+During the `tvheadend` installation, you will be asked to choose an administrator account name and password. You'll need these later, so make sure to pick something you can remember.
+
+On another computer on your network, open up a web browser and type the following into the address bar: `http://raspberrypi.local:9981/extjs.html`
+
+This should connect to `tvheadend` running on the Raspberry Pi. Once you have connected to `tvheadend` via the browser, you will be prompted to sign in using the account name and password you chose when you installed `tvheadend` on the Raspberry Pi.
+
+A setup wizard should appear.
+
+You will be first ask to set the language you want `tvheadend` to use, and then to set up network, user, and administrator access. If you don't have specific preferences, leave *Allowed network* blank, and enter an asterisk (*) in the *username* and *password* fields. This will let anyone connected to your local network access `tvheadend`.
+
+You should see a window titled *Network settings*. Under *Network 2*, you should see `Tuner: Sony CDX2880 #0 : DVB-T #0`. For *Network type*, choose `DVB-T Network`. The next window is *Assign predefined muxes to networks*; here, you select the TV stream to receive and decode. Under Network 1, for predefined muxes, select your local TV transmitter.
+
+NOTE: Your local transmitter can be found using the https://www.freeview.co.uk/help[Freeview website]. Enter your postcode to see which transmitter should give you a good signal.
+
+When you click *Save & Next*, the software will start scanning for the selected mux, and will show a progress bar. After about two minutes, you should see something like:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+Found muxes: 8
+Found services: 172
+----
+
+In the next window, titled *Service mapping*, tick all three boxes: *Map all services*, *Create provider tags*, and *Create network tags*. You should see a list of TV channels you can watch, along with the programmes they're currently showing.
+
+To watch a TV channel in the browser, click the little TV icon to the left of the channel listing, just to the right of the *i* icon. This brings up an in-browser media player. Depending on the decoding facilities built into your browser and the type of stream being played, you may find that playback can be jerky. In these cases, we recommend using a local media player as the playback application.
+
+To watch a TV channel in a local media player, e.g. https://www.videolan.org/vlc[VLC], you'll need to download it as a stream. Click the `i` icon to the left of a channel listing to bring up the information panel for that channel. Here you can see a stream file that you can download.
+
+NOTE: `tvheadend` is supported by numerous apps, such as TvhClient for iOS, which will play TV from the Raspberry Pi.
+
+== Mechanical Drawing
+
+.The Raspberry Pi TV HAT
+image::images/mechanical.png[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f38d3f895b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/dvbt-map.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f4aac2063
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/mechanical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..978db8980e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/tv-hat/images/tv-hat.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44c1bec1ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+include::usb-3-hub/about.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c67d1f7708
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/about.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+== About
+
+The https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/usb-3-hub/[Raspberry Pi USB 3 Hub] provides extra connectivity for your devices, extending one USB-A port into four. An optional external USB-C power input supports high-power peripherals. You can use the USB 3 Hub to power low-power peripherals, such as most mice and keyboards, using no external power.
+
+.The Raspberry Pi USB 3.0 Hub
+image::images/usb-3-hub-hero.png[width="80%"]
+
+== Specification
+
+* 1× upstream USB 3.0 Type-A male connector on 8cm captive cable
+* 4× downstream USB 3.0 Type-A ports
+* Data transfer speeds up to 5Gbps
+* Power transfer up to 900 mA (4.5 W); optional external USB-C power input provides up to 5V @ 3A for high-power downstream peripherals
+* Compatible with USB 3.0 and USB 2.0 Type-A host ports
+
+.Physical specification
+image::images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f3bc2b9a3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-hero.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7b469d14c2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/accessories/usb-3-hub/images/usb-3-hub-physical-specification.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..af8f6182db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+include::ai/getting-started.adoc[]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3a9b7263c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/ai/getting-started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+== Getting Started
+
+This guide will help you set up a Hailo NPU with your Raspberry Pi 5. This will enable you to run `rpicam-apps` camera demos using an AI neural network accelerator.
+
+=== Prerequisites
+
+For this guide, you will need the following:
+
+* a Raspberry Pi 5
+* one of the following NPUs:
+** a xref:../accessories/ai-kit.adoc[Raspberry Pi AI Kit], which includes:
+*** an M.2 HAT+
+*** a pre-installed Hailo-8L AI module
+** a xref:../accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc[Raspberry Pi AI HAT+]
+* a 64-bit Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm install
+* any official Raspberry Pi camera (e.g. Camera Module 3 or High Quality Camera)
+
+=== Hardware setup
+
+. Attach the camera to your Raspberry Pi 5 board following the instructions at xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[Install a Raspberry Pi Camera]. You can skip reconnecting your Raspberry Pi to power, because you'll need to disconnect your Raspberry Pi from power for the next step.
+
+. Depending on your NPU, follow the installation instructions for the xref:../accessories/ai-kit.adoc#ai-kit-installation[AI Kit] or xref:../accessories/ai-hat-plus.adoc#ai-hat-plus-installation[AI HAT+], to get your hardware connected to your Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+. Follow the instructions to xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#pcie-gen-3-0[enable PCIe Gen 3.0]. This step is optional, but _highly recommended_ to achieve the best performance with your NPU.
+
+. Install the dependencies required to use the NPU. Run the following command from a terminal window:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-all
+----
++
+This installs the following dependencies:
++
+* Hailo kernel device driver and firmware
+* HailoRT middleware software
+* Hailo Tappas core post-processing libraries
+* The `rpicam-apps` Hailo post-processing software demo stages
+
+. Finally, reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot` for these settings to take effect.
+
+. To ensure everything is running correctly, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ hailortcli fw-control identify
+----
++
+If you see output similar to the following, you've successfully installed the NPU and its software dependencies:
++
+----
+Executing on device: 0000:01:00.0
+Identifying board
+Control Protocol Version: 2
+Firmware Version: 4.17.0 (release,app,extended context switch buffer)
+Logger Version: 0
+Board Name: Hailo-8
+Device Architecture: HAILO8L
+Serial Number: HLDDLBB234500054
+Part Number: HM21LB1C2LAE
+Product Name: HAILO-8L AI ACC M.2 B+M KEY MODULE EXT TMP
+----
++
+NOTE: AI HAT+ devices may show `` for `Serial Number`, `Part Number` and `Product Name`. This is expected, and does not impact functionality.
++
+Additionally, you can run `dmesg | grep -i hailo` to check the kernel logs, which should yield output similar to the following:
++
+----
+[ 3.049657] hailo: Init module. driver version 4.17.0
+[ 3.051983] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing on: 1e60:2864...
+[ 3.051989] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Allocate memory for device extension, 11600
+[ 3.052006] hailo 0000:01:00.0: enabling device (0000 -> 0002)
+[ 3.052011] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Device enabled
+[ 3.052028] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 0 - 000000000d8baaf1 16384
+[ 3.052034] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 2 - 000000009eeaa33c 4096
+[ 3.052039] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: mapped bar 4 - 00000000b9b3d17d 16384
+[ 3.052044] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Force setting max_desc_page_size to 4096 (recommended value is 16384)
+[ 3.052052] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Enabled 64 bit dma
+[ 3.052055] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Using userspace allocated vdma buffers
+[ 3.052059] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Disabling ASPM L0s
+[ 3.052070] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Successfully disabled ASPM L0s
+[ 3.221043] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Firmware was loaded successfully
+[ 3.231845] hailo 0000:01:00.0: Probing: Added board 1e60-2864, /dev/hailo0
+----
+
+. To ensure the camera is operating correctly, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 10s
+----
++
+This starts the camera and shows a preview window for ten seconds. Once you have verified everything is installed correctly, it's time to run some demos.
+
+=== Demos
+
+The `rpicam-apps` suite of camera applications implements a xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[post-processing framework]. This section contains a few demo post-processing stages that highlight some of the capabilities of the NPU.
+
+The following demos use xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-hello[`rpicam-hello`], which by default displays a preview window. However, you can use other `rpicam-apps` instead, including xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-vid[`rpicam-vid`] and xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-still[`rpicam-still`]. You may need to add or modify some command line options to make the demo commands compatible with alternative applications.
+
+To begin, run the following command to install the latest `rpicam-apps` software package:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update && sudo apt install rpicam-apps
+----
+
+==== Object Detection
+
+This demo displays bounding boxes around objects detected by a neural network. To disable the viewfinder, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`-n`] flag. To return purely textual output describing the objects detected, add the `-v 2` option. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov6_inference.json
+----
+
+Alternatively, you can try another model with different trade-offs in performance and efficiency.
+
+To run the demo with the Yolov8 model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov8_inference.json
+----
+
+To run the demo with the YoloX model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolox_inference.json
+----
+
+To run the demo with the Yolov5 Person and Face model, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov5_personface.json
+----
+
+==== Image Segmentation
+
+This demo performs object detection and segments the object by drawing a colour mask on the viewfinder image. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov5_segmentation.json --framerate 20
+----
+
+==== Pose Estimation
+
+This demo performs 17-point human pose estimation, drawing lines connecting the detected points. Run the following command to try the demo on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -t 0 --post-process-file /usr/share/rpi-camera-assets/hailo_yolov8_pose.json
+----
+
+=== Alternative Package Versions
+
+The AI Kit and AI HAT+ do not function if there is a version mismatch between the Hailo software packages and device drivers. In addition, Hailo's neural network tooling may require a particular version for generated model files. If you require a specific version, complete the following steps to install the proper versions of all of the dependencies:
+
+. If you have previously used `apt-mark` to hold any of the relevant packages, you may need to unhold them:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark unhold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+
+. Install the required version of the software packages:
+
+[tabs]
+======
+v4.19::
+To install version 4.19 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.30.0-1 hailort=4.19.0-3 hailo-dkms=4.19.0-1 python3-hailort=4.19.0-2
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms python3-hailort
+----
+
+4.18::
+To install version 4.18 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.29.1 hailort=4.18.0 hailo-dkms=4.18.0-2
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+
+4.17::
+To install version 4.17 of Hailo's neural network tooling, run the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install hailo-tappas-core=3.28.2 hailort=4.17.0 hailo-dkms=4.17.0-1
+----
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt-mark hold hailo-tappas-core hailort hailo-dkms
+----
+======
+
+=== Further Resources
+
+Hailo has also created a set of demos that you can run on a Raspberry Pi 5, available in the https://github.com/hailo-ai/hailo-rpi5-examples[hailo-ai/hailo-rpi5-examples GitHub repository].
+
+You can find Hailo's extensive model zoo, which contains a large number of neural networks, in the https://github.com/hailo-ai/hailo_model_zoo/tree/master/docs/public_models/HAILO8L[hailo-ai/hailo_model_zoo GitHub repository].
+
+Check out the https://community.hailo.ai/[Hailo community forums and developer zone] for further discussions on the Hailo hardware and tooling.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..722f37c82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/camera_usage.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+This documentation describes how to use supported camera modules with our software tools. All Raspberry Pi cameras can record high-resolution photographs and full HD 1080p video (or better) with our software tools.
+
+Raspberry Pi produces several official camera modules, including:
+
+* the original 5-megapixel Camera Module 1 (discontinued)
+* the 8-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-v2/[Camera Module 2], with or without an infrared filter
+* the 12-megapixel https://raspberrypi.com/products/camera-module-3/[Camera Module 3], with both standard and wide lenses, with or without an infrared filter
+* the 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-high-quality-camera/[High Quality Camera] with CS and M12 mount variants for use with external lenses
+* the 1.6-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-global-shutter-camera/[Global Shutter Camera] for fast motion photography
+* the 12-megapixel https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/ai-camera/[AI Camera] uses the Sony IMX500 imaging sensor to provide low-latency, high-performance AI capabilities to any camera application
+
+For more information about camera hardware, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#about-the-camera-modules[camera hardware documentation].
+
+First, xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#install-a-raspberry-pi-camera[install your camera module]. Then, follow the guides in this section to put your camera module to use.
+
+[WARNING]
+====
+This guide no longer covers the _legacy camera stack_ which was available in Bullseye and earlier Raspberry Pi OS releases. The legacy camera stack, using applications like `raspivid`, `raspistill` and the original `Picamera` (_not_ `Picamera2`) Python library, has been deprecated for many years, and is now unsupported. If you are using the legacy camera stack, it will only have support for the Camera Module 1, Camera Module 2 and the High Quality Camera, and will never support any newer camera modules. Nothing in this document is applicable to the legacy camera stack.
+====
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f3515ae946
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/csi-2-usage.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+== Unicam
+
+Raspberry Pi SoCs all have two camera interfaces that support either CSI-2 D-PHY 1.1 or Compact Camera Port 2 (CCP2) sources. This interface is known by the codename Unicam. The first instance of Unicam supports two CSI-2 data lanes, while the second supports four. Each lane can run at up to 1Gbit/s (DDR, so the max link frequency is 500MHz).
+
+Compute Modules and Raspberry Pi 5 route out all lanes from both peripherals. Other models prior to Raspberry Pi 5 only expose the second instance, routing out only two of the data lanes to the camera connector.
+
+=== Software interfaces
+
+The V4L2 software interface is the only means of communicating with the Unicam peripheral. There used to also be firmware and MMAL rawcam component interfaces, but these are no longer supported.
+
+==== V4L2
+
+NOTE: The V4L2 interface for Unicam is available only when using `libcamera`.
+
+There is a fully open-source kernel driver available for the Unicam block; this kernel module, called `bcm2835-unicam`, interfaces with V4L2 subdevice drivers to deliver raw frames. This `bcm2835-unicam` driver controls the sensor and configures the Camera Serial Interface 2 (CSI-2) receiver. Peripherals write raw frames (after Debayer) to SDRAM for V4L2 to deliver to applications. There is no image processing between the camera sensor capturing the image and the `bcm2835-unicam` driver placing the image data in SDRAM except for Bayer unpacking to 16bits/pixel.
+
+----
+|------------------------|
+| bcm2835-unicam |
+|------------------------|
+ ^ |
+ | |-------------|
+ img | | Subdevice |
+ | |-------------|
+ v -SW/HW- |
+|---------| |-----------|
+| Unicam | | I2C or SPI|
+|---------| |-----------|
+csi2/ ^ |
+ccp2 | |
+ |-----------------|
+ | sensor |
+ |-----------------|
+----
+
+Mainline Linux contains a range of existing drivers. The Raspberry Pi kernel tree has some additional drivers and Device Tree overlays to configure them:
+
+|===
+| Device | Type | Notes
+
+| Omnivision OV5647
+| 5MP Camera
+| Original Raspberry Pi Camera
+
+| Sony IMX219
+| 8MP Camera
+| Revision 2 Raspberry Pi camera
+
+| Sony IMX477
+| 12MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi HQ camera
+
+| Sony IMX708
+| 12MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3
+
+| Sony IMX296
+| 1.6MP Camera
+| Raspberry Pi Global Shutter Camera Module
+
+| Toshiba TC358743
+| HDMI to CSI-2 bridge
+|
+
+| Analog Devices ADV728x-M
+| Analog video to CSI-2 bridge
+| No interlaced support
+
+| Infineon IRS1125
+| Time-of-flight depth sensor
+| Supported by a third party
+|===
+
+As the subdevice driver is also a kernel driver with a standardised API, third parties are free to write their own for any source of their choosing.
+
+=== Write a third-party driver
+
+This is the recommended approach to interfacing via Unicam.
+
+When developing a driver for a new device intended to be used with the `bcm2835-unicam` module, you need the driver and corresponding device tree overlays. Ideally, the driver should be submitted to the http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-media[linux-media] mailing list for code review and merging into mainline, then moved to the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux[Raspberry Pi kernel tree]; but exceptions may be made for the driver to be reviewed and merged directly to the Raspberry Pi kernel.
+
+NOTE: All kernel drivers are licensed under the GPLv2 licence, therefore source code must be available. Shipping of binary modules only is a violation of the GPLv2 licence under which the Linux kernel is licensed.
+
+The `bcm2835-unicam` module has been written to try and accommodate all types of CSI-2 source driver that are currently found in the mainline Linux kernel. These can be split broadly into camera sensors and bridge chips. Bridge chips allow for conversion between some other format and CSI-2.
+
+==== Camera sensors
+
+The sensor driver for a camera sensor is responsible for all configuration of the device, usually via I2C or SPI. Rather than writing a driver from scratch, it is often easier to take an existing driver as a basis and modify it as appropriate.
+
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/imx219.c[IMX219 driver] is a good starting point. This driver supports both 8bit and 10bit Bayer readout, so enumerating frame formats and frame sizes is slightly more involved.
+
+Sensors generally support https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/control.html[V4L2 user controls]. Not all these controls need to be implemented in a driver. The IMX219 driver only implements a small subset, listed below, the implementation of which is handled by the `imx219_set_ctrl` function.
+
+* `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE` / `V4L2_CID_VBLANK` / `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`: allows the application to set the frame rate
+* `V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE`: sets the exposure time in lines; the application needs to use `V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE`, `V4L2_CID_HBLANK`, and the frame width to compute the line time
+* `V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN`: analogue gain in sensor specific units
+* `V4L2_CID_DIGITAL_GAIN`: optional digital gain in sensor specific units
+* `V4L2_CID_HFLIP / V4L2_CID_VFLIP`: flips the image either horizontally or vertically; this operation may change the Bayer order of the data in the frame, as is the case on the IMX219.
+* `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN` / `V4L2_CID_TEST_PATTERN_*`: enables output of various test patterns from the sensor; useful for debugging
+
+In the case of the IMX219, many of these controls map directly onto register writes to the sensor itself.
+
+Further guidance can be found in the `libcamera` https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/tree/Documentation/sensor_driver_requirements.rst[sensor driver requirements], and in chapter 3 of the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Raspberry Pi Camera tuning guide].
+
+===== Device Tree
+
+Device Tree is used to select the sensor driver and configure parameters such as number of CSI-2 lanes, continuous clock lane operation, and link frequency (often only one is supported).
+
+The IMX219 https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/imx219-overlay.dts[Device Tree overlay] for the 6.1 kernel is available on GitHub.
+
+==== Bridge chips
+
+These are devices that convert an incoming video stream, for example HDMI or composite, into a CSI-2 stream that can be accepted by the Raspberry Pi CSI-2 receiver.
+
+Handling bridge chips is more complicated. Unlike camera sensors, they have to respond to the incoming signal and report that to the application.
+
+The mechanisms for handling bridge chips can be split into two categories: either analogue or digital.
+
+When using `ioctls` in the sections below, an `_S_` in the `ioctl` name means it is a set function, while `_G_` is a get function and `_ENUM_` enumerates a set of permitted values.
+
+===== Analogue video sources
+
+Analogue video sources use the standard `ioctls` for detecting and setting video standards. https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_G_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-std.html[`VIDIOC_S_STD`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enumstd.html[`VIDIOC_ENUMSTD`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-querystd.html[`VIDIOC_QUERYSTD`] are available.
+
+Selecting the wrong standard will generally result in corrupt images. Setting the standard will typically also set the resolution on the V4L2 CAPTURE queue. It can not be set via `VIDIOC_S_FMT`. Generally, requesting the detected standard via `VIDIOC_QUERYSTD` and then setting it with `VIDIOC_S_STD` before streaming is a good idea.
+
+===== Digital video sources
+
+For digital video sources, such as HDMI, there is an alternate set of calls that allow specifying of all the digital timing parameters: https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS`], https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS`], and https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.html[`VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS`].
+
+As with analogue bridges, the timings typically fix the V4L2 CAPTURE queue resolution, and calling `VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS` with the result of `VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS` before streaming should ensure the format is correct.
+
+Depending on the bridge chip and the driver, it may be possible for changes in the input source to be reported to the application via `VIDIOC_SUBSCRIBE_EVENT` and `V4L2_EVENT_SOURCE_CHANGE`.
+
+===== Currently supported devices
+
+There are two bridge chips which are currently supported by the Raspberry Pi Linux kernel: the Analog Devices ADV728x-M for analogue video sources, and the Toshiba TC358743 for HDMI sources.
+
+Analog Devices ADV728x(A)-M analogue video to CSI2 bridge chips convert composite S-video (Y/C), or component (YPrPb) video into a single lane CSI-2 interface, and are supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/adv7180.c[ADV7180 kernel driver].
+
+Product details for the various versions of this chip can be found on the Analog Devices website: https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7280a.html[ADV7280A], https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7281a.html[ADV7281A], and https://www.analog.com/en/products/adv7282a.html[ADV7282A].
+
+Because of some missing code in the current core V4L2 implementation, selecting the source fails, so the Raspberry Pi kernel version adds a kernel module parameter called `dbg_input` to the ADV7180 kernel driver which sets the input source every time VIDIOC_S_STD is called. At some point mainstream will fix the underlying issue (a disjoin between the kernel API call s_routing, and the userspace call `VIDIOC_S_INPUT`) and this modification will be removed.
+
+Receiving interlaced video is not supported, therefore the ADV7281(A)-M version of the chip is of limited use as it doesn't have the necessary I2P deinterlacing block. Also ensure when selecting a device to specify the -M option. Without that you will get a parallel output bus which can not be interfaced to the Raspberry Pi.
+
+There are no known commercially available boards using these chips, but this driver has been tested via the Analog Devices https://www.analog.com/en/design-center/evaluation-hardware-and-software/evaluation-boards-kits/EVAL-ADV7282A-M.html[EVAL-ADV7282-M evaluation board].
+
+This driver can be loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `adv7282m` if you are using the `ADV7282-M` chip variant; or `adv728x-m` with a parameter of either `adv7280m=1`, `adv7281m=1`, or `adv7281ma=1` if you are using a different variant.
+
+----
+dtoverlay=adv728x-m,adv7280m=1
+----
+
+The Toshiba TC358743 is an HDMI to CSI-2 bridge chip, capable of converting video data at up to 1080p60.
+
+Information on this bridge chip can be found on the https://toshiba.semicon-storage.com/ap-en/semiconductor/product/interface-bridge-ics-for-mobile-peripheral-devices/hdmir-interface-bridge-ics/detail.TC358743XBG.html[Toshiba website].
+
+The TC358743 interfaces HDMI into CSI-2 and I2S outputs. It is supported by the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/drivers/media/i2c/tc358743.c[TC358743 kernel module].
+
+The chip supports incoming HDMI signals as either RGB888, YUV444, or YUV422, at up to 1080p60. It can forward RGB888, or convert it to YUV444 or YUV422, and convert either way between YUV444 and YUV422. Only RGB888 and YUV422 support has been tested. When using two CSI-2 lanes, the maximum rates that can be supported are 1080p30 as RGB888, or 1080p50 as YUV422. When using four lanes on a Compute Module, 1080p60 can be received in either format.
+
+HDMI negotiates the resolution by a receiving device advertising an https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data[EDID] of all the modes that it can support. The kernel driver has no knowledge of the resolutions, frame rates, or formats that you wish to receive, so it is up to the user to provide a suitable file via the VIDIOC_S_EDID ioctl, or more easily using `v4l2-ctl --fix-edid-checksums --set-edid=file=filename.txt` (adding the --fix-edid-checksums option means that you don't have to get the checksum values correct in the source file). Generating the required EDID file (a textual hexdump of a binary EDID file) is not too onerous, and there are tools available to generate them, but it is beyond the scope of this page.
+
+As described above, use the `DV_TIMINGS` ioctls to configure the driver to match the incoming video. The easiest approach for this is to use the command `v4l2-ctl --set-dv-bt-timings query`. The driver does support generating the `SOURCE_CHANGED` events, should you wish to write an application to handle a changing source. Changing the output pixel format is achieved by setting it via `VIDIOC_S_FMT`, but only the pixel format field will be updated as the resolution is configured by the DV timings.
+
+There are a couple of commercially available boards that connect this chip to the Raspberry Pi. The Auvidea B101 and B102 are the most widely obtainable, but other equivalent boards are available.
+
+This driver is loaded using the `config.txt` dtoverlay `tc358743`.
+
+The chip also supports capturing stereo HDMI audio via I2S. The Auvidea boards break the relevant signals out onto a header, which can be connected to the Raspberry Pi's 40-pin header. The required wiring is:
+
+[cols=",^,^,^"]
+|===
+| Signal | B101 header | 40-pin header | BCM GPIO
+
+| LRCK/WFS
+| 7
+| 35
+| 19
+
+| BCK/SCK
+| 6
+| 12
+| 18
+
+| DATA/SD
+| 5
+| 38
+| 20
+
+| GND
+| 8
+| 39
+| N/A
+|===
+
+The `tc358743-audio` overlay is required _in addition to_ the `tc358743` overlay. This should create an ALSA recording device for the HDMI audio.
+
+There is no resampling of the audio. The presence of audio is reflected in the V4L2 control `TC358743_CID_AUDIO_PRESENT` (audio-present), and the sample rate of the incoming audio is reflected in the V4L2 control `TC358743_CID_AUDIO_SAMPLING_RATE` (audio sampling-frequency). Recording when no audio is present or at a sample rate different from that reported emits a warning.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6a0e201515
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/annotate.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ae9651da0a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/classify.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7c650802dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/detection.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cd65315f50
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/drc.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9507813c1e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/face_detect.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e00586047e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/focus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c9ab3c918a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/hdr.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9820aaab5d
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/negate.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0c4a5843a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nodrc.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6c2587fda9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/nohdr.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2b0ee4974b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/pose.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..331358d385
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/preview_window.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6790ef08cd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/segmentation.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..708f4413fe
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ee31424f4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/sobel_negate.jpg differ
diff --git a/usage/webcams/images/image2.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from usage/webcams/images/image2.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg
diff --git a/usage/webcams/images/image3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from usage/webcams/images/image3.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg
diff --git a/usage/webcams/images/image.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from usage/webcams/images/image.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/images/webcam-image.jpg
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1205db97eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_differences.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+=== Differences between `rpicam` and `raspicam`
+
+The `rpicam-apps` emulate most features of the legacy `raspicam` applications. However, users may notice the following differences:
+
+* Boost `program_options` don't allow multi-character short versions of options, so where these were present they have had to be dropped. The long form options are named the same way, and any single-character short forms are preserved.
+
+* `rpicam-still` and `rpicam-jpeg` do not show the captured image in the preview window.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed the following `raspicam` features:
++
+** opacity (`--opacity`)
+** image effects (`--imxfx`)
+** colour effects (`--colfx`)
+** annotation (`--annotate`, `--annotateex`)
+** dynamic range compression, or DRC (`--drc`)
+** stereo (`--stereo`, `--decimate` and `--3dswap`)
+** image stabilisation (`--vstab`)
+** demo modes (`--demo`)
++
+xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[Post-processing] replaced many of these features.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed xref:camera_software.adoc#rotation[`rotation`] option support for 90° and 270° rotations.
+
+* `raspicam` conflated metering and exposure; `rpicam-apps` separates these options.
+* To disable Auto White Balance (AWB) in `rpicam-apps`, set a pair of colour gains with xref:camera_software.adoc#awbgains[`awbgains`] (e.g. `1.0,1.0`).
+
+* `rpicam-apps` cannot set Auto White Balance (AWB) into greyworld mode for NoIR camera modules. Instead, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-file[`tuning-file`] option a NoIR-specific tuning file like `imx219_noir.json`.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` does not provide explicit control of digital gain. Instead, the xref:camera_software.adoc#gain[`gain`] option sets it implicitly.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` removed the `--ISO` option. Instead, calculate the gain corresponding to the ISO value required. Vendors can provide mappings of gain to ISO.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` does not support setting a flicker period.
+
+* `rpicam-still` does not support burst capture. Instead, consider using `rpicam-vid` in MJPEG mode with `--segment 1` to force each frame into a separate file.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` uses open source drivers for all image sensors, so the mechanism for enabling or disabling on-sensor Defective Pixel Correction (DPC) is different. The imx477 driver on the Raspberry Pi HQ Camera enables on-sensor DPC by default. To disable on-sensor DPC on the HQ Camera, run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo echo 0 > /sys/module/imx477/parameters/dpc_enable
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d14a170684
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/libcamera_python.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+[[picamera2]]
+=== Use `libcamera` from Python with Picamera2
+
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[Picamera2 library] is a `rpicam`-based replacement for Picamera, which was a Python interface to Raspberry Pi's legacy camera stack. Picamera2 presents an easy-to-use Python API.
+
+Documentation about Picamera2 is available https://github.com/raspberrypi/picamera2[on GitHub] and in the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/picamera2-manual.pdf[Picamera2 manual].
+
+==== Installation
+
+Recent Raspberry Pi OS images include Picamera2 with all the GUI (Qt and OpenGL) dependencies. Recent Raspberry Pi OS Lite images include Picamera2 without the GUI dependencies, although preview images can still be displayed using DRM/KMS.
+
+If your image did not include Picamera2, run the following command to install Picamera2 with all of the GUI dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-picamera2
+----
+
+If you don't want the GUI dependencies, you can run the following command to install Picamera2 without the GUI dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-picamera2 --no-install-recommends
+----
+
+NOTE: If you previously installed Picamera2 with `pip`, uninstall it with: `pip3 uninstall picamera2`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..66aa9bb9e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/qt.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+=== Use `libcamera` with Qt
+
+Qt is a popular application framework and GUI toolkit. `rpicam-apps` includes an option to use Qt for a camera preview window.
+
+Unfortunately, Qt defines certain symbols (such as `slot` and `emit`) as macros in the global namespace. This causes errors when including `libcamera` files. The problem is common to all platforms that use both Qt and `libcamera`. Try the following workarounds to avoid these errors:
+
+* List `libcamera` include files, or files that include `libcamera` files (such as `rpicam-apps` files), _before_ any Qt header files whenever possible.
+
+* If you do need to mix your Qt application files with `libcamera` includes, replace `signals:` with `Q_SIGNALS:`, `slots:` with `Q_SLOTS:`, `emit` with `Q_EMIT` and `foreach` with `Q_FOREACH`.
+
+* Add the following at the top of any `libcamera` include files:
++
+[source,cpp]
+----
+#undef signals
+#undef slots
+#undef emit
+#undef foreach
+----
+
+* If your project uses `qmake`, add `CONFIG += no_keywords` to the project file.
+* If your project uses `cmake`, add `SET(QT_NO_KEYWORDS ON)`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..306e9cfb84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+== Advanced `rpicam-apps`
+
+=== Build `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`
+
+Build `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps` for yourself for the following benefits:
+
+* You can pick up the latest enhancements and features.
+
+* `rpicam-apps` can be compiled with extra optimisation for Raspberry Pi 3 and Raspberry Pi 4 devices running a 32-bit OS.
+
+* You can include optional OpenCV and/or TFLite post-processing stages, or add your own.
+
+* You can customise or add your own applications derived from `rpicam-apps`
+
+==== Remove pre-installed `rpicam-apps`
+
+Raspberry Pi OS includes a pre-installed copy of `rpicam-apps`. Before building and installing your own version of `rpicam-apps`, you must first remove the pre-installed version. Run the following command to remove the `rpicam-apps` package from your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt remove --purge rpicam-apps
+----
+
+==== Building `rpicam-apps` without building `libcamera`
+
+To build `rpicam-apps` without first rebuilding `libcamera` and `libepoxy`, install `libcamera`, `libepoxy` and their dependencies with `apt`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libcamera-dev libepoxy-dev libjpeg-dev libtiff5-dev libpng-dev
+----
+
+TIP: If you do not need support for the GLES/EGL preview window, omit `libepoxy-dev`.
+
+To use the Qt preview window, install the following additional dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y qtbase5-dev libqt5core5a libqt5gui5 libqt5widgets5
+----
+
+For xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav`] support in `rpicam-vid`, install the following additional dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install libavcodec-dev libavdevice-dev libavformat-dev libswresample-dev
+----
+
+If you run Raspberry Pi OS Lite, install `git`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y git
+----
+
+Next, xref:camera_software.adoc#building-rpicam-apps[build `rpicam-apps`].
+
+==== Building `libcamera`
+
+NOTE: Only build `libcamera` from scratch if you need custom behaviour or the latest features that have not yet reached `apt` repositories.
+
+[NOTE]
+======
+If you run Raspberry Pi OS Lite, begin by installing the following packages:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-pip git python3-jinja2
+----
+======
+
+First, install the following `libcamera` dependencies:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libboost-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y libgnutls28-dev openssl libtiff5-dev pybind11-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y qtbase5-dev libqt5core5a libqt5gui5 libqt5widgets5
+$ sudo apt install -y meson cmake
+$ sudo apt install -y python3-yaml python3-ply
+$ sudo apt install -y libglib2.0-dev libgstreamer-plugins-base1.0-dev
+----
+
+Now we're ready to build `libcamera` itself.
+
+Download a local copy of Raspberry Pi's fork of `libcamera` from GitHub:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd libcamera
+----
+
+Next, run `meson` to configure the build environment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build --buildtype=release -Dpipelines=rpi/vc4,rpi/pisp -Dipas=rpi/vc4,rpi/pisp -Dv4l2=true -Dgstreamer=enabled -Dtest=false -Dlc-compliance=disabled -Dcam=disabled -Dqcam=disabled -Ddocumentation=disabled -Dpycamera=enabled
+----
+
+NOTE: You can disable the `gstreamer` plugin by replacing `-Dgstreamer=enabled` with `-Dgstreamer=disabled` during the `meson` build configuration. If you disable `gstreamer`, there is no need to install the `libglib2.0-dev` and `libgstreamer-plugins-base1.0-dev` dependencies.
+
+Now, you can build `libcamera` with `ninja`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ninja -C build
+----
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `libcamera` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ninja -C build install
+----
+
+TIP: On devices with 1GB of memory or less, the build may exceed available memory. Append the `-j 1` flag to `ninja` commands to limit the build to a single process. This should prevent the build from exceeding available memory on devices like the Raspberry Pi Zero and the Raspberry Pi 3.
+
+`libcamera` does not yet have a stable binary interface. Always build `rpicam-apps` after you build `libcamera`.
+
+==== Building `rpicam-apps`
+
+First fetch the necessary dependencies for `rpicam-apps`.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y cmake libboost-program-options-dev libdrm-dev libexif-dev
+$ sudo apt install -y meson ninja-build
+----
+
+Download a local copy of Raspberry Pi's `rpicam-apps` GitHub repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd rpicam-apps
+----
+
+For desktop-based operating systems like Raspberry Pi OS, configure the `rpicam-apps` build with the following `meson` command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build -Denable_libav=enabled -Denable_drm=enabled -Denable_egl=enabled -Denable_qt=enabled -Denable_opencv=disabled -Denable_tflite=disabled -Denable_hailo=disabled
+----
+
+For headless operating systems like Raspberry Pi OS Lite, configure the `rpicam-apps` build with the following `meson` command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson setup build -Denable_libav=disabled -Denable_drm=enabled -Denable_egl=disabled -Denable_qt=disabled -Denable_opencv=disabled -Denable_tflite=disabled -Denable_hailo=disabled
+----
+
+[TIP]
+======
+
+* Use `-Dneon_flags=armv8-neon` to enable optimisations for 32-bit OSes on Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi 4.
+* Use `-Denable_opencv=enabled` if you have installed OpenCV and wish to use OpenCV-based post-processing stages.
+* Use `-Denable_tflite=enabled` if you have installed TensorFlow Lite and wish to use it in post-processing stages.
+* Use `-Denable_hailo=enabled` if you have installed HailoRT and wish to use it in post-processing stages.
+
+======
+
+You can now build `rpicam-apps` with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson compile -C build
+----
+
+TIP: On devices with 1GB of memory or less, the build may exceed available memory. Append the `-j 1` flag to `meson` commands to limit the build to a single process. This should prevent the build from exceeding available memory on devices like the Raspberry Pi Zero and the Raspberry Pi 3.
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `rpicam-apps` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo meson install -C build
+----
+
+[TIP]
+====
+The command above should automatically update the `ldconfig` cache. If you have trouble accessing your new `rpicam-apps` build, run the following command to update the cache:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ldconfig
+----
+====
+
+Run the following command to check that your device uses the new binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --version
+----
+
+The output should include the date and time of your local `rpicam-apps` build.
+
+Finally, follow the `dtoverlay` and display driver instructions in the xref:camera_software.adoc#configuration[Configuration section].
+
+==== `rpicam-apps` meson flag reference
+
+The `meson` build configuration for `rpicam-apps` supports the following flags:
+
+`-Dneon_flags=armv8-neon`:: Speeds up certain post-processing features on Raspberry Pi 3 or Raspberry Pi 4 devices running a 32-bit OS.
+
+`-Denable_libav=enabled`:: Enables or disables `libav` encoder integration.
+
+`-Denable_drm=enabled`:: Enables or disables **DRM/KMS preview rendering**, a preview window used in the absence of a desktop environment.
+
+`-Denable_egl=enabled`:: Enables or disables the non-Qt desktop environment-based preview. Disable if your system lacks a desktop environment.
+
+`-Denable_qt=enabled`:: Enables or disables support for the Qt-based implementation of the preview window. Disable if you do not have a desktop environment installed or if you have no intention of using the Qt-based preview window. The Qt-based preview is normally not recommended because it is computationally very expensive, however it does work with X display forwarding.
+
+`-Denable_opencv=enabled`:: Forces OpenCV-based post-processing stages to link or not link. Requires OpenCV to enable. Defaults to `disabled`.
+
+`-Denable_tflite=enabled`:: Enables or disables TensorFlow Lite post-processing stages. Disabled by default. Requires Tensorflow Lite to enable. Depending on how you have built and/or installed TFLite, you may need to tweak the `meson.build` file in the `post_processing_stages` directory.
+
+`-Denable_hailo=enabled`:: Enables or disables HailoRT-based post-processing stages. Requires HailoRT to enable. Defaults to `auto`.
+
+`-Ddownload_hailo_models=true`:: Downloads and installs models for HailoRT post-processing stages. Requires `wget` to be installed. Defaults to `true`.
+
+
+Each of the above options (except for `neon_flags`) supports the following values:
+
+* `enabled`: enables the option, fails the build if dependencies are not available
+* `disabled`: disables the option
+* `auto`: enables the option if dependencies are available
+
+==== Building `libepoxy`
+
+Rebuilding `libepoxy` should not normally be necessary as this library changes only very rarely. If you do want to build it from scratch, however, please follow the instructions below.
+
+Start by installing the necessary dependencies.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install -y libegl1-mesa-dev
+----
+
+Next, download a local copy of the `libepoxy` repository from GitHub:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ git clone https://github.com/anholt/libepoxy.git
+----
+
+Navigate into the root directory of the repository:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cd libepoxy
+----
+
+Create a build directory at the root level of the repository, then navigate into that directory:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir _build
+$ cd _build
+----
+
+Next, run `meson` to configure the build environment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ meson
+----
+
+Now, you can build `libexpoxy` with `ninja`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ninja
+----
+
+Finally, run the following command to install your freshly-built `libepoxy` binary:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ninja install
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8cf2367bc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+== Getting help
+
+For further help with `libcamera` and the `rpicam-apps`, check the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=43[Raspberry Pi Camera forum]. Before posting:
+
+* Make a note of your operating system version (`uname -a`).
+
+* Make a note of your `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps` versions (`rpicam-hello --version`).
+
+* Report the make and model of the camera module you are using.
+
+* Report the software you are trying to use. We don't support third-party camera module vendor software.
+
+* Report your Raspberry Pi model, including memory size.
+
+* Include any relevant excerpts from the application's console output.
+
+If there are specific problems in the camera software (such as crashes), consider https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[creating an issue in the `rpicam-apps` GitHub repository], including the same details listed above.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4accca0a8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+== `rpicam-apps`
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_ renamed the camera capture applications from ``libcamera-\*`` to ``rpicam-*``. Symbolic links allow users to use the old names for now. **Adopt the new application names as soon as possible.** Raspberry Pi OS versions prior to _Bookworm_ still use the ``libcamera-*`` name.
+====
+
+Raspberry Pi supplies a small set of example `rpicam-apps`. These CLI applications, built on top of `libcamera`, capture images and video from a camera. These applications include:
+
+* `rpicam-hello`: A "hello world"-equivalent for cameras, which starts a camera preview stream and displays it on the screen.
+* `rpicam-jpeg`: Runs a preview window, then captures high-resolution still images.
+* `rpicam-still`: Emulates many of the features of the original `raspistill` application.
+* `rpicam-vid`: Captures video.
+* `rpicam-raw`: Captures raw (unprocessed Bayer) frames directly from the sensor.
+* `rpicam-detect`: Not built by default, but users can build it if they have TensorFlow Lite installed on their Raspberry Pi. Captures JPEG images when certain objects are detected.
+
+Recent versions of Raspberry Pi OS include the five basic `rpicam-apps`, so you can record images and videos using a camera even on a fresh Raspberry Pi OS installation.
+
+Users can create their own `rpicam`-based applications with custom functionality to suit their own requirements. The https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` source code] is freely available under a BSD-2-Clause licence.
+
+=== `libcamera`
+
+`libcamera` is an open-source software library aimed at supporting camera systems directly from the Linux operating system on Arm processors. Proprietary code running on the Broadcom GPU is minimised. For more information about `libcamera` see the https://libcamera.org[`libcamera` website].
+
+`libcamera` provides a {cpp} API that configures the camera, then allows applications to request image frames. These image buffers reside in system memory and can be passed directly to still image encoders (such as JPEG) or to video encoders (such as H.264). `libcamera` doesn't encode or display images itself: that that functionality, use `rpicam-apps`.
+
+You can find the source code in the https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/[official libcamera repository]. The Raspberry Pi OS distribution uses a https://github.com/raspberrypi/libcamera.git[fork] to control updates.
+
+Underneath the `libcamera` core, we provide a custom pipeline handler. `libcamera` uses this layer to drive the sensor and image signal processor (ISP) on the Raspberry Pi. `libcamera` contains a collection of image-processing algorithms (IPAs) including auto exposure/gain control (AEC/AGC), auto white balance (AWB), and auto lens-shading correction (ALSC).
+
+Raspberry Pi's implementation of `libcamera` supports the following cameras:
+
+* Official cameras:
+** OV5647 (V1)
+** IMX219 (V2)
+** IMX708 (V3)
+** IMX477 (HQ)
+** IMX500 (AI)
+** IMX296 (GS)
+* Third-party sensors:
+** IMX290
+** IMX327
+** IMX378
+** IMX519
+** OV9281
+
+To extend support to a new sensor, https://git.linuxtv.org/libcamera.git/[contribute to `libcamera`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fb387443ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+=== Use multiple cameras
+
+`rpicam-apps` has basic support for multiple cameras. You can attach multiple cameras to a Raspberry Pi in the following ways:
+
+* For Raspberry Pi Compute Modules, you can connect two cameras directly to a Raspberry Pi Compute Module I/O board. See the xref:../computers/compute-module.adoc#attach-a-camera-module[Compute Module documentation] for further details. With this method, you can _use both cameras simultaneously_.
+* For Raspberry Pi 5, you can connect two cameras directly to the board using the dual MIPI connectors.
+* For other Raspberry Pi devices with a camera port, you can attach two or more cameras with a Video Mux board such as https://www.arducam.com/product/multi-camera-v2-1-adapter-raspberry-pi/[this third-party product]. Since both cameras are attached to a single Unicam port, _only one camera may be used at a time_.
+
+To list all the cameras available on your platform, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`] option. To choose which camera to use, pass the camera index to the xref:camera_software.adoc#camera[`camera`] option.
+
+NOTE: `libcamera` does not yet provide stereoscopic camera support. When running two cameras simultaneously, they must be run in separate processes, meaning there is no way to synchronise 3A operation between them. As a workaround, you could synchronise the cameras through an external sync signal for the HQ (IMX477) camera or use the software camera synchronisation support that is described below, switching the 3A to manual mode if necessary.
+
+==== Software Camera Synchronisation
+
+Raspberry Pi's _libcamera_ implementation has the ability to synchronise the frames of different cameras using only software. This will cause one camera to adjust it's frame timing so as to coincide as closely as possible with the frames of another camera. No soldering or hardware connections are required, and it will work with all of Raspberry Pi's camera modules, and even third party ones so long as their drivers implement frame duration control correctly.
+
+**How it works**
+
+The scheme works by designating one camera to be the _server_. The server will broadcast timing messages onto the network at regular intervals, such as once a second. Meanwhile other cameras, known as _clients_, can listen to these messages whereupon they may lengthen or shorten frame times slightly so as to pull them into sync with the server. This process is continual, though after the first adjustment, subsequent adjustments are normally small.
+
+The client cameras may be attached to the same Raspberry Pi device as the server, or they may be attached to different Raspberry Pis on the same network. The camera model on the clients may match the server, or they may be different.
+
+Clients and servers need to be set running at the same nominal framerate (such as 30fps). Note that there is no back-channel from the clients back to the server. It is solely the clients' responsibility to be up and running in time to match the server, and the server is completely unaware whether clients have synchronised successfully, or indeed whether there are any clients at all.
+
+In normal operation, running the same make of camera on the same Raspberry Pi, we would expect the frame start times of the camera images to match within "several tens of microseconds". When the camera models are different this could be significantly larger as the cameras will probably not be able to match framerates exactly and will therefore be continually drifting apart (and brought back together with every timing message).
+
+When cameras are on different devices, the system clocks should be synchronised using NTP (normally the case by default for Raspberry Pi OS), or if this is insufficiently precise, another protocol like PTP might be used. Any discrepancy between system clocks will feed directly into extra error in frame start times - even though the advertised timestamps on the frames will not tell you.
+
+**The Server**
+
+The server, as previously explained, broadcasts timing messages onto the network, by default every second. The server will run for a fixed number of frames, by default 100, after which it will inform the camera application on the device that the "synchronisation point" has been reached. At this moment, the application will start using the frames, so in the case of `rpicam-vid`, they will start being encoded and recorded. Recall that the behaviour and even existence of clients has no bearing on this.
+
+If required, there can be several servers on the same network so long as they are broadcasting timing messages to different network addresses. Clients, of course, will have to be configured to listen for the correct address.
+
+**Clients**
+
+Clients listen out for server timing messages and, when they receive one, will shorten or lengthen a camera frame duration by the required amount so that subsequent frames will start, as far as possible, at the same moment as the server's.
+
+The clients learn the correct "synchronisation point" from the server's messages, and just like the server, will signal the camera application at the same moment that it should start using the frames. So in the case of `rpicam-vid`, this is once again the moment at which frames will start being recorded.
+
+Normally it makes sense to start clients _before_ the server, as the clients will simply wait (the "synchronisation point" has not been reached) until a server is seen broadcasting onto the network. This obviously avoids timing problems where a server might reach its "synchronisation point" even before all the clients have been started!
+
+**Usage in `rpicam-vid`**
+
+We can use software camera synchronisation with `rpicam-vid` to record videos that are synchronised frame-by-frame. We're going to assume we have two cameras attached, and we're going to use camera 0 as the server, and camera 1 as the client. `rpicam-vid` defaults to a fixed 30 frames per second, which will be fine for us.
+
+First we should start the client:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -n -t 20s --camera 1 --codec libav -o client.mp4 --sync client
+----
+
+Note the `--sync client` parameter. This will record for 20 seconds but _only_ once the synchronisation point has been reached. If necessary, it will wait indefinitely for the first server message.
+
+To start the server:
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -n -t 20s --camera 0 --codec libav -o server.mp4 --sync server
+----
+
+This too will run for 20 seconds counting from when the synchronisation point is reached and the recording starts. With the default synchronisation settings (100 frames at 30fps) this means there will be just over 3 seconds for clients to get synchronised.
+
+The server's broadcast address and port, the frequency of the timing messages and the number of frames to wait for clients to synchronise, can all be changed in the camera tuning file. Clients only pay attention to the broadcast address here which should match the server's; the other information will be ignored. Please refer to the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Raspberry Pi Camera tuning guide] for more information.
+
+In practical operation there are a few final points to be aware of:
+
+* The fixed framerate needs to be below the maximum framerate at which the camera can operate (in the camera mode that is being used). This is because the synchronisation algorithm may need to _shorten_ camera frames so that clients can catch up with the server, and this will fail if it is already running as fast as it can.
+* Whilst camera frames should be correctly synchronised, at higher framerates or depending on system load, it is possible for frames, either on the clients or server, to be dropped. In these cases the frame timestamps will help an application to work out what has happened, though it's usually simpler to try and avoid frame drops - perhaps by lowering the framerate, increasing the number of buffers being allocated to the camera queues (see the xref:camera_software.adoc#buffer-count[`--buffer-count` option]), or reducing system load.
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..031fcc44e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+=== Install `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`
+
+Raspberry Pi provides two `rpicam-apps` packages:
+
+* `rpicam-apps` contains full applications with support for previews using a desktop environment. This package is pre-installed in Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+* `rpicam-apps-lite` omits desktop environment support, and only makes the DRM preview available. This package is pre-installed in Raspberry Pi OS Lite.
+
+==== Dependencies
+
+`rpicam-apps` depends on library packages named `library-name`, where `` is the ABI version. Your package manager should install these automatically.
+
+==== Dev packages
+
+You can rebuild `rpicam-apps` without building `libcamera` and `libepoxy` from scratch. For more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#building-rpicam-apps-without-building-libcamera[Building `rpicam-apps` without rebuilding `libcamera`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..339828d50f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+== Post-processing with `rpicam-apps`
+
+`rpicam-apps` share a common post-processing framework. This allows them to pass the images received from the camera system through a number of custom image-processing and image-analysis routines. Each such routine is known as a _stage_. To run post-processing stages, supply a JSON file instructing the application which stages and options to apply. You can find example JSON files that use the built-in post-processing stages in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/tree/main/assets[`assets` folder of the `rpicam-apps` repository].
+
+For example, the **negate** stage turns light pixels dark and dark pixels light. Because the negate stage is basic, requiring no configuration, `negate.json` just names the stage:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "negate": {}
+}
+----
+
+To apply the negate stage to an image, pass `negate.json` to the `post-process-file` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file negate.json
+----
+
+To run multiple post-processing stages, create a JSON file that contains multiple stages as top-level keys. For example, to the following configuration runs the Sobel stage, then the negate stage:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "sobel_cv":
+ {
+ "ksize": 5
+ },
+ "negate": {}
+}
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#sobel_cv-stage[Sobel stage] uses OpenCV, hence the `cv` suffix. It has a user-configurable parameter, `ksize`, that specifies the kernel size of the filter to be used. In this case, the Sobel filter produces bright edges on a black background, and the negate stage turns this into dark edges on a white background.
+
+.A negated Sobel filter.
+image::images/sobel_negate.jpg[A negated Sobel filter]
+
+Some stages, such as `negate`, alter the image in some way. Other stages analyse the image to generate metadata. Post-processing stages can pass this metadata to other stages and even the application.
+
+To improve performance, image analysis often uses reduced resolution. `rpicam-apps` provide a dedicated low-resolution feed directly from the ISP.
+
+NOTE: The `rpicam-apps` supplied with Raspberry Pi OS do not include OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite. As a result, certain post-processing stages that rely on them are disabled. To use these stages, xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[re-compile `rpicam-apps`]. On a Raspberry Pi 3 or 4 running a 32-bit kernel, compile with the `-DENABLE_COMPILE_FLAGS_FOR_TARGET=armv8-neon` flag to speed up certain stages.
+
+=== Built-in stages
+
+==== `negate` stage
+
+This stage turns light pixels dark and dark pixels light.
+
+The `negate` stage has no user-configurable parameters.
+
+Default `negate.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "negate" : {}
+}
+----
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file negate.json
+----
+
+Example output:
+
+.A negated image.
+image::images/negate.jpg[A negated image]
+
+==== `hdr` stage
+
+This stage emphasises details in images using High Dynamic Range (HDR) and Dynamic Range Compression (DRC). DRC uses a single image, while HDR combines multiple images for a similar result.
+
+Parameters fall into three groups: the LP filter, global tonemapping, and local contrast.
+
+This stage applies a smoothing filter to the fully-processed input images to generate a low pass (LP) image. It then generates the high pass (HP) image from the diff of the original and LP images. Then, it applies a global tonemap to the LP image and adds it back to the HP image. This process helps preserve local contrast.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3a"]
+|===
+| `num_frames`
+| The number of frames to accumulate; for DRC, use 1; for HDR, try 8
+| `lp_filter_strength`
+| The coefficient of the low pass IIR filter.
+| `lp_filter_threshold`
+| A piecewise linear function that relates pixel level to the threshold of meaningful detail
+| `global_tonemap_points`
+| Points in the input image histogram mapped to targets in the output range where we wish to move them. Uses the following sub-configuration:
+
+* an inter-quantile mean (`q` and `width`)
+* a target as a proportion of the full output range (`target`)
+* maximum (`max_up`) and minimum (`max_down`) gains to move the measured inter-quantile mean, to prevents the image from changing image too drastically
+| `global_tonemap_strength`
+| Strength of application of the global tonemap
+| `local_pos_strength`
+| A piecewise linear function that defines the gain applied to local contrast when added back to the tonemapped LP image, for positive (bright) detail
+| `local_neg_strength`
+| A piecewise linear function that defines the gain applied to local contrast when added back to the tonemapped LP image, for negative (dark) detail
+| `local_tonemap_strength`
+| An overall gain applied to all local contrast that is added back
+| `local_colour_scale`
+| A factor that allows the output colours to be affected more or less strongly
+|===
+
+To control processing strength, changing the `global_tonemap_strength` and `local_tonemap_strength` parameters.
+
+Processing a single image takes between two and three seconds for a 12MP image on a Raspberry Pi 4. When accumulating multiple frames, this stage sends only the processed image to the application.
+
+Default `drc.json` file for DRC:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "hdr" : {
+ "num_frames" : 1,
+ "lp_filter_strength" : 0.2,
+ "lp_filter_threshold" : [ 0, 10.0 , 2048, 205.0, 4095, 205.0 ],
+ "global_tonemap_points" :
+ [
+ { "q": 0.1, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.15, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 },
+ { "q": 0.5, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.5, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 },
+ { "q": 0.8, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.8, "max_up": 1.5, "max_down": 0.7 }
+ ],
+ "global_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_pos_strength" : [ 0, 6.0, 1024, 2.0, 4095, 2.0 ],
+ "local_neg_strength" : [ 0, 4.0, 1024, 1.5, 4095, 1.5 ],
+ "local_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_colour_scale" : 0.9
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Image without DRC processing
+image::images/nodrc.jpg[Image without DRC processing]
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-still`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o test.jpg --post-process-file drc.json
+----
+
+.Image with DRC processing
+image::images/drc.jpg[Image with DRC processing]
+
+Default `hdr.json` file for HDR:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "hdr" : {
+ "num_frames" : 8,
+ "lp_filter_strength" : 0.2,
+ "lp_filter_threshold" : [ 0, 10.0 , 2048, 205.0, 4095, 205.0 ],
+ "global_tonemap_points" :
+ [
+ { "q": 0.1, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.15, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 },
+ { "q": 0.5, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.45, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 },
+ { "q": 0.8, "width": 0.05, "target": 0.7, "max_up": 5.0, "max_down": 0.5 }
+ ],
+ "global_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_pos_strength" : [ 0, 6.0, 1024, 2.0, 4095, 2.0 ],
+ "local_neg_strength" : [ 0, 4.0, 1024, 1.5, 4095, 1.5 ],
+ "local_tonemap_strength" : 1.0,
+ "local_colour_scale" : 0.8
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Image without HDR processing
+image::images/nohdr.jpg[Image without HDR processing]
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-still`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o test.jpg --ev -2 --denoise cdn_off --post-process-file hdr.json
+----
+
+.Image with HDR processing
+image::images/hdr.jpg[Image with DRC processing]
+
+==== `motion_detect` stage
+
+The `motion_detect` stage analyses frames from the low-resolution image stream. You must configure the low-resolution stream to use this stage. The stage detects motion by comparing a region of interest (ROI) in the frame to the corresponding part of a previous frame. If enough pixels change between frames, this stage indicates the motion in metadata under the `motion_detect.result` key.
+
+This stage has no dependencies on third-party libraries.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters, passing dimensions as a proportion of the low-resolution image size between 0 and 1:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `roi_x` | x-offset of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_y` | y-offset of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_width` | Width of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `roi_height` | Height of the region of interest for the comparison (proportion between 0 and 1)
+| `difference_m` | Linear coefficient used to construct the threshold for pixels being different
+| `difference_c` | Constant coefficient used to construct the threshold for pixels being different according to `threshold = difference_m * pixel_value + difference_c`
+| `frame_period` | The motion detector will run only this many frames
+| `hskip` | The pixel subsampled by this amount horizontally
+| `vksip` | The pixel subsampled by this amount vertically
+| `region_threshold` | The proportion of pixels (regions) which must be categorised as different for them to count as motion
+| `verbose` | Print messages to the console, including when the motion status changes
+|===
+
+Default `motion_detect.json` configuration file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "motion_detect" : {
+ "roi_x" : 0.1,
+ "roi_y" : 0.1,
+ "roi_width" : 0.8,
+ "roi_height" : 0.8,
+ "difference_m" : 0.1,
+ "difference_c" : 10,
+ "region_threshold" : 0.005,
+ "frame_period" : 5,
+ "hskip" : 2,
+ "vskip" : 2,
+ "verbose" : 0
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Adjust the differences and the threshold to make the algorithm more or less sensitive. To improve performance, use the `hskip` and `vskip` parameters.
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --lores-width 128 --lores-height 96 --post-process-file motion_detect.json
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..787393e966
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+=== Post-processing with OpenCV
+
+NOTE: These stages require an OpenCV installation. You may need to xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[rebuild `rpicam-apps` with OpenCV support].
+
+==== `sobel_cv` stage
+
+This stage applies a https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sobel_operator[Sobel filter] to an image to emphasise edges.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `ksize` | Kernel size of the Sobel filter
+|===
+
+
+Default `sobel_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "sobel_cv" : {
+ "ksize": 5
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Using a Sobel filter to emphasise edges.
+image::images/sobel.jpg[Using a Sobel filter to emphasise edges]
+
+==== `face_detect_cv` stage
+
+This stage uses the OpenCV Haar classifier to detect faces in an image. It returns face location metadata under the key `face_detect.results` and optionally draws the locations on the image.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols=",3]
+|===
+| `cascade_name` | Name of the file where the Haar cascade can be found
+| `scaling_factor` | Determines range of scales at which the image is searched for faces
+| `min_neighbors` | Minimum number of overlapping neighbours required to count as a face
+| `min_size` | Minimum face size
+| `max_size` | Maximum face size
+| `refresh_rate` | How many frames to wait before trying to re-run the face detector
+| `draw_features` | Whether to draw face locations on the returned image
+|===
+
+The `face_detect_cv` stage runs only during preview and video capture. It ignores still image capture. It runs on the low resolution stream with a resolution between 320×240 and 640×480 pixels.
+
+Default `face_detect_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "face_detect_cv" : {
+ "cascade_name" : "/usr/local/share/OpenCV/haarcascades/haarcascade_frontalface_alt.xml",
+ "scaling_factor" : 1.1,
+ "min_neighbors" : 2,
+ "min_size" : 32,
+ "max_size" : 256,
+ "refresh_rate" : 1,
+ "draw_features" : 1
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Drawing detected faces onto an image.
+image::images/face_detect.jpg[Drawing detected faces onto an image]
+
+==== `annotate_cv` stage
+
+This stage writes text into the top corner of images using the same `%` substitutions as the xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text`] option.
+
+Interprets xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text` directives] first, then passes any remaining tokens to https://www.man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strftime.3.html[`strftime`].
+
+For example, to achieve a datetime stamp on the video, pass `%F %T %z`:
+
+* `%F` displays the ISO-8601 date (2023-03-07)
+* `%T` displays 24h local time (e.g. "09:57:12")
+* `%z` displays the timezone relative to UTC (e.g. "-0800")
+
+This stage does not output any metadata, but it writes metadata found in `annotate.text` in place of anything in the JSON configuration file. This allows other post-processing stages to write text onto images.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `text` | The text string to be written
+| `fg` | Foreground colour
+| `bg` | Background colour
+| `scale` | A number proportional to the size of the text
+| `thickness` | A number that determines the thickness of the text
+| `alpha` | The amount of alpha to apply when overwriting background pixels
+|===
+
+Default `annotate_cv.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "annotate_cv" : {
+ "text" : "Frame %frame exp %exp ag %ag dg %dg",
+ "fg" : 255,
+ "bg" : 0,
+ "scale" : 1.0,
+ "thickness" : 2,
+ "alpha" : 0.3
+ }
+}
+----
+
+Example:
+
+.Writing camera and date information onto an image with annotations.
+image::images/annotate.jpg[Writing camera and date information onto an image with annotations]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39d607f5e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+=== Post-Processing with TensorFlow Lite
+
+==== Prerequisites
+
+These stages require TensorFlow Lite (TFLite) libraries that export the {cpp} API. TFLite doesn't distribute libraries in this form, but you can download and install a version that exports the API from https://lindevs.com/install-precompiled-tensorflow-lite-on-raspberry-pi/[lindevs.com].
+
+After installing, you must xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[recompile `rpicam-apps` with TensorFlow Lite support].
+
+==== `object_classify_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/mobilenet_v1_2018_08_02/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_quant.tgz[]
+
+`object_classify_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model to classify objects in the camera image. This stage requires a https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_frozen.tgz[`labels.txt` file].
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `top_n_results` | The number of results to show
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `threshold_high` | Confidence threshold (between 0 and 1) where objects are considered as being present
+| `threshold_low` | Confidence threshold which objects must drop below before being discarded as matches
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the object labels
+| `display_labels` | Whether to display the object labels on the image; inserts `annotate.text` metadata for the `annotate_cv` stage to render
+| `verbose` | Output more information to the console
+|===
+
+Example `object_classify_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "object_classify_tf" : {
+ "top_n_results" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 30,
+ "threshold_high" : 0.6,
+ "threshold_low" : 0.4,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/mobilenet_v1_1.0_224_quant.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/labels.txt",
+ "display_labels" : 1
+ },
+ "annotate_cv" : {
+ "text" : "",
+ "fg" : 255,
+ "bg" : 0,
+ "scale" : 1.0,
+ "thickness" : 2,
+ "alpha" : 0.3
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 224×224.
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file object_classify_tf.json --lores-width 224 --lores-height 224
+----
+
+.Object classification of a desktop computer and monitor.
+image::images/classify.jpg[Object classification of a desktop computer and monitor]
+
+==== `pose_estimation_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://github.com/Qengineering/TensorFlow_Lite_Pose_RPi_32-bits[]
+
+`pose_estimation_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model to detect pose information.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Use the separate `plot_pose_cv` stage to draw the detected pose onto the main image.
+
+You can configure the `plot_pose_cv` stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `confidence_threshold` | Confidence threshold determining how much to draw; can be less than zero
+|===
+
+Example `pose_estimation_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "pose_estimation_tf" : {
+ "refresh_rate" : 5,
+ "model_file" : "posenet_mobilenet_v1_100_257x257_multi_kpt_stripped.tflite"
+ },
+ "plot_pose_cv" : {
+ "confidence_threshold" : -0.5
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 257×257. **Because YUV420 images must have even dimensions, round up to 258×258 for YUV420 images.**
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file pose_estimation_tf.json --lores-width 258 --lores-height 258
+----
+
+.Pose estimation of an adult human male.
+image::images/pose.jpg[Pose estimation of an adult human male]
+
+==== `object_detect_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://storage.googleapis.com/download.tensorflow.org/models/tflite/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29.zip[]
+
+`object_detect_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 SSD (Single Shot Detector) model to detect and label objects.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the list of labels
+| `confidence_threshold` | Confidence threshold before accepting a match
+| `overlap_threshold` | Determines the amount of overlap between matches for them to be merged as a single match.
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Use the separate `object_detect_draw_cv` stage to draw the detected objects onto the main image.
+
+You can configure the `object_detect_draw_cv` stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `line_thickness` | Thickness of the bounding box lines
+| `font_size` | Size of the font used for the label
+|===
+
+Example `object_detect_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "object_detect_tf" : {
+ "number_of_threads" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 10,
+ "confidence_threshold" : 0.5,
+ "overlap_threshold" : 0.5,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29/detect.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/coco_ssd_mobilenet_v1_1.0_quant_2018_06_29/labelmap.txt",
+ "verbose" : 1
+ },
+ "object_detect_draw_cv" : {
+ "line_thickness" : 2
+ }
+}
+----
+
+The stage operates on a low resolution stream image of size 300×300. Run the following command, which passes a 300×300 crop to the detector from the centre of the 400×300 low resolution image, to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file object_detect_tf.json --lores-width 400 --lores-height 300
+----
+
+.Detecting apple and cat objects.
+image::images/detection.jpg[Detecting apple and cat objects]
+
+==== `segmentation_tf` stage
+
+Download: https://tfhub.dev/tensorflow/lite-model/deeplabv3/1/metadata/2?lite-format=tflite[]
+
+`segmentation_tf` uses a Google MobileNet v1 model. This stage requires a label file, found at the `assets/segmentation_labels.txt`.
+
+This stage runs on an image of size 257×257. Because YUV420 images must have even dimensions, the low resolution image should be at least 258 pixels in both width and height. The stage adds a vector of 257×257 values to the image metadata where each value indicates the categories a pixel belongs to. You can optionally draw a representation of the segmentation into the bottom right corner of the image.
+
+You can configure this stage with the following parameters:
+
+[cols="1,3"]
+|===
+| `refresh_rate` | The number of frames that must elapse between model runs
+| `model_file` | Filepath of the TFLite model file
+| `labels_file` | Filepath of the file containing the list of labels
+| `threshold` | When verbose is set, prints when the number of pixels with any label exceeds this number
+| `draw` | Draws the segmentation map into the bottom right hand corner of the image
+| `verbose` | Output extra information to the console
+|===
+
+Example `segmentation_tf.json` file:
+
+[source,json]
+----
+{
+ "segmentation_tf" : {
+ "number_of_threads" : 2,
+ "refresh_rate" : 10,
+ "model_file" : "/home//models/lite-model_deeplabv3_1_metadata_2.tflite",
+ "labels_file" : "/home//models/segmentation_labels.txt",
+ "draw" : 1,
+ "verbose" : 1
+ }
+}
+----
+
+This example takes a camera image and reduces it to 258×258 pixels in size. This stage even works when squashing a non-square image without cropping. This example enables the segmentation map in the bottom right hand corner.
+
+Run the following command to use this stage file with `rpicam-hello`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file segmentation_tf.json --lores-width 258 --lores-height 258 --viewfinder-width 1024 --viewfinder-height 1024
+----
+
+.Running segmentation and displaying the results on a map in the bottom right.
+image::images/segmentation.jpg[Running segmentation and displaying the results on a map in the bottom right]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b010133f37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+=== Write your own post-processing stages
+
+With the `rpicam-apps` post-processing framework, users can create their own custom post-processing stages. You can even include algorithms and routines from OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite.
+
+==== Basic post-processing stages
+
+To create your own post-processing stage, derive a new class from the `PostProcessingStage` class.
+All post-processing stages must implement the following member functions:
+
+`char const *Name() const`:: Returns the name of the stage. Matched against stages listed in the JSON post-processing configuration file.
+`void Read(boost::property_tree::ptree const ¶ms)`:: Reads the stage's configuration parameters from a provided JSON file.
+`void AdjustConfig(std::string const &use_case, StreamConfiguration *config)`:: Gives stages a chance to influence the configuration of the camera. Frequently empty for stages with no need to configure the camera.
+`void Configure()`:: Called just after the camera has been configured to allocate resources and check that the stage has access to necessary streams.
+`void Start()`:: Called when the camera starts. Frequently empty for stages with no need to configure the camera.
+`bool Process(CompletedRequest &completed_request)`:: Presents completed camera requests for post-processing. This is where you'll implement pixel manipulations and image analysis. Returns `true` if the post-processing framework should **not** deliver this request to the application.
+`void Stop()`:: Called when the camera stops. Used to shut down any active processing on asynchronous threads.
+`void Teardown()`:: Called when the camera configuration is destroyed. Use this as a deconstructor where you can de-allocate resources set up in the `Configure` method.
+
+In any stage implementation, call `RegisterStage` to register your stage with the system.
+
+Don't forget to add your stage to `meson.build` in the post-processing folder.
+When writing your own stages, keep these tips in mind:
+
+* The `Process` method blocks the imaging pipeline. If it takes too long, the pipeline will stutter. **Always delegate time-consuming algorithms to an asynchronous thread.**
+
+* When delegating work to another thread, you must copy the image buffers. For applications like image analysis that don't require full resolution, try using a low-resolution image stream.
+
+* The post-processing framework _uses parallelism to process every frame_. This improves throughput. However, some OpenCV and TensorFlow Lite functions introduce another layer of parallelism _within_ each frame. Consider serialising calls within each frame since post-processing already takes advantage of multiple threads.
+
+* Most streams, including the low resolution stream, use the YUV420 format. You may need to convert this to another format for certain OpenCV or TFLite functions.
+
+* For the best performance, always alter images in-place.
+
+For a basic example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/negate_stage.cpp[`negate_stage.cpp`]. This stage negates an image by turning light pixels dark and dark pixels light. This stage is mostly derived class boiler-plate, achieving the negation logic in barely half a dozen lines of code.
+
+For another example, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/sobel_cv_stage.cpp[`sobel_cv_stage.cpp`], which implements a Sobel filter in just a few lines of OpenCV functions.
+
+==== TensorFlow Lite stages
+
+For stages that use TensorFlow Lite (TFLite), derive a new class from the `TfStage` class.
+This class delegates model execution to a separate thread to prevent camera stuttering.
+
+The `TfStage` class implements all the `PostProcessingStage` member functions post-processing stages must normally implement, _except for_ ``Name``.
+All `TfStage`-derived stages must implement the ``Name`` function, and should implement some or all of the following virtual member functions:
+
+`void readExtras()`:: The base class reads the named model and certain other parameters like the `refresh_rate`. Use this function this to read extra parameters for the derived stage and check that the loaded model is correct (e.g. has right input and output dimensions).
+`void checkConfiguration()`:: The base class fetches the low resolution stream that TFLite operates on and the full resolution stream in case the derived stage needs it. Use this function to check for the streams required by your stage. If your stage can't access one of the required streams, you might skip processing or throw an error.
+`void interpretOutputs()`:: Use this function to read and interpret the model output. _Runs in the same thread as the model when the model completes_.
+`void applyResults()`:: Use this function to apply results of the model (could be several frames old) to the current frame. Typically involves attaching metadata or drawing. _Runs in the main thread, before frames are delivered_.
+
+For an example implementation, see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/object_classify_tf_stage.cpp[`object_classify_tf_stage.cpp`] and https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpicam-apps/blob/main/post_processing_stages/pose_estimation_tf_stage.cpp[`pose_estimation_tf_stage.cpp`].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd5a9217bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+=== Write your own `rpicam` apps
+
+`rpicam-apps` does not provide all of the camera-related features that anyone could ever need. Instead, these applications are small and flexible. Users who require different behaviour can implement it themselves.
+
+All of the `rpicam-apps` use an event loop that receives messages when a new set of frames arrives from the camera system. This set of frames is called a `CompletedRequest`. The `CompletedRequest` contains:
+
+* all images derived from that single camera frame: often a low-resolution image and a full-size output
+* metadata from the camera and post-processing systems
+
+==== `rpicam-hello`
+
+`rpicam-hello` is the smallest application, and the best place to start understanding `rpicam-apps` design. It extracts the `CompletedRequestPtr`, a shared pointer to the `CompletedRequest`, from the message, and forwards it to the preview window:
+
+[cpp]
+----
+CompletedRequestPtr &completed_request = std::get(msg.payload);
+app.ShowPreview(completed_request, app.ViewfinderStream());
+----
+
+Every `CompletedRequest` must be recycled back to the camera system so that the buffers can be reused. Otherwise, the camera runs out of buffers for new camera frames. This recycling process happens automatically when no references to the `CompletedRequest` remain using {cpp}'s _shared pointer_ and _custom deleter_ mechanisms.
+
+As a result, `rpicam-hello` must complete the following actions to recycle the buffer space:
+
+* The event loop must finish a cycle so the message (`msg` in the code), which holds a reference to `CompletedRequest`, can be replaced with the next message. This discards the reference to the previous message.
+
+* When the event thread calls `ShowPreview`, it passes the preview thread a reference to the `CompletedRequest`. The preview thread discards the last `CompletedRequest` instance each time `ShowPreview` is called.
+
+==== `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` is similar to `rpicam-hello` with encoding added to the event loop. Before the event loop starts, `rpicam-vid` configures the encoder with a callback. The callback handles the buffer containing the encoded image data. In the code below, we send the buffer to the `Output` object. `Output` could write it to a file or stream it, depending on the options specified.
+
+[cpp]
+----
+app.SetEncodeOutputReadyCallback(std::bind(&Output::OutputReady, output.get(), _1, _2, _3, _4));
+----
+
+Because this code passes the encoder a reference to the `CompletedRequest`, `rpicam-vid` can't recycle buffer data until the event loop, preview window, _and_ encoder all discard their references.
+
+==== `rpicam-raw`
+
+`rpicam-raw` is similar to `rpicam-vid`. It also encodes during the event loop. However, `rpicam-raw` uses a dummy encoder called the `NullEncoder`. This uses the input image as the output buffer instead of encoding it with a codec. `NullEncoder` only discards its reference to the buffer once the output callback completes. This guarantees that the buffer isn't recycled before the callback processes the image.
+
+`rpicam-raw` doesn't forward anything to the preview window.
+
+`NullEncoder` is possibly overkill in `rpicam-raw`. We could probably send images straight to the `Output` object, instead. However, `rpicam-apps` need to limit work in the event loop. `NullEncoder` demonstrates how you can handle most processes (even holding onto a reference) in other threads.
+
+==== `rpicam-jpeg`
+
+`rpicam-jpeg` starts the camera in preview mode in the usual way. When the timer completes, it stops the preview and switches to still capture:
+
+[cpp]
+----
+app.StopCamera();
+app.Teardown();
+app.ConfigureStill();
+app.StartCamera();
+----
+
+The event loop grabs the first frame returned from still mode and saves this as a JPEG.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c36db3f69d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+=== Configuration
+
+Most use cases work automatically with no need to alter the camera configuration. However, some common use cases do require configuration tweaks, including:
+
+* Third-party cameras (the manufacturer's instructions should explain necessary configuration changes, if any)
+
+* Using a non-standard driver or overlay with an official Raspberry Pi camera
+
+Raspberry Pi OS recognises the following overlays in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
+
+|===
+| Camera Module | In `/boot/firmware/config.txt`
+
+| V1 camera (OV5647)
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647`
+
+| V2 camera (IMX219)
+| `dtoverlay=imx219`
+
+| HQ camera (IMX477)
+| `dtoverlay=imx477`
+
+| GS camera (IMX296)
+| `dtoverlay=imx296`
+
+| Camera Module 3 (IMX708)
+| `dtoverlay=imx708`
+
+| IMX290 and IMX327
+| `dtoverlay=imx290,clock-frequency=74250000` or `dtoverlay=imx290,clock-frequency=37125000` (both modules share the imx290 kernel driver; refer to instructions from the module vendor for the correct frequency)
+
+| IMX378
+| `dtoverlay=imx378`
+
+| OV9281
+| `dtoverlay=ov9281`
+|===
+
+To use one of these overlays, you must disable automatic camera detection. To disable automatic detection, set `camera_auto_detect=0` in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. If `config.txt` already contains a line assigning an `camera_auto_detect` value, change the value to `0`. Reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot` to load your changes.
+
+If your Raspberry Pi has two camera connectors (Raspberry Pi 5 or one of the Compute Modules, for example), then you can specify the use of camera connector 0 by adding `,cam0` to the `dtoverlay` that you used from the table above. If you do not add this, it will default to checking camera connector 1. Note that for official Raspberry Pi camera modules connected to SBCs (not Compute Modules), auto-detection will correctly identify all the cameras connected to your device.
+
+[[tuning-files]]
+==== Tweak camera behaviour with tuning files
+
+Raspberry Pi's `libcamera` implementation includes a **tuning file** for each camera. This file controls algorithms and hardware to produce the best image quality. `libcamera` can only determine the sensor in use, not the module. As a result, some modules require a tuning file override. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-file[`tuning-file`] option to specify an override. You can also copy and alter existing tuning files to customise camera behaviour.
+
+For example, the no-IR-filter (NoIR) versions of sensors use Auto White Balance (AWB) settings different from the standard versions. On a Raspberry Pi 5 or later, you can specify the the NoIR tuning file for the IMX219 sensor with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --tuning-file /usr/share/libcamera/ipa/rpi/pisp/imx219_noir.json
+----
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi models prior to Raspberry Pi 5 use different tuning files. On those devices, use the files stored in `/usr/share/libcamera/ipa/rpi/vc4/` instead.
+
+`libcamera` maintains tuning files for a number of cameras, including third-party models. For instance, you can find the tuning file for the Soho Enterprises SE327M12 in `se327m12.json`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e75a4a630f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_detect.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+=== `rpicam-detect`
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi OS does not include `rpicam-detect`. However, you can build `rpicam-detect` if you have xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-tensorflow-lite[installed TensorFlow Lite]. For more information, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#build-libcamera-and-rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps` build instructions]. Don't forget to pass `-Denable_tflite=enabled` when you run `meson`.
+
+`rpicam-detect` displays a preview window and monitors the contents using a Google MobileNet v1 SSD (Single Shot Detector) neural network trained to identify about 80 classes of objects using the Coco dataset. `rpicam-detect` recognises people, cars, cats and many other objects.
+
+Whenever `rpicam-detect` detects a target object, it captures a full-resolution JPEG. Then it returns to monitoring preview mode.
+
+See the xref:camera_software.adoc#object_detect_tf-stage[TensorFlow Lite object detector] section for general information on model usage. For example, you might spy secretly on your cats while you are away with:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-detect -t 0 -o cat%04d.jpg --lores-width 400 --lores-height 300 --post-process-file object_detect_tf.json --object cat
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..de7dae16f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_hello.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+=== `rpicam-hello`
+
+`rpicam-hello` briefly displays a preview window containing the video feed from a connected camera. To use `rpicam-hello` to display a preview window for five seconds, run the following command in a terminal:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello
+----
+
+You can pass an optional duration (in milliseconds) with the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] option. A value of `0` runs the preview indefinitely:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --timeout 0
+----
+
+Use `Ctrl+C` in the terminal or the close button on the preview window to stop `rpicam-hello`.
+
+==== Display an image sensor preview
+
+Most of the `rpicam-apps` display a preview image in a window. If there is no active desktop environment, the preview draws directly to the display using the Linux Direct Rendering Manager (DRM). Otherwise, `rpicam-apps` attempt to use the desktop environment. Both paths use zero-copy GPU buffer sharing: as a result, X forwarding is _not_ supported.
+
+If you run the X window server and want to use X forwarding, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#qt-preview[`qt-preview`] flag to render the preview window in a https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Qt_(software)[Qt] window. The Qt preview window uses more resources than the alternatives.
+
+NOTE: Older systems using Gtk2 may, when linked with OpenCV, produce `Glib-GObject` errors and fail to show the Qt preview window. In this case edit the file `/etc/xdg/qt5ct/qt5ct.conf` as root and replace the line containing `style=gtk2` with `style=gtk3`.
+
+To suppress the preview window entirely, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`] flag:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello -n
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text`] option displays image information on the window title bar using `%` directives. For example, the following command displays the current red and blue gain values:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --info-text "red gain %rg, blue gain %bg"
+----
+
+For a full list of directives, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#info-text[`info-text` reference].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2531487284
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+=== `rpicam-jpeg`
+
+`rpicam-jpeg` helps you capture images on Raspberry Pi devices.
+
+To capture a full resolution JPEG image and save it to a file named `test.jpg`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-jpeg --output test.jpg
+----
+
+You should see a preview window for five seconds. Then, `rpicam-jpeg` captures a full resolution JPEG image and saves it.
+
+Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] option to alter display time of the preview window. The xref:camera_software.adoc#width-and-height[`width` and `height`] options change the resolution of the saved image. For example, the following command displays the preview window for 2 seconds, then captures and saves an image with a resolution of 640×480 pixels:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-jpeg --output test.jpg --timeout 2000 --width 640 --height 480
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1f9f64b397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,573 @@
+== `rpicam-apps` options reference
+
+=== Common options
+
+The following options apply across all the `rpicam-apps` with similar or identical semantics, unless otherwise noted.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `help`
+
+Alias: `-h`
+
+Prints the full set of options, along with a brief synopsis of each option. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `version`
+
+Prints out version strings for `libcamera` and `rpicam-apps`. Does not accept a value.
+
+Example output:
+
+----
+rpicam-apps build: ca559f46a97a 27-09-2021 (14:10:24)
+libcamera build: v0.0.0+3058-c29143f7
+----
+
+==== `list-cameras`
+
+Lists the detected cameras attached to your Raspberry Pi and their available sensor modes. Does not accept a value.
+
+Sensor mode identifiers have the following form: `S_ : `
+
+Crop is specified in native sensor pixels (even in pixel binning mode) as `(, )/×`. `(x, y)` specifies the location of the crop window of size `width × height` in the sensor array.
+
+For example, the following output displays information about an `IMX219` sensor at index 0 and an `IMX477` sensor at index 1:
+
+----
+Available cameras
+-----------------
+0 : imx219 [3280x2464] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx219@10)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 640x480 [206.65 fps - (1000, 752)/1280x960 crop]
+ 1640x1232 [41.85 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 1920x1080 [47.57 fps - (680, 692)/1920x1080 crop]
+ 3280x2464 [21.19 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 'SRGGB8' : 640x480 [206.65 fps - (1000, 752)/1280x960 crop]
+ 1640x1232 [41.85 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+ 1920x1080 [47.57 fps - (680, 692)/1920x1080 crop]
+ 3280x2464 [21.19 fps - (0, 0)/3280x2464 crop]
+1 : imx477 [4056x3040] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1332x990 [120.05 fps - (696, 528)/2664x1980 crop]
+ 'SRGGB12_CSI2P' : 2028x1080 [50.03 fps - (0, 440)/4056x2160 crop]
+ 2028x1520 [40.01 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+ 4056x3040 [10.00 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+----
+
+For the IMX219 sensor in the above example:
+
+* all modes have an `RGGB` Bayer ordering
+* all modes provide either 8-bit or 10-bit CSI2 packed readout at the listed resolutions
+
+==== `camera`
+
+Selects the camera to use. Specify an index from the xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[list of available cameras].
+
+==== `config`
+
+Alias: `-c`
+
+Specify a file containing CLI options and values. Consider a file named `example_configuration.txt` that contains the following text, specifying options and values as key-value pairs, one option per line, long (non-alias) option names only:
+
+----
+timeout=99000
+verbose=
+----
+
+TIP: Omit the leading `--` that you normally pass on the command line. For flags that lack a value, such as `verbose` in the above example, you must include a trailing `=`.
+
+You could then run the following command to specify a timeout of 99000 milliseconds and verbose output:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --config example_configuration.txt
+----
+
+==== `timeout`
+
+Alias: `-t`
+
+Default value: 5000 milliseconds (5 seconds)
+
+Specify how long the application runs before closing. This value is interpreted as a number of milliseconds unless an optional suffix is used to change the unit. The suffix may be one of:
+
+* `min` - minutes
+* `s` or `sec` - seconds
+* `ms` - milliseconds (the default if no suffix used)
+* `us` - microseconds
+* `ns` - nanoseconds.
+
+This time applies to both video recording and preview windows. When capturing a still image, the application shows a preview window for the length of time specified by the `timeout` parameter before capturing the output image.
+
+To run the application indefinitely, specify a value of `0`. Floating point values are also permitted.
+
+Example: `rpicam-hello -t 0.5min` would run for 30 seconds.
+
+==== `preview`
+
+Alias: `-p`
+
+Sets the location (x,y coordinates) and size (w,h dimensions) of the desktop or DRM preview window. Does not affect the resolution or aspect ratio of images requested from the camera. Scales image size and pillar or letterboxes image aspect ratio to fit within the preview window.
+
+Pass the preview window dimensions in the following comma-separated form: `x,y,w,h`
+
+Example: `rpicam-hello --preview 100,100,500,500`
+
+image::images/preview_window.jpg[Letterboxed preview image]
+
+==== `fullscreen`
+
+Alias: `-f`
+
+Forces the preview window to use the entire screen with no border or title bar. Scales image size and pillar or letterboxes image aspect ratio to fit within the entire screen. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `qt-preview`
+
+Uses the Qt preview window, which consumes more resources than the alternatives, but supports X window forwarding. Incompatible with the xref:camera_software.adoc#fullscreen[`fullscreen`] flag. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `nopreview`
+
+Alias: `-n`
+
+Causes the application to _not_ display a preview window at all. Does not accept a value.
+
+
+==== `info-text`
+
+Default value: `"#%frame (%fps fps) exp %exp ag %ag dg %dg"`
+
+Sets the supplied string as the title of the preview window when running in a desktop environment. Supports the following image metadata substitutions:
+
+|===
+| Directive | Substitution
+
+| `%frame`
+| Sequence number of the frame.
+
+| `%fps`
+| Instantaneous frame rate.
+
+| `%exp`
+| Shutter speed used to capture the image, in microseconds.
+
+| `%ag`
+| Analogue gain applied to the image in the sensor.
+
+| `%dg`
+| Digital gain applied to the image by the ISP.
+
+| `%rg`
+| Gain applied to the red component of each pixel.
+
+| `%bg`
+| Gain applied to the blue component of each pixel.
+
+| `%focus`
+| Focus metric for the image, where a larger value implies a sharper image.
+
+| `%lp`
+| Current lens position in dioptres (1 / distance in metres).
+
+| `%afstate`
+| Autofocus algorithm state (`idle`, `scanning`, `focused` or `failed`).
+|===
+
+image::images/focus.jpg[Image showing focus measure]
+
+==== `width` and `height`
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the captured image.
+
+For `rpicam-still`, `rpicam-jpeg` and `rpicam-vid`, specifies output resolution.
+
+For `rpicam-raw`, specifies raw frame resolution. For cameras with a 2×2 binned readout mode, specifying a resolution equal to or smaller than the binned mode captures 2×2 binned raw frames.
+
+For `rpicam-hello`, has no effect.
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-vid -o test.h264 --width 1920 --height 1080` captures 1080p video.
+
+* `rpicam-still -r -o test.jpg --width 2028 --height 1520` captures a 2028×1520 resolution JPEG. If used with the HQ camera, uses 2×2 binned mode, so the raw file (`test.dng`) contains a 2028×1520 raw Bayer image.
+
+==== `viewfinder-width` and `viewfinder-height`
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the image displayed in the preview window. Does not effect the preview window dimensions, since images are resized to fit. Does not affect captured still images or videos.
+
+==== `mode`
+
+Allows you to specify a camera mode in the following colon-separated format: `:::`. The system selects the closest available option for the sensor if there is not an exact match for a provided value. You can use the packed (`P`) or unpacked (`U`) packing formats. Impacts the format of stored videos and stills, but not the format of frames passed to the preview window.
+
+Bit-depth and packing are optional.
+Bit-depth defaults to 12.
+Packing defaults to `P` (packed).
+
+For information about the bit-depth, resolution, and packing options available for your sensor, see xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`].
+
+Examples:
+
+* `4056:3040:12:P` - 4056×3040 resolution, 12 bits per pixel, packed.
+* `1632:1224:10` - 1632×1224 resolution, 10 bits per pixel.
+* `2592:1944:10:U` - 2592×1944 resolution, 10 bits per pixel, unpacked.
+* `3264:2448` - 3264×2448 resolution.
+
+===== Packed format details
+
+The packed format uses less storage for pixel data.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 4 and earlier devices_, the packed format packs pixels using the MIPI CSI-2 standard. This means:
+
+* 10-bit camera modes pack 4 pixels into 5 bytes. The first 4 bytes contain the 8 most significant bits (MSBs) of each pixel, and the final byte contains the 4 pairs of least significant bits (LSBs).
+* 12-bit camera modes pack 2 pixels into 3 bytes. The first 2 bytes contain the 8 most significant bits (MSBs) of each pixel, and the final byte contains the 4 least significant bits (LSBs) of both pixels.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices_, the packed format compresses pixel values with a visually lossless compression scheme into 8 bits (1 byte) per pixel.
+
+===== Unpacked format details
+
+The unpacked format provides pixel values that are much easier to manually manipulate, at the expense of using more storage for pixel data.
+
+On all devices, the unpacked format uses 2 bytes per pixel.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 4 and earlier devices_, applications apply zero padding at the *most significant end*. In the unpacked format, a pixel from a 10-bit camera mode cannot exceed the value 1023.
+
+_On Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices_, applications apply zero padding at the *least significant end*, so images use the full 16-bit dynamic range of the pixel depth delivered by the sensor.
+
+==== `viewfinder-mode`
+
+Identical to the `mode` option, but it applies to the data passed to the preview window. For more information, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#mode[`mode` documentation].
+
+==== `lores-width` and `lores-height`
+
+Delivers a second, lower-resolution image stream from the camera, scaled down to the specified dimensions.
+
+Each accepts a single number defining the dimensions, in pixels, of the lower-resolution stream.
+
+Available for preview and video modes. Not available for still captures. If you specify a aspect ratio different from the normal resolution stream, generates non-square pixels.
+
+For `rpicam-vid`, disables extra colour-denoise processing.
+
+
+Useful for image analysis when combined with xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[image post-processing].
+
+==== `hflip`
+
+Flips the image horizontally. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `vflip`
+
+Flips the image vertically. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `rotation`
+
+Rotates the image extracted from the sensor. Accepts only the values 0 or 180.
+
+==== `roi`
+
+Crops the image extracted from the full field of the sensor. Accepts four decimal values, _ranged 0 to 1_, in the following format: `,,,h>`. Each of these values represents a percentage of the available width and heights as a decimal between 0 and 1.
+
+These values define the following proportions:
+
+* ``: X coordinates to skip before extracting an image
+* ``: Y coordinates to skip before extracting an image
+* ``: image width to extract
+* ``: image height to extract
+
+Defaults to `0,0,1,1` (starts at the first X coordinate and the first Y coordinate, uses 100% of the image width, uses 100% of the image height).
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-hello --roi 0.25,0.25,0.5,0.5` selects exactly a half of the total number of pixels cropped from the centre of the image (skips the first 25% of X coordinates, skips the first 25% of Y coordinates, uses 50% of the total image width, uses 50% of the total image height).
+* `rpicam-hello --roi 0,0,0.25,0.25` selects exactly a quarter of the total number of pixels cropped from the top left of the image (skips the first 0% of X coordinates, skips the first 0% of Y coordinates, uses 25% of the image width, uses 25% of the image height).
+
+==== `hdr`
+
+Default value: `off`
+
+Runs the camera in HDR mode. If passed without a value, assumes `auto`. Accepts one of the following values:
+
+* `off` - Disables HDR.
+* `auto` - Enables HDR on supported devices. Uses the sensor's built-in HDR mode if available. If the sensor lacks a built-in HDR mode, uses on-board HDR mode, if available.
+* `single-exp` - Uses on-board HDR mode, if available, even if the sensor has a built-in HDR mode. If on-board HDR mode is not available, disables HDR.
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 and later devices have an on-board HDR mode.
+
+To check for built-in HDR modes in a sensor, pass this option in addition to xref:camera_software.adoc#list-cameras[`list-cameras`].
+
+=== Camera control options
+
+The following options control image processing and algorithms that affect camera image quality.
+
+==== `sharpness`
+
+Sets image sharpness. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies no sharpening
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of sharpening
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of sharpening
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra sharpening
+
+==== `contrast`
+
+Specifies the image contrast. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies minimum contrast
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of contrast
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of contrast
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra contrast
+
+
+==== `brightness`
+
+Specifies the image brightness, added as an offset to all pixels in the output image. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `-1.0` applies minimum brightness (black)
+* `0.0` applies standard brightness
+* `1.0` applies maximum brightness (white)
+
+For many use cases, prefer xref:camera_software.adoc#ev[`ev`].
+
+==== `saturation`
+
+Specifies the image colour saturation. Accepts a numeric value along the following spectrum:
+
+* `0.0` applies minimum saturation (grayscale)
+* values greater than `0.0`, but less than `1.0` apply less than the default amount of saturation
+* `1.0` applies the default amount of saturation
+* values greater than `1.0` apply extra saturation
+
+==== `ev`
+
+Specifies the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exposure_value[exposure value (EV)] compensation of the image in stops. Accepts a numeric value that controls target values passed to the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) processing algorithm along the following spectrum:
+
+* `-10.0` applies minimum target values
+* `0.0` applies standard target values
+* `10.0` applies maximum target values
+
+==== `shutter`
+
+Specifies the exposure time, using the shutter, in _microseconds_. Gain can still vary when you use this option. If the camera runs at a framerate so fast it does not allow for the specified exposure time (for instance, a framerate of 1fps and an exposure time of 10000 microseconds), the sensor will use the maximum exposure time allowed by the framerate.
+
+For a list of minimum and maximum shutter times for official cameras, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[camera hardware documentation]. Values above the maximum result in undefined behaviour.
+
+==== `gain`
+
+Alias: `--analoggain`
+
+Sets the combined analogue and digital gain. When the sensor driver can provide the requested gain, only uses analogue gain. When analogue gain reaches the maximum value, the ISP applies digital gain. Accepts a numeric value.
+
+For a list of analogue gain limits, for official cameras, see the xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[camera hardware documentation].
+
+Sometimes, digital gain can exceed 1.0 even when the analogue gain limit is not exceeded. This can occur in the following situations:
+
+* Either of the colour gains drops below 1.0, which will cause the digital gain to settle to 1.0/min(red_gain,blue_gain). This keeps the total digital gain applied to any colour channel above 1.0 to avoid discolouration artefacts.
+* Slight variances during Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) changes.
+
+==== `metering`
+
+Default value: `centre`
+
+Sets the metering mode of the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) algorithm. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `centre` - centre weighted metering
+* `spot` - spot metering
+* `average` - average or whole frame metering
+* `custom` - custom metering mode defined in the camera tuning file
+
+For more information on defining a custom metering mode, and adjusting region weights in existing metering modes, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `exposure`
+
+Sets the exposure profile. Changing the exposure profile should not affect the image exposure. Instead, different modes adjust gain settings to achieve the same net result. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `sport`: short exposure, larger gains
+* `normal`: normal exposure, normal gains
+* `long`: long exposure, smaller gains
+
+You can edit exposure profiles using tuning files. For more information, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `awb`
+
+Sets the Auto White Balance (AWB) mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+|===
+| Mode name | Colour temperature range
+
+| `auto`
+| 2500K to 8000K
+
+| `incandescent`
+| 2500K to 3000K
+
+| `tungsten`
+| 3000K to 3500K
+
+| `fluorescent`
+| 4000K to 4700K
+
+| `indoor`
+| 3000K to 5000K
+
+| `daylight`
+| 5500K to 6500K
+
+| `cloudy`
+| 7000K to 8500K
+
+| `custom`
+| A custom range defined in the tuning file.
+|===
+
+These values are only approximate: values could vary according to the camera tuning.
+
+No mode fully disables AWB. Instead, you can fix colour gains with xref:camera_software.adoc#awbgains[`awbgains`].
+
+For more information on AWB modes, including how to define a custom one, see the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/camera/raspberry-pi-camera-guide.pdf[Tuning guide for the Raspberry Pi cameras and libcamera].
+
+==== `awbgains`
+
+Sets a fixed red and blue gain value to be used instead of an Auto White Balance (AWB) algorithm. Set non-zero values to disable AWB. Accepts comma-separated numeric input in the following format: `,`
+
+==== `denoise`
+
+Default value: `auto`
+
+Sets the denoising mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `auto`: Enables standard spatial denoise. Uses extra-fast colour denoise for video, and high-quality colour denoise for images. Enables no extra colour denoise in the preview window.
+
+* `off`: Disables spatial and colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_off`: Disables colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_fast`: Uses fast colour denoise.
+
+* `cdn_hq`: Uses high-quality colour denoise. Not appropriate for video/viewfinder due to reduced throughput.
+
+Even fast colour denoise can lower framerates. High quality colour denoise _significantly_ lowers framerates.
+
+==== `tuning-file`
+
+Specifies the camera tuning file. The tuning file allows you to control many aspects of image processing, including the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC), Auto White Balance (AWB), colour shading correction, colour processing, denoising and more. Accepts a tuning file path as input.
+
+For more information about tuning files, see xref:camera_software.adoc#tuning-files[Tuning Files].
+
+==== `autofocus-mode`
+
+Default value: `default`
+
+Specifies the autofocus mode. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `default`: puts the camera into continuous autofocus mode unless xref:camera_software.adoc#lens-position[`lens-position`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-on-capture[`autofocus-on-capture`] override the mode to manual
+* `manual`: does not move the lens at all unless manually configured with xref:camera_software.adoc#lens-position[`lens-position`]
+* `auto`: only moves the lens for an autofocus sweep when the camera starts or just before capture if xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-on-capture[`autofocus-on-capture`] is also used
+* `continuous`: adjusts the lens position automatically as the scene changes
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-range`
+
+Default value: `normal`
+
+Specifies the autofocus range. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `normal`: focuses from reasonably close to infinity
+* `macro`: focuses only on close objects, including the closest focal distances supported by the camera
+* `full`: focus on the entire range, from the very closest objects to infinity
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-speed`
+
+Default value: `normal`
+
+Specifies the autofocus speed. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `normal`: changes the lens position at normal speed
+* `fast`: changes the lens position quickly
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `autofocus-window`
+
+Specifies the autofocus window within the full field of the sensor. Accepts four decimal values, _ranged 0 to 1_, in the following format: `,,,h>`. Each of these values represents a percentage of the available width and heights as a decimal between 0 and 1.
+
+These values define the following proportions:
+
+* ``: X coordinates to skip before applying autofocus
+* ``: Y coordinates to skip before applying autofocus
+* ``: autofocus area width
+* ``: autofocus area height
+
+The default value uses the middle third of the output image in both dimensions (1/9 of the total image area).
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-hello --autofocus-window 0.25,0.25,0.5,0.5` selects exactly half of the total number of pixels cropped from the centre of the image (skips the first 25% of X coordinates, skips the first 25% of Y coordinates, uses 50% of the total image width, uses 50% of the total image height).
+* `rpicam-hello --autofocus-window 0,0,0.25,0.25` selects exactly a quarter of the total number of pixels cropped from the top left of the image (skips the first 0% of X coordinates, skips the first 0% of Y coordinates, uses 25% of the image width, uses 25% of the image height).
+
+This option is only supported for certain camera modules.
+
+==== `lens-position`
+
+Default value: `default`
+
+Moves the lens to a fixed focal distance, normally given in dioptres (units of 1 / _distance in metres_). Accepts the following spectrum of values:
+
+* `0.0`: moves the lens to the "infinity" position
+* Any other `number`: moves the lens to the 1 / `number` position. For example, the value `2.0` would focus at approximately 0.5m
+* `default`: move the lens to a default position which corresponds to the hyperfocal position of the lens
+
+Lens calibration is imperfect, so different camera modules of the same model may vary.
+
+==== `verbose`
+
+Alias: `-v`
+
+Default value: `1`
+
+Sets the verbosity level. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `0`: no output
+* `1`: normal output
+* `2`: verbose output
+
+=== Output file options
+
+==== `output`
+
+Alias: `-o`
+
+Sets the name of the file used to record images or video. Besides plaintext file names, accepts the following special values:
+
+* `-`: write to stdout.
+* `udp://` (prefix): a network address for UDP streaming.
+* `tcp://` (prefix): a network address for TCP streaming.
+* Include the `%d` directive in the file name to replace the directive with a count that increments for each opened file. This directive supports standard C format directive modifiers.
+
+Examples:
+
+* `rpicam-vid -t 100000 --segment 10000 -o chunk%04d.h264` records a 100 second file in 10 second segments, where each file includes an incrementing four-digit counter padded with leading zeros: e.g. `chunk0001.h264`, `chunk0002.h264`, etc.
+
+* `rpicam-vid -t 0 --inline -o udp://192.168.1.13:5000` streams H.264 video to network address 192.168.1.13 using UDP on port 5000.
+
+==== `wrap`
+
+Sets a maximum value for the counter used by the xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] `%d` directive. The counter resets to zero after reaching this value. Accepts a numeric value.
+
+==== `flush`
+
+Flushes output files to disk as soon as a frame finishes writing, instead of waiting for the system to handle it. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `post-process-file`
+
+Specifies a JSON file that configures the post-processing applied by the imaging pipeline. This applies to camera images _before_ they reach the application. This works similarly to the legacy `raspicam` "image effects". Accepts a file name path as input.
+
+Post-processing is a large topic and admits the use of third-party software like OpenCV and TensorFlowLite to analyse and manipulate images. For more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#post-processing-with-rpicam-apps[post-processing].
+
+==== `buffer-count`
+
+The number of buffers to allocate for still image capture or for video recording. The default value of zero lets each application choose a reasonable number for its own use case (1 for still image capture, and 6 for video recording). Increasing the number can sometimes help to reduce the number of frame drops, particularly at higher framerates.
+
+==== `viewfinder-buffer-count`
+
+As the `buffer-count` option, but applies when running in preview mode (that is `rpicam-hello` or the preview, not capture, phase of `rpicam-still`).
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..298116505c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+=== Detection options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to object detection using `rpicam-detect`.
+
+To pass one of the following options to `rpicam-detect`, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `object`
+
+Detects objects with the given name, sourced from the model's label file. Accepts a plaintext file name as input.
+
+==== `gap`
+
+Wait at least this many frames between captures. Accepts numeric values.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3b1f2ce199
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+=== `libav` options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to `libav` video backend.
+
+To enable the `libav` backend, pass the xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option the value `libav`.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `libav-format`
+
+Sets the `libav` output format. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `mkv` encoding
+* `mp4` encoding
+* `avi` encoding
+* `h264` streaming
+* `mpegts` streaming
+
+If you do not provide this option, the file extension passed to the xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] option determines the file format.
+
+==== `libav-audio`
+
+Enables audio recording. When enabled, you must also specify an xref:camera_software.adoc#audio-codec[`audio-codec`]. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `audio-codec`
+
+Default value: `aac`
+
+Selects an audio codec for output. For a list of available codecs, run `ffmpeg -codecs`.
+
+==== `audio-bitrate`
+
+Sets the bitrate for audio encoding in bits per second. Accepts numeric input.
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid --codec libav -o test.mp4 --audio_codec mp2 --audio-bitrate 16384` (Records audio at 16 kilobits/sec with the mp2 codec)
+
+==== `audio-samplerate`
+
+Default value: `0`
+
+Sets the audio sampling rate in Hz. Accepts numeric input. `0` uses the input sample rate.
+
+==== `audio-device`
+
+Select an ALSA input device for audio recording. For a list of available devices, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pactl list | grep -A2 'Source #' | grep 'Name: '
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+Name: alsa_output.platform-bcm2835_audio.analog-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_output.platform-fef00700.hdmi.hdmi-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_output.usb-GN_Netcom_A_S_Jabra_EVOLVE_LINK_000736B1214E0A-00.analog-stereo.monitor
+Name: alsa_input.usb-GN_Netcom_A_S_Jabra_EVOLVE_LINK_000736B1214E0A-00.mono-fallback
+----
+
+==== `av-sync`
+
+Shifts the audio sample timestamp by a value in microseconds. Accepts positive and negative numeric values.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4e20880dc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+=== Image options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to still image output.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `quality`
+
+Alias: `-q`
+
+Default value: `93`
+
+Sets the JPEG quality. Accepts a value between `1` and `100`.
+
+==== `exif`
+
+Saves extra EXIF tags in the JPEG output file. Only applies to JPEG output. Because of limitations in the `libexif` library, many tags are currently (incorrectly) formatted as ASCII and print a warning in the terminal.
+
+This option is necessary to add certain EXIF tags related to camera settings. You can add tags unrelated to camera settings to the output JPEG after recording with https://exiftool.org/[ExifTool].
+
+Example: `rpicam-still -o test.jpg --exif IDO0.Artist=Someone`
+
+==== `timelapse`
+
+Records images at the specified interval. Accepts an interval in milliseconds. Combine this setting with xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] to capture repeated images over time.
+
+You can specify separate filenames for each output file using string formatting, e.g. `--output test%d.jpg`.
+
+Example: `rpicam-still -t 100000 -o test%d.jpg --timelapse 10000` captures an image every 10 seconds for 100 seconds.
+
+==== `framestart`
+
+Configures a starting value for the frame counter accessed in output file names as `%d`. Accepts an integer starting value.
+
+==== `datetime`
+
+Uses the current date and time in the output file name, in the form `MMDDhhmmss.jpg`:
+
+* `MM` = 2-digit month number
+* `DD` = 2-digit day number
+* `hh` = 2-digit 24-hour hour number
+* `mm` = 2-digit minute number
+* `ss` = 2-digit second number
+
+Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `timestamp`
+
+Uses the current system https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_time[Unix time] as the output file name. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `restart`
+
+Default value: `0`
+
+Configures the restart marker interval for JPEG output. JPEG restart markers can help limit the impact of corruption on JPEG images, and additionally enable the use of multi-threaded JPEG encoding and decoding. Accepts an integer value.
+
+==== `immediate`
+
+Captures the image immediately when the application runs.
+
+==== `keypress`
+
+Alias: `-k`
+
+Captures an image when the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] expires or on press of the *Enter* key, whichever comes first. Press the `x` key, then *Enter* to exit without capturing. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `signal`
+
+Captures an image when the xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`] expires or when `SIGUSR1` is received. Use `SIGUSR2` to exit without capturing. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `thumb`
+
+Default value: `320:240:70`
+
+Configure the dimensions and quality of the thumbnail with the following format: `` (or `none`, which omits the thumbnail).
+
+==== `encoding`
+
+Alias: `-e`
+
+Default value: `jpg`
+
+Sets the encoder to use for image output. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `jpg` - JPEG
+* `png` - PNG
+* `bmp` - BMP
+* `rgb` - binary dump of uncompressed RGB pixels
+* `yuv420` - binary dump of uncompressed YUV420 pixels
+
+This option always determines the encoding, overriding the extension passed to xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`].
+
+When using the xref:camera_software.adoc#datetime[`datetime`] and xref:camera_software.adoc#timestamp[`timestamp`] options, this option determines the output file extension.
+
+==== `raw`
+
+Alias: `-r`
+
+Saves a raw Bayer file in DNG format in addition to the output image. Replaces the output file name extension with `.dng`. You can process these standard DNG files with tools like _dcraw_ or _RawTherapee_. Does not accept a value.
+
+The image data in the raw file is exactly what came out of the sensor, with no processing from the ISP or anything else. The EXIF data saved in the file, among other things, includes:
+
+* exposure time
+* analogue gain (the ISO tag is 100 times the analogue gain used)
+* white balance gains (which are the reciprocals of the "as shot neutral" values)
+* the colour matrix used by the ISP
+
+==== `latest`
+
+Creates a symbolic link to the most recently saved file. Accepts a symbolic link name as input.
+
+==== `autofocus-on-capture`
+
+If set, runs an autofocus cycle _just before_ capturing an image. Interacts with the following xref:camera_software.adoc#autofocus-mode[`autofocus_mode`] values:
+
+* `default` or `manual`: only runs the capture-time autofocus cycle.
+
+* `auto`: runs an additional autofocus cycle when the preview window loads.
+
+* `continuous`: ignores this option, instead continually focusing throughout the preview.
+
+Does not require a value, but you can pass `1` to enable and `0` to disable. Not passing a value is equivalent to passing `1`.
+
+Only supported by some camera modules (such as the _Raspberry Pi Camera Module 3_).
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..00ac1a2589
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+=== Video options
+
+The command line options specified in this section apply only to video output.
+
+To pass one of the following options to an application, prefix the option name with `--`. If the option requires a value, pass the value immediately after the option name, separated by a single space. If the value contains a space, surround the value in quotes.
+
+Some options have shorthand aliases, for example `-h` instead of `--help`. Use these shorthand aliases instead of the full option name to save space and time at the expense of readability.
+
+==== `quality`
+
+Alias: `-q`
+
+Default value: `50`
+
+Accepts an MJPEG quality level between 1 and 100. Only applies to videos encoded in the MJPEG format.
+
+==== `bitrate`
+
+Alias: `-b`
+
+Controls the target bitrate used by the H.264 encoder in bits per second. Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format. Impacts the size of the output video.
+
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid -b 10000000 --width 1920 --height 1080 -o test.h264`
+
+==== `intra`
+
+Alias: `-g`
+
+Default value: `60`
+
+Sets the frequency of Iframes (intra frames) in the H.264 bitstream. Accepts a number of frames. Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `profile`
+
+Sets the H.264 profile. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `baseline`
+* `main`
+* `high`
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `level`
+
+Sets the H.264 level. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `4`
+* `4.1`
+* `4.2`
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format.
+
+==== `codec`
+
+Sets the encoder to use for video output. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `h264` - use H.264 encoder (the default)
+* `mjpeg` - use MJPEG encoder
+* `yuv420` - output uncompressed YUV420 frames.
+* `libav` - use the libav backend to encode audio and video (for more information, see xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav`])
+
+==== `save-pts`
+
+WARNING: Raspberry Pi 5 does not support the `save-pts` option. Use `libav` to automatically generate timestamps for container formats instead.
+
+Enables frame timestamp output, which allow you to convert the bitstream into a container format using a tool like `mkvmerge`. Accepts a plaintext file name for the timestamp output file.
+
+Example: `rpicam-vid -o test.h264 --save-pts timestamps.txt`
+
+You can then use the following command to generate an MKV container file from the bitstream and timestamps file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkvmerge -o test.mkv --timecodes 0:timestamps.txt test.h264
+----
+
+==== `keypress`
+
+Alias: `-k`
+
+Allows the CLI to enable and disable video output using the *Enter* key. Always starts in the recording state unless specified otherwise with xref:camera_software.adoc#initial[`initial`]. Type the `x` key and press *Enter* to exit. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `signal`
+
+Alias: `-s`
+
+Allows the CLI to enable and disable video output using `SIGUSR1`. Use `SIGUSR2` to exit. Always starts in the recording state unless specified otherwise with xref:camera_software.adoc#initial[`initial`]. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `initial`
+
+Default value: `record`
+
+Specifies whether to start the application with video output enabled or disabled. Accepts the following values:
+
+* `record`: Starts with video output enabled.
+* `pause`: Starts with video output disabled.
+
+Use this option with either xref:camera_software.adoc#keypress[`keypress`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#signal[`signal`] to toggle between the two states.
+
+==== `split`
+
+When toggling recording with xref:camera_software.adoc#keypress[`keypress`] or xref:camera_software.adoc#signal[`signal`], writes the video output from separate recording sessions into separate files. Does not accept a value. Unless combined with xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] to specify unique names for each file, overwrites each time it writes a file.
+
+==== `segment`
+
+Cuts video output into multiple files of the passed duration. Accepts a duration in milliseconds. If passed a very small duration (for instance, `1`), records each frame to a separate output file to simulate burst capture.
+
+You can specify separate filenames for each file using string formatting, e.g. `--output test%04d.h264`.
+
+==== `circular`
+
+Default value: `4`
+
+Writes video recording into a circular buffer in memory. When the application quits, records the circular buffer to disk. Accepts an optional size in megabytes.
+
+==== `inline`
+
+Writes a sequence header in every Iframe (intra frame). This can help clients decode the video sequence from any point in the video, instead of just the beginning. Recommended with xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`], xref:camera_software.adoc#split[`split`], xref:camera_software.adoc#circular[`circular`], and streaming options.
+
+Only applies to videos encoded in the H.264 format. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `listen`
+
+Waits for an incoming client connection before encoding video. Intended for network streaming over TCP/IP. Does not accept a value.
+
+==== `frames`
+
+Records exactly the specified number of frames. Any non-zero value overrides xref:camera_software.adoc#timeout[`timeout`]. Accepts a nonzero integer.
+
+==== `framerate`
+
+Records exactly the specified framerate. Accepts a nonzero integer.
+
+==== `low-latency`
+
+On a Pi 5, the `--low-latency` option will reduce the encoding latency, which may be beneficial for real-time streaming applications, in return for (slightly) less good coding efficiency (for example, B frames and arithmetic coding will no longer be used).
+
+==== `sync`
+
+Run the camera in software synchronisation mode, where multiple cameras synchronise frames to the same moment in time. The `sync` mode can be set to either `client` or `server`. For more information, please refer to the detailed explanation of xref:camera_software.adoc#software-camera-synchronisation[how software synchronisation works].
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..210e0e20ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_raw.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+=== `rpicam-raw`
+
+`rpicam-raw` records video as raw Bayer frames directly from the sensor. It does not show a preview window. To record a two second raw clip to a file named `test.raw`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 2000 -o test.raw
+----
+
+`rpicam-raw` outputs raw frames with no formatting information at all, one directly after another. The application prints the pixel format and image dimensions to the terminal window to help the user interpret the pixel data.
+
+By default, `rpicam-raw` outputs raw frames in a single, potentially very large, file. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`] option to direct each raw frame to a separate file, using the `%05d` xref:camera_software.adoc#output[directive] to make each frame filename unique:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 2000 --segment 1 -o test%05d.raw
+----
+
+With a fast storage device, `rpicam-raw` can write 18MB 12-megapixel HQ camera frames to disk at 10fps. `rpicam-raw` has no capability to format output frames as DNG files; for that functionality, use xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-still[`rpicam-still`]. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#framerate[`framerate`] option at a level beneath 10 to avoid dropping frames:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-raw -t 5000 --width 4056 --height 3040 -o test.raw --framerate 8
+----
+
+For more information on the raw formats, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#mode[`mode` documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..08ec164e0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_still.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+=== `rpicam-still`
+
+`rpicam-still`, like `rpicam-jpeg`, helps you capture images on Raspberry Pi devices.
+Unlike `rpicam-jpeg`, `rpicam-still` supports many options provided in the legacy `raspistill` application.
+
+To capture a full resolution JPEG image and save it to a file named `test.jpg`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --output test.jpg
+----
+
+==== Encoders
+
+`rpicam-still` can save images in multiple formats, including `png`, `bmp`, and both RGB and YUV binary pixel dumps. To read these binary dumps, any application reading the files must understand the pixel arrangement.
+
+Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#encoding[`encoding`] option to specify an output format. The file name passed to xref:camera_software.adoc#output[`output`] has no impact on the output file type.
+
+To capture a full resolution PNG image and save it to a file named `test.png`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --encoding png --output test.png
+----
+
+For more information about specifying an image format, see the xref:camera_software.adoc#encoding[`encoding` option reference].
+
+==== Capture raw images
+
+Raw images are the images produced directly by the image sensor, before any processing is applied to them either by the Image Signal Processor (ISP) or CPU. Colour image sensors usually use the Bayer format. Use the xref:camera_software.adoc#raw[`raw`] option to capture raw images.
+
+To capture an image, save it to a file named `test.jpg`, and also save a raw version of the image to a file named `test.dng`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --raw --output test.jpg
+----
+
+`rpicam-still` saves raw images in the DNG (Adobe Digital Negative) format. To determine the filename of the raw images, `rpicam-still` uses the same name as the output file, with the extension changed to `.dng`. To work with DNG images, use an application like https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dcraw[Dcraw] or https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RawTherapee[RawTherapee].
+
+DNG files contain metadata about the image capture, including black levels, white balance information and the colour matrix used by the ISP to produce the JPEG. Use https://exiftool.org/[ExifTool] to view DNG metadata. The following output shows typical metadata stored in a raw image captured by a Raspberry Pi using the HQ camera:
+
+----
+File Name : test.dng
+Directory : .
+File Size : 24 MB
+File Modification Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Access Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Inode Change Date/Time : 2021:08:17 16:36:18+01:00
+File Permissions : rw-r--r--
+File Type : DNG
+File Type Extension : dng
+MIME Type : image/x-adobe-dng
+Exif Byte Order : Little-endian (Intel, II)
+Make : Raspberry Pi
+Camera Model Name : /base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a
+Orientation : Horizontal (normal)
+Software : rpicam-still
+Subfile Type : Full-resolution Image
+Image Width : 4056
+Image Height : 3040
+Bits Per Sample : 16
+Compression : Uncompressed
+Photometric Interpretation : Color Filter Array
+Samples Per Pixel : 1
+Planar Configuration : Chunky
+CFA Repeat Pattern Dim : 2 2
+CFA Pattern 2 : 2 1 1 0
+Black Level Repeat Dim : 2 2
+Black Level : 256 256 256 256
+White Level : 4095
+DNG Version : 1.1.0.0
+DNG Backward Version : 1.0.0.0
+Unique Camera Model : /base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a
+Color Matrix 1 : 0.8545269369 -0.2382823821 -0.09044229197 -0.1890484985 1.063961506 0.1062747385 -0.01334283455 0.1440163847 0.2593136724
+As Shot Neutral : 0.4754476844 1 0.413686484
+Calibration Illuminant 1 : D65
+Strip Offsets : 0
+Strip Byte Counts : 0
+Exposure Time : 1/20
+ISO : 400
+CFA Pattern : [Blue,Green][Green,Red]
+Image Size : 4056x3040
+Megapixels : 12.3
+Shutter Speed : 1/20
+----
+
+To find the analogue gain, divide the ISO number by 100.
+The Auto White Balance (AWB) algorithm determines a single calibrated illuminant, which is always labelled `D65`.
+
+==== Capture long exposures
+
+To capture very long exposure images, disable the Automatic Exposure/Gain Control (AEC/AGC) and Auto White Balance (AWB). These algorithms will otherwise force the user to wait for a number of frames while they converge.
+
+To disable these algorithms, supply explicit values for gain and AWB. Because long exposures take plenty of time already, it often makes sense to skip the preview phase entirely with the xref:camera_software.adoc#immediate[`immediate`] option.
+
+To perform a 100 second exposure capture, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still -o long_exposure.jpg --shutter 100000000 --gain 1 --awbgains 1,1 --immediate
+----
+
+To find the maximum exposure times of official Raspberry Pi cameras, see xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#hardware-specification[the camera hardware specification].
+
+==== Create a time lapse video
+
+To create a time lapse video, capture a still image at a regular interval, such as once a minute, then use an application to stitch the pictures together into a video.
+
+[tabs]
+======
+`rpicam-still` time lapse mode::
++
+To use the built-in time lapse mode of `rpicam-still`, use the xref:camera_software.adoc#timelapse[`timelapse`] option. This option accepts a value representing the period of time you want your Raspberry Pi to wait between captures, in milliseconds.
++
+First, create a directory where you can store your time lapse photos:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir timelapse
+----
++
+Run the following command to create a time lapse over 30 seconds, recording a photo every two seconds, saving output into `image0000.jpg` through `image0013.jpg`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --timeout 30000 --timelapse 2000 -o timelapse/image%04d.jpg
+----
+
+`cron`::
++
+You can also automate time lapses with `cron`. First, create the script, named `timelapse.sh` containing the following commands. Replace the `` placeholder with the name of your user account on your Raspberry Pi:
++
+[source,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/bash
+DATE=$(date +"%Y-%m-%d_%H%M")
+rpicam-still -o /home//timelapse/$DATE.jpg
+----
++
+Then, make the script executable:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ chmod +x timelapse.sh
+----
++
+Create the `timelapse` directory into which you'll save time lapse pictures:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ mkdir timelapse
+----
++
+Open your crontab for editing:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
++
+Once you have the file open in an editor, add the following line to schedule an image capture every minute, replacing the `` placeholder with the username of your primary user account:
++
+----
+* * * * * /home//timelapse.sh 2>&1
+----
++
+Save and exit, and you should see this message:
++
+----
+crontab: installing new crontab
+----
++
+To stop recording images for the time lapse, run `crontab -e` again and remove the above line from your crontab.
+
+======
+
+===== Stitch images together
+
+Once you have a series of time lapse photos, you probably want to combine them into a video. Use `ffmpeg` to do this on a Raspberry Pi.
+
+First, install `ffmpeg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install ffmpeg
+----
+
+Run the following command from the directory that contains the `timelapse` directory to convert your JPEG files into an mp4 video:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffmpeg -r 10 -f image2 -pattern_type glob -i 'timelapse/*.jpg' -s 1280x720 -vcodec libx264 timelapse.mp4
+----
+
+The command above uses the following parameters:
+
+* `-r 10`: sets the frame rate (Hz value) to ten frames per second in the output video
+* `-f image2`: sets `ffmpeg` to read from a list of image files specified by a pattern
+* `-pattern_type glob`: use wildcard patterns (globbing) to interpret filename input with `-i`
+* `-i 'timelapse/*.jpg'`: specifies input files to match JPG files in the `timelapse` directory
+* `-s 1280x720`: scales to 720p
+* `-vcodec libx264` use the software x264 encoder.
+* `timelapse.mp4` The name of the output video file.
+
+For more information about `ffmpeg` options, run `ffmpeg --help` in a terminal.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e88c5b762a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/rpicam_vid.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+=== `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` helps you capture video on Raspberry Pi devices. `rpicam-vid` displays a preview window and writes an encoded bitstream to the specified output. This produces an unpackaged video bitstream that is not wrapped in any kind of container (such as an mp4 file) format.
+
+NOTE: When available, `rpicam-vid` uses hardware H.264 encoding.
+
+For example, the following command writes a ten-second video to a file named `test.h264`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o test.h264
+----
+
+You can play the resulting file with ffplay and other video players:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay test.h264
+----
+
+[WARNING]
+====
+Older versions of vlc were able to play H.264 files correctly, but recent versions do not - displaying only a few, or possibly garbled, frames. You should either use a different media player, or save your files in a more widely supported container format - such as MP4 (see below).
+====
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5, you can output to the MP4 container format directly by specifying the `mp4` file extension for your output file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s -o test.mp4
+----
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4, or earlier devices, you can save MP4 files using:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10s --codec libav -o test.mp4
+----
+
+==== Encoders
+
+`rpicam-vid` supports motion JPEG as well as both uncompressed and unformatted YUV420:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec mjpeg -o test.mjpeg
+----
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec yuv420 -o test.data
+----
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option determines the output format, not the extension of the output file.
+
+The xref:camera_software.adoc#segment[`segment`] option breaks output files up into chunks of the segment size (given in milliseconds). This is handy for breaking a motion JPEG stream up into individual JPEG files by specifying very short (1 millisecond) segments. For example, the following command combines segments of 1 millisecond with a counter in the output file name to generate a new filename for each segment:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 --codec mjpeg --segment 1 -o test%05d.jpeg
+----
+
+==== Capture high framerate video
+
+To minimise frame drops for high framerate (> 60fps) video, try the following configuration tweaks:
+
+* Set the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Advanced_Video_Coding#Levels[H.264 target level] to 4.2 with `--level 4.2`.
+* Disable software colour denoise processing by setting the xref:camera_software.adoc#denoise[`denoise`] option to `cdn_off`.
+* Disable the display window with xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`] to free up some additional CPU cycles.
+* Set `force_turbo=1` in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] to ensure that the CPU clock does not throttle during video capture. For more information, see xref:config_txt.adoc#force_turbo[the `force_turbo` documentation].
+* Adjust the ISP output resolution with `--width 1280 --height 720` or something even lower to achieve your framerate target.
+* On Raspberry Pi 4, you can overclock the GPU to improve performance by adding `gpu_freq=550` or higher in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`. See xref:config_txt.adoc#overclocking[the overclocking documentation] for further details.
+
+The following command demonstrates how you might achieve 1280×720 120fps video:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --level 4.2 --framerate 120 --width 1280 --height 720 --save-pts timestamp.pts -o video.264 -t 10000 --denoise cdn_off -n
+----
+
+==== `libav` integration with `rpicam-vid`
+
+`rpicam-vid` can use the `ffmpeg`/`libav` codec backend to encode audio and video streams. You can either save these streams to a file or stream them over the network. `libav` uses hardware H.264 video encoding when present.
+
+To enable the `libav` backend, pass `libav` to the xref:camera_software.adoc#codec[`codec`] option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid --codec libav --libav-format avi --libav-audio --output example.avi
+----
+
+==== Low latency video with the Pi 5
+
+Pi 5 uses software video encoders. These generally output frames with a longer latency than the old hardware encoders, and this can sometimes be an issue for real-time streaming applications.
+
+In this case, please add the option `--low-latency` to the `rpicam-vid` command. This will alter certain encoder options to output the encoded frame more quickly.
+
+The downside is that coding efficiency is (slightly) less good, and that the processor's multiple cores may be used (slightly) less efficiently. The maximum framerate that can be encoded may be slightly reduced (though it will still easily achieve 1080p30).
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffcf9a6569
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/streaming.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+== Stream video over a network with `rpicam-apps`
+
+This section describes how to stream video over a network using `rpicam-vid`. Whilst it's possible to stream very simple formats without using `libav`, for most applications we recommend using the xref:camera_software.adoc#libav-integration-with-rpicam-vid[`libav` backend].
+
+=== UDP
+
+To stream video over UDP using a Raspberry Pi as a server, use the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --inline -o udp://:
+----
+
+To view video streamed over UDP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, use the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to stream from:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay udp://@: -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+As noted previously, `vlc` no longer handles unencapsulated H.264 streams.
+
+In fact, support for unencapsulated H.264 can generally be quite poor so it is often better to send an MPEG-2 Transport Stream instead. Making use of `libav`, this can be accomplished with:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o udp://:
+----
+
+In this case, we can also play the stream successfully with `vlc`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc udp://@:
+----
+
+=== TCP
+
+You can also stream video over TCP. As before, we can send an unencapsulated H.264 stream over the network. To use a Raspberry Pi as a server:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --inline --listen -o tcp://0.0.0.0:
+----
+
+To view video streamed over TCP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, assuming the server is running at 30 frames per second, use the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay tcp://: -vf "setpts=N/30" -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+
+But as with the UDP examples, it is often preferable to send an MPEG-2 Transport Stream as this is generally better supported. To do this, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o tcp://0.0.0.0:?listen=1
+----
+
+We can now play this back using a variety of media players, including `vlc`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc tcp://:
+----
+
+=== RTSP
+
+We can use VLC as an RTSP server, however, we must send it an MPEG-2 Transport Stream as it no longer understands unencapsulated H.264:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o - | cvlc stream:///dev/stdin --sout '#rtp{sdp=rtsp://:8554/stream1}'
+----
+
+To view video streamed over RTSP using a Raspberry Pi as a client, use the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ffplay rtsp://:8554/stream1 -fflags nobuffer -flags low_delay -framedrop
+----
+
+Alternatively, use the following command on a client to stream using VLC:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vlc rtsp://:8554/stream1
+----
+
+If you want to see a preview window on the server, just drop the `-n` option (see xref:camera_software.adoc#nopreview[`nopreview`]).
+
+=== `libav` and Audio
+
+We have already been using `libav` as the backend for network streaming. `libav` allows us to add an audio stream, so long as we're using a format - like the MPEG-2 Transport Stream - that permits audio data.
+
+We can take one of our previous commands, like the one for streaming an MPEG-2 Transport Stream over TCP, and simply add the `--libav-audio` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 --codec libav --libav-format mpegts --libav-audio -o "tcp://:?listen=1"
+----
+
+You can stream over UDP with a similar command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 --codec libav --libav-format mpegts --libav-audio -o "udp://:"
+----
+
+=== GStreamer
+
+https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/[GStreamer] is a Linux framework for reading, processing and playing multimedia files. We can also use it in conjunction with `rpicam-vid` for network streaming.
+
+This setup uses `rpicam-vid` to output an H.264 bitstream to stdout, though as we've done previously, we're going to encapsulate it in an MPEG-2 Transport Stream for better downstream compatibility.
+
+Then, we use the GStreamer `fdsrc` element to receive the bitstream, and extra GStreamer elements to send it over the network. On the server, run the following command to start the stream, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-format mpegts -o - | gst-launch-1.0 fdsrc fd=0 ! udpsink host= port=
+----
+
+We could of course use anything (such as vlc) as the client, and the best GStreamer clients for playback are beyond the scope of this document. However, we note that the following pipeline (with the obvious substitutions) would work on a Pi 4 or earlier device:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ gst-launch-1.0 udpsrc address= port= ! tsparse ! tsdemux ! h264parse ! queue ! v4l2h264dec ! autovideosink
+----
+
+For a Pi 5, replace `v4l2h264dec` by `avdec_h264`.
+
+TIP: To test this configuration, run the server and client commands in separate terminals on the same device, using `localhost` as the address.
+
+==== `libcamerasrc` GStreamer element
+
+`libcamera` provides a `libcamerasrc` GStreamer element which can be used directly instead of `rpicam-vid`. To use this element, run the following command on the server, replacing the `` placeholder with the IP address of the client or multicast address and replacing the `` placeholder with the port you would like to use for streaming. On a Pi 4 or earlier device, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ gst-launch-1.0 libcamerasrc ! capsfilter caps=video/x-raw,width=640,height=360,format=NV12,interlace-mode=progressive ! v4l2h264enc extra-controls="controls,repeat_sequence_header=1" ! 'video/x-h264,level=(string)4' ! h264parse ! mpegtsmux ! udpsink host= port=
+----
+On a Pi 5 you would have to replace `v4l2h264enc extra-controls="controls,repeat_sequence_header=1"` by `x264enc speed-preset=1 threads=1`.
+
+On the client we could use the same playback pipeline as we did just above, or other streaming media players.
+
+=== WebRTC
+
+Streaming over WebRTC (for example, to web browsers) is best accomplished using third party software. https://github.com/bluenviron/mediamtx[MediaMTX], for example, includes native Raspberry Pi camera support which makes it easy to use.
+
+To install it, download the latest version from the https://github.com/bluenviron/mediamtx/releases[releases] page. Raspberry Pi OS 64-bit users will want the "linux_arm64v8" compressed tar file (ending `.tar.gz`). Unpack it and you will get a `mediamtx` executable and a configuration file called `mediamtx.yml`.
+
+It's worth backing up the `mediamtx.yml` file because it documents many Raspberry Pi camera options that you may want to investigate later.
+
+To stream the camera, replace the contents of `mediamtx.yml` by:
+----
+paths:
+ cam:
+ source: rpiCamera
+----
+and start the `mediamtx` executable. On a browser, enter `http://:8889/cam` into the address bar.
+
+If you want MediaMTX to acquire the camera only when the stream is requested, add the following line to the previous `mediamtx.yml`:
+----
+ sourceOnDemand: yes
+----
+Consult the original `mediamtx.yml` for additional configuration parameters that let you select the image size, the camera mode, the bitrate and so on - just search for `rpi`.
+
+==== Customised image streams with WebRTC
+
+MediaMTX is great if you want to stream just the camera images. But what if we want to add some extra information or overlay, or do some extra processing on the images?
+
+Before starting, ensure that you've built a version of `rpicam-apps` that includes OpenCV support. Check it by running
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --post-process-file rpicam-apps/assets/annotate_cv.json
+----
+and looking for the overlaid text information at the top of the image.
+
+Next, paste the following into your `mediamtx.yml` file:
+----
+paths:
+ cam:
+ source: udp://127.0.0.1:1234
+----
+
+Now, start `mediamtx` and then, if you're using a Pi 5, in a new terminal window, enter:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 0 -n --codec libav --libav-video-codec-opts "profile=baseline" --libav-format mpegts -o udp://127.0.0.1:1234?pkt_size=1316 --post-process-file rpicam-apps/assets/annotate_cv.json
+----
+(On a Pi 4 or earlier device, leave out the `--libav-video-codec-opts "profile=baseline"` part of the command.)
+
+On another computer, you can now visit the same address as before, namely `http://:8889/cam`.
+
+The reason for specifying "baseline" profile on a Pi 5 is that MediaMTX doesn't support B frames, so we need to stop the encoder from producing them. On earlier devices, with hardware encoders, B frames are never generated so there is no issue. On a Pi 5 you could alternatively remove this option and replace it with `--low-latency` which will also prevent B frames, and produce a (slightly less well compressed) stream with reduced latency.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+If you notice occasional pauses in the video stream, this may be because the UDP receive buffers on the Pi (passing data from `rpicam-vid` to MediaMTX) are too small. To increase them permantently, add
+----
+net.core.rmem_default=1000000
+net.core.rmem_max=1000000
+----
+to your `/etc/sysctl.conf` file (and reboot or run `sudo sysctl -p`).
+====
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4c94ce12f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/troubleshooting.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+== Troubleshooting
+
+If your Camera Module doesn't work like you expect, try some of the following fixes:
+
+* On Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier devices running Raspberry Pi OS _Bullseye_ or earlier:
+** To enable hardware-accelerated camera previews, enable *Glamor*. To enable Glamor, enter `sudo raspi-config` in a terminal, select `Advanced Options` > `Glamor` > `Yes`. Then reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+** If you see an error related to the display driver, add `dtoverlay=vc4-fkms-v3d` or `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` to `/boot/config.txt`. Then reboot your Raspberry Pi with `sudo reboot`.
+* On Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier, the graphics hardware can only support images up to 2048×2048 pixels, which places a limit on the camera images that can be resized into the preview window. As a result, video encoding of images larger than 2048 pixels wide produces corrupted or missing preview images.
+* On Raspberry Pi 4, the graphics hardware can only support images up to 4096×4096 pixels, which places a limit on the camera images that can be resized into the preview window. As a result, video encoding of images larger than 4096 pixels wide produces corrupted or missing preview images.
+* The preview window may show display tearing in a desktop environment. This is a known, unfixable issue.
+* Check that the FFC (Flat Flexible Cable) is firmly seated, fully inserted, and that the contacts face the correct direction. The FFC should be evenly inserted, not angled.
+* If you use a connector between the camera and your Raspberry Pi, check that the ports on the connector are firmly seated, fully inserted, and that the contacts face the correct direction.
+* Check to make sure that the FFC (Flat Flexible Cable) is attached to the CSI (Camera Serial Interface), _not_ the DSI (Display Serial Interface). The connector fits into either port, but only the CSI port powers and controls the camera. Look for the `CSI` label printed on the board near the port.
+* xref:os.adoc#update-software[Update to the latest software.]
+* Try a different power supply. The Camera Module adds about 200-250mA to the power requirements of your Raspberry Pi. If your power supply is low quality, your Raspberry Pi may not be able to power the Camera module.
+* If you've checked all the above issues and your Camera Module still doesn't work like you expect, try posting on our forums for more help.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7cc2ceabcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/v4l2.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+== V4L2 drivers
+
+V4L2 drivers provide a standard Linux interface for accessing camera and codec features. Normally, Linux loads drivers automatically during boot. But in some situations you may need to xref:camera_software.adoc#configuration[load camera drivers explicitly].
+
+=== Device nodes when using `libcamera`
+
+[cols="1,^3"]
+|===
+| /dev/videoX | Default action
+
+| `video0`
+| Unicam driver for the first CSI-2 receiver
+
+| `video1`
+| Unicam driver for the second CSI-2 receiver
+
+| `video10`
+| Video decode
+
+| `video11`
+| Video encode
+
+| `video12`
+| Simple ISP, can perform conversion and resizing between RGB/YUV formats in addition to Bayer to RGB/YUV conversion
+
+| `video13`
+| Input to fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video14`
+| High resolution output from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video15`
+| Low result output from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video16`
+| Image statistics from fully programmable ISP
+
+| `video19`
+| HEVC decode
+|===
+
+=== Use the V4L2 drivers
+
+For more information on how to use the V4L2 drivers, see the https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/userspace-api/media/v4l/v4l2.html[V4L2 documentation].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dbfe0c8e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera/webcams.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+== Use a USB webcam
+
+Most Raspberry Pi devices have dedicated ports for camera modules. Camera modules are high-quality, highly-configurable cameras popular with Raspberry Pi users.
+
+However, for many purposes a USB webcam has everything you need to record pictures and videos from your Raspberry Pi. This section explains how to use a USB webcam with your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Install dependencies
+
+First, install the `fswebcam` package:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install fswebcam
+----
+
+Next, add your username to the `video` group, otherwise you may see 'permission denied' errors:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo usermod -a -G video
+----
+
+To check that the user has been added to the group correctly, use the `groups` command.
+
+=== Take a photo
+
+Run the following command to take a picture using the webcam and save the image to a filename named `image.jpg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam image.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+Adjusting resolution from 384x288 to 352x288.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd4
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Writing JPEG image to 'image.jpg'.
+----
+
+.By default, `fswebcam` uses a low resolution and adds a banner displaying a timestamp.
+image::images/webcam-image.jpg[By default, `fswebcam` uses a low resolution and adds a banner displaying a timestamp]
+
+To specify a different resolution for the captured image, use the `-r` flag, passing a width and height as two numbers separated by an `x`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam -r 1280x720 image2.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 1 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd5
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Writing JPEG image to 'image2.jpg'.
+----
+
+.Specify a resolution to capture a higher quality image.
+image::images/webcam-image-high-resolution.jpg[Specify a resolution to capture a higher quality image]
+
+==== Remove the banner
+
+To remove the banner from the captured image, use the `--no-banner` flag:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fswebcam --no-banner image3.jpg
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd6
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Disabling banner.
+Writing JPEG image to 'image3.jpg'.
+----
+
+.Specify `--no-banner` to save the image without the timestamp banner.
+image::images/webcam-image-no-banner.jpg[Specify `--no-banner` to save the image without the timestamp banner]
+
+=== Automate image capture
+
+Unlike xref:camera_software.adoc#rpicam-apps[`rpicam-apps`], `fswebcam` doesn't have any built-in functionality to substitute timestamps and numbers in output image names. This can be useful when capturing multiple images, since manually editing the file name every time you record an image can be tedious. Instead, use a Bash script to implement this functionality yourself.
+
+Create a new file named `webcam.sh` in your home folder. Add the following example code, which uses the `bash` programming language to save images to files with a file name containing the year, month, day, hour, minute, and second:
+
+[,bash]
+----
+#!/bin/bash
+
+DATE=$(date +"%Y-%m-%d_%H-%M-%S")
+
+fswebcam -r 1280x720 --no-banner $DATE.jpg
+----
+
+Then, make the bash script executable by running the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ chmod +x webcam.sh
+----
+
+Run the script with the following command to capture an image and save it to a file with a timestamp for a name, similar to `2024-05-10_12-06-33.jpg`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ./webcam.sh
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+--- Opening /dev/video0...
+Trying source module v4l2...
+/dev/video0 opened.
+No input was specified, using the first.
+--- Capturing frame...
+Corrupt JPEG data: 2 extraneous bytes before marker 0xd6
+Captured frame in 0.00 seconds.
+--- Processing captured image...
+Disabling banner.
+Writing JPEG image to '2024-05-10_12-06-33.jpg'.
+----
+
+=== Capture a time lapse
+
+Use `cron` to schedule photo capture at a given interval. With the right interval, such as once a minute, you can capture a time lapse.
+
+First, open the cron table for editing:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ crontab -e
+----
+
+Once you have the file open in an editor, add the following line to the schedule to take a picture every minute, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[,bash]
+----
+* * * * * /home//webcam.sh 2>&1
+----
+
+Save and exit, and you should see the following message:
+
+----
+crontab: installing new crontab
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a234811a7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/camera_software.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+include::camera/camera_usage.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_intro.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_hello.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_jpeg.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_still.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_vid.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_raw.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_detect.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_configuration.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_multicam.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_packages.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/streaming.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_common.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_still.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_vid.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_libav.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_options_detect.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_opencv.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_tflite.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_post_processing_writing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_building.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_writing.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/qt.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/libcamera_python.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/webcams.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/v4l2.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/csi-2-usage.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/libcamera_differences.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/troubleshooting.adoc[]
+
+include::camera/rpicam_apps_getting_help.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97810c8bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+include::compute-module/introduction.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/cmio-display.adoc[]
+
+include::compute-module/datasheet.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aea936e1a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-bootloader.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+== Compute Module EEPROM bootloader
+
+Since Compute Module 4, Compute Modules use an EEPROM bootloader. This bootloader lives in a small segment of on-board storage instead of the boot partition. As a result, it requires different procedures to update. Before using a Compute Module with an EEPROM bootloader in production, always follow these best practices:
+
+* Select a specific bootloader release. Verify that every Compute Module you use has that release. The version in the `usbboot` repo is always a recent stable release.
+* Configure the boot device by xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-bootloader-configuration[setting the `BOOT_ORDER` ].
+* Enable hardware write-protection on the bootloader EEPROM to ensure that the bootloader can't be modified on inaccessible products (such as remote or embedded devices).
+
+=== Flash Compute Module bootloader EEPROM
+
+To flash the bootloader EEPROM:
+
+. Set up the hardware as you would when xref:../computers/compute-module.adoc#flash-compute-module-emmc[flashing the eMMC], but ensure `EEPROM_nWP` is _not_ pulled low.
+. Run the following command to write `recovery/pieeprom.bin` to the bootloader EEPROM:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ./rpiboot -d recovery
+----
+. Once complete, `EEPROM_nWP` may be pulled low again.
+
+=== Flash storage devices other than SD cards
+
+The Linux-based https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/mass-storage-gadget/README.md[`mass-storage-gadget`] supports flashing of NVMe, eMMC and USB block devices. `mass-storage-gadget` writes devices faster than the firmware-based `rpiboot` mechanism, and also provides a UART console to the device for debugging.
+
+`usbboot` also includes a number of https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#compute-module-4-extensions[extensions] that enable you to interact with the EEPROM bootloader on a Compute Module.
+
+=== Update the Compute Module bootloader
+
+On Compute Modules with an EEPROM bootloader, ROM never runs `recovery.bin` from SD/eMMC. These Compute Modules disable the `rpi-eeprom-update` service by default, because eMMC is not removable and an invalid `recovery.bin` file could prevent the system from booting.
+
+You can override this behaviour with `self-update` mode. In `self-update` mode, you can update the bootloader from USB MSD or network boot.
+
+WARNING: `self-update` mode does not update the bootloader atomically. If a power failure occurs during an EEPROM update, you could corrupt the EEPROM.
+
+=== Modify the bootloader configuration
+
+To modify the Compute Module EEPROM bootloader configuration:
+
+. Navigate to the `usbboot/recovery` directory.
+. If you require a specific bootloader release, replace `pieeprom.original.bin` with the equivalent from your bootloader release.
+. Edit the default `boot.conf` bootloader configuration file to define a xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[`BOOT_ORDER`]:
+ * For network boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf2`.
+ * For SD/eMMC boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf1`.
+ * For USB boot failing over to eMMC, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf15`.
+ * For NVMe boot, use `BOOT_ORDER=0xf6`.
+. Run `./update-pieeprom.sh` to generate a new EEPROM image `pieeprom.bin` image file.
+. If you require EEPROM write-protection, add `eeprom_write_protect=1` to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
+ * Once enabled in software, you can lock hardware write-protection by pulling the `EEPROM_nWP` pin low.
+. Run the following command to write the updated `pieeprom.bin` image to EEPROM:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ../rpiboot -d .
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..664dd97c0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-emmc-flashing.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+[[flash-compute-module-emmc]]
+== Flash an image to a Compute Module
+
+TIP: To flash the same image to multiple Compute Modules, use the https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-sb-provisioner[Raspberry Pi Secure Boot Provisioner]. To customise an OS image to flash onto those devices, use https://github.com/RPi-Distro/pi-gen[pi-gen].
+
+[[flashing-the-compute-module-emmc]]
+
+The Compute Module has an on-board eMMC device connected to the primary SD card interface. This guide explains how to flash (write) an operating system image to the eMMC storage of a single Compute Module.
+
+**Lite** variants of Compute Modules do not have on-board eMMC. Instead, follow the procedure to flash a storage device for other Raspberry Pi devices at xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[Install an operating system].
+
+=== Prerequisites
+
+To flash the Compute Module eMMC, you need the following:
+
+* Another computer, referred to in this guide as the *host device*. You can use Linux (we recommend Raspberry Pi OS or Ubuntu), Windows 11, or macOS.
+* The Compute Module IO Board xref:compute-module.adoc#io-board-compatibility[that corresponds to your Compute Module model].
+* A micro USB cable, or a USB-C cable for Compute Module models since CM5IO.
+
+TIP: In some cases, USB hubs can prevent the host device from recognising the Compute Module. If your host device does not recognise the Compute Module, try connecting the Compute Module directly to the host device. For more diagnostic tips, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot?tab=readme-ov-file#troubleshooting[the usbboot troubleshooting guide].
+
+=== Set up the IO Board
+
+To begin, physically set up your IO Board. This includes connecting the Compute Module and host device to the IO Board.
+
+[tabs]
+======
+Compute Module 5 IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module 5 IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie flat.
+. Fit `nRPI_BOOT` to J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+. Connect a cable from USB-C slave port J11 on the IO board to the host device.
+
+Compute Module 4 IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module 4 IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie flat.
+. Fit `nRPI_BOOT` to J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+. Connect a cable from micro USB slave port J11 on the IO board to the host device.
+
+Compute Module IO Board::
++
+To set up the Compute Module IO Board:
++
+. Connect the Compute Module to the IO board. When connected, the Compute Module should lie parallel to the board, with the engagement clips firmly clicked into place.
+. Set J4 (`USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE`) to 1-2 = (`USB BOOT ENABLED`)
+. Connect a cable from micro USB slave port J15 on the IO board to the host device.
+======
+
+=== Set up the host device
+
+Next, let's set up software on the host device.
+
+TIP: For a host device, we recommend a Raspberry Pi 4 or newer running 64-bit Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+[tabs]
+======
+Linux::
++
+To set up software on a Linux host device:
++
+. Run the following command to install `rpiboot` (or, alternatively, https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[build `rpiboot` from source]):
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install rpiboot
+----
+. Connect the IO Board to power.
+. Then, run `rpiboot`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo rpiboot
+----
+. After a few seconds, the Compute Module should appear as a mass storage device. Check the `/dev/` directory, likely `/dev/sda` or `/dev/sdb`, for the device. Alternatively, run `lsblk` and search for a device with a storage capacity that matches the capacity of your Compute Module.
+
+macOS::
++
+To set up software on a macOS host device:
++
+. First, https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot?tab=readme-ov-file#macos[build `rpiboot` from source].
+. Connect the IO Board to power.
+. Then, run the `rpiboot` executable with the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpiboot -d mass-storage-gadget64
+----
+. When the command finishes running, you should see a message stating "The disk you inserted was not readable by this computer." Click **Ignore**. Your Compute Module should now appear as a mass storage device.
+
+Windows::
++
+To set up software on a Windows 11 host device:
++
+. Download the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/raw/master/win32/rpiboot_setup.exe[Windows installer] or https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[build `rpiboot` from source].
+. Double-click on the installer to run it. This installs the drivers and boot tool. Do not close any driver installation windows which appear during the installation process.
+. Reboot
+. Connect the IO Board to power. Windows should discover the hardware and configure the required drivers.
+. On CM4 and later devices, select **Raspberry Pi - Mass Storage Gadget - 64-bit** from the start menu. After a few seconds, the Compute Module eMMC or NVMe will appear as USB mass storage devices. This also provides a debug console as a serial port gadget.
+. On CM3 and older devices, select **rpiboot**. Double-click on `RPiBoot.exe` to run it. After a few seconds, the Compute Module eMMC should appear as a USB mass storage device.
+
+======
+
+
+=== Flash the eMMC
+
+You can use xref:../computers/getting-started.adoc#raspberry-pi-imager[Raspberry Pi Imager] to flash an operating system image to a Compute Module.
+
+Alternatively, use `dd` to write a raw OS image (such as xref:../computers/os.adoc#introduction[Raspberry Pi OS]) to your Compute Module. Run the following command, replacing `/dev/sdX` with the path to the mass storage device representation of your Compute Module and `raw_os_image.img` with the path to your raw OS image:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo dd if=raw_os_image.img of=/dev/sdX bs=4MiB
+----
+
+Once the image has been written, disconnect and reconnect the Compute Module. You should now see two partitions (for Raspberry Pi OS):
+
+[source,console]
+----
+/dev/sdX <- Device
+/dev/sdX1 <- First partition (FAT)
+/dev/sdX2 <- Second partition (Linux filesystem)
+----
+
+You can mount the `/dev/sdX1` and `/dev/sdX2` partitions normally.
+
+=== Boot from eMMC
+
+[tabs]
+======
+Compute Module 5 IO Board::
++
+Disconnect `nRPI_BOOT` from J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+
+Compute Module 4 IO Board::
++
+Disconnect `nRPI_BOOT` from J2 (`disable eMMC Boot`) on the IO board jumper.
+
+Compute Module IO Board::
++
+Set J4 (`USB SLAVE BOOT ENABLE`) to 2-3 (`USB BOOT DISABLED`).
+======
+
+==== Boot
+
+Disconnect the USB slave port. Power-cycle the IO board to boot the Compute Module from the new image you just wrote to eMMC.
+
+=== Known issues
+
+* A small percentage of CM3 devices may experience problems booting. We have traced these back to the method used to create the FAT32 partition; we believe the problem is due to a difference in timing between the CPU and eMMC. If you have trouble booting your CM3, create the partitions manually with the following commands:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo parted /dev/
+(parted) mkpart primary fat32 4MiB 64MiB
+(parted) q
+$ sudo mkfs.vfat -F32 /dev/
+$ sudo cp -r /*
+----
+
+* The CM1 bootloader returns a slightly incorrect USB packet to the host. Most USB hosts ignore it, but some USB ports don't work due to this bug. CM3 fixed this bug.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb1beac887
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cm-peri-sw-guide.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+== Wire peripherals
+
+This guide helps developers wire up peripherals to the Compute Module pins, and explains how to enable these peripherals in software.
+
+Most of the pins of the SoC, including the GPIO, two CSI camera interfaces, two DSI display interfaces, and HDMI are available for wiring. You can can usually leave unused pins disconnected.
+
+Compute Modules that come in the DDR2 SODIMM form factor are physically compatible with any DDR2 SODIMM socket. However, the pinout is **not** the same as SODIMM memory modules.
+
+To use a Compute Module, a user must design a motherboard that:
+
+* provides power to the Compute Module (3.3V and 1.8V at minimum)
+* connects the pins to the required peripherals for the user's application
+
+This guide first explains the boot process and how Device Tree describes attached hardware.
+
+Then, we'll explain how to attach an I2C and an SPI peripheral to an IO Board. Finally, we'll create the Device Tree files necessary to use both peripherals with Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+=== BCM283x GPIOs
+
+BCM283x has three banks of general-purpose input/output (GPIO) pins: 28 pins on Bank 0, 18 pins on Bank 1, and 8 pins on Bank 2, for a total of 54 pins. These pins can be used as true GPIO pins: software can set them as inputs or outputs, read and/or set state, and use them as interrupts. They also can run alternate functions such as I2C, SPI, I2S, UART, SD card, and others.
+
+You can use Bank 0 or Bank 1 on any Compute Module. Don't use Bank 2: it controls eMMC, HDMI hot plug detect, and ACT LED/USB boot control.
+
+Use `pinctrl` to check the voltage and function of the GPIO pins to see if your Device Tree is working as expected.
+
+=== BCM283x boot process
+
+BCM283x devices have a VideoCore GPU and Arm CPU cores. The GPU consists of a DSP processor and hardware accelerators for imaging, video encode and decode, 3D graphics, and image compositing.
+
+In BCM283x devices, the DSP core in the GPU boots first. It handles setup before booting up the main Arm processors.
+
+Raspberry Pi BCM283x devices have a three-stage boot process:
+
+* The GPU DSP comes out of reset and executes code from the small internal boot ROM. This code loads a second-stage bootloader via an external interface. This code first looks for a second-stage boot loader on the boot device called `bootcode.bin` on the boot partition. If no boot device is found or `bootcode.bin` is not found, the boot ROM waits in USB boot mode for a host to provide a second-stage boot loader (`usbbootcode.bin`).
+* The second-stage boot loader is responsible for setting up the LPDDR2 SDRAM interface and other critical system functions. Once set up, the second-stage boot loader loads and executes the main GPU firmware (`start.elf`).
+* `start.elf` handles additional system setup and boots up the Arm processor subsystem. It contains the GPU firmware. The GPU firmware first reads `dt-blob.bin` to determine initial GPIO pin states and GPU-specific interfaces and clocks, then parses `config.txt`. It then loads a model-specific Arm device tree file and any Device Tree overlays specified in `config.txt` before starting the Arm subsystem and passing the Device Tree data to the booting Linux kernel.
+
+=== Device Tree
+
+xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Linux Device Tree for Raspberry Pi] encodes information about hardware attached to a system as well as the drivers used to communicate with that hardware.
+
+The boot partition contains several binary Device Tree (`.dtb`) files. The Device Tree compiler creates these binary files using human-readable Device Tree descriptions (`.dts`).
+
+The boot partition contains two different types of Device Tree files. One is used by the GPU only; the rest are standard Arm Device Tree files for each of the BCM283x-based Raspberry Pi products:
+
+* `dt-blob.bin` (used by the GPU)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 1 Models A and B)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 1 Models B+ and A+)
+* `bcm2709-rpi-2-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 2 Model B)
+* `bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi 3 Model B)
+* `bcm2708-rpi-cm.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1)
+* `bcm2710-rpi-cm3.dtb` (Used for Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3)
+
+During boot, the user can specify a specific Arm Device Tree to use via the `device_tree` parameter in `config.txt`. For example, the line `device_tree=mydt.dtb` in `config.txt` specifies an Arm Device Tree in a file named `mydt.dtb`.
+
+You can create a full Device Tree for a Compute Module product, but we recommend using **overlays** instead. Overlays add descriptions of non-board-specific hardware to the base Device Tree. This includes GPIO pins used and their function, as well as the devices attached, so that the correct drivers can be loaded. The bootloader merges overlays with the base Device Tree before passing the Device Tree to the Linux kernel. Occasionally the base Device Tree changes, usually in a way that will not break overlays.
+
+Use the `dtoverlay` parameter in `config.txt` to load Device Tree overlays. Raspberry Pi OS assumes that all overlays are located in the `/overlays` directory and use the suffix `-overlay.dtb`. For example, the line `dtoverlay=myoverlay` loads the overlay `/overlays/myoverlay-overlay.dtb`.
+
+To wire peripherals to a Compute Module, describe all hardware attached to the Bank 0 and Bank 1 GPIOs in an overlay. This allows you to use standard Raspberry Pi OS images, since the overlay is merged into the standard base Device Tree. Alternatively, you can define a custom Device Tree for your application, but you won't be able to use standard Raspberry Pi OS images. Instead, you must create a modified Raspberry Pi OS image that includes your custom device tree for every OS update you wish to distribute. If the base overlay changes, you might need to update your customised Device Tree.
+
+=== `dt-blob.bin`
+
+When `start.elf` runs, it first reads `dt-blob.bin`. This is a special form of Device Tree blob which tells the GPU how to set up the GPIO pin states.
+
+`dt-blob.bin` contains information about GPIOs and peripherals controlled by the GPU, instead of the SoC. For example, the GPU manages Camera Modules. The GPU needs exclusive access to an I2C interface and a couple of pins to talk to a Camera Module.
+
+On most Raspberry Pi models, I2C0 is reserved for exclusive GPU use. `dt-blob.bin` defines the GPIO pins used for I2C0.
+
+By default, `dt-blob.bin` does not exist. Instead, `start.elf` includes a built-in version of the file. Many Compute Module projects provide a custom `dt-blob.bin` which overrides the default built-in file.
+
+`dt-blob.bin` specifies:
+
+* the pin used for HDMI hot plug detect
+* GPIO pins used as a GPCLK output
+* an ACT LED that the GPU can use while booting
+
+https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[`minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts`] is an example `.dts` device tree file. It sets up HDMI hot plug detection, an ACT LED, and sets all other GPIOs as inputs with default pulls.
+
+To compile `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` to `dt-blob.bin`, use the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree compiler] `dtc`.
+To install `dtc` on a Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install device-tree-compiler
+----
+
+Then, run the follow command to compile `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` into `dt-blob.bin`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I dts -O dtb -o dt-blob.bin minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+----
+
+For more information, see our xref:configuration.adoc#change-the-default-pin-configuration[guide to creating `dt-blob.bin`].
+
+=== Arm Linux Device Tree
+
+After `start.elf` reads `dt-blob.bin` and sets up the initial pin states and clocks, it reads xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt`], which contains many other options for system setup.
+
+After reading `config.txt`, `start.elf` reads a model-specific Device Tree file. For instance, Compute Module 3 uses `bcm2710-rpi-cm.dtb`. This file is a standard Arm Linux Device Tree file that details hardware attached to the processor. It enumerates:
+
+* what and where peripheral devices exist
+* which GPIOs are used
+* what functions those GPIOs have
+* what physical devices are connected
+
+This file sets up the GPIOs by overwriting the pin state in `dt-blob.bin` if it is different. It will also try to load drivers for the specific devices.
+
+The model-specific Device Tree file contains disabled entries for peripherals. It contains no GPIO pin definitions other than the eMMC/SD Card peripheral which has GPIO defs and always uses the same pins.
+
+=== Device Tree source and compilation
+
+The Raspberry Pi OS image provides compiled `dtb` files, but the source `dts` files live in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/broadcom[Raspberry Pi Linux kernel branch]. Look for `rpi` in the file names.
+
+Default overlay `dts` files live at https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays[`arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays`]. These overlay files are a good starting point for creating your own overlays. To compile these `dts` files to `dtb` files, use the xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree compiler] `dtc`.
+
+When building your own kernel, the build host requires the Device Tree compiler in `scripts/dtc`. To build your overlays automatically, add them to the `dtbs` make target in `arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/Makefile`.
+
+=== Device Tree debugging
+
+When booting the Linux kernel, the GPU provides a fully assembled Device Tree created using the base `dts` and any overlays. This full tree is available via the Linux `proc` interface in `/proc/device-tree`. Nodes become directories and properties become files.
+
+You can use `dtc` to write this out as a human readable `dts` file for debugging. To see the fully assembled device tree, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I fs -O dts -o proc-dt.dts /proc/device-tree
+----
+
+`pinctrl` provides the status of the GPIO pins. If something seems to be going awry, try dumping the GPU log messages:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo vclog --msg
+----
+
+TIP: To include even more diagnostics in the output, add `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
+
+Use the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree Raspberry Pi forum] to ask Device Tree-related questions or report an issue.
+
+=== Examples
+
+The following examples use an IO Board with peripherals attached via jumper wires. We assume a CM1+CMIO or CM3+CMIO3, running a clean install of Raspberry Pi OS Lite. The examples here require internet connectivity, so we recommend a USB hub, keyboard, and wireless LAN or Ethernet dongle plugged into the IO Board USB port.
+
+==== Attach an I2C RTC to Bank 1 pins
+
+In this example, we wire an NXP PCF8523 real time clock (RTC) to the IO Board Bank 1 GPIO pins: 3V3, GND, I2C1_SDA on GPIO44 and I2C1_SCL on GPIO45.
+
+Download https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts[`minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts`] and copy it to the boot partition in `/boot/firmware/`.
+
+Edit `minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts` and change the pin states of GPIO44 and 45 to be I2C1 with pull-ups:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+----
+
+Replace the following lines:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+pin@p44 { function = "input"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // DEFAULT STATE WAS INPUT NO PULL
+pin@p45 { function = "input"; termination = "pull_down"; }; // DEFAULT STATE WAS INPUT NO PULL
+----
+
+With the following pull-up definitions:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+pin@p44 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // SDA1
+pin@p45 { function = "i2c1"; termination = "pull_up"; }; // SCL1
+----
+
+We could use this `dt-blob.dts` with no changes, because the Linux Device Tree re-configures these pins during Linux kernel boot when the specific drivers load. However, if you configure `dt-blob.dts`, the GPIOs reach their final state as soon as possible during the GPU boot stage. In some cases, pins must be configured at GPU boot time so they are in a specific state when Linux drivers are loaded. For example, a reset line may need to be held in the correct orientation.
+
+Run the following command to compile `dt-blob.bin`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo dtc -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/firmware/dt-blob.bin /boot/firmware/minimal-cm-dt-blob.dts
+----
+
+Download https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/example1-overlay.dts[`example1-overlay.dts`], copy it to the boot partition in `/boot/firmware/`, then compile it with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo dtc -@ -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/firmware/overlays/example1.dtbo /boot/firmware/example1-overlay.dts
+----
+
+The `-@` flag compiles `dts` files with external references. It is usually necessary.
+
+Add the following line to xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=example1
+----
+
+Finally, reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+Once rebooted, you should see an `rtc0` entry in `/dev`. Run the following command to view the hardware clock time:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo hwclock
+----
+
+==== Attach an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet controller on Bank 0
+
+In this example, we use an overlay already defined in `/boot/firmware/overlays` to add an ENC28J60 SPI Ethernet controller to Bank 0. The Ethernet controller uses SPI pins CE0, MISO, MOSI and SCLK (GPIO8-11 respectively), GPIO25 for a falling edge interrupt, in addition to GND and 3.3V.
+
+In this example, we won't change `dt-blob.bin`. Instead, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=enc28j60
+----
+
+Reboot with `sudo reboot`.
+
+If you now run `ifconfig` you should see an aditional `eth` entry for the ENC28J60 NIC. You should also have Ethernet connectivity. Run the following command to test your connectivity:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ping 8.8.8.8
+----
+
+Run the following command to show GPIO functions; GPIO8-11 should now provide ALT0 (SPI) functions:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ pinctrl
+----
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a29dbbd82b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-camera.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+== Attach a Camera Module
+
+The Compute Module has two CSI-2 camera interfaces: CAM1 and CAM0. This section explains how to connect one or two Raspberry Pi Cameras to a Compute Module using the CAM1 and CAM0 interfaces with a Compute Module I/O Board.
+
+=== Update your system
+
+Before configuring a camera, xref:../computers/raspberry-pi.adoc#update-the-bootloader-configuration[ensure that your Raspberry Pi firmware is up-to-date].:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt full-upgrade
+----
+
+=== Connect one camera
+
+To connect a single camera to a Compute Module, complete the following steps:
+
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM1 port using a RPI-CAMERA board or a Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable.
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg[alt="Connecting the adapter board", width="60%"]
+
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `0` to `CD1_SDA`
+ * `1` to `CD1_SCL`
+ * `2` to `CAM1_I01`
+ * `3` to `CAM1_I00`
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg[alt="GPIO connection for a single camera", width="60%"]
+
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+
+. Remove (or comment out with the prefix `#`) the following lines, if they exist, in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+camera_auto_detect=1
+----
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c_arm=on
+----
+
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to accommodate the swapped GPIO pin assignment on the I/O board:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=cm-swap-i2c0
+----
+
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to assign GPIO 3 as the CAM1 regulator:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=cam1_reg
+----
+
+. Add the appropriate directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to manually configure the driver for your camera model:
++
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| camera model
+| directive
+
+| v1 camera
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647`
+
+| v2 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx219`
+
+| v3 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx708`
+
+| HQ camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx477`
+
+| GS camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx296`
+|===
+
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Run the following command to check the list of detected cameras:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --list
+----
+You should see your camera model, referred to by the driver directive in the table above, in the output.
+
+=== Connect two cameras
+
+To connect two cameras to a Compute Module, complete the following steps:
+
+. Follow the single camera instructions above.
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the Camera Module to the CAM0 port using a RPI-CAMERA board or a Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable.
++
+image::images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg[alt="Connect the adapter board", width="60%"]
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `28` to `CD0_SDA`
+ * `29` to `CD0_SCL`
+ * `30` to `CAM0_I01`
+ * `31` to `CAM0_I00`
++
+image:images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg[alt="GPIO connection with additional camera", width="60%"]
+
+. _(CM4 and CM5)_: Connect the J6 GPIO pins with two vertical-orientation jumpers.
++
+image:images/j6_vertical.jpg[alt="Connect the J6 GPIO pins in vertical orientation", width="60%"]
+
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to assign GPIO 31 as the CAM0 regulator:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=cam0_reg
+----
+
+. Add the appropriate directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to manually configure the driver for your camera model:
++
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| camera model
+| directive
+
+| v1 camera
+| `dtoverlay=ov5647,cam0`
+
+| v2 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx219,cam0`
+
+| v3 camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx708,cam0`
+
+| HQ camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx477,cam0`
+
+| GS camera
+| `dtoverlay=imx296,cam0`
+|===
+
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`.
+
+. Run the following command to check the list of detected cameras:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --list
+----
++
+You should see both camera models, referred to by the driver directives in the table above, in the output.
+
+=== Software
+
+Raspberry Pi OS includes the `libcamera` library to help you take images with your Raspberry Pi.
+
+==== Take a picture
+
+Use the following command to immediately take a picture and save it to a file in PNG encoding using the `MMDDhhmmss` date format as a filename:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-still --datetime -e png
+----
+
+Use the `-t` option to add a delay in milliseconds.
+Use the `--width` and `--height` options to specify a width and height for the image.
+
+==== Take a video
+
+Use the following command to immediately start recording a ten-second long video and save it to a file with the h264 codec named `video.h264`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-vid -t 10000 -o video.h264
+----
+
+==== Specify which camera to use
+
+By default, `libcamera` always uses the camera with index `0` in the `--list-cameras` list.
+To specify a camera option, get an index value for each camera from the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --list-cameras
+Available cameras
+-----------------
+0 : imx477 [4056x3040] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@1/imx477@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1332x990 [120.05 fps - (696, 528)/2664x1980 crop]
+ 'SRGGB12_CSI2P' : 2028x1080 [50.03 fps - (0, 440)/4056x2160 crop]
+ 2028x1520 [40.01 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+ 4056x3040 [10.00 fps - (0, 0)/4056x3040 crop]
+
+1 : imx708 [4608x2592] (/base/soc/i2c0mux/i2c@0/imx708@1a)
+ Modes: 'SRGGB10_CSI2P' : 1536x864 [120.13 fps - (768, 432)/3072x1728 crop]
+ 2304x1296 [56.03 fps - (0, 0)/4608x2592 crop]
+ 4608x2592 [14.35 fps - (0, 0)/4608x2592 crop]
+----
+
+In the above output:
+
+* `imx477` refers to a HQ camera with an index of `0`
+* `imx708` refers to a v3 camera with an index of `1`
+
+To use the HQ camera, pass its index (`0`) to the `--camera` `libcamera` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --camera 0
+----
+
+To use the v3 camera, pass its index (`1`) to the `--camera` `libcamera` option:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ rpicam-hello --camera 1
+----
+
+
+=== I2C mapping of GPIO pins
+
+By default, the supplied camera drivers assume that CAM1 uses `i2c-10` and CAM0 uses `i2c-0`. Compute module I/O boards map the following GPIO pins to `i2c-10` and `i2c-0`:
+
+[%header,cols="1,1,1"]
+|===
+| I/O Board Model
+| `i2c-10` pins
+| `i2c-0` pins
+
+| CM4 I/O Board
+| GPIOs 44,45
+| GPIOs 0,1
+
+| CM1, CM3, CM3+, CM4S I/O Board
+| GPIOs 0,1
+| GPIOs 28,29
+|===
+
+To connect a camera to the CM1, CM3, CM3+ and CM4S I/O Board, add the following directive to `/boot/firmware/config.txt` to accommodate the swapped pin assignment:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=cm-swap-i2c0
+----
+
+Alternative boards may use other pin assignments. Check the documentation for your board and use the following alternate overrides depending on your layout:
+
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| Swap
+| Override
+
+| Use GPIOs 0,1 for i2c0
+| `i2c0-gpio0`
+
+| Use GPIOs 28,29 for i2c0 (default)
+| `i2c0-gpio28`
+
+| Use GPIOs 44&45 for i2c0
+| `i2c0-gpio44`
+
+| Use GPIOs 0&1 for i2c10 (default)
+| `i2c10-gpio0`
+
+| Use GPIOs 28&29 for i2c10
+| `i2c10-gpio28`
+
+| Use GPIOs 44&45 for i2c10
+| `i2c10-gpio44`
+|===
+
+==== GPIO pins for shutdown
+
+For camera shutdown, Device Tree uses the pins assigned by the `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg` overlays.
+
+The CM4 IO board provides a single GPIO pin for both aliases, so both cameras share the same regulator.
+
+The CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S I/O boards provides no GPIO pin for `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg`, so the regulators are disabled on those boards. However, you can enable them with the following directives in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+* `dtparam=cam1_reg`
+* `dtparam=cam0_reg`
+
+To assign `cam1_reg` and `cam0_reg` to a specific pin on a custom board, use the following directives in `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+* `dtparam=cam1_reg_gpio=`
+* `dtparam=cam0_reg_gpio=`
+
+For example, to use pin 42 as the regulator for CAM1, add the directive `dtparam=cam1_reg_gpio=42` to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`.
+
+These directives only work for GPIO pins connected directly to the SoC, not for expander GPIO pins.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c883a86487
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/cmio-display.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+== Attach the official 7-inch display
+
+Update your system software and firmware to the latest version before starting.
+Compute Modules mostly use the same process, but sometimes physical differences force changes for a particular model.
+
+=== Connect a display to DISP1
+
+NOTE: The Raspberry Pi Zero camera cable cannot be used as an alternative to the RPI-DISPLAY adapter. The two cables have distinct wiring.
+
+To connect a display to DISP1:
+
+. Disconnect the Compute Module from power.
+. Connect the display to the DISP1 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adapter.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `0` to `CD1_SDA`
+ * `1` to `CD1_SCL`
+
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+. Add the following line to xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch
+----
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`. Your device should detect and begin displaying output to your display.
+
+=== Connect a display to DISP0
+
+To connect a display to DISP0:
+
+. Connect the display to the DISP0 port on the Compute Module IO board through the 22W to 15W display adapter.
+. _(CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S only)_: Connect the following GPIO pins with jumper cables:
+ * `28` to `CD0_SDA`
+ * `29` to `CD0_SCL`
+
+. Reconnect the Compute Module to power.
+. Add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
++
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-dsi-7inch
+----
+. Reboot your Compute Module with `sudo reboot`. Your device should detect and begin displaying output to your display.
+
+=== Disable touchscreen
+
+The touchscreen requires no additional configuration. Connect it to your Compute Module, and both the touchscreen element and display should work once successfully detected.
+
+To disable the touchscreen element, but still use the display, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+disable_touchscreen=1
+----
+
+=== Disable display
+
+To entirely ignore the display when connected, add the following line to `/boot/firmware/config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+ignore_lcd=1
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11d52ccb82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/datasheet.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+== Specifications
+
+=== Compute Module 5 datasheet
+
+To learn more about Compute Module 5 (CM5) and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm5/cm5-datasheet.pdf[CM5 datasheet]
+* https://rpltd.co/cm5-design-files[CM5 design files]
+
+=== Compute Module 5 IO Board datasheet
+
+Design data for the Compute Module 5 IO Board (CM5IO) can be found in its datasheet:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm5/cm5io-datasheet.pdf[CM5IO datasheet]
+* https://rpltd.co/cm5io-design-files[CM5IO design files]
+
+=== Compute Module 4 datasheet
+
+To learn more about Compute Module 4 (CM4) and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4/cm4-datasheet.pdf[CM4 datasheet]
+
+[.whitepaper, title="Configure the Compute Module 4", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003470-WP/Configuring-the-Compute-Module-4.pdf]
+****
+The Compute Module 4 is available in a number of different hardware configurations. Some use cases disable certain features that aren't required.
+
+This document describes how to disable various hardware and software interfaces.
+****
+
+=== Compute Module 4 IO Board datasheet
+
+Design data for the Compute Module 4 IO Board (CM4IO) can be found in its datasheet:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/cm4io-datasheet.pdf[CM4IO datasheet]
+
+We also provide a KiCad PCB design set for the CM4 IO Board:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4io/CM4IO-KiCAD.zip[CM4IO KiCad files]
+
+=== Compute Module 4S datasheet
+
+Compute Module 4S (CM4S) offers the internals of CM4 in the DDR2-SODIMM form factor of CM1, CM3, and CM3+. To learn more about CM4S, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm4s/cm4s-datasheet.pdf[CM4S datasheet]
+
+=== Compute Module 3+ datasheet
+
+Compute Module 3+ (CM3+) is a supported product with an end-of-life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2028. To learn more about CM3+ and its corresponding IO Board, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm3-plus-datasheet.pdf[CM3+ datasheet]
+
+=== Compute Module 1 and Compute Module 3 datasheet
+
+Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1 (CM1) and Compute Module 3 (CM3) are supported products with an end-of-life (EOL) date no earlier than January 2026. To learn more about CM1 and CM3, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm1-and-cm3-datasheet.pdf[CM1 and CM3 datasheet]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm1-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CM1]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cm/cm3-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CM3]
+
+[.whitepaper, title="Transition from Compute Module 1 or Compute Module 3 to Compute Module 4", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003469-WP/Transitioning-from-CM3-to-CM4.pdf]
+****
+This white paper helps developers migrate from Compute Module 1 or Compute Module 3 to Compute Module 4.
+****
+
+=== Compute Module IO Board schematics
+
+The Compute Module IO Board (CMIO) provides a variety of interfaces for CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. The Compute Module IO Board comes in two variants: Version 1 and Version 3. Version 1 is only compatible with CM1. Version 3 is compatible with CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. Compute Module IO Board Version 3 is sometimes written as the shorthand CMIO3. To learn more about CMIO1 and CMIO3, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/cmio-schematics.pdf[Schematics for CMIO]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R1P2.zip[Design documents for CMIO Version 1.2 (CMIO/CMIO1)]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmio/RPi-CMIO-R3P0.zip[Design documents for CMIO Version 3.0 (CMIO3)]
+
+=== Compute Module Camera/Display Adapter Board schematics
+
+The Compute Module Camera/Display Adapter Board (CMCDA) provides camera and display interfaces for Compute Modules. To learn more about the CMCDA, see the following documents:
+
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmcda/cmcda-schematics.pdf[Schematics for the CMCDA]
+* https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/cmcda/RPi-CMCDA-1P1.zip[Design documents for CMCDA Version 1.1]
+
+=== Under-voltage detection
+
+The following schematic describes an under-voltage detection circuit, as used in older models of Raspberry Pi:
+
+image::images/under_voltage_detect.png[Under-voltage detect]
diff --git a/hardware/computemodule/images/CMAIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from hardware/computemodule/images/CMAIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-Adapter.jpg
diff --git a/hardware/computemodule/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from hardware/computemodule/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO.jpg
diff --git a/hardware/computemodule/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg
similarity index 100%
rename from hardware/computemodule/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg
rename to documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/CMIO-Cam-GPIO2.jpg
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..caa01fec3a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm1.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dc266211b8
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3-plus.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c82500604a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm3.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..596cda0127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 5
+
+
+
+
+ 3
+
+
+
+
+
+ 1
+
+
+
+
+
+ 2
+
+
+
+
+ 4
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7fcd0da44e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..232dc6e76b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,4711 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 8
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 10
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 87.5 ± 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 1/4–36UNS–2B
+ 1/4–36UNS–2A
+ 11
+
+ Milling unilateral 5.85 ± 0.02
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 2.0
+ 205 ± 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ S=8
+
+
+ 6.25
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Note: All dimensions in mm All dimensions are app ro ximate and for reference purposes only. The dimensions shown should not be used for p r oducing p r oduction data The dimensions are subject t o pa r t and manufacturing t ole r ances Dimensions may be subject t o change
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2dd3fbcd74
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a60f5b73bf
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe4ccab2bc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4io.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7119617d8e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm4s.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..05323596a7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4ddf6308f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-case-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,12074 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ SSD
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Power In
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+S TA TUS
+Power
+HDMI0
+HDMI1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+94
+
+170
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+28
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+Note: All dimensions in mm All dimensions are approximate and for reference purposes only. The dimensions shown should not be used for producing production data The dimensions are subject to part and manufacturing tolerances Dimensions may be subject to change
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5214101780
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5abb017d82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler-physical.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,9616 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 41
+ 56
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 33
+ 4 × M2.5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 10
+ 2.7
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ 48
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ Note:
+ All dimensions in mm
+ All dimensions are app
+ ro
+ ximate and for
+ reference purposes only.
+
+ The dimensions
+ shown should not be used for p
+ r
+ oducing
+ p
+ r
+ oduction data
+ The dimensions are subject
+ t
+ o pa
+ r
+ t and
+ manufacturing
+ t
+ ole
+ r
+ ances
+ Dimensions may be subject
+ t
+ o change
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d4781a5cd4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5-cooler.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0431e3e2d1
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..055875438a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case-front.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..074e802b66
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io-case.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..382ae0b2c0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cm5io.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..347f27f286
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/cmio.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90858661a4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/j6_vertical.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/under_voltage_detect.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/under_voltage_detect.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a5eca57bd
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/images/under_voltage_detect.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa74d7bd58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/compute-module/introduction.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+== Compute Modules
+
+Raspberry Pi Compute Modules are **system-on-module** variants of the flagship Raspberry Pi models. Compute Modules are especially popular for industrial and commercial applications, including digital signage, thin clients, and process automation. Some of these applications use the flagship Raspberry Pi design, but many users want a more compact design or on-board eMMC storage.
+
+Compute Modules come in multiple variants, varying both in memory and soldered-on Multi-Media Card (eMMC) flash storage capacity. Like SD cards, eMMC provides persistent storage with minimal energy impact. Unlike SD cards, eMMC is specifically designed to be used as a disk and includes extra features to improve reliability. **Lite** models have no on-board storage, and are sometimes referred to with the shorthand suffix **L**, e.g. "CM3L".
+
+Compute Modules use the following Raspberry Pi SoCs:
+
+* BCM2835 for CM1
+* BCM2837 for CM3, CM3+
+* BCM2711 for CM4, CM4S
+* BCM2712 for CM5
+
+=== Compute Module 5
+
+.Compute Module 5
+image::images/cm5.png[alt="Compute Module 5", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 5 (CM5) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 5 (the BCM2712 processor and 2GB, 4GB, 8GB, or 16GB of RAM) with optional 0GB (Lite), 16GB, 32GB or 64GB of eMMC flash storage.
+
+CM5 uses the same form factor as CM4, featuring two 100-pin high density connectors.
+
+=== Compute Module 4
+
+.Compute Module 4
+image::images/cm4.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 4 (CM4) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 4 (the BCM2711 processor and 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage.
+
+Unlike CM1, CM3, and CM3+, CM4 does not use the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor. Instead, CM4 uses two 100-pin high density connectors in a smaller physical footprint. This change helped add the following interfaces:
+
+* an additional second HDMI port
+* PCIe
+* Ethernet
+
+The previous form factor could not have supported these interfaces.
+
+=== Compute Module 4S
+
+.Compute Module 4S
+image::images/cm4s.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4S", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 4S (CM4S) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 4 (the BCM2711 processor and 1GB, 2GB, 4GB, or 8GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage. Unlike CM4, CM4S comes in the same DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor as CM1, CM3, and CM3+.
+
+[[compute-module-3-plus]]
+=== Compute Module 3+
+
+.Compute Module 3+
+image::images/cm3-plus.jpg[alt="Compute Module 3+", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 3+ (CM3+) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+ (the BCM2837 processor and 1GB of RAM) with an optional 0GB (Lite), 8GB, 16GB or 32GB of eMMC flash storage. CM3+ comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+=== Compute Module 3
+
+.Compute Module 3
+image::images/cm3.jpg[alt="Compute Module 3", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 3 (CM3) combines the internals of a Raspberry Pi 3 (the BCM2837 processor and 1GB of RAM) with an optional 4GB of eMMC flash storage. CM3 comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+=== Compute Module 1
+
+.Compute Module 1
+image::images/cm1.jpg[alt="Compute Module 1", width="60%"]
+
+The Compute Module 1 (CM1) contains the internals of a Raspberry Pi (the BCM2835 processor and 512MB of RAM) as well as an optional 4GB of eMMC flash storage. CM1 comes in the DDR2 SO-DIMM form factor.
+
+== IO Boards
+
+Raspberry Pi IO Boards provide a way to connect a single Compute Module to a variety of I/O (input/output) interfaces. Compute Modules are small, lacking ports and connectors. IO Boards provide a way to connect Compute Modules to a variety of peripherals.
+
+Raspberry Pi IO Boards provide the following functionality:
+
+* power the module
+* connects the GPIO to pin headers
+* connects the camera and display interfaces to FFC connectors
+* connects HDMI to HDMI ports
+* connects USB to USB ports
+* connects activity monitoring to LEDs
+* eMMC programming over USB
+* connects PCIe to connectors used to physically connect storage or peripherals
+
+IO Boards are breakout boards intended for development or personal use; in production, you should use a smaller, potentially custom board that provides only the ports and peripherals required for your use-case.
+
+=== Compute Module 5 IO Board
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board
+image::images/cm5io.png[alt="Compute Module 5 IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module 5 IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* HAT footprint with 40-pin GPIO connector
+* PoE header
+* 2× HDMI ports
+* 2× USB 3.0 ports
+* Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 with PoE support
+* M.2 M key PCIe socket compatible with the 2230, 2242, 2260, and 2280 form factors
+* microSD card slot (only for use with Lite variants with no eMMC; other variants ignore the slot)
+* 2× MIPI DSI/CSI-2 combined display/camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* Real-time clock with battery socket
+* four-pin JST-SH PWM fan connector
+* USB-C power using the same standard as Raspberry Pi 5 (5V, 5A (25W) or 5V, 3A (15W) with a 600mA peripheral limit)
+* Jumpers to disable features such as eMMC boot, EEPROM write, and the USB OTG connection
+
+=== Compute Module 4 IO Board
+
+.Compute Module 4 IO Board
+image::images/cm4io.jpg[alt="Compute Module 4 IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module 4 IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* HAT footprint with 40-pin GPIO connector and PoE header
+* 2× HDMI ports
+* 2× USB 2.0 ports
+* Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 with PoE support
+* microSD card slot (only for use with Lite variants with no eMMC; other variants ignore the slot)
+* PCIe Gen 2 socket
+* micro USB upstream port
+* 2× MIPI DSI display FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* 2× MIPI CSI-2 camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* Real-time clock with battery socket
+* 12V input via barrel jack (supports up to 26V if PCIe unused)
+
+=== Compute Module IO Board
+
+.Compute Module IO Board
+image::images/cmio.jpg[alt="Compute Module IO Board", width="60%"]
+
+Compute Module IO Board provides the following interfaces:
+
+* 120 GPIO pins
+* HDMI port
+* USB-A port
+* 2× MIPI DSI display FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+* 2× MIPI CSI-2 camera FPC connectors (22-pin 0.5 mm pitch cable)
+
+The Compute Module IO Board comes in two variants: Version 1 and Version 3. Version 1 is only compatible with CM1. Version 3 is compatible with CM1, CM3, CM3+, and CM4S. Compute Module IO Board Version 3 is sometimes written as the shorthand CMIO3.
+
+Compute Module IO Board Version 3 added a microSD card slot that did not exist in Compute Module IO Board Version 1.
+
+=== IO Board compatibility
+
+Not all Compute Module IO Boards work with all Compute Module models. The following table shows which Compute Modules work with each IO Board:
+
+[cols="1,1"]
+|===
+| IO Board | Compatible Compute Modules
+
+| Compute Module IO Board Version 1 (CMIO)/(CMIO1)
+a|
+* CM1
+| Compute Module IO Board Version 3 (CMIO)/(CMIO3)
+a|
+* CM1
+* CM3
+* CM3+
+* CM4S
+| Compute Module 4 IO Board (CM4IO)
+a|
+* CM4
+* CM5 (with reduced functionality)
+| Compute Module 5 IO Board (CM5IO)
+a|
+* CM5
+* CM4 (with reduced functionality)
+|===
+
+== CM5 Accessories
+
+=== IO Case
+
+The world can be a dangerous place. The Compute Module 5 IO Board Case provides physical protection for a CM5IO Board.
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board Case
+image::images/cm5io-case.png[alt="Compute Module 5 IO Board Case", width="60%"]
+
+The Case provides cut-outs for all externally-facing ports and LEDs on the CM5IO Board, and an attachment point for a Raspberry Pi Antenna Kit.
+
+.Compute Module 5 IO Board Case ports
+image::images/cm5io-case-front.png[alt="the port selection on the Compute Module 5 IO Board Case", width="60%"]
+
+To mount a CM5IO Board within your Case, position your Board in the bottom section of the case, aligning the four mounting points inset slightly from each corner of the Board. Fasten four screws into the mounting points. Take care not to over-tighten the screws.
+
+To use the Case fan, connect the fan cable to the FAN (J14) port on the Board.
+
+To close the case, put the top section of the case on top of the bottom section of the case. Facing the front of the case, which has port pass-throughs, carefully align the screw holes on the left and right side of the case and the power button on the back of the case. Tighten four screws into the screw holes. Take care not to over-tighten the screws.
+
+TIP: The Case comes with a fan pre-installed. To close the case with the passive Cooler attached to your Compute Module, remove the fan. To remove the fan, remove the four screws positioned in the corners of the fan from the bottom of the top case.
+
+.CM5 Case physical specification
+image::images/cm5-case-physical.png[alt="CM5 Case physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+=== Antenna
+
+The Raspberry Pi Antenna Kit provides a certified external antenna to boost wireless reception on a CM4 or CM5.
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna.jpg[alt="The Antenna, connected to CM4", width="60%"]
+
+To attach the Antenna to your Compute Module and Case, complete the following steps:
+
+. Connect the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hirose_U.FL[U.FL connector] on the cable to the U.FL-compatible connector on your Compute Module.
+. Secure the toothed washer onto the male SMA connector at the end of the cable, then insert the SMA connector, with the antenna facing outward, through the hole in the Case.
+. Fasten the SMA connector into place with the retaining hexagonal nut and washer.
+. Tighten the female SMA connector on the Antenna onto the male SMA connector.
+. Adjust the Antenna to its final position by turning it up to 90°.
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna assembly diagram
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna-assembly.svg[alt="CM4 and CM5 antenna assembly diagram", width="60%"]
+
+To **use** the Antenna with your Compute Module, add a `dtoverlay` instruction in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]. Add the following line to the end of `config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=ant2
+----
+
+.CM4 and CM5 Antenna physical specification
+image::images/cm4-cm5-antenna-physical.png[alt="CM4 and CM5 antenna physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+=== Cooler
+
+The CM5 Cooler helps dissipate heat from your CM5, improving CPU performance, longevity, and bumpiness.
+
+.CM5 Cooler
+image::images/cm5-cooler.jpg[alt="CM5 Cooler", width="60%"]
+
+To mount the Cooler to your CM5, attach the thermally conductive silicone at the bottom of the Cooler to the top of your CM5. Align the cut-out in the heatsink with the antenna https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hirose_U.FL[U.FL connector]. Optionally, fasten screws in the mounting points found in each corner to secure the Cooler. If you omit the screws, the bond between your Cooler and your Compute Module will improve through time, use, and trust.
+
+.CM5 Cooler physical specification
+image::images/cm5-cooler-physical.png[alt="CM5 Cooler physical specification", width="80%"]
+
+NOTE: The CM5 Cooler is only compatible with the CM5IO Case if you remove the fan from the case.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..500831113e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+include::config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/autoboot.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/common.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/audio.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/boot.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/gpio.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/overclocking.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/conditional.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/memory.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/codeclicence.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/video.adoc[]
+
+include::config_txt/camera.adoc[]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7ba0b541de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/audio.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+== Onboard analogue audio (3.5mm jack)
+
+The onboard audio output uses config options to change the way the analogue audio is driven, and whether some firmware features are enabled or not.
+
+=== `audio_pwm_mode`
+
+`audio_pwm_mode=1` selects legacy low-quality analogue audio from the 3.5mm AV jack.
+
+`audio_pwm_mode=2` (the default) selects high quality analogue audio using an advanced modulation scheme.
+
+NOTE: This option uses more GPU compute resources and can interfere with some use cases on some models.
+
+=== `disable_audio_dither`
+
+By default, a 1.0LSB dither is applied to the audio stream if it is routed to the analogue audio output. This can create audible background hiss in some situations, for example when the ALSA volume is set to a low level. Set `disable_audio_dither` to `1` to disable dither application.
+
+=== `enable_audio_dither`
+
+Audio dither (see disable_audio_dither above) is normally disabled when the audio samples are larger than 16 bits. Set this option to `1` to force the use of dithering for all bit depths.
+
+=== `pwm_sample_bits`
+
+The `pwm_sample_bits` command adjusts the bit depth of the analogue audio output. The default bit depth is `11`. Selecting bit depths below `8` will result in nonfunctional audio, as settings below `8` result in a PLL frequency too low to support. This is generally only useful as a demonstration of how bit depth affects quantisation noise.
+
+== HDMI audio
+
+By default, HDMI audio output is enabled on all Raspberry Pi models with HDMI output.
+
+To disable HDMI audio output, append `,noaudio` to the end of the `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` line in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d,noaudio
+----
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fa37c855e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/autoboot.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+== `autoboot.txt`
+
+`autoboot.txt` is an optional configuration file that can be used to specify the `boot_partition` number.
+
+This can also be used in conjunction with the `tryboot` feature to implement A/B booting for OS upgrades.
+
+`autoboot.txt` is limited to 512 bytes and supports the `[all]`, `[none]` and `[tryboot]` xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditional] filters.
+
+See also xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT] boot flow.
+
+=== `boot_partition`
+Specifies the partition number for booting unless the partition number was already specified as a parameter to the `reboot` command (e.g. `sudo reboot 2`).
+
+Partition numbers start at `1` and the MBR partitions are `1` to `4`. Specifying partition `0` means boot from the `default` partition which is the first bootable FAT partition.
+
+Bootable partitions must be formatted as FAT12, FAT16 or FAT32 and contain a `start.elf` file (or `config.txt` file on Raspberry Pi 5) in order to be classed as be bootable by the bootloader.
+
+=== The `[tryboot]` filter
+This filter passes if the system was booted with the `tryboot` flag set.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot "0 tryboot"
+----
+
+=== `tryboot_a_b`
+Set this property to `1` to load the normal `config.txt` and `boot.img` files instead of `tryboot.txt` and `tryboot.img` when the `tryboot` flag is set.
+
+This enables the `tryboot` switch to be made at the partition level rather than the file-level without having to modify configuration files in the A/B partitions.
+
+=== Example update flow for A/B booting
+
+The following pseudo-code shows how a hypothetical OS `Update service` could use `tryboot` in `autoboot.txt` to perform a fail-safe OS upgrade.
+
+Initial `autoboot.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[all]
+tryboot_a_b=1
+boot_partition=2
+[tryboot]
+boot_partition=3
+----
+
+**Installing the update**
+
+* System is powered on and boots to partition 2 by default
+* An `Update service` downloads the next version of the OS to partition 3
+* The update is tested by rebooting to `tryboot` mode `reboot "0 tryboot"` where `0` means the default partition
+
+**Committing or cancelling the update**
+
+* System boots from partition 3 because the `[tryboot]` filter evaluates to true in `tryboot mode`
+* If tryboot is active (`/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/tryboot == 1`)
+ ** If the current boot partition (`/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition`) matches the `boot_partition` in the `[tryboot]` section of `autoboot.txt`
+ *** The `Update Service` validates the system to verify that the update was successful
+ *** If the update was successful
+ **** Replace `autoboot.txt` swapping the `boot_partition` configuration
+ **** Normal reboot - partition 3 is now the default boot partition
+ *** Else
+ **** `Update Service` marks the update as failed e.g. it removes the update files.
+ **** Normal reboot - partition 2 is still the default boot partition because the `tryboot` flag is automatically cleared
+ *** End if
+ ** End If
+* End If
+
+Updated `autoboot.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[all]
+tryboot_a_b=1
+boot_partition=3
+[tryboot]
+boot_partition=2
+----
+
+[NOTE]
+======
+It's not mandatory to reboot after updating `autoboot.txt`. However, the `Update Service` must be careful to avoid overwriting the current partition since `autoboot.txt` has already been modified to commit the last update. For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree parameters].
+======
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..541c7db8ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/boot.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+== Boot Options
+
+=== `start_file`, `fixup_file`
+
+These options specify the firmware files transferred to the VideoCore GPU prior to booting.
+
+`start_file` specifies the VideoCore firmware file to use.
+`fixup_file` specifies the file used to fix up memory locations used in the `start_file` to match the GPU memory split.
+
+The `start_file` and the `fixup_file` are a matched pair - using unmatched files will stop the board from booting. This is an advanced option, so we advise that you use `start_x` and `start_debug` rather than this option.
+
+NOTE: Cut-down firmware (`start*cd.elf` and `fixup*cd.dat`) cannot be selected this way - the system will fail to boot. The only way to enable the cut-down firmware is to specify `gpu_mem=16`. The cut-down firmware removes support for codecs, 3D and debug logging as well as limiting the initial early-boot framebuffer to 1080p @16bpp - although KMS can replace this with up to 32bpp 4K framebuffer(s) at a later stage as with any firmware.
+
+NOTE: The Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Raspberry Pi 500 firmware is self-contained in the bootloader EEPROM.
+
+=== `cmdline`
+
+`cmdline` is the alternative filename on the boot partition from which to read the kernel command line string; the default value is `cmdline.txt`.
+
+=== `kernel`
+
+`kernel` is the alternative filename on the boot partition for loading the kernel. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 1, Zero and Zero W, and Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1 is `kernel.img`. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 2, 3, 3+ and Zero 2 W, and Raspberry Pi Compute Modules 3 and 3+ is `kernel7.img`. The default value on the Raspberry Pi 4 and 400, and Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4 is `kernel8.img`, or `kernel7l.img` if `arm_64bit` is set to 0.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Raspberry Pi 500 firmware defaults to loading `kernel_2712.img` because this image contains optimisations specific to those models (e.g. 16K page-size). If this file is not present, then the common 64-bit kernel (`kernel8.img`) will be loaded instead.
+
+=== `arm_64bit`
+
+If set to 1, the kernel will be started in 64-bit mode. Setting to 0 selects 32-bit mode.
+
+In 64-bit mode, the firmware will choose an appropriate kernel (e.g. `kernel8.img`), unless there is an explicit `kernel` option defined, in which case that is used instead.
+
+Defaults to 1 on Raspberry Pi 4, 400 and Compute Module 4, 4S platforms. Defaults to 0 on all other platforms. However, if the name given in an explicit `kernel` option matches one of the known kernels then `arm_64bit` will be set accordingly.
+
+64-bit kernels come in the following forms:
+
+* uncompressed image files
+* gzip archives of an image
+
+Both forms may use the `img` file extension; the bootloader recognizes archives using signature bytes at the start of the file.
+
+The following Raspberry Pi models support this flag:
+
+* 2B rev 1.2
+* 3B
+* 3A+
+* 3B+
+* 4B
+* 400
+* Zero 2 W
+* Compute Module 3
+* Compute Module 3+
+* Compute Module 4
+* Compute Module 4S
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Modules since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500 _only_ support the 64-bit kernel. Models that only support a 64-bit kernel ignore this flag.
+
+=== `ramfsfile`
+
+`ramfsfile` is the optional filename on the boot partition of a `ramfs` to load.
+
+NOTE: Newer firmware supports the loading of multiple `ramfs` files. You should separate the multiple file names with commas, taking care not to exceed the 80-character line length limit. All the loaded files are concatenated in memory and treated as a single `ramfs` blob. More information is available https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?f=63&t=10532[on the forums].
+
+=== `ramfsaddr`
+
+`ramfsaddr` is the memory address to which the `ramfsfile` should be loaded.
+
+=== `initramfs`
+
+The `initramfs` command specifies both the ramfs filename *and* the memory address to which to load it. It performs the actions of both `ramfsfile` and `ramfsaddr` in one parameter. The address can also be `followkernel` (or `0`) to place it in memory after the kernel image. Example values are: `initramfs initramf.gz 0x00800000` or `initramfs init.gz followkernel`. As with `ramfsfile`, newer firmwares allow the loading of multiple files by comma-separating their names.
+
+NOTE: This option uses different syntax from all the other options, and you should not use the `=` character here.
+
+[[auto_initramfs]]
+=== `auto_initramfs`
+
+If `auto_initramfs` is set to `1`, look for an `initramfs` file using the same rules as the kernel selection.
+
+[[disable_poe_fan]]
+=== `disable_poe_fan`
+
+By default, a probe on the I2C bus will happen at startup, even when a PoE HAT is not attached. Setting this option to 1 disables control of a PoE HAT fan through I2C (on pins ID_SD & ID_SC). If you are not intending to use a PoE HAT, this is a helpful way to minimise boot time.
+
+=== `disable_splash`
+
+If `disable_splash` is set to `1`, the rainbow splash screen will not be shown on boot. The default value is `0`.
+
+=== `enable_uart`
+
+`enable_uart=1` (in conjunction with `console=serial0,115200` in `cmdline.txt`) requests that the kernel creates a serial console, accessible using GPIOs 14 and 15 (pins 8 and 10 on the 40-pin header). Editing `cmdline.txt` to remove the line `quiet` enables boot messages from the kernel to also appear there. See also `uart_2ndstage`.
+
+=== `force_eeprom_read`
+
+Set this option to `0` to prevent the firmware from trying to read an I2C HAT EEPROM (connected to pins ID_SD & ID_SC) at powerup. See also xref:config_txt.adoc#disable_poe_fan[`disable_poe_fan`].
+
+[[os_prefix]]
+=== `os_prefix`
+
+`os_prefix` is an optional setting that allows you to choose between multiple versions of the kernel and Device Tree files installed on the same card. Any value in `os_prefix` is prepended to the name of any operating system files loaded by the firmware, where "operating system files" is defined to mean kernels, `initramfs`, `cmdline.txt`, `.dtbs` and overlays. The prefix would commonly be a directory name, but it could also be part of the filename such as "test-". For this reason, directory prefixes must include the trailing `/` character.
+
+In an attempt to reduce the chance of a non-bootable system, the firmware first tests the supplied prefix value for viability - unless the expected kernel and .dtb can be found at the new location/name, the prefix is ignored (set to ""). A special case of this viability test is applied to overlays, which will only be loaded from `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}+` (where the default value of <> is "overlays/") if `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}README+` exists, otherwise it ignores `os_prefix` and treats overlays as shared.
+
+(The reason the firmware checks for the existence of key files rather than directories when checking prefixes is twofold: the prefix may not be a directory, and not all boot methods support testing for the existence of a directory.)
+
+NOTE: Any user-specified OS file can bypass all prefixes by using an absolute path (with respect to the boot partition) - just start the file path with a `/`, e.g. `kernel=/my_common_kernel.img`.
+
+See also <> and xref:legacy_config_txt.adoc#upstream_kernel[`upstream_kernel`].
+
+=== `otg_mode` (Raspberry Pi 4 only)
+
+USB On-The-Go (often abbreviated to OTG) is a feature that allows supporting USB devices with an appropriate OTG cable to configure themselves as USB hosts. On older Raspberry Pis, a single USB 2 controller was used in both USB host and device mode.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B and Keyboard models since Pi 400 add a high-performance USB 3 controller, attached via PCIe, to drive the main USB ports. The legacy USB 2 controller is still available on the USB-C power connector for use as a device (`otg_mode=0`, the default). Compute Modules before CM5 do not include this high-performance USB 3 controller.
+
+`otg_mode=1` requests that a more capable XHCI USB 2 controller is used as an alternative host controller on that USB-C connector.
+
+NOTE: By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting on Compute Module 4.
+
+
+[[overlay_prefix]]
+=== `overlay_prefix`
+
+Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays, and defaults to `overlays/` (note the trailing `/`). If used in conjunction with <>, the `os_prefix` comes before the `overlay_prefix`, i.e. `dtoverlay=disable-bt` will attempt to load `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}disable-bt.dtbo+`.
+
+NOTE: Unless `+${os_prefix}${overlay_prefix}README+` exists, overlays are shared with the main OS (i.e. `os_prefix` is ignored).
+
+=== Configuration Properties
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 requires a `config.txt` file to be present to indicate that the partition is bootable.
+
+[[boot_ramdisk]]
+==== `boot_ramdisk`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then the bootloader will attempt load a ramdisk file called `boot.img` containing the xref:configuration.adoc#boot-folder-contents[boot filesystem]. Subsequent files (e.g. `start4.elf`) are read from the ramdisk instead of the original boot file system.
+
+The primary purpose of `boot_ramdisk` is to support `secure-boot`, however, unsigned `boot.img` files can also be useful to Network Boot or `RPIBOOT` configurations.
+
+* The maximum size for a ramdisk file is 96MB.
+* `boot.img` files are raw disk `.img` files. The recommended format is a plain FAT32 partition with no MBR.
+* The memory for the ramdisk filesystem is released before the operating system is started.
+* If xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT] is selected then the bootloader will search for `tryboot.img` instead of `boot.img`.
+* See also xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt].
+
+For more information about `secure-boot` and creating `boot.img` files please see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md[USBBOOT].
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[boot_load_flags]]
+==== `boot_load_flags`
+
+Experimental property for custom firmware (bare metal).
+
+Bit 0 (0x1) indicates that the .elf file is custom firmware. This disables any compatibility checks (e.g. is USB MSD boot supported) and resets PCIe before starting the executable.
+
+Not relevant on Raspberry Pi 5 because there is no `start.elf` file.
+
+Default: `0x0`
+
+[[enable_rp1_uart]]
+==== `enable_rp1_uart`
+
+When set to `1`, firmware initialises RP1 UART0 to 115200bps and doesn't reset RP1 before starting the OS (separately configurable using `pciex4_reset=1`).
+This makes it easier to get UART output on the 40-pin header in early boot-code, for instance during bare-metal debug.
+
+Default: `0x0`
+
+[[pciex4_reset]]
+==== `pciex4_reset`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only.
+
+By default, the PCIe x4 controller used by `RP1` is reset before starting the operating system. If this parameter is set to `0` then the reset is disabled allowing operating system or bare metal code to inherit the PCIe configuration setup from the bootloader.
+
+Default: `1`
+
+[[uart_2ndstage]]
+==== `uart_2ndstage`
+
+If `uart_2ndstage` is `1` then enable debug logging to the UART. This option also automatically enables UART logging in `start.elf`. This is also described on the xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[Boot options] page.
+
+The `BOOT_UART` property also enables bootloader UART logging but does not enable UART logging in `start.elf` unless `uart_2ndstage=1` is also set.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[erase_eeprom]]
+==== `erase_eeprom`
+
+If `erase_eeprom` is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will erase the entire SPI EEPROM instead of flashing the bootloader image. This property has no effect during a normal boot.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[eeprom_write_protect]]
+==== `eeprom_write_protect`
+
+Configures the EEPROM `write status register`. This can be set either to mark the entire EEPROM as write-protected, or to clear write-protection.
+
+This option must be used in conjunction with the EEPROM `/WP` pin which controls updates to the EEPROM `Write Status Register`. Pulling `/WP` low (CM4 `EEPROM_nWP` or on a Raspberry Pi 4 `TP5`) does NOT write-protect the EEPROM unless the `Write Status Register` has also been configured.
+
+See the https://www.winbond.com/resource-files/w25x40cl_f%2020140325.pdf[Winbond W25x40cl] or https://www.winbond.com/hq/product/code-storage-flash-memory/serial-nor-flash/?__locale=en&partNo=W25Q16JV[Winbond W25Q16JV] datasheets for further details.
+
+`eeprom_write_protect` settings in `config.txt` for `recovery.bin`.
+
+|===
+| Value | Description
+
+| 1
+| Configures the write protect regions to cover the entire EEPROM.
+
+| 0
+| Clears the write protect regions.
+
+| -1
+| Do nothing.
+|===
+
+NOTE: `flashrom` does not support clearing of the write-protect regions and will fail to update the EEPROM if write-protect regions are defined.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5 `/WP` is pulled low by default and consequently write-protect is enabled as soon as the `Write Status Register` is configured. To clear write-protect pull `/WP` high by connecting `TP14` and `TP1`.
+
+Default: `-1`
+
+[[os_check]]
+==== `os_check`
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5 the firmware automatically checks for a compatible Device Tree file before attempting to boot from the current partition. Otherwise, older non-compatible kernels would be loaded and then hang.
+To disable this check (e.g. for bare-metal development), set `os_check=0` in config.txt
+
+Default: `1`
+
+[[bootloader_update]]
+==== `bootloader_update`
+
+This option may be set to 0 to block self-update without requiring the EEPROM configuration to be updated. This is sometimes useful when updating multiple Raspberry Pis via network boot because this option can be controlled per Raspberry Pi (e.g. via a serial number filter in `config.txt`).
+
+Default: `1`
+
+=== Secure Boot configuration properties
+
+[.whitepaper, title="How to use Raspberry Pi Secure Boot", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003466-WP/Boot-Security-Howto.pdf]
+****
+This whitepaper describes how to implement secure boot on devices based on Raspberry Pi 4. For an overview of our approach to implementing secure boot implementation, please see the https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-004651-WP/Raspberry-Pi-4-Boot-Security.pdf[Raspberry Pi 4 Boot Security] whitepaper. The secure boot system is intended for use with `buildroot`-based OS images; using it with Raspberry Pi OS is not recommended or supported.
+****
+
+The following `config.txt` properties are used to program the `secure-boot` OTP settings. These changes are irreversible and can only be programmed via `RPIBOOT` when flashing the bootloader EEPROM image. This ensures that `secure-boot` cannot be set remotely or by accidentally inserting a stale SD card image.
+
+For more information about enabling `secure-boot` please see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#secure-boot[Secure Boot readme] and the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/secure-boot-example/README.md[Secure Boot tutorial] in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot[USBBOOT] repo.
+
+[[program_pubkey]]
+==== `program_pubkey`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will write the hash of the public key in the EEPROM image to OTP. Once set, the bootloader will reject EEPROM images signed with different RSA keys or unsigned images.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[revoke_devkey]]
+==== `revoke_devkey`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will write a value to OTP that prevents the ROM from loading old versions of the second stage bootloader which do not support `secure-boot`. This prevents `secure-boot` from being turned off by reverting to an older release of the bootloader.
+
+Default: `0`
+
+[[program_rpiboot_gpio]]
+==== `program_rpiboot_gpio`
+
+Compute Modules have a dedicated `nRPIBOOT` jumper to select `RPIBOOT` mode. Flagship and Keyboard Raspberry Pi devices with EEPROM lack a dedicated `nRPIBOOT` jumper. To select `RPIBOOT` mode on Flagship and Keyboard devices, pull one of the following GPIO pins low:
+
+* `2`
+* `4`
+* `5`
+* `6`
+* `7`
+* `8`
+
+This property does not depend on `secure-boot`. However, you should verify that this GPIO configuration does not conflict with any HATs which might pull the GPIO low during boot.
+
+For safety, this property can _only_ be programmed via `RPIBOOT`. As a result, you must first clear the bootloader EEPROM using `erase_eeprom`. This causes the ROM to failover to `RPIBOOT` mode, which then allows this option to be set.
+
+On BCM2712, you can alternatively force `RPIBOOT` mode by holding down the power button while simultaneously connecting a USB-C power supply.
+
+Default: `{nbsp}`
+
+[[program_jtag_lock]]
+==== `program_jtag_lock`
+
+If this property is set to `1` then `recovery.bin` will program an OTP value that prevents VideoCore JTAG from being used. This option requires that `program_pubkey` and `revoke_devkey` are also set. This option can prevent failure analysis, and should only be set after the device has been fully tested.
+
+Default: `0`
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3caa01349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/camera.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+== Camera settings
+
+=== `disable_camera_led`
+
+Setting `disable_camera_led` to `1` prevents the red camera LED from turning on when recording video or taking a still picture. This is useful for preventing reflections, for example when the camera is facing a window.
+
+=== `awb_auto_is_greyworld`
+
+Setting `awb_auto_is_greyworld` to `1` allows libraries or applications that do not support the greyworld option internally to capture valid images and videos with NoIR cameras. It switches auto awb mode to use the greyworld algorithm. This should only be needed for NoIR cameras, or when the High Quality camera has had its xref:../accessories/camera.adoc#filter-removal[IR filter removed].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..688591a12f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/codeclicence.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+== Licence key and codec options
+
+Hardware decoding of additional codecs on the Raspberry Pi 3 and earlier models can be enabled by https://codecs.raspberrypi.com/license-keys/[purchasing a licence] that is locked to the CPU serial number of your Raspberry Pi.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 4 has permanently disabled hardware decoders for MPEG2 and VC1. These codecs cannot be enabled, so a hardware codec licence key is not needed. Software decoding of MPEG2 and VC1 files performs well enough for typical use cases.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5 has H.265 (HEVC) hardware decoding. This decoding is enabled by default, so a hardware codec licence key is not needed.
+
+=== `decode_MPG2`
+
+`decode_MPG2` is a licence key to allow hardware MPEG-2 decoding, e.g. `decode_MPG2=0x12345678`.
+
+=== `decode_WVC1`
+
+`decode_WVC1` is a licence key to allow hardware VC-1 decoding, e.g. `decode_WVC1=0x12345678`.
+
+If you have multiple Raspberry Pis and you've bought a codec licence for each of them, you can list up to eight licence keys in a single `config.txt`, for example `decode_MPG2=0x12345678,0xabcdabcd,0x87654321`. This enables you to swap the same SD card between the different Raspberry Pis without having to edit `config.txt` each time.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..442aefa5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/common.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+== Common options
+
+=== Common display options
+
+==== `hdmi_enable_4kp60`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Module 4, Compute Module 4S, and Pi 400.
+
+By default, when connected to a 4K monitor, certain models select a 30Hz refresh rate. Use this option to allow selection of 60Hz refresh rates. Models impacted by this setting do _not_ support 4Kp60 output on both micro HDMI ports simultaneously. Enabling this setting increases power consumption and temperature.
+
+=== Common hardware configuration options
+
+==== `camera_auto_detect`
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting.
+
+When enabled, the firmware will automatically load overlays for recognised CSI cameras.
+
+To disable, set `camera_auto_detect=0`.
+
+==== `display_auto_detect`
+
+Enabled by default.
+
+When enabled, the firmware will automatically load overlays for recognised DSI displays.
+
+To disable, set `display_auto_detect=0`.
+
+==== `dtoverlay`
+
+The `dtoverlay` option requests the firmware to load a named Device Tree overlay - a configuration file that can enable kernel support for built-in and external hardware. For example, `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` loads an overlay that enables the kernel graphics driver.
+
+As a special case, if called with no value - `dtoverlay=` - the option marks the end of a list of overlay parameters. If used before any other `dtoverlay` or `dtparam` setting, it prevents the loading of any HAT overlay.
+
+For more details, see xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[DTBs, overlays and config.txt].
+
+==== `dtparam`
+
+Device Tree configuration files for Raspberry Pi devices support various parameters for such things as enabling I2C and SPI interfaces. Many DT overlays are configurable via the use of parameters. Both types of parameters can be supplied using the `dtparam` setting. In addition, overlay parameters can be appended to the `dtoverlay` option, separated by commas, but keep in mind the line length limit of 98 characters.
+
+For more details, see xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[DTBs, overlays and config.txt].
+
+==== `arm_boost`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to later Raspberry Pi 4B revisions which include two-phase power delivery, and all revisions of Pi 400.
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS includes a line in `/boot/firmware/config.txt` that enables this setting on supported devices.
+
+Some Raspberry Pi devices have a second switch-mode power supply for the SoC voltage rail. When enabled, increases the default turbo-mode clock from 1.5GHz to 1.8GHz.
+
+To disable, set `arm_boost=0`.
+
+==== `power_force_3v3_pwm`
+
+NOTE: This option applies only to Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, and Pi 500.
+
+Forces PWM on 3.3V output from the GPIO header or CSI connector.
+
+To disable, set `power_force_3v3_pwm=0`.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c5174cc58d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/conditional.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+[[conditional-filters]]
+== Conditional filters
+
+When a single SD card (or card image) is being used with one Raspberry Pi and one monitor, it is easy to set `config.txt` as required for that specific combination and keep it that way, amending it only when something changes.
+
+However, if one Raspberry Pi is swapped between different monitors, or if the SD card (or card image) is being swapped between multiple boards, a single set of settings may no longer be sufficient. Conditional filters allow you to define certain sections of the config file to be used only in specific cases, allowing a single `config.txt` to create different configurations when read by different hardware.
+
+=== The `[all]` filter
+
+The `[all]` filter is the most basic filter. It resets all previously set filters and allows any settings listed below it to be applied to all hardware. It is usually a good idea to add an `[all]` filter at the end of groups of filtered settings to avoid unintentionally combining filters (see below).
+
+=== Model filters
+
+The conditional model filters apply according to the following table.
+
+|===
+| Filter | Applicable model(s)
+
+| `[pi1]`
+| Model 1A, Model 1B, Model 1A+, Model 1B+, Compute Module 1
+
+| `[pi2]`
+| Model 2B (BCM2836- or BCM2837-based)
+
+| `[pi3]`
+| Model 3B, Model 3B+, Model 3A+, Compute Module 3, Compute Module 3+
+
+| `[pi3+]`
+| Model 3A+, Model 3B+ (also sees `[pi3]` contents)
+
+| `[pi4]`
+| Model 4B, Pi 400, Compute Module 4, Compute Module 4S
+
+| `[pi5]`
+| Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module 5, Pi 500
+
+| `[pi400]`
+| Pi 400 (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
+
+| `[pi500]`
+| Pi 500 (also sees `[pi5]` contents)
+
+| `[cm1]`
+| Compute Module 1 (also sees `[pi1]` contents)
+
+| `[cm3]`
+| Compute Module 3 (also sees `[pi3]` contents)
+
+| `[cm3+]`
+| Compute Module 3+ (also sees `[pi3+]` contents)
+
+| `[cm4]`
+| Compute Module 4 (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
+
+| `[cm4s]`
+| Compute Module 4S (also sees `[pi4]` contents)
+
+| `[cm5]`
+| Compute Module 5 (also sees `[pi5]` contents)
+
+| `[pi0]`
+| Zero, Zero W, Zero 2 W
+
+| `[pi0w]`
+| Zero W (also sees `[pi0]` contents)
+
+| `[pi02]`
+| Zero 2 W (also sees `[pi0w]` and `[pi0]` contents)
+
+| `[board-type=Type]`
+| Filter by `Type` number - see xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-revision-codes[Raspberry Pi Revision Codes] E.g `[board-type=0x14]` would match CM4.
+
+|===
+
+These are particularly useful for defining different `kernel`, `initramfs`, and `cmdline` settings, as the Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2 require different kernels. They can also be useful to define different overclocking settings, as the Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2 have different default speeds. For example, to define separate `initramfs` images for each:
+
+----
+[pi1]
+initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7+ followkernel
+[pi2]
+initramfs initrd.img-3.18.7-v7+ followkernel
+[all]
+----
+
+Remember to use the `[all]` filter at the end, so that any subsequent settings aren't limited to Raspberry Pi 2 hardware only.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+Some models of Raspberry Pi, including Zero, Compute Module, and Keyboard models, read settings from multiple filters. To apply a setting to only one model:
+
+* apply the setting to the base model (e.g. `[pi4]`), then revert the setting for all models that read the base model's filters (e.g. `[pi400]`, `[cm4]`, `[cm4s]`)
+* use the `board-type` filter with a revision code to target a single model (e.g. `[board-type=0x11]`)
+====
+
+=== The `[none]` filter
+
+The `[none]` filter prevents any settings that follow from being applied to any hardware. Although there is nothing that you can't do without `[none]`, it can be a useful way to keep groups of unused settings in config.txt without having to comment out every line.
+
+=== The `[partition=N]` filter
+This `partition` filter can be be used to select alternate boot flows according to the requested partition number (`sudo reboot N`) or via direct usage of the `PM_RSTS` watchdog register.
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Bootloader EEPROM config.
+# If PM_RSTS is partition 62 then set bootloader properties to disable
+# SD high speed and show HDMI diagnostics
+# Boot from partition 2 with debug option.
+[partition=62]
+# Only high (>31) partition can be remapped.
+PARTITION=2
+SD_QUIRKS=0x1
+HDMI_DELAY=0
+----
+
+Example `config.txt` - (Currently Raspberry Pi 5 onwards)
+[source,ini]
+----
+# config.txt - If the original requested partition number in PM_RSTS was a
+# special number then use an alternate cmdline.txt
+[partition=62]
+cmdline=cmdline-recovery.txt
+----
+
+The raw value of the `PM_RSTS` register at bootup is available via `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/rsts` and the final partition number used for booting is available via `/proc/device-tree/chosen/bootloader/partition`. These are big-endian binary values.
+
+
+=== The `[tryboot]` filter
+
+This filter succeeds if the `tryboot` reboot flag was set.
+
+It is intended for use in xref:config_txt.adoc#autoboot-txt[autoboot.txt] to select a different `boot_partition` in `tryboot` mode for fail-safe OS updates.
+
+=== The `[EDID=*]` filter
+
+When switching between multiple monitors while using a single SD card in your Raspberry Pi, and where a blank config isn't sufficient to automatically select the desired resolution for each one, this allows specific settings to be chosen based on the monitors' EDID names.
+
+To view the EDID name of an attached monitor, you need to follow a few steps. Run the following command to see which output devices you have on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ls -1 /sys/class/drm/card?-HDMI-A-?/edid
+----
+
+On a Raspberry Pi 4, this will print something like:
+
+----
+/sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-1/edid
+/sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-2/edid
+----
+
+You then need to run `edid-decode` against each of these filenames, for example:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ edid-decode /sys/class/drm/card1-HDMI-A-1/edid
+----
+
+If there's no monitor connected to that particular output device, it'll tell you the EDID was empty; otherwise it will serve you *lots* of information about your monitor's capabilities. You need to look for the lines specifying the `Manufacturer` and the `Display Product Name`. The "EDID name" is then `-`, with any spaces in either string replaced by underscores. For example, if your `edid-decode` output included:
+
+----
+....
+ Vendor & Product Identification:
+ Manufacturer: DEL
+....
+ Display Product Name: 'DELL U2422H'
+....
+----
+
+The EDID name for this monitor would be `DEL-DELL_U2422H`.
+
+You can then use this as a conditional-filter to specify settings that only apply when this particular monitor is connected:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[EDID=DEL-DELL_U2422H]
+cmdline=cmdline_U2422H.txt
+[all]
+----
+
+These settings apply only at boot. The monitor must be connected at boot time, and the Raspberry Pi must be able to read its EDID information to find the correct name. Hotplugging a different monitor into the Raspberry Pi after boot will not select different settings.
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4, if both HDMI ports are in use, then the EDID filter will be checked against both of them, and configuration from all matching conditional filters will be applied.
+
+NOTE: This setting is not available on Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+=== The serial number filter
+
+Sometimes settings should only be applied to a single specific Raspberry Pi, even if you swap the SD card to a different one. Examples include licence keys and overclocking settings (although the licence keys already support SD card swapping in a different way). You can also use this to select different display settings, even if the EDID identification above is not possible, provided that you don't swap monitors between your Raspberry Pis. For example, if your monitor doesn't supply a usable EDID name, or if you are using composite output (from which EDID cannot be read).
+
+To view the serial number of your Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /proc/cpuinfo
+----
+
+A 16-digit hex value will be displayed near the bottom of the output. Your Raspberry Pi's serial number is the last eight hex-digits. For example, if you see:
+
+----
+Serial : 0000000012345678
+----
+
+The serial number is `12345678`.
+
+NOTE: On some Raspberry Pi models, the first 8 hex-digits contain values other than `0`. Even in this case, only use the last eight hex-digits as the serial number.
+
+You can define settings that will only be applied to this specific Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[0x12345678]
+# settings here apply only to the Raspberry Pi with this serial
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
+----
+
+=== The GPIO filter
+
+You can also filter depending on the state of a GPIO. For example:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[gpio4=1]
+# Settings here apply if GPIO 4 is high
+
+[gpio2=0]
+# Settings here apply if GPIO 2 is low
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
+----
+
+=== Combine conditional filters
+
+Filters of the same type replace each other, so `[pi2]` overrides `[pi1]`, because it is not possible for both to be true at once.
+
+Filters of different types can be combined by listing them one after the other, for example:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
+[EDID=VSC-TD2220]
+# settings here apply only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected
+
+[pi2]
+# settings here apply only if monitor VSC-TD2220 is connected *and* on a Raspberry Pi 2
+
+[all]
+# settings here apply to all hardware
+
+----
+
+Use the `[all]` filter to reset all previous filters and avoid unintentionally combining different filter types.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2508cbd06a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/gpio.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+== GPIO control
+
+=== `gpio`
+
+The `gpio` directive allows GPIO pins to be set to specific modes and values at boot time in a way that would previously have needed a custom `dt-blob.bin` file. Each line applies the same settings (or at least makes the same changes) to a set of pins, addressing either a single pin (`3`), a range of pins (`3-4`), or a comma-separated list of either (`3-4,6,8`).
+
+The pin set is followed by an `=` and one or more comma-separated attributes from this list:
+
+* `ip` - Input
+* `op` - Output
+* `a0-a5` - Alt0-Alt5
+* `dh` - Driving high (for outputs)
+* `dl` - Driving low (for outputs)
+* `pu` - Pull up
+* `pd` - Pull down
+* `pn/np` - No pull
+
+`gpio` settings apply in order, so those appearing later override those appearing earlier.
+
+Examples:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Select Alt2 for GPIO pins 0 to 27 (for DPI24)
+gpio=0-27=a2
+
+# Set GPIO12 to be an output set to 1
+gpio=12=op,dh
+
+# Change the pull on (input) pins 18 and 20
+gpio=18,20=pu
+
+# Make pins 17 to 21 inputs
+gpio=17-21=ip
+----
+
+The `gpio` directive respects the "[...]" conditional filters in `config.txt`, so it is possible to use different settings based on the model, serial number, and EDID.
+
+GPIO changes made through this mechanism do not have any direct effect on the kernel. They don't cause GPIO pins to be exported to the `sysfs` interface, and they can be overridden by `pinctrl` entries in the Device Tree as well as utilities like `pinctrl`.
+
+Note also that there is a delay of a few seconds between power being applied and the changes taking effect - longer if booting over the network or from a USB mass storage device.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8c6d907310
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/memory.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+== Memory options
+
+=== `total_mem`
+
+This parameter can be used to force a Raspberry Pi to limit its memory capacity: specify the total amount of RAM, in megabytes, you wish the Raspberry Pi to use. For example, to make a 4GB Raspberry Pi 4B behave as though it were a 1GB model, use the following:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+total_mem=1024
+----
+
+This value will be clamped between a minimum of 128MB, and a maximum of the total memory installed on the board.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b76a8ac8a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/overclocking.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+== Overclocking options
+
+The kernel has a https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.html[CPUFreq] driver with the powersave governor enabled by default, switched to ondemand during boot, when xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[raspi-config] is installed. With the ondemand governor, CPU frequency will vary with processor load. You can adjust the minimum values with the `*_min` config options, or disable dynamic clocking by applying a static scaling governor (powersave or performance) or with `force_turbo=1`.
+
+Overclocking and overvoltage will be disabled at runtime when the SoC reaches `temp_limit` (see below), which defaults to 85°C, in order to cool down the SoC. You should not hit this limit with Raspberry Pi 1 and Raspberry Pi 2, but you are more likely to with Raspberry Pi 3 and newer. Overclocking and overvoltage are also disabled when an undervoltage situation is detected.
+
+NOTE: For more information xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#frequency-management-and-thermal-control[see the section on frequency management and thermal control].
+
+WARNING: Setting any overclocking parameters to values other than those used by xref:configuration.adoc#overclock[`raspi-config`] may set a permanent bit within the SoC. This makes it possible to detect that your Raspberry Pi was once overclocked. The overclock bit sets when `force_turbo` is set to `1` and any of the `over_voltage_*` options are set to a value of more than `0`. See the https://www.raspberrypi.com/news/introducing-turbo-mode-up-to-50-more-performance-for-free/[blog post on Turbo mode] for more information.
+
+=== Overclocking
+
+[cols="1m,3"]
+|===
+| Option | Description
+
+| arm_freq
+| Frequency of the ARM CPU in MHz.
+
+| arm_boost
+| Increases `arm_freq` to the highest supported frequency for the board-type and firmware. Set to `1` to enable.
+
+| gpu_freq
+| Sets `core_freq`, `h264_freq`, `isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` and `hevc_freq` together.
+
+| core_freq
+| Frequency of the GPU processor core in MHz. Influences CPU performance because it drives the L2 cache and memory bus; the L2 cache benefits only Raspberry Pi Zero/Raspberry Pi Zero W/Raspberry Pi 1; and there is a small benefit for SDRAM on Raspberry Pi 2 and Raspberry Pi 3. See section below for use on Raspberry Pi 4.
+
+| h264_freq
+| Frequency of the hardware video block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting.
+
+| isp_freq
+| Frequency of the image sensor pipeline block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting.
+
+| v3d_freq
+| Frequency of the 3D block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting. On Raspberry Pi 5, V3D is independent of `core_freq`, `isp_freq` and `hevc_freq`.
+
+| hevc_freq
+| Frequency of the High Efficiency Video Codec block in MHz; individual override of the `gpu_freq` setting. Raspberry Pi 4 only.
+
+| sdram_freq
+| Frequency of the SDRAM in MHz. SDRAM overclocking on Raspberry Pi 4 or newer is not supported.
+
+| over_voltage
+| CPU/GPU core upper voltage limit. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.95V,1.55V] ([0.8,1.4V] on Raspberry Pi 1) with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.95V (0.8V on Raspberry Pi 1) as the maximum CPU/GPU core voltage, and specifying 8 will allow up to 1.55V (1.4V on Raspberry Pi 1). For defaults, see the table below. Values above 6 are only allowed when `force_turbo=1` is specified: this sets the warranty bit if `over_voltage_*` > `0` is also set.
+
+| over_voltage_sdram
+| Sets `over_voltage_sdram_c`, `over_voltage_sdram_i`, and `over_voltage_sdram_p` together.
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_c
+| SDRAM controller voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_i
+| SDRAM I/O voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_p
+| SDRAM phy voltage adjustment. [-16,8] equates to [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. Not supported on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
+
+| force_turbo
+| Forces turbo mode frequencies even when the ARM cores are not busy. Enabling this may set the warranty bit if `over_voltage_*` is also set.
+
+| initial_turbo
+| Enables https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewtopic.php?f=29&t=6201&start=425#p180099[turbo mode from boot] for the given value in seconds, or until `cpufreq` sets a frequency. The maximum value is `60`. The November 2024 firmware update made the following changes:
+
+* changed the default from `0` to `60` to reduce boot time
+* switched the kernel CPU performance governor from `powersave` to `ondemand`
+
+
+| arm_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `arm_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking. Note that reducing this value below the default does not result in any significant power savings, and is not currently supported.
+
+| core_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `core_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| gpu_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `gpu_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| h264_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `h264_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| isp_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `isp_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| v3d_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `v3d_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| hevc_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `hevc_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| sdram_freq_min
+| Minimum value of `sdram_freq` used for dynamic frequency clocking.
+
+| over_voltage_min
+| Minimum value of `over_voltage` used for dynamic frequency clocking. The value should be in the range [-16,8] which equates to the range [0.8V,1.4V] with 0.025V steps. In other words, specifying -16 will give 0.8V as the CPU/GPU core idle voltage, and specifying 8 will give a minimum of 1.4V. This setting is deprecated on Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5.
+
+| over_voltage_delta
+| On Raspberry Pi 4 and Raspberry Pi 5 the over_voltage_delta parameter adds the given offset in microvolts to the number calculated by the DVFS algorithm.
+
+| temp_limit
+| Overheat protection. This sets the clocks and voltages to default when the SoC reaches this value in degree Celsius. Values over 85 are clamped to 85.
+
+| temp_soft_limit
+| *3A+/3B+ only*. CPU speed throttle control. This sets the temperature at which the CPU clock speed throttling system activates. At this temperature, the clock speed is reduced from 1400MHz to 1200MHz. Defaults to `60`, can be raised to a maximum of `70`, but this may cause instability.
+
+| core_freq_fixed
+| Setting to 1 disables active scaling of the core clock frequency and ensures that any peripherals that use the core clock will maintain a consistent speed. The fixed clock speed is the higher/turbo frequency for the platform in use. Use this in preference to setting specific core_clock frequencies as it provides portability of config files between platforms.
+
+|===
+
+This table gives the default values for the options on various Raspberry Pi models, all frequencies are stated in MHz.
+
+[cols="m,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^,^"]
+|===
+| Option | Pi 0/W | Pi1 | Pi2 | Pi3 | Pi3A+/Pi3B+ | CM4 & Pi4B <= R1.3 | Pi4B R1.4 | Pi 400 | Pi Zero 2 W | Pi 5
+
+| arm_freq
+| 1000
+| 700
+| 900
+| 1200
+| 1400
+| 1500
+| 1500 or 1800 if `arm_boost`=1
+| 1800
+| 1000
+| 2400
+
+| core_freq
+| 400
+| 250
+| 250
+| 400
+| 400
+| 500
+| 500
+| 500
+| 400
+| 910
+
+| h264_freq
+| 300
+| 250
+| 250
+| 400
+| 400
+| 500
+| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| N/A
+
+| isp_freq
+| 300
+| 250
+| 250
+| 400
+| 400
+| 500
+| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| 910
+
+| v3d_freq
+| 300
+| 250
+| 250
+| 400
+| 400
+| 500
+| 500
+| 500
+| 300
+| 910
+
+| hevc_freq
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| N/A
+| 500
+| 500
+| 500
+| N/A
+| 910
+
+| sdram_freq
+| 450
+| 400
+| 450
+| 450
+| 500
+| 3200
+| 3200
+| 3200
+| 450
+| 4267
+
+| arm_freq_min
+| 700
+| 700
+| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 600
+| 1500
+
+| core_freq_min
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 200
+| 200
+| 200
+| 250
+| 500
+
+| gpu_freq_min
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
+
+| h264_freq_min
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| N/A
+
+| isp_freq_min
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
+
+| v3d_freq_min
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 250
+| 500
+
+| sdram_freq_min
+| 400
+| 400
+| 400
+| 400
+| 400
+| 3200
+| 3200
+| 3200
+| 400
+| 4267
+|===
+
+This table gives defaults for options which are the same across all models.
+
+[cols="m,^"]
+|===
+| Option | Default
+
+| initial_turbo
+| 0 (seconds)
+
+| temp_limit
+| 85 (°C)
+
+| over_voltage
+| 0 (1.35V, 1.2V on Raspberry Pi 1)
+
+| over_voltage_min
+| 0 (1.2V)
+
+| over_voltage_sdram
+| 0 (1.2V)
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_c
+| 0 (1.2V)
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_i
+| 0 (1.2V)
+
+| over_voltage_sdram_p
+| 0 (1.2V)
+|===
+
+The firmware uses Adaptive Voltage Scaling (AVS) to determine the optimum CPU/GPU core voltage in the range defined by `over_voltage` and `over_voltage_min`.
+
+[discrete]
+==== Specific to Raspberry Pi 4, Raspberry Pi 400 and CM4
+
+The minimum core frequency when the system is idle must be fast enough to support the highest pixel clock (ignoring blanking) of the display(s). Consequently, `core_freq` will be boosted above 500 MHz if the display mode is 4Kp60.
+
+|===
+| Display option | Max `core_freq`
+
+| Default
+| 500
+
+| `hdmi_enable_4kp60`
+| 550
+|===
+
+NOTE: There is no need to use `hdmi_enable_4kp60` on Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Modules since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500; they support dual-4Kp60 displays by default.
+
+* Overclocking requires the latest firmware release.
+* The latest firmware automatically scales up the voltage if the system is overclocked. Manually setting `over_voltage` disables automatic voltage scaling for overclocking.
+* It is recommended when overclocking to use the individual frequency settings (`isp_freq`, `v3d_freq` etc) rather than `gpu_freq`, because the maximum stable frequency will be different for ISP, V3D, HEVC etc.
+* The SDRAM frequency is not configurable on Raspberry Pi 4 or later devices.
+
+==== `force_turbo`
+
+By default (`force_turbo=0`) the on-demand CPU frequency driver will raise clocks to their maximum frequencies when the ARM cores are busy, and will lower them to the minimum frequencies when the ARM cores are idle.
+
+`force_turbo=1` overrides this behaviour and forces maximum frequencies even when the ARM cores are not busy.
+
+=== Clocks relationship
+
+==== Raspberry Pi 4
+
+The GPU core, CPU, SDRAM and GPU each have their own PLLs and can have unrelated frequencies. The h264, v3d and ISP blocks share a PLL.
+
+To view the Raspberry Pi's current frequency in KHz, type: `cat /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/scaling_cur_freq`. Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in MHz. Note that this frequency is the kernel _requested_ frequency, and it is possible that any throttling (for example at high temperatures) may mean the CPU is actually running more slowly than reported. An instantaneous measurement of the actual ARM CPU frequency can be retrieved using the vcgencmd `vcgencmd measure_clock arm`. This is displayed in Hertz.
+
+=== Monitoring core temperature
+[.whitepaper, title="Cooling a Raspberry Pi device", subtitle="", link=https://pip.raspberrypi.com/categories/685-whitepapers-app-notes/documents/RP-003608-WP/Cooling-a-Raspberry-Pi-device.pdf]
+****
+This white paper goes through the reasons why your Raspberry Pi may get hot and why you might want to cool it back down, offering options on the cooling process.
+****
+
+To view the temperature of a Raspberry Pi, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /sys/class/thermal/thermal_zone0/temp
+----
+
+Divide the result by 1000 to find the value in degrees Celsius. Alternatively, you can use `vcgencmd measure_temp` to report the GPU temperature.
+
+Hitting the temperature limit is not harmful to the SoC, but it will cause the CPU to throttle. A heat sink can help to control the core temperature, and therefore performance. This is especially useful if the Raspberry Pi is running inside a case. Airflow over the heat sink will make cooling more efficient.
+
+When the core temperature is between 80°C and 85°C, the ARM cores will be throttled back. If the temperature exceeds 85°C, the ARM cores and the GPU will be throttled back.
+
+For the Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+, the PCB technology has been changed to provide better heat dissipation and increased thermal mass. In addition, a soft temperature limit has been introduced, with the goal of maximising the time for which a device can "sprint" before reaching the hard limit at 85°C. When the soft limit is reached, the clock speed is reduced from 1.4GHz to 1.2GHz, and the operating voltage is reduced slightly. This reduces the rate of temperature increase: we trade a short period at 1.4GHz for a longer period at 1.2GHz. By default, the soft limit is 60°C. This can be changed via the `temp_soft_limit` setting in `config.txt`.
+
+=== Monitoring voltage
+
+It is essential to keep the supply voltage above 4.8V for reliable performance. Note that the voltage from some USB chargers/power supplies can fall as low as 4.2V. This is because they are usually designed to charge a 3.7V LiPo battery, not to supply 5V to a computer.
+
+To monitor the Raspberry Pi's PSU voltage, you will need to use a multimeter to measure between the VCC and GND pins on the GPIO. More information is available in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#power-supply[power] section of the documentation.
+
+If the voltage drops below 4.63V (±5%), the ARM cores and the GPU will be throttled back, and a message indicating the low voltage state will be added to the kernel log.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5 PMIC has built in ADCs that allow the supply voltage to be measured. To view the current supply voltage, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ vcgencmd pmic_read_adc EXT5V_V
+----
+
+=== Overclocking problems
+
+Most overclocking issues show up immediately, when the device fails to boot. If your device fails to boot due to an overclocking configuration change, use the following steps to return your device to a bootable state:
+
+. Remove any clock frequency overrides from `config.txt`.
+. Increase the core voltage using `over_voltage_delta`.
+. Re-apply overclocking parameters, taking care to avoid the previous known-bad overclocking parameters.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..eac9fba9fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/video.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+== Video options
+
+=== HDMI mode
+
+To control HDMI settings, use the xref:configuration.adoc#set-resolution-and-rotation[Screen Configuration utility] or xref:configuration.adoc#set-the-kms-display-mode[KMS video settings] in `cmdline.txt`.
+
+==== HDMI Pipeline for 4-series devices
+
+In order to support dual displays and modes up to 4Kp60, Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Module 4, and Pi 400 generate 2 output pixels for every clock cycle.
+
+Every HDMI mode has a list of timings that control all the parameters around sync pulse durations. These are typically defined via a pixel clock, and then a number of active pixels, a front porch, sync pulse, and back porch for each of the horizontal and vertical directions.
+
+Running everything at 2 pixels per clock means that the 4-series devices cannot support a timing where _any_ of the horizontal timings are not divisible by 2. The firmware and Linux kernel filter out any mode that does not fulfil this criteria.
+
+There is only one incompatible mode in the CEA and DMT standards: DMT mode 81, 1366x768 @ 60Hz. This mode has odd-numbered values for the horizontal sync and back porch timings and a width that indivisible by 8.
+
+If your monitor has this resolution, 4-series devices automatically drop down to the next mode advertised by the monitor; typically 1280x720.
+
+==== HDMI Pipeline for 5-series devices
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5, Compute Module models since CM5, and Keyboard models since Pi 500 also work at 2 output pixels per clock cycle. These models have special handling for odd timings and can handle these modes directly.
+
+=== Composite video mode
+
+Composite video output can be found on each model of Raspberry Pi computer:
+
+|===
+| model | composite output
+
+| Raspberry Pi 1 A and B
+| RCA jack
+
+| Raspberry Pi Zero
+| Unpopulated `TV` header
+
+| Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W
+| Test pads on underside of board
+
+| Raspberry Pi 5
+| J7 pad next to HDMI socket
+
+| All other models
+| 3.5mm AV jack
+|===
+
+NOTE: Composite video output is not available on Keyboard models.
+
+==== `enable_tvout`
+
+Set to `1` to enable composite video output and `0` to disable. On Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Modules since CM4, and Zero models, composite output is only available if you set this to `1`, which also disables HDMI output. Composite output is not available on Keyboard models.
+
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+
+|===
+|Model
+|Default
+
+|Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B, Compute Modules since CM4, Keyboard models
+|0
+
+|All other models
+|1
+|===
+
+On supported models, you must disable HDMI output to enable composite output. HDMI output is disabled when no HDMI display is detected. Set `enable_tvout=0` to prevent composite being enabled when HDMI is disabled.
+
+To enable composite output, append `,composite` to the end of the `dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d` line in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`]:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d,composite
+----
+
+By default, this outputs composite NTSC video. To choose a different mode, instead append the following to the single line in `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+vc4.tv_norm=
+----
+
+Replace the `` placeholder with one of the following values:
+
+* `NTSC`
+* `NTSC-J`
+* `NTSC-443`
+* `PAL`
+* `PAL-M`
+* `PAL-N`
+* `PAL60`
+* `SECAM`
+
+=== LCD displays and touchscreens
+
+==== `ignore_lcd`
+
+By default, the Raspberry Pi Touch Display is used when detected on the I2C bus. `ignore_lcd=1` skips this detection phase. This prevents the LCD display from being used.
+
+==== `disable_touchscreen`
+
+Enables and disables the touchscreen.
+
+`disable_touchscreen=1` disables the touchscreen component of the official Raspberry Pi Touch Display.
+
+=== Generic display options
+
+==== `disable_fw_kms_setup`
+
+By default, the firmware parses the EDID of any HDMI attached display, picks an appropriate video mode, then passes the resolution and frame rate of the mode (and overscan parameters) to the Linux kernel via settings on the kernel command line. In rare circumstances, the firmware can choose a mode not in the EDID that may be incompatible with the device. Use `disable_fw_kms_setup=1` to disable passing video mode parameters, which can avoid this problem. The Linux video mode system (KMS) instead parses the EDID itself and picks an appropriate mode.
+
+NOTE: On Raspberry Pi 5, this parameter defaults to `1`.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e8fc1bf108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/config_txt/what_is_config_txt.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+== What is `config.txt`?
+
+Instead of the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BIOS[BIOS] found on a conventional PC, Raspberry Pi devices use a configuration file called `config.txt`. The GPU reads `config.txt` before the Arm CPU and Linux initialise. Raspberry Pi OS looks for this file in the *boot partition*, located at `/boot/firmware/`.
+
+NOTE: Prior to Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, Raspberry Pi OS stored the boot partition at `/boot/`.
+
+You can edit `config.txt` directly from your Raspberry Pi OS installation. You can also remove the storage device and edit files in the boot partition, including `config.txt`, from a separate computer.
+
+Changes to `config.txt` only take effect after a reboot. You can view the current active settings using the following commands:
+
+`vcgencmd get_config `:: displays a specific config value, e.g. `vcgencmd get_config arm_freq`
+`vcgencmd get_config int`:: lists all non-zero integer config options (non-zero)
+`vcgencmd get_config str`:: lists all non-null string config options
+
+NOTE: Not all config settings can be retrieved using `vcgencmd`.
+
+=== File format
+
+The `config.txt` file is read by the early-stage boot firmware, so it uses a very simple file format: **a single `property=value` statement on each line, where `value` is either an integer or a string**. Comments may be added, or existing config values may be commented out and disabled, by starting a line with the `#` character.
+
+There is a 98-character line length limit for entries. Raspberry Pi OS ignores any characters past this limit.
+
+Here is an example file:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Enable audio (loads snd_bcm2835)
+dtparam=audio=on
+
+# Automatically load overlays for detected cameras
+camera_auto_detect=1
+
+# Automatically load overlays for detected DSI displays
+display_auto_detect=1
+
+# Enable DRM VC4 V3D driver
+dtoverlay=vc4-kms-v3d
+----
+
+=== Advanced features
+
+==== `include`
+
+Causes the content of the specified file to be inserted into the current file.
+
+For example, adding the line `include extraconfig.txt` to `config.txt` will include the content of `extraconfig.txt` file in the `config.txt` file.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+
+The `bootcode.bin` or EEPROM bootloaders do not support the `include` directive.
+
+Settings which are handled by the bootloader will only take effect if they are specified in `config.txt` (rather than any additional included file):
+
+* `bootcode_delay`,
+* `gpu_mem`, `gpu_mem_256`, `gpu_mem_512`, `gpu_mem_1024`,
+* `total_mem`,
+* `sdram_freq`,
+* `start_x`, `start_debug`, `start_file`, `fixup_file`,
+* `uart_2ndstage`.
+
+====
+
+==== Conditional filtering
+
+Conditional filters are covered in the xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[conditionals section].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..17ffa15f5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+include::configuration/raspi-config.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/display-resolution.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/audio-config.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/configuring-networking.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/screensaver.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/users.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/external-storage.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/localisation.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/headless.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/host-wireless-network.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/boot_folder.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/uart.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/device-tree.adoc[]
+
+include::configuration/pin-configuration.adoc[]
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e12c032b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/audio-config.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+== Audio
+
+Raspberry Pi OS has multiple audio output modes: HDMI 1, the headphone jack (if your device has one), and USB audio.
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS outputs audio to HDMI 1. If no HDMI output is available, Raspberry Pi OS outputs audio to the headphone jack or a connected USB audio device.
+
+=== Change audio output
+
+Use the following methods to configure audio output in Raspberry Pi OS:
+
+[[pro-audio-profile]]
+
+[tabs]
+======
+Desktop volume control::
++
+Right-click the volume icon on the system tray to open the **audio output selector**. This interface lets you choose an audio output device. Click an audio output device to switch audio output to that device.
++
+You may see a device profile named **Pro Audio** when viewing an audio device in the audio output selector. This profile exposes the maximum number of channels across every audio device, allowing you greater control over the routing of signals. Unless you require fine-tuned control over audio output, use a different device profile.
++
+For more information about the Pro Audio profile, visit https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/FAQ#what-is-the-pro-audio-profile[PipeWire's FAQ].
+
+`raspi-config`::
++
+To change your audio output using xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[`raspi-config`], run the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
++
+You should see a configuration screen. Complete the following steps to change your audio output:
++
+. Select `System options` and press `Enter`.
++
+. Select the `Audio` option and press `Enter`.
++
+. Select your required mode and press `Enter` to select that mode.
++
+. Press the right arrow key to exit the options list. Select `Finish` to exit the configuration tool.
+======
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98f4c7ff99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/boot_folder.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+== `boot` folder contents
+
+Raspberry Pi OS stores boot files on the first partition of the SD card, formatted with the FAT file system.
+
+On startup, each Raspberry Pi loads various files from the boot partition in order to start up the various processors before the Linux kernel boots.
+
+On boot, Linux mounts the boot partition as `/boot/firmware/`.
+
+NOTE: Prior to _Bookworm_, Raspberry Pi OS stored the boot partition at `/boot/`. Since _Bookworm_, the boot partition is located at `/boot/firmware/`.
+
+=== `bootcode.bin`
+
+The bootloader, loaded by the SoC on boot. It performs some very basic setup, and then loads one of the `start*.elf` files.
+
+The Raspberry Pi 4 and 5 do not use `bootcode.bin`. It has been replaced by boot code in the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-boot-eeprom[onboard EEPROM].
+
+=== `start*.elf`
+
+Binary firmware blobs loaded onto the VideoCore GPU in the SoC, which then take over the boot process.
+
+`start.elf`:: the basic firmware.
+`start_x.elf`:: includes additional codecs.
+`start_db.elf`:: used for debugging.
+`start_cd.elf`:: a cut-down version of the firmware that removes support for hardware blocks such as codecs and 3D as well as debug logging support; it also imposes initial frame buffer limitations. The cut-down firmware is automatically used when `gpu_mem=16` is specified in `config.txt`.
+
+`start4.elf`, `start4x.elf`, `start4db.elf` and `start4cd.elf` are equivalent firmware files specific to the Raspberry Pi 4-series (Model 4B, Pi 400, Compute Module 4 and Compute Module 4S).
+
+For more information on how to use these files, see the xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[`config.txt` documentation].
+
+The Raspberry Pi 5 does not use `elf` files. The firmware is self-contained within the bootloader EEPROM.
+
+=== `fixup*.dat`
+
+Linker files found in matched pairs with the `start*.elf` files listed in the previous section.
+
+=== `cmdline.txt`
+
+The <> passed into the kernel at boot.
+
+=== `config.txt`
+
+Contains many configuration parameters for setting up the Raspberry Pi. For more information, see the xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt` documentation].
+
+IMPORTANT: Raspberry Pi 5 requires a non-empty `config.txt` file in the boot partition.
+
+=== `issue.txt`
+
+Text-based housekeeping information containing the date and git commit ID of the distribution.
+
+=== `initramfs*`
+
+Contents of the initial ramdisk. This loads a temporary root file system into memory before the real root file system can be mounted.
+
+Since Bookworm, Raspberry Pi OS includes an `initramfs` file by default. To enable the initial ramdisk, configure it in xref:config_txt.adoc[`config.txt`] with the xref:config_txt.adoc#auto_initramfs[`auto_initramfs`] keyword.
+
+=== `ssh` or `ssh.txt`
+
+When this file is present, enables SSH at boot. SSH is otherwise disabled by default. The contents do not matter. Even an empty file enables SSH.
+
+=== Device Tree blob files (`*.dtb`)
+
+Device tree blob files contain the hardware definitions of the various models of Raspberry Pi. These files set up the kernel at boot xref:configuration.adoc#part3.1[based on the detected Raspberry Pi model].
+
+=== Kernel files (`*.img`)
+
+Various xref:linux_kernel.adoc#kernel[kernel] image files that correspond to Raspberry Pi models:
+
+|===
+| Filename | Processor | Raspberry Pi model | Notes
+
+| `kernel.img`
+| BCM2835
+| Pi Zero, Pi 1
+|
+
+| `kernel7.img`
+| BCM2836, BCM2837
+| Pi Zero 2 W, Pi 2, Pi 3
+| Later revisions of Pi 2 use BCM2837
+
+| `kernel7l.img`
+| BCM2711
+| Pi 4, CM4, CM4S, Pi 400
+| Large Physical Address Extension (LPAE)
+
+| `kernel8.img`
+| BCM2837, BCM2711, BCM2712
+| Pi Zero 2 W, Pi 2 (later revisions), Pi 3, CM3, Pi 3+, CM3+, Pi 4, CM4, CM4S, Pi 400, CM5, Pi 5, Pi 500
+| xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[64-bit kernel]. Earlier revisions of Raspberry Pi 2 (with BCM2836) do not support 64-bit kernels.
+
+| `kernel_2712.img`
+| BCM2712
+| Pi 5, CM5, Pi 500
+| Pi 5-optimized xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[64-bit kernel].
+|===
+
+NOTE: `lscpu` reports a CPU architecture of `armv7l` for systems running a 32-bit kernel, and `aarch64` for systems running a 64-bit kernel. The `l` in the `armv7l` case refers to little-endian CPU architecture, not `LPAE` as is indicated by the `l` in the `kernel7l.img` filename.
+
+=== `overlays` folder
+
+Contains Device Tree overlays. These are used to configure various hardware devices, such as third-party sound boards. Entries in `config.txt` select these overlays. For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#part2[Device Trees, overlays and parameters].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aea9de8203
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/configuring-networking.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+== Networking
+
+Raspberry Pi OS provides a graphical user interface (GUI) for setting up wireless connections. Users of Raspberry Pi OS Lite and headless machines can set up wireless networking from the command line with https://networkmanager.dev/docs/api/latest/nmcli.html[`nmcli`].
+
+NOTE: Starting with Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, Network Manager is the default networking configuration tool. Earlier versions of Raspberry Pi OS used `dhcpd` and other tools for network configuration.
+
+=== Connect to a wireless network
+
+==== via the desktop
+
+Access Network Manager via the network icon at the right-hand end of the menu bar. If you are using a Raspberry Pi with built-in wireless connectivity, or if a wireless dongle is plugged in, click this icon to bring up a list of available wireless networks. If you see the message 'No APs found - scanning...', wait a few seconds, and Network Manager should find your network.
+
+NOTE: Devices with dual-band wireless automatically disable networking until you assign a wireless LAN country. Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 3B+, Compute Modules since CM4, and Keyboard models support dual-band wireless. To set a wireless LAN country, open the Raspberry Pi Configuration application from the Preferences menu, select *Localisation* and select your country from the menu.
+
+image::images/wifi2.png[wifi2]
+
+The icons on the right show whether a network is secured or not, and give an indication of signal strength. Click the network that you want to connect to. If the network is secured, a dialogue box will prompt you to enter the network key:
+
+image::images/key.png[key]
+
+Enter the key and click *OK*, then wait a couple of seconds. The network icon will flash briefly to show that a connection is being made. When connected, the icon will stop flashing and show the signal strength.
+
+===== Connect to a hidden network
+
+To use a hidden network, navigate to *Advanced options* > *Connect to a hidden Wi-Fi network* in the network menu:
+
+image::images/network-hidden.png[the connect to a hidden wi-fi network option in advanced options]
+
+Then, enter the SSID for the hidden network. Ask your network administrator which type of security your network uses; while most home networks currently use WPA and WPA2 personal security, public networks sometimes use WPA and WPA2 enterprise security. Select the security type for your network, and enter your credentials:
+
+image::images/network-hidden-authentication.png[hidden wi-fi network authentication]
+
+Click the *Connect* button to initiate the network connection.
+
+[[wireless-networking-command-line]]
+==== via the command line
+
+This guide will help you configure a wireless connection on your Raspberry Pi from a terminal without using graphical tools. No additional software is required.
+
+NOTE: This guide should work for WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA3 networks, but may not work for enterprise networks.
+
+===== Enable wireless networking
+
+On a fresh install, you must specify the country where you use your device. This allows your device to choose the correct frequency bands for 5GHz networking. Once you have specified a wireless LAN country, you can use your Raspberry Pi's built-in wireless networking module.
+
+To do this, set your wireless LAN country with the command line `raspi-config` tool. Run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
+
+Select the *Localisation options* menu item using the arrow keys. Choose the *WLAN country* option.
+Pick your country from the dropdown using the arrow keys. Press `Enter` to select your country.
+
+You should now have access to wireless networking. Run the following command to check if your Wi-Fi radio is enabled:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli radio wifi
+----
+
+If this command returns the text "enabled", you're ready to configure a connection. If this command returns "disabled", try enabling Wi-Fi with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli radio wifi on
+----
+
+===== Find networks
+
+To scan for wireless networks, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli dev wifi list
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+IN-USE BSSID SSID MODE CHAN RATE SIGNAL BARS SECURITY
+ 90:72:40:1B:42:05 myNetwork Infra 132 405 Mbit/s 89 **** WPA2
+ 90:72:42:1B:78:04 myNetwork5G Infra 11 195 Mbit/s 79 *** WPA2
+ 9C:AB:F8:88:EB:0D Pi Towers Infra 1 260 Mbit/s 75 *** WPA2 802.1X
+ B4:2A:0E:64:BD:BE Example Infra 6 195 Mbit/s 37 ** WPA1 WPA2
+----
+
+Look in the "SSID" column for the name of the network you would like to connect to. Use the SSID and a password to connect to the network.
+
+===== Connect to a network
+
+Run the following command to configure a network connection, replacing the `` placeholder with the name of the network you're trying to configure:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli --ask dev wifi connect
+----
+
+Enter your network password when prompted.
+
+Your Raspberry Pi should automatically connect to the network once you enter your password.
+
+If you see error output that claims that "Secrets were required, but not provided", you entered an incorrect password. Run the above command again, carefully entering your password.
+
+To check if you're connected to a network, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli dev wifi list
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+IN-USE BSSID SSID MODE CHAN RATE SIGNAL BARS SECURITY
+* 90:72:40:1B:42:05 myNetwork Infra 132 405 Mbit/s 89 **** WPA2
+ 90:72:42:1B:78:04 myNetwork5G Infra 11 195 Mbit/s 79 *** WPA2
+ 9C:AB:F8:88:EB:0D Pi Towers Infra 1 260 Mbit/s 75 *** WPA2 802.1X
+ B4:2A:0E:64:BD:BE Example Infra 6 195 Mbit/s 37 ** WPA1 WPA2
+----
+
+Check for an asterisk (`*`) in the "IN-USE" column; it should appear in the same row as the SSID of the network you intended to connect to.
+
+NOTE: You can manually edit your connection configurations in the `/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/` directory.
+
+===== Connect to an unsecured network
+
+If the network you are connecting to does not use a password, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli dev wifi connect
+----
+
+WARNING: Unsecured wireless networks can put your personal information at risk. Whenever possible, use a secured wireless network or VPN.
+
+===== Connect to a hidden network
+
+If you are using a hidden network, specify the "hidden" option with a value of "yes" when you run `nmcli`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli --ask dev wifi connect hidden yes
+----
+
+===== Set network priority
+
+If your device detects more than one known networks at the same time, it could connect any of the detected known networks. Use the priority option to force your Raspberry Pi to prefer certain networks. Your device will connect to the network that is in range with the highest priority. Run the following command to view the priority of known networks:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli --fields autoconnect-priority,name connection
+----
+
+You should see output similar to the following:
+
+----
+AUTOCONNECT-PRIORITY NAME
+0 myNetwork
+0 lo
+0 Pi Towers
+0 Example
+-999 Wired connection 1
+----
+
+Use the `nmcli connection modify` command to set the priority of a network.
+The following example command sets the priority of a network named "Pi Towers" to `10`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ nmcli connection modify "Pi Towers" connection.autoconnect-priority 10
+----
+
+Your device will always try to connect to the in-range network with the highest non-negative priority value. You can also assign a network a negative priority; your device will only attempt to connect to a negative priority network if no other known network is in range. For example, consider three networks:
+
+----
+AUTOCONNECT-PRIORITY NAME
+-1 snake
+0 rabbit
+1 cat
+1000 dog
+----
+
+* If all of these networks were in range, your device would first attempt to connect to the "dog" network.
+* If connection to the "dog" network fails, your device would attempt to connect to the "cat" network.
+* If connection to the "cat" network fails, your device would attempt to connect to the "rabbit" network.
+* If connection to the "rabbit" network fails, and your device detects no other known networks, your device will attempt to connect to the "snake" network.
+
+=== Configure DHCP
+
+By default, Raspberry Pi OS attempts to automatically configure all network interfaces by DHCP, falling back to automatic private addresses in the range 169.254.0.0/16 if DHCP fails.
+
+=== Assign a static IP address
+
+To allocate a static IP address to your Raspberry Pi, reserve an address for it on your router. Your Raspberry Pi will continue to have its address allocated via DHCP, but will receive the same address each time. A "fixed" address can be allocated by associating the MAC address of your Raspberry Pi with a static IP address in your DHCP server.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..45aa30698f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/device-tree.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1203 @@
+== Device Trees, overlays, and parameters
+
+Raspberry Pi kernels and firmware use a Device Tree (DT) to describe hardware. These Device Trees may include DT parameters that to control onboard features. DT overlays allow optional external hardware to be described and configured, and they also support parameters for more control.
+
+The firmware loader (`start.elf` and its variants) is responsible for loading the DTB (Device Tree Blob - a machine-readable DT file). It chooses which one to load based on the board revision number, and makes modifications to further tailor it. This runtime customisation avoids the need for many DTBs with only minor differences.
+
+User-provided parameters in `config.txt` are scanned, along with any overlays and their parameters, which are then applied. The loader examines the result to learn (for example) which UART, if any, is to be used for the console. Finally it launches the kernel, passing a pointer to the merged DTB.
+
+[[part1]]
+=== Device Trees
+
+A Device Tree (DT) is a description of the hardware in a system. It should include the name of the base CPU, its memory configuration, and any peripherals (internal and external). A DT should not be used to describe the software, although by listing the hardware modules it does usually cause driver modules to be loaded.
+
+NOTE: It helps to remember that DTs are supposed to be OS-neutral, so anything which is Linux-specific shouldn't be there.
+
+A Device Tree represents the hardware configuration as a hierarchy of nodes. Each node may contain properties and subnodes. Properties are named arrays of bytes, which may contain strings, numbers (big-endian), arbitrary sequences of bytes, and any combination thereof. By analogy to a filesystem, nodes are directories and properties are files. The locations of nodes and properties within the tree can be described using a path, with slashes as separators and a single slash (`/`) to indicate the root.
+
+[[part1.1]]
+==== Basic DTS syntax
+
+Device Trees are usually written in a textual form known as Device Tree Source (DTS), and are stored in files with a `.dts` suffix. DTS syntax is C-like, with braces for grouping and semicolons at the end of each line. Note that DTS requires semicolons after closing braces: think of C ``struct``s rather than functions. The compiled binary format is referred to as Flattened Device Tree (FDT) or Device Tree Blob (DTB), and is stored in `.dtb` files.
+
+The following is a simple tree in the `.dts` format:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/dts-v1/;
+/include/ "common.dtsi";
+
+/ {
+ node1 {
+ a-string-property = "A string";
+ a-string-list-property = "first string", "second string";
+ a-byte-data-property = [0x01 0x23 0x34 0x56];
+ cousin: child-node1 {
+ first-child-property;
+ second-child-property = <1>;
+ a-string-property = "Hello, world";
+ };
+ child-node2 {
+ };
+ };
+ node2 {
+ an-empty-property;
+ a-cell-property = <1 2 3 4>; /* each number (cell) is a uint32 */
+ child-node1 {
+ my-cousin = <&cousin>;
+ };
+ };
+};
+
+/node2 {
+ another-property-for-node2;
+};
+----
+
+This tree contains:
+
+* a required header: `/dts-v1/`
+* The inclusion of another DTS file, conventionally named `*.dtsi` and analogous to a `.h` header file in C
+* a single root node: `/`
+* a couple of child nodes: `node1` and `node2`
+* some children for node1: `child-node1` and `child-node2`
+* a label (`cousin`) and a reference to that label (`&cousin`)
+* several properties scattered through the tree
+* a repeated node (`/node2`)
+
+Properties are simple key-value pairs where the value can either be empty or contain an arbitrary byte stream. While data types are not encoded in the data structure, there are a few fundamental data representations that can be expressed in a Device Tree source file.
+
+Text strings (NUL-terminated) are indicated with double quotes:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+string-property = "a string";
+----
+
+Cells are 32-bit unsigned integers delimited by angle brackets:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+cell-property = <0xbeef 123 0xabcd1234>;
+----
+
+Arbitrary byte data is delimited with square brackets, and entered in hex:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+binary-property = [01 23 45 67 89 ab cd ef];
+----
+
+Data of differing representations can be concatenated using a comma:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+mixed-property = "a string", [01 23 45 67], <0x12345678>;
+----
+
+Commas are also used to create lists of strings:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+string-list = "red fish", "blue fish";
+----
+
+[[part1.2]]
+==== An aside about `/include/`
+
+The `/include/` directive results in simple textual inclusion, much like C's `#include` directive, but a feature of the Device Tree compiler leads to different usage patterns. Given that nodes are named, potentially with absolute paths, it is possible for the same node to appear twice in a DTS file (and its inclusions). When this happens, the nodes and properties are combined, interleaving and overwriting properties as required (later values override earlier ones).
+
+In the example above, the second appearance of `/node2` causes a new property to be added to the original:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/node2 {
+ an-empty-property;
+ a-cell-property = <1 2 3 4>; /* each number (cell) is a uint32 */
+ another-property-for-node2;
+ child-node1 {
+ my-cousin = <&cousin>;
+ };
+};
+----
+
+It is therefore possible for one `.dtsi` to overwrite, or provide defaults for, multiple places in a tree.
+
+[[part1.3]]
+==== Labels and references
+
+It is often necessary for one part of the tree to refer to another, and there are four ways to do this:
+
+Path strings:: Similar to filesystem paths, e.g. `/soc/i2s@7e203000` is the full path to the I2S device in BCM2835 and BCM2836. The standard APIs don't create paths to properties like `/soc/i2s@7e203000/status`: instead, you first find a node, then choose properties of that node.
+
+Phandles:: A unique 32-bit integer assigned to a node in its `phandle` property. For historical reasons, you may also see a redundant, matching `linux,phandle`. Phandles are numbered sequentially, starting from 1; 0 is not a valid phandle. They are usually allocated by the DT compiler when it encounters a reference to a node in an integer context, usually in the form of a label. References to nodes using phandles are simply encoded as the corresponding integer (cell) values; there is no markup to indicate that they should be interpreted as phandles, as that is application-defined.
+
+Labels:: Just as a label in C gives a name to a place in the code, a DT label assigns a name to a node in the hierarchy. The compiler takes references to labels and converts them into paths when used in string context (`&node`) and phandles in integer context (`<&node>`); the original labels do not appear in the compiled output. Note that labels contain no structure; they are just tokens in a flat, global namespace.
+
+Aliases:: Similar to labels, except that they do appear in the FDT output as a form of index. They are stored as properties of the `/aliases` node, with each property mapping an alias name to a path string. Although the aliases node appears in the source, the path strings usually appear as references to labels (`&node`), rather then being written out in full. DT APIs that resolve a path string to a node typically look at the first character of the path, treating paths that do not start with a slash as aliases that must first be converted to a path using the `/aliases` table.
+
+[[part1.4]]
+==== Device Tree semantics
+
+How to construct a Device Tree, and how best to use it to capture the configuration of some hardware, is a large and complex subject. There are many resources available, some of which are listed below, but several points deserve highlighting:
+
+* `compatible` properties are the link between the hardware description and the driver software. When an OS encounters a node with a `compatible` property, it looks it up in its database of device drivers to find the best match. In Linux, this usually results in the driver module being automatically loaded, provided it has been appropriately labelled and not blacklisted.
+
+* The `status` property indicates whether a device is enabled or disabled. If the `status` is `ok`, `okay` or absent, then the device is enabled. Otherwise, `status` should be `disabled`, so that the device is disabled. It can be useful to place devices in a `.dtsi` file with the status set to `disabled`. A derived configuration can then include that `.dtsi` and set the status for the devices which are needed to `okay`.
+
+[[part2]]
+=== Device Tree overlays
+
+A modern System on a Chip (SoC) is a very complicated device; a complete Device Tree could be hundreds of lines long. Taking that one step further and placing the SoC on a board with other components only makes matters more complicated. To keep that manageable, particularly if there are related devices which share components, it makes sense to put the common elements in `.dtsi` files, to be included from possibly multiple `.dts` files.
+
+When a system like Raspberry Pi also supports optional plug-in accessories such as HATs, the problem grows. Ultimately, each possible configuration requires a Device Tree to describe it, but once you factor in all the different base models and the large number of available accessories, the number of combinations starts to multiply rapidly.
+
+What is needed is a way to describe these optional components using a partial Device Tree, and then to be able to build a complete tree by taking a base DT and adding a number of optional elements. You can do this, and these optional elements are called "overlays".
+
+Unless you want to learn how to write overlays for Raspberry Pis, you might prefer to skip on to <>.
+
+[[part2.1]]
+==== Fragments
+
+A DT overlay comprises a number of fragments, each of which targets one node and its subnodes. Although the concept sounds simple enough, the syntax seems rather strange at first:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+// Enable the i2s interface
+/dts-v1/;
+/plugin/;
+
+/ {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835";
+
+ fragment@0 {
+ target = <&i2s>;
+ __overlay__ {
+ status = "okay";
+ test_ref = <&test_label>;
+ test_label: test_subnode {
+ dummy;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
+----
+
+The `compatible` string identifies this as being for BCM2835, which is the base architecture for the Raspberry Pi SoCs; if the overlay makes use of features of a Raspberry Pi 4 then `brcm,bcm2711` is the correct value to use, otherwise `brcm,bcm2835` can be used for all Raspberry Pi overlays. Then comes the first (and in this case only) fragment. Fragments should be numbered sequentially from zero. Failure to adhere to this may cause some or all of your fragments to be missed.
+
+Each fragment consists of two parts: a `target` property, identifying the node to apply the overlay to; and the `+__overlay__+` itself, the body of which is added to the target node. The example above can be interpreted as if it were written like this:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/dts-v1/;
+/plugin/;
+
+/ {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835";
+};
+
+&i2s {
+ status = "okay";
+ test_ref = <&test_label>;
+ test_label: test_subnode {
+ dummy;
+ };
+};
+----
+
+With a sufficiently new version of `dtc` you can write the example exactly as above and get identical output, but some homegrown tools don't understand this format yet. Any overlay that you might want to see included in the standard Raspberry Pi OS kernel should be written in the old format for now.
+
+The effect of merging that overlay with a standard Raspberry Pi base Device Tree (e.g. `bcm2708-rpi-b-plus.dtb`), provided the overlay is loaded afterwards, would be to enable the I2S interface by changing its status to `okay`. But if you try to compile this overlay using:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I dts -O dtb -o 2nd.dtbo 2nd-overlay.dts
+----
+
+...you will get an error:
+
+----
+Label or path i2s not found
+----
+
+This shouldn't be too unexpected, since there is no reference to the base `.dtb` or `.dts` file to allow the compiler to find the `i2s` label.
+
+Trying again, this time using the original example and adding the `-@` option to allow unresolved references (and `-Hepapr` to remove some clutter):
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -@ -Hepapr -I dts -O dtb -o 1st.dtbo 1st-overlay.dts
+----
+
+If `dtc` returns an error about the third line, it doesn't have the extensions required for overlay work. Run `sudo apt install device-tree-compiler` and try again - this time, compilation should complete successfully. Note that a suitable compiler is also available in the kernel tree as `scripts/dtc/dtc`, built when the `dtbs` make target is used:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ make ARCH=arm dtbs
+----
+
+Dump the contents of the DTB file to see what the compiler has generated:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ fdtdump 1st.dtbo
+----
+
+This should output something similar to the following:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/dts-v1/;
+// magic: 0xd00dfeed
+// totalsize: 0x207 (519)
+// off_dt_struct: 0x38
+// off_dt_strings: 0x1c8
+// off_mem_rsvmap: 0x28
+// version: 17
+// last_comp_version: 16
+// boot_cpuid_phys: 0x0
+// size_dt_strings: 0x3f
+// size_dt_struct: 0x190
+
+/ {
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835";
+ fragment@0 {
+ target = <0xffffffff>;
+ __overlay__ {
+ status = "okay";
+ test_ref = <0x00000001>;
+ test_subnode {
+ dummy;
+ phandle = <0x00000001>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+ __symbols__ {
+ test_label = "/fragment@0/__overlay__/test_subnode";
+ };
+ __fixups__ {
+ i2s = "/fragment@0:target:0";
+ };
+ __local_fixups__ {
+ fragment@0 {
+ __overlay__ {
+ test_ref = <0x00000000>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+};
+----
+
+After the verbose description of the file structure there is our fragment. But look carefully - where we wrote `&i2s` it now says `0xffffffff`, a clue that something strange has happened (older versions of dtc might say `0xdeadbeef` instead). The compiler has also added a `phandle` property containing a unique (to this overlay) small integer to indicate that the node has a label, and replaced all references to the label with the same small integer.
+
+After the fragment there are three new nodes:
+
+* `+__symbols__+` lists the labels used in the overlay (`test_label` here), and the path to the labelled node. This node is the key to how unresolved symbols are dealt with.
+* `+__fixups__+` contains a list of properties mapping the names of unresolved symbols to lists of paths to cells within the fragments that need patching with the phandle of the target node, once that target has been located. In this case, the path is to the `0xffffffff` value of `target`, but fragments can contain other unresolved references which would require additional fixes.
+* `+__local_fixups__+` holds the locations of any references to labels that exist within the overlay - the `test_ref` property. This is required because the program performing the merge will have to ensure that phandle numbers are sequential and unique.
+
+Back in <> it says that "the original labels do not appear in the compiled output", but this isn't true when using the `-@` switch. Instead, every label results in a property in the `+__symbols__+` node, mapping a label to a path, exactly like the `aliases` node. In fact, the mechanism is so similar that when resolving symbols, the Raspberry Pi loader will search the "aliases" node in the absence of a `+__symbols__+` node. This was useful at one time because providing sufficient aliases allowed very old versions of `dtc` to be used to build the base DTB files, but fortunately that is ancient history now.
+
+[[part2.2]]
+==== Device Tree parameters
+
+To avoid the need for lots of Device Tree overlays, and to reduce the need for users of peripherals to modify DTS files, the Raspberry Pi loader supports a new feature - Device Tree parameters. This permits small changes to the DT using named parameters, similar to the way kernel modules receive parameters from `modprobe` and the kernel command line. Parameters can be exposed by the base DTBs and by overlays, including HAT overlays.
+
+Parameters are defined in the DTS by adding an `+__overrides__+` node to the root. It contains properties whose names are the chosen parameter names, and whose values are a sequence comprising a phandle (reference to a label) for the target node, and a string indicating the target property; string, integer (cell) and boolean properties are supported.
+
+[[part2.2.1]]
+===== String parameters
+
+String parameters are declared like this:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+name = <&label>,"property";
+----
+
+where `label` and `property` are replaced by suitable values. String parameters can cause their target properties to grow, shrink, or be created.
+
+Note that properties called `status` are treated specially; non-zero/true/yes/on values are converted to the string `"okay"`, while zero/false/no/off becomes `"disabled"`.
+
+[[part2.2.2]]
+===== Integer parameters
+
+Integer parameters are declared like this:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+name = <&label>,"property.offset"; // 8-bit
+name = <&label>,"property;offset"; // 16-bit
+name = <&label>,"property:offset"; // 32-bit
+name = <&label>,"property#offset"; // 64-bit
+----
+
+Here, `label`, `property` and `offset` are replaced by suitable values; the offset is specified in bytes relative to the start of the property (in decimal by default), and the preceding separator dictates the size of the parameter. In a change from earlier implementations, integer parameters may refer to non-existent properties or to offsets beyond the end of an existing property.
+
+[[part2.2.3]]
+===== Boolean parameters
+
+Device Tree encodes boolean values as zero-length properties; if present then the property is true, otherwise it is false. They are defined like this:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+boolean_property; // Set 'boolean_property' to true
+----
+
+A property is assigned the value `false` by not defining it. Boolean parameters are declared like this, replacing the `label` and `property` placeholders with suitable values:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+name = <&label>,"property?";
+----
+
+Inverted booleans invert the input value before applying it in the same way as a regular boolean; they are declared similarly, but use `!` to indicate the inversion:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+name = <&label>,"!";
+----
+
+Boolean parameters can cause properties to be created or deleted, but they can't delete a property that already exists in the base DTB.
+
+[[part2.2.4]]
+===== Byte string parameters
+
+Byte string properties are arbitrary sequences of bytes, e.g. MAC addresses. They accept strings of hexadecimal bytes, with or without colons between the bytes.
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+mac_address = <ðernet0>,"local_mac_address[";
+----
+
+The `[` was chosen to match the DT syntax for declaring a byte string:
+
+----
+local_mac_address = [aa bb cc dd ee ff];
+----
+
+[[part2.2.5]]
+===== Parameters with multiple targets
+
+There are some situations where it is convenient to be able to set the same value in multiple locations within the Device Tree. Rather than the ungainly approach of creating multiple parameters, it is possible to add multiple targets to a single parameter by concatenating them, like this:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+__overrides__ {
+ gpiopin = <&w1>,"gpios:4",
+ <&w1_pins>,"brcm,pins:0";
+ ...
+};
+----
+
+(example taken from the `w1-gpio` overlay)
+
+NOTE: It is even possible to target properties of different types with a single parameter. You could reasonably connect an "enable" parameter to a `status` string, cells containing zero or one, and a proper boolean property.
+
+[[part2.2.6]]
+===== Literal assignments
+
+The DT parameter mechanism allows multiple targets to be patched from the same parameter, but the utility is limited by the fact that the same value has to be written to all locations (except for format conversion and the negation available from inverted booleans). The addition of embedded literal assignments allows a parameter to write arbitrary values, regardless of the parameter value supplied by the user.
+
+Assignments appear at the end of a declaration, and are indicated by a `=`:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+str_val = <&target>,"strprop=value"; // 1
+int_val = <&target>,"intprop:0=42" // 2
+int_val2 = <&target>,"intprop:0=",<42>; // 3
+bytes = <&target>,"bytestr[=b8:27:eb:01:23:45"; // 4
+----
+
+Lines 1, 2 and 4 are fairly obvious, but line 3 is more interesting because the value appears as an integer (cell) value. The DT compiler evaluates integer expressions at compile time, which might be convenient (particularly if macro values are used), but the cell can also contain a reference to a label:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+// Force an LED to use a GPIO on the internal GPIO controller.
+exp_led = <&led1>,"gpios:0=",<&gpio>,
+ <&led1>,"gpios:4";
+----
+
+When the overlay is applied, the label will be resolved against the base DTB in the usual way. It is a good idea to split multi-part parameters over multiple lines like this to make them easier to read - something that becomes more necessary with the addition of cell value assignments.
+
+Bear in mind that parameters do nothing unless they are applied - a default value in a lookup table is ignored unless the parameter name is used without assigning a value.
+
+[[part2.2.7]]
+===== Lookup tables
+
+Lookup tables allow parameter input values to be transformed before they are used. They act as associative arrays, rather like switch/case statements:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+phonetic = <&node>,"letter{a=alpha,b=bravo,c=charlie,d,e,='tango uniform'}";
+bus = <&fragment>,"target:0{0=",<&i2c0>,"1=",<&i2c1>,"}";
+----
+
+A key with no `=value` means to use the key as the value, an `=` with no key before it is the default value in the case of no match, and starting or ending the list with a comma (or an empty key=value pair anywhere) indicates that the unmatched input value should be used unaltered; otherwise, not finding a match is an error.
+
+NOTE: The comma separator within the table string after a cell integer value is implicit - adding one explicitly creates an empty pair (see above).
+
+NOTE: As lookup tables operate on input values and literal assignments ignore them, it's not possible to combine the two - characters after the closing `}` in the lookup declaration are treated as an error.
+
+[[part2.2.8]]
+===== Overlay/fragment parameters
+
+The DT parameter mechanism as described has a number of limitations, including the lack of an easy way to create arrays of integers, and the inability to create new nodes. One way to overcome some of these limitations is to conditionally include or exclude certain fragments.
+
+A fragment can be excluded from the final merge process (disabled) by renaming the `+__overlay__+` node to `+__dormant__+`. The parameter declaration syntax has been extended to allow the otherwise illegal zero target phandle to indicate that the following string contains operations at fragment or overlay scope. So far, four operations have been implemented:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
++ // Enable fragment
+- // Disable fragment
+= // Enable fragment if the assigned parameter value is true, otherwise disable it
+! // Enable fragment if the assigned parameter value is false, otherwise disable it
+----
+
+Examples:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+just_one = <0>,"+1-2"; // Enable 1, disable 2
+conditional = <0>,"=3!4"; // Enable 3, disable 4 if value is true,
+ // otherwise disable 3, enable 4.
+----
+
+The `i2c-rtc` overlay uses this technique.
+
+[[part2.2.9]]
+===== Special properties
+
+A few property names, when targeted by a parameter, get special handling. One you may have noticed already - `status` - will convert a boolean to either `okay` for true and `disabled` for false.
+
+Assigning to the `bootargs` property appends to it rather than overwriting it - this is how settings can be added to the kernel command line.
+
+The `reg` property is used to specify device addresses - the location of a memory-mapped hardware block, the address on an I2C bus, etc. The names of child nodes should be qualified with their addresses in hexadecimal, using `@` as a separator:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+bmp280@76 {
+ reg = <0x77>;
+ ...
+};
+----
+
+When assigning to the `reg` property, the address portion of the parent node name will be replaced with the assigned value. This can be used to prevent a node name clash when using the same overlay multiple times - a technique used by the `i2c-gpio` overlay.
+
+The `name` property is a pseudo-property - it shouldn't appear in a DT, but assigning to it causes the name of its parent node to be changed to the assigned value. Like the `reg` property, this can be used to give nodes unique names.
+
+[[part2.2.10]]
+===== The overlay map file
+
+The introduction of the Raspberry Pi 4, built around the BCM2711 SoC, brought with it many changes; some of these changes are additional interfaces, and some are modifications to (or removals of) existing interfaces. There are new overlays intended specifically for the Raspberry Pi 4 that don't make sense on older hardware, e.g. overlays that enable the new SPI, I2C and UART interfaces, but other overlays don't apply correctly even though they control features that are still relevant on the new device.
+
+There is therefore a need for a method of tailoring an overlay to multiple platforms with differing hardware. Supporting them all in a single .dtbo file would require heavy use of hidden ("dormant") fragments and a switch to an on-demand symbol resolution mechanism so that a missing symbol that isn't needed doesn't cause a failure. A simpler solution is to add a facility to map an overlay name to one of several implementation files depending on the current platform.
+
+The overlay map is a file that gets loaded by the firmware at bootup. It is written in DTS source format - `overlay_map.dts`, compiled to `overlay_map.dtb` and stored in the overlays directory.
+
+This is an extract from the current map file (see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.6.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/overlay_map.dts[full version]):
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/ {
+ disable-bt {
+ bcm2835;
+ bcm2711;
+ bcm2712 = "disable-bt-pi5";
+ };
+
+ disable-bt-pi5 {
+ bcm2712;
+ };
+
+ uart5 {
+ bcm2711;
+ };
+
+ pi3-disable-bt {
+ renamed = "disable-bt";
+ };
+
+ lirc-rpi {
+ deprecated = "use gpio-ir";
+ };
+};
+----
+
+Each node has the name of an overlay that requires special handling. The properties of each node are either platform names or one of a small number of special directives. The overlay map supports the following platform names:
+
+* `bcm2835` for all Raspberry Pis built around the BCM2835, BCM2836, BCM2837, and RP3A0 SoCs
+* `bcm2711` for Raspberry Pi 4B, CM4, CM4S, and Pi 400
+* `bcm2712` for Raspberry Pi 5, CM5, and Pi 500
+
+A platform name with no value (an empty property) indicates that the current overlay is compatible with the platform; for example, `uart5` is compatible with the `bcm2711` platform. A non-empty value for a platform is the name of an alternative overlay to use in place of the requested one; asking for `disable-bt` on BCM2712 results in `disable-bt-pi5` being loaded instead. Any platform not included in an overlay's node is not compatible with that overlay. Any overlay not mentioned in the map is assumed to be compatible with all platforms.
+
+The second example node - `disable-bt-pi5` - could be inferred from the content of `disable-bt`, but that intelligence goes into the construction of the file, not its interpretation.
+
+The `uart5` overlay only makes sense on BCM2711.
+
+In the event that a platform is not listed for an overlay, one of the special directives may apply:
+
+* The `renamed` directive indicates the new name of the overlay (which should be largely compatible with the original), but also logs a warning about the rename.
+* The `deprecated` directive contains a brief explanatory error message which will be logged after the common prefix `+overlay '...' is deprecated:+`.
+
+Chaining renames and platform-specific implementations is possible, but be careful to avoid loops!
+
+Remember: only exceptions need to be listed - the absence of a node for an overlay means that the default file should be used for all platforms.
+
+Accessing diagnostic messages from the firmware is covered in <>.
+
+The `dtoverlay` and `dtmerge` utilities have been extended to support the map file:
+
+* `dtmerge` extracts the platform name from the compatible string in the base DTB.
+* `dtoverlay` reads the compatible string from the live Device Tree at `/proc/device-tree`, but you can use the `-p` option to supply an alternate platform name (useful for dry runs on a different platform).
+
+They both send errors, warnings and any debug output to STDERR.
+
+[[part2.2.11]]
+===== Examples
+
+Here are some examples of different types of properties, with parameters to modify them:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+/ {
+ fragment@0 {
+ target-path = "/";
+ __overlay__ {
+
+ test: test_node {
+ string = "hello";
+ status = "disabled";
+ bytes = /bits/ 8 <0x67 0x89>;
+ u16s = /bits/ 16 <0xabcd 0xef01>;
+ u32s = /bits/ 32 <0xfedcba98 0x76543210>;
+ u64s = /bits/ 64 < 0xaaaaa5a55a5a5555 0x0000111122223333>;
+ bool1; // Defaults to true
+ // bool2 defaults to false
+ mac = [01 23 45 67 89 ab];
+ spi = <&spi0>;
+ };
+ };
+ };
+
+ fragment@1 {
+ target-path = "/";
+ __overlay__ {
+ frag1;
+ };
+ };
+
+ fragment@2 {
+ target-path = "/";
+ __dormant__ {
+ frag2;
+ };
+ };
+
+ __overrides__ {
+ string = <&test>,"string";
+ enable = <&test>,"status";
+ byte_0 = <&test>,"bytes.0";
+ byte_1 = <&test>,"bytes.1";
+ u16_0 = <&test>,"u16s;0";
+ u16_1 = <&test>,"u16s;2";
+ u32_0 = <&test>,"u32s:0";
+ u32_1 = <&test>,"u32s:4";
+ u64_0 = <&test>,"u64s#0";
+ u64_1 = <&test>,"u64s#8";
+ bool1 = <&test>,"bool1!";
+ bool2 = <&test>,"bool2?";
+ entofr = <&test>,"english",
+ <&test>,"french{hello=bonjour,goodbye='au revoir',weekend}";
+ pi_mac = <&test>,"mac[{1=b8273bfedcba,2=b8273b987654}";
+ spibus = <&test>,"spi:0[0=",<&spi0>,"1=",<&spi1>,"2=",<&spi2>;
+
+ only1 = <0>,"+1-2";
+ only2 = <0>,"-1+2";
+ enable1 = <0>,"=1";
+ disable2 = <0>,"!2";
+ };
+};
+----
+
+For further examples, a large collection of overlay source files is hosted in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays[Raspberry Pi Linux GitHub repository].
+
+[[part2.3]]
+==== Export labels
+
+The overlay handling in the firmware, and the run-time overlay application using the `dtoverlay` utility, treat labels defined in an overlay as being private to that overlay. This avoids the need to invent globally unique names for labels (which keeps them short), and it allows the same overlay to be used multiple times without clashing (provided some tricks are used - see <>).
+
+Sometimes it is very useful to be able to create a label with one overlay and use it from another. Firmware released since 14th February 2020 has the ability to declare some labels as being global - the `+__exports__+` node:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+ ...
+ public: ...
+
+ __exports__ {
+ public; // Export the label 'public' to the base DT
+ };
+};
+----
+
+When this overlay is applied, the loader strips out all symbols except those that have been exported, in this case `public`, and rewrites the path to make it relative to the target of the fragment containing the label. Overlays loaded after this one can then refer to `&public`.
+
+[[part2.4]]
+==== Overlay application order
+
+Under most circumstances it shouldn't matter in which order the fragments are applied, but for overlays that patch themselves (where the target of a fragment is a label in the overlay, known as an intra-overlay fragment) it becomes important. In older firmware, fragments are applied strictly in order, top to bottom. With firmware released since 14th February 2020, fragments are applied in two passes:
+
+* First the fragments that target other fragments are applied and hidden.
+* Then the regular fragments are applied.
+
+This split is particularly important for runtime overlays, since the first step occurs in the `dtoverlay` utility, and the second is performed by the kernel (which can't handle intra-overlay fragments).
+
+[[part3]]
+=== Using Device Trees on Raspberry Pi
+
+[[part3.1]]
+==== DTBs, overlays and `config.txt`
+
+On a Raspberry Pi it is the job of the loader (one of the `start.elf` images) to combine overlays with an appropriate base device tree, and then to pass a fully resolved Device Tree to the kernel. The base Device Trees are located alongside `start.elf` in the FAT partition (`/boot/firmware/` from Linux), named `bcm2711-rpi-4-b.dtb`, `bcm2710-rpi-3-b-plus.dtb`, etc. Note that some models (3A+, A, A+) will use the "b" equivalents (3B+, B, B+), respectively. This selection is automatic, and allows the same SD card image to be used in a variety of devices.
+
+NOTE: DT and ATAGs are mutually exclusive, and passing a DT blob to a kernel that doesn't understand it will cause a boot failure. The firmware will always try to load the DT and pass it to the kernel, since all kernels since rpi-4.4.y will not function without a DTB. You can override this by adding `device_tree=` in config.txt, which forces the use of ATAGs, which can be useful for simple bare-metal kernels.
+
+The loader now supports builds using bcm2835_defconfig, which selects the upstreamed BCM2835 support. This configuration will cause `bcm2835-rpi-b.dtb` and `bcm2835-rpi-b-plus.dtb` to be built. If these files are copied with the kernel, then the loader will attempt to load one of those DTBs by default.
+
+In order to manage Device Tree and overlays, the loader supports a number of `config.txt` directives:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=acme-board
+dtparam=foo=bar,level=42
+----
+
+This will cause the loader to look for `overlays/acme-board.dtbo` in the firmware partition, which Raspberry Pi OS mounts on `/boot/firmware/`. It will then search for parameters `foo` and `level`, and assign the indicated values to them.
+
+The loader will also search for an attached HAT with a programmed EEPROM, and load the supporting overlay from there - either directly or by name from the "overlays" directory; this happens without any user intervention.
+
+There are multiple ways to tell that the kernel is using Device Tree:
+
+* The "Machine model:" kernel message during bootup has a board-specific value such as "Raspberry Pi 2 Model B", rather than "BCM2709".
+* `/proc/device-tree` exists, and contains subdirectories and files that exactly mirror the nodes and properties of the DT.
+
+With a Device Tree, the kernel will automatically search for and load modules that support the indicated enabled devices. As a result, by creating an appropriate DT overlay for a device you save users of the device from having to edit `/etc/modules`; all of the configuration goes in `config.txt`, and in the case of a HAT, even that step is unnecessary. Note, however, that layered modules such as `i2c-dev` still need to be loaded explicitly.
+
+The flipside is that because platform devices don't get created unless requested by the DTB, it should no longer be necessary to blacklist modules that used to be loaded as a result of platform devices defined in the board support code. In fact, current Raspberry Pi OS images ship with no blacklist files (except for some WLAN devices where multiple drivers are available).
+
+[[part3.2]]
+==== DT parameters
+
+As described above, DT parameters are a convenient way to make small changes to a device's configuration. The current base DTBs support parameters for enabling and controlling the onboard audio, I2C, I2S and SPI interfaces without using dedicated overlays. In use, parameters look like this:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=audio=on,i2c_arm=on,i2c_arm_baudrate=400000,spi=on
+----
+
+NOTE: Multiple assignments can be placed on the same line, but ensure you don't exceed the 80-character limit.
+
+If you have an overlay that defines some parameters, they can be specified either on subsequent lines like this:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=lirc-rpi
+dtparam=gpio_out_pin=16
+dtparam=gpio_in_pin=17
+dtparam=gpio_in_pull=down
+----
+
+...or appended to the overlay line like this:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=lirc-rpi,gpio_out_pin=16,gpio_in_pin=17,gpio_in_pull=down
+----
+
+Overlay parameters are only in scope until the next overlay is loaded. In the event of a parameter with the same name being exported by both the overlay and the base, the parameter in the overlay takes precedence; it's recommended that you avoid doing this. To expose the parameter exported by the base DTB instead, end the current overlay scope using:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=
+----
+
+[[part3.3]]
+==== Board-specific labels and parameters
+
+Raspberry Pi boards have two I2C interfaces. These are nominally split: one for the ARM, and one for VideoCore (the GPU). On almost all models, `i2c1` belongs to the ARM and `i2c0` to VC, where it is used to control the camera and read the HAT EEPROM. However, there are two early revisions of the Model B that have those roles reversed.
+
+To make it possible to use one set of overlays and parameters with all Raspberry Pis, the firmware creates some board-specific DT parameters. These are:
+
+----
+i2c/i2c_arm
+i2c_vc
+i2c_baudrate/i2c_arm_baudrate
+i2c_vc_baudrate
+----
+
+These are aliases for `i2c0`, `i2c1`, `i2c0_baudrate`, and `i2c1_baudrate`. It is recommended that you only use `i2c_vc` and `i2c_vc_baudrate` if you really need to - for example, if you are programming a HAT EEPROM (which is better done using a software I2C bus using the `i2c-gpio` overlay). Enabling `i2c_vc` can stop the Raspberry Pi Camera or Raspberry Pi Touch Display functioning correctly.
+
+For people writing overlays, the same aliasing has been applied to the labels on the I2C DT nodes. Thus, you should write:
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+fragment@0 {
+ target = <&i2c_arm>;
+ __overlay__ {
+ status = "okay";
+ };
+};
+----
+
+Any overlays using the numeric variants will be modified to use the new aliases.
+
+[[part3.4]]
+==== HATs and Device Tree
+
+A Raspberry Pi HAT is an add-on board with an embedded EEPROM designed for a Raspberry Pi with a 40-pin header. The EEPROM includes any DT overlay required to enable the board (or the name of an overlay to load from the filing system), and this overlay can also expose parameters.
+
+The HAT overlay is automatically loaded by the firmware after the base DTB, so its parameters are accessible until any other overlays are loaded, or until the overlay scope is ended using `dtoverlay=`. If for some reason you want to suppress the loading of the HAT overlay, put `dtoverlay=` before any other `dtoverlay` or `dtparam` directive.
+
+[[part3.5]]
+==== Dynamic Device Tree
+
+As of Linux 4.4, Raspberry Pi kernels support the dynamic loading of overlays and parameters. Compatible kernels manage a stack of overlays that are applied on top of the base DTB. Changes are immediately reflected in `/proc/device-tree` and can cause modules to be loaded and platform devices to be created and destroyed.
+
+The use of the word "stack" above is important - overlays can only be added and removed at the top of the stack; changing something further down the stack requires that anything on top of it must first be removed.
+
+There are some new commands for managing overlays:
+
+[[part3.5.1]]
+===== The `dtoverlay` command
+
+`dtoverlay` is a command line utility that loads and removes overlays while the system is running, as well as listing the available overlays and displaying their help information.
+
+Use `dtoverlay -h` to get usage information:
+
+----
+Usage:
+ dtoverlay [ =...]
+ Add an overlay (with parameters)
+ dtoverlay -D [] Dry-run (prepare overlay, but don't apply -
+ save it as dry-run.dtbo)
+ dtoverlay -r [] Remove an overlay (by name, index or the last)
+ dtoverlay -R [] Remove from an overlay (by name, index or all)
+ dtoverlay -l List active overlays/params
+ dtoverlay -a List all overlays (marking the active)
+ dtoverlay -h Show this usage message
+ dtoverlay -h Display help on an overlay
+ dtoverlay -h .. Or its parameters
+ where is the name of an overlay or 'dtparam' for dtparams
+Options applicable to most variants:
+ -d Specify an alternate location for the overlays
+ (defaults to /boot/firmware/overlays or /flash/overlays)
+ -v Verbose operation
+----
+
+Unlike the `config.txt` equivalent, all parameters to an overlay must be included in the same command line - the <> command is only for parameters of the base DTB.
+
+Command variants that change kernel state (adding and removing things) require root privilege, so you may need to prefix the command with `sudo`. Only overlays and parameters applied at run-time can be unloaded - an overlay or parameter applied by the firmware becomes "baked in" such that it won't be listed by `dtoverlay` and can't be removed.
+
+[[part3.5.2]]
+===== The `dtparam` command
+
+`dtparam` creates and loads an overlay that has largely the same effect as using a dtparam directive in `config.txt`. In usage it is largely equivalent to `dtoverlay` with an overlay name of `-`, but there are a few differences: `dtparam` will list the help information for all known parameters of the base DTB. Help on the dtparam command is still available using `dtparam -h`. When indicating a parameter for removal, only index numbers can be used (not names). Not all Linux subsystems respond to the addition of devices at runtime - I2C, SPI and sound devices work, but some won't.
+
+[[part3.5.3]]
+===== Guidelines for writing runtime-capable overlays
+
+The creation or deletion of a device object is triggered by a node being added or removed, or by the status of a node changing from disabled to enabled or vice versa. The absence of a "status" property means the node is enabled.
+
+Don't create a node within a fragment that will overwrite an existing node in the base DTB - the kernel will rename the new node to make it unique. If you want to change the properties of an existing node, create a fragment that targets it.
+
+ALSA doesn't prevent its codecs and other components from being unloaded while they are in use. Removing an overlay can cause a kernel exception if it deletes a codec that is still being used by a sound card. Experimentation found that devices are deleted in the reverse of fragment order in the overlay, so placing the node for the card after the nodes for the components allows an orderly shutdown.
+
+[[part3.5.4]]
+===== Caveats
+
+The loading of overlays at runtime is a recent addition to the kernel, and at the time of writing there is no accepted way to do this from userspace. By hiding the details of this mechanism behind commands, users are insulated from changes in the event that a different kernel interface becomes standardised.
+
+* Some overlays work better at run-time than others. Parts of the Device Tree are only used at boot time - changing them using an overlay will not have any effect.
+* Applying or removing some overlays may cause unexpected behaviour, so it should be done with caution. This is one of the reasons it requires `sudo`.
+* Unloading the overlay for an ALSA card can stall if something is actively using ALSA - the LXPanel volume slider plugin demonstrates this effect. To enable overlays for sound cards to be removed, the `lxpanelctl` utility has been given two new options - `alsastop` and `alsastart` - and these are called from the auxiliary scripts `dtoverlay-pre` and `dtoverlay-post` before and after overlays are loaded or unloaded, respectively.
+* Removing an overlay will not cause a loaded module to be unloaded, but it may cause the reference count of some modules to drop to zero. Running `rmmod -a` twice will cause unused modules to be unloaded.
+* Overlays have to be removed in reverse order. The commands will allow you to remove an earlier one, but all the intermediate ones will be removed and re-applied, which may have unintended consequences.
+* Only Device Tree nodes at the top level of the tree and children of a bus node will be probed. For nodes added at run-time there is the further limitation that the bus must register for notifications of the addition and removal of children. However, there are exceptions that break this rule and cause confusion: the kernel explicitly scans the entire tree for some device types - clocks and interrupt controller being the two main ones - in order to (for clocks) initialise them early and/or (for interrupt controllers) in a particular order. This search mechanism only happens during booting and so doesn't work for nodes added by an overlay at run-time. It is therefore recommended for overlays to place fixed-clock nodes in the root of the tree unless it is guaranteed that the overlay will not be used at run-time.
+
+[[part3.6]]
+==== Supported overlays and parameters
+
+For a list of supported overlays and parameters, see the https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/blob/master/boot/overlays/README[README] file found alongside the overlay `.dtbo` files in `/boot/firmware/overlays`. It is kept up-to-date with additions and changes.
+
+[[part4]]
+=== Firmware parameters
+
+The firmware uses the special https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/devicetree/usage-model.html#runtime-configuration[/chosen] node to pass parameters between the bootloader and/or firmware and the operating system. Each property is stored as a 32-bit integer unless indicated otherwise.
+
+`overlay_prefix`:: _(string)_ The xref:config_txt.adoc#overlay_prefix[overlay_prefix] string selected by `config.txt`.
+
+`os_prefix`:: _(string)_ The xref:config_txt.adoc#os_prefix[os_prefix] string selected by `config.txt`.
+
+`rpi-boardrev-ext`:: The extended board revision code from xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#otp-register-and-bit-definitions[OTP row 33].
+
+`rpi-country-code`:: The country code used used by https://github.com/raspberrypi-ui/piwiz[PiWiz]. Keyboard models only.
+
+`rpi-duid`:: _(string)_ Raspberry Pi 5 only. A string representation of the QR code on the PCB.
+
+`rpi-serial64`:: _(string)_ A string representation of the 64-bit serial number. On flagship models since Raspberry Pi 5 this is same as the normal serial number (`/proc/device-tree/serial-number`). On earlier models the default serial number is still 32-bit but with newer firmware a 64-bit serial number is now available and is visible through this node.
+
+==== Common bootloader properties `/chosen/bootloader`
+
+Each property is stored as a 32-bit integer unless indicated otherwise.
+
+`boot-mode`:: The boot-mode used to load the kernel. See the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#BOOT_ORDER[BOOT_ORDER] documentation for a list of possible boot-mode values.
+
+`partition`:: The partition number used during boot. If a `boot.img` ramdisk is loaded then this refers to partition that the ramdisk was loaded from rather than the partition number within the ramdisk.
+
+`pm_rsts`:: The value of the `PM_RSTS` register during boot.
+
+`tryboot`:: Set to `1` if the `tryboot` flag was set at boot.
+
+==== Power supply properties `/chosen/power`
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 only. Each property is stored as a 32-bit integer unless indicated otherwise.
+
+`max_current`:: The maximum current in mA that the power supply can supply. The firmware reports the value indicated by the USB-C, USB-PD or PoE interfaces. For bench power supplies (e.g. connected to the GPIO header) define `PSU_MAX_CURRENT` in the bootloader configuration to indicate the power supply current capability.
+
+`power_reset`:: Raspberry Pi 5 only. A bit field indicating the reason why the PMIC was reset.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Reason
+
+| 0
+| Over voltage
+
+| 1
+| Under voltage
+
+| 2
+| Over temperature
+
+| 3
+| Enable signal
+
+| 4
+| Watchdog
+|===
+
+`rpi_power_supply`:: _(two 32-bit integers)_ The USB VID and Product VDO of the official Raspberry Pi 27W power supply (if connected).
+
+`usb_max_current_enable`:: Zero if the USB port current limiter was set to the low-limit during boot; or non-zero if the high limit was enabled. The high level is automatically enabled if the power supply claims 5A max-current OR `usb_max_current_enable=1` is forced in `config.txt`
+
+`usb_over_current_detected`:: Non-zero if a USB over-current event occurred during USB boot.
+
+`usbpd_power_data_objects`:: _(binary blob containing multiple 32-bit integers)_ The raw binary USB-PD objects (fixed supply only) received by the bootloader during USB-PD negotiation. To capture this for a bug report, run `hexdump -C /proc/device-tree/chosen/power/usbpd_power_data_objects`.
+
+The format is defined by the https://usb.org/document-library/usb-power-delivery[USB Power Delivery] specification.
+
+==== BCM2711 and BCM2712 specific bootloader properties `/chosen/bootloader`
+
+The following properties are specific to the BCM2711 and BCM2712 SPI EEPROM bootloaders. Each property is stored as a 32-bit integer unless indicated otherwise.
+
+`build_timestamp`:: The UTC build time for the EEPROM bootloader.
+
+`capabilities`:: This bit-field describes the features supported by the current bootloader. This may be used to check whether a feature (e.g. USB boot) is supported before enabling it in the bootloader EEPROM config.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Feature
+
+| 0
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#usb-mass-storage-boot[USB boot] using the VLI USB host controller
+
+| 1
+| xref:remote-access.adoc#network-boot-your-raspberry-pi[Network boot]
+
+| 2
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT_A_B] mode
+
+| 3
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#fail-safe-os-updates-tryboot[TRYBOOT]
+
+| 4
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#usb-mass-storage-boot[USB boot] using the BCM2711 USB host controller
+
+| 5
+| xref:config_txt.adoc#boot_ramdisk[RAM disk - boot.img]
+
+| 6
+| xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#nvme-ssd-boot[NVMe boot]
+
+| 7
+| https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/Readme.md#secure-boot[Secure Boot]
+|===
+
+`update_timestamp`:: The UTC update timestamp set by `rpi-eeprom-update`.
+
+`signed`:: If Secure Boot is enabled, this bit-field will be non-zero. The individual bits indicate the current Secure Boot configuration.
+
+|===
+| Bit | Description
+
+| 0
+| `SIGNED_BOOT` was defined in the EEPROM config file.
+
+| 1
+| Reserved
+
+| 2
+| The ROM development key has been revoked. See xref:config_txt.adoc#revoke_devkey[revoke_devkey].
+
+| 3
+| The customer public key digest has been written to OTP. See xref:config_txt.adoc#program_pubkey[program_pubkey].
+
+| 4...31
+| Reserved
+|===
+
+`version`:: _(string)_ The Git version string for the bootloader.
+
+==== BCM2711 and BCM2712 USB boot properties `/chosen/bootloader/usb`
+
+The following properties are defined if the system was booted from USB. These may be used to uniquely identify the USB boot device. Each property is stored as a 32-bit integer.
+
+`usb-version`:: The USB major protocol version (2 or 3).
+
+`route-string`:: The USB route-string identifier for the device as defined by the USB 3.0 specification.
+
+`root-hub-port-number`:: The root hub port number that the boot device is connected to - possibly via other USB hubs.
+
+`lun`:: The Logical Unit Number for the mass-storage device.
+
+==== NVMEM nodes
+
+The firmware provides read-only, in-memory copies of portions of the bootloader EEPROM via the https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/driver-api/nvmem.html[NVMEM] subsystem.
+
+Each region appears as an NVMEM device under `/sys/bus/nvmem/devices/` with a named alias under `/sys/firmware/devicetree/base/aliases`.
+
+Example shell script code for reading an NVMEM mode from https://github.com/raspberrypi/rpi-eeprom/blob/master/rpi-eeprom-update[rpi-eeprom-update]:
+
+[source,shell]
+----
+blconfig_alias="/sys/firmware/devicetree/base/aliases/blconfig"
+blconfig_nvmem_path=""
+
+if [ -f "${blconfig_alias}" ]; then
+ blconfig_ofnode_path="/sys/firmware/devicetree/base"$(strings "${blconfig_alias}")""
+ blconfig_ofnode_link=$(find -L /sys/bus/nvmem -samefile "${blconfig_ofnode_path}" 2>/dev/null)
+ if [ -e "${blconfig_ofnode_link}" ]; then
+ blconfig_nvmem_path=$(dirname "${blconfig_ofnode_link}")
+ fi
+ fi
+fi
+----
+
+`blconfig`:: alias that refers to an NVMEM device that stores a copy of the bootloader EEPROM config file.
+
+`blpubkey`:: alias that points to an NVMEM device that stores a copy of the bootloader EEPROM public key (if defined) in binary format.
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot/blob/master/tools/rpi-bootloader-key-convert[rpi-bootloader-key-convert] utility can be used to convert the data into PEM format for use with OpenSSL.
+
+For more information, see https://github.com/raspberrypi/usbboot#secure-boot[secure-boot].
+
+[[part5]]
+=== Troubleshooting
+
+[[part5.1]]
+==== Debugging
+
+The loader will skip over missing overlays and bad parameters, but if there are serious errors, such as a missing or corrupt base DTB or a failed overlay merge, then the loader will fall back to a non-DT boot. If this happens, or if your settings don't behave as you expect, it is worth checking for warnings or errors from the loader:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo vclog --msg
+----
+
+Extra debugging can be enabled by adding `dtdebug=1` to `config.txt`.
+
+You can create a human-readable representation of the current state of DT like this:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I fs /proc/device-tree
+----
+
+This can be useful to see the effect of merging overlays onto the underlying tree.
+
+If kernel modules don't load as expected, check that they aren't blacklisted in `/etc/modprobe.d/raspi-blacklist.conf`; blacklisting shouldn't be necessary when using Device Tree. If that shows nothing untoward, you can also check that the module is exporting the correct aliases by searching `/lib/modules//modules.alias` for the `compatible` value. Otherwise, your driver is probably missing either:
+
+----
+.of_match_table = xxx_of_match,
+----
+
+or:
+
+----
+MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, xxx_of_match);
+----
+
+Failing that, `depmod` has failed or the updated modules haven't been installed on the target filesystem.
+
+[[part5.2]]
+==== Test overlays using `dtmerge`, `dtdiff` and `ovmerge`
+
+Alongside the `dtoverlay` and `dtparam` commands is a utility for applying an overlay to a DTB - `dtmerge`. To use it you first need to obtain your base DTB, which can be obtained in one of two ways:
+
+Generate it from the live DT state in `/proc/device-tree`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I fs -O dtb -o base.dtb /proc/device-tree
+----
+
+This will include any overlays and parameters you have applied so far, either in `config.txt` or by loading them at runtime, which may or may not be what you want. Alternatively:
+
+Copy it from the source DTBs in `/boot/firmware/`. This won't include overlays and parameters, but it also won't include any other modifications by the firmware. To allow testing of all overlays, the `dtmerge` utility will create some of the board-specific aliases ("i2c_arm", etc.), but this means that the result of a merge will include more differences from the original DTB than you might expect. The solution to this is to use dtmerge to make the copy:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtmerge /boot/firmware/bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb base.dtb -
+----
+
+(the `-` indicates an absent overlay name).
+
+You can now try applying an overlay or parameter:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged.dtb - sd_overclock=62
+$ dtdiff base.dtb merged.dtb
+----
+
+which will return:
+
+[source,diff]
+----
+--- /dev/fd/63 2016-05-16 14:48:26.396024813 +0100
++++ /dev/fd/62 2016-05-16 14:48:26.396024813 +0100
+@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@
+ };
+
+ sdhost@7e202000 {
+- brcm,overclock-50 = <0x0>;
++ brcm,overclock-50 = <0x3e>;
+ brcm,pio-limit = <0x1>;
+ bus-width = <0x4>;
+ clocks = <0x8>;
+----
+
+You can also compare different overlays or parameters.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged1.dtb /boot/firmware/overlays/spi1-1cs.dtbo
+$ dtmerge base.dtb merged2.dtb /boot/firmware/overlays/spi1-2cs.dtbo
+$ dtdiff merged1.dtb merged2.dtb
+----
+
+to get:
+
+[source,diff]
+----
+--- /dev/fd/63 2016-05-16 14:18:56.189634286 +0100
++++ /dev/fd/62 2016-05-16 14:18:56.189634286 +0100
+@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@
+
+ spi1_cs_pins {
+ brcm,function = <0x1>;
+- brcm,pins = <0x12>;
++ brcm,pins = <0x12 0x11>;
+ phandle = <0x3e>;
+ };
+
+@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@
+ #size-cells = <0x0>;
+ clocks = <0x13 0x1>;
+ compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-aux-spi";
+- cs-gpios = <0xc 0x12 0x1>;
++ cs-gpios = <0xc 0x12 0x1 0xc 0x11 0x1>;
+ interrupts = <0x1 0x1d>;
+ linux,phandle = <0x30>;
+ phandle = <0x30>;
+@@ -743,6 +743,16 @@
+ spi-max-frequency = <0x7a120>;
+ status = "okay";
+ };
++
++ spidev@1 {
++ #address-cells = <0x1>;
++ #size-cells = <0x0>;
++ compatible = "spidev";
++ phandle = <0x41>;
++ reg = <0x1>;
++ spi-max-frequency = <0x7a120>;
++ status = "okay";
++ };
+ };
+
+ spi@7e2150C0 {
+----
+
+The https://github.com/raspberrypi/utils[Utils] repo includes another DT utility - `ovmerge`. Unlike `dtmerge`, `ovmerge` combines file and applies overlays in source form. Because the overlay is never compiled, labels are preserved and the result is usually more readable. It also has a number of other tricks, such as the ability to list the order of file inclusion.
+
+[[part5.3]]
+==== Force a specific Device Tree
+
+If you have very specific needs that aren't supported by the default DTBs, or if you just want to experiment with writing your own DTs, you can tell the loader to load an alternate DTB file like this:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+device_tree=my-pi.dtb
+----
+
+[[part5.4]]
+==== Disable Device Tree usage
+
+Device Tree usage is required in Raspberry Pi Linux kernels. For bare metal and other OSs, DT usage can be disabled by adding:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+device_tree=
+----
+
+to `config.txt`.
+
+[[part5.5]]
+==== Shortcuts and syntax variants
+
+The loader understands a few shortcuts:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c_arm=on
+dtparam=i2s=on
+----
+
+can be shortened to:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=i2c,i2s
+----
+
+(`i2c` is an alias of `i2c_arm`, and the `=on` is assumed). It also still accepts the long-form versions: `device_tree_overlay` and `device_tree_param`.
+
+[[part5.6]]
+==== Other DT commands available in `config.txt`
+
+`device_tree_address`:: This is used to override the address where the firmware loads the device tree (not dt-blob). By default the firmware will choose a suitable place.
+
+`device_tree_end`:: This sets an (exclusive) limit to the loaded device tree. By default the device tree can grow to the end of usable memory, which is almost certainly what is required.
+
+`dtdebug`:: If non-zero, turn on some extra logging for the firmware's device tree processing.
+
+`enable_uart`:: Enable the xref:configuration.adoc#primary-and-secondary-uart[primary/console UART]. If the primary UART is `ttyAMA0`, `enable_uart` defaults to 1 (enabled), otherwise it defaults to 0 (disabled). This stops the core frequency from changing, which would make `ttyS0` unusable. As a result, `enable_uart=1` implies `core_freq=250` (unless `force_turbo=1`). In some cases this is a performance hit, so it is off by default.
+
+`overlay_prefix`:: Specifies a subdirectory/prefix from which to load overlays - defaults to "overlays/". Note the trailing "/". If desired you can add something after the final "/" to add a prefix to each file, although this is not likely to be needed.
+
+Further ports can be controlled by the DT. For more details see <>.
+
+[[part5.7]]
+==== Further help
+
+If you've read through this document and have not found the answer to a Device Tree problem, there is help available. The author can usually be found on Raspberry Pi forums, particularly the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/viewforum.php?f=107[Device Tree] forum.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a294f5b21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/display-resolution.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+== Displays
+
+To configure your Raspberry Pi to use a non-default display mode, set the resolution or rotation manually.
+
+=== Support for HDMI monitors
+
+With most HDMI monitors, Raspberry Pi OS uses the highest resolution and refresh rate supported by the monitor.
+
+The Raspberry Pi Zero, Zero W and Zero 2 W have a mini HDMI port, so you need a mini-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI lead or adapter.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B and Keyboard models have two micro HDMI ports, so you need a micro-HDMI-to-full-size-HDMI lead or adapter for each display you wish to attach. Connect the cables before turning on the Raspberry Pi.
+
+Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B, Compute Modules since CM4 (except for CM4S), and Keyboard models can drive up to two displays.
+
+4-series devices support resolutions up to 1080p at a 60Hz refresh rate, or two 4K displays at a 30Hz refresh rate. You can also drive a single display at 4K with a 60Hz refresh rate if you connect the display to the `HDMI0` port and set the `hdmi_enable_4kp60=1` flag in xref:../computers/config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`].
+
+5-series devices support up to two displays at 4K resolution at a 60hz refresh rate with no additional configuration.
+
+=== Set resolution and rotation
+
+On the Raspberry Pi Desktop, open the *Preferences* menu and select the **Screen Configuration** utility. You should see a graphical representation of the displays connected to the Raspberry Pi. Right click on the display you wish to modify, and select an option. Click **Apply** to and close **Screen Configuration** to save your changes.
+
+Alternatively, use the following command to open the **Screen Configuration** utility:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ raindrop
+----
+
+[TIP]
+====
+If your installation of Raspberry Pi OS doesn't already include `raindrop`, you can install it with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install raindrop
+----
+
+Older versions of Raspberry Pi OS used a different screen configuration utility named `arandr`. To uninstall `arandr`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt purge arandr
+----
+====
+
+=== Manually set resolution and rotation
+
+==== Determine display device name
+
+To manually configure resolution and rotation, you'll need to know the names of your display devices. To determine the device names, run the following command to display information about attached devices:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ kmsprint | grep Connector
+----
+
+==== Set a custom resolution
+
+To set a custom resolution, use our Screen Configuration tool, `raindrop`. If your Raspberry Pi OS installation doesn't already include `raindrop` (for instance, if you're still using the previous Screen Configuration tool, `arandr`), you can download `raindrop` from `apt` or the Recommended Software GUI.
+
+==== Set a custom rotation
+
+To set a custom resolution, use our Screen Configuration tool, `raindrop`. If your Raspberry Pi OS installation doesn't already include `raindrop` (for instance, if you're still using the previous Screen Configuration tool, `arandr`), you can download `raindrop` from `apt` or the Recommended Software GUI.
+
+If you run the Wayland desktop compositor, you can set a custom display rotation with `wlr-randr`. The following commands rotate the display by 0°, 90°, 180°, and 270°:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform normal
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 90
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 180
+$ wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 270
+----
+
+The `--output` option specifies the device to be rotated.
+
+NOTE: To run this command over SSH, add the following prefix: `WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1`, e.g. `WAYLAND_DISPLAY=wayland-1 wlr-randr --output HDMI-A-1 --transform 90`.
+
+You can also use one of the following `--transform` options to mirror the display at the same time as rotating it: `flipped`, `flipped-90`, `flipped-180`, `flipped-270`.
+
+=== Console resolution and rotation
+
+To change the resolution and rotation of your Raspberry Pi in console mode, use the KMS settings. For more information, see <>.
+
+NOTE: When using console mode with multiple displays, all connected displays share the same rotation settings.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e1ea106cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/external-storage.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+== External storage
+
+You can connect your external hard disk, SSD, or USB stick to any of the USB ports on the Raspberry Pi, and mount the file system to access the data stored on it.
+
+By default, your Raspberry Pi automatically mounts some of the popular file systems such as FAT, NTFS, and HFS+ at the `/media/pi/` location.
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi OS Lite does not implement automounting.
+
+To set up your storage device so that it always mounts to a specific location of your choice, you must mount it manually.
+
+=== Mount a storage device
+
+You can mount your storage device at a specific folder location. It is conventional to do this within the `/mnt` folder, for example `/mnt/mydisk`. Note that the folder must be empty.
+
+Plug the storage device into a USB port on the Raspberry Pi, and list all the disk partitions on the Raspberry Pi using the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo lsblk -o UUID,NAME,FSTYPE,SIZE,MOUNTPOINT,LABEL,MODEL
+----
+
+The Raspberry Pi uses mount points `/` and `/boot/firmware/`. Your storage device will show up in this list, along with any other connected storage.
+
+Use the SIZE, LABEL, and MODEL columns to identify the name of the disk partition that points to your storage device. For example, `sda1`.
+The FSTYPE column contains the filesystem type. If your storage device uses an exFAT file system, install the exFAT driver:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install exfat-fuse
+----
+
+If your storage device uses an NTFS file system, you will have read-only access to it. If you want to write to the device, you can install the ntfs-3g driver:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install ntfs-3g
+----
+
+Run the following command to get the location of the disk partition:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo blkid
+----
+
+For example, `/dev/sda1`.
+
+Create a target folder to be the mount point of the storage device.
+The mount point name used in this case is `mydisk`. You can specify a name of your choice:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo mkdir /mnt/mydisk
+----
+
+Mount the storage device at the mount point you created:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo mount /dev/sda1 /mnt/mydisk
+----
+
+Verify that the storage device is mounted successfully by listing the contents:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ ls /mnt/mydisk
+----
+
+=== Automatically mount a storage device
+
+You can modify the `fstab` file to define the location where the storage device will be automatically mounted when the Raspberry Pi starts up. In the `fstab` file, the disk partition is identified by the universally unique identifier (UUID).
+
+Get the UUID of the disk partition:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo blkid
+----
+
+Find the disk partition from the list and note the UUID. (For example, `5C24-1453`.) Open the fstab file using a command line editor such as nano:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/fstab
+----
+
+Add the following line in the `fstab` file:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+UUID=5C24-1453 /mnt/mydisk fstype defaults,auto,users,rw,nofail 0 0
+----
+
+Replace `fstype` with the type of your file system, which you found when you went through the steps above, for example: `ntfs`.
+
+If the filesystem type is FAT or NTFS, add `,umask=000` immediately after `nofail` - this will allow all users full read/write access to every file on the storage device.
+
+Now that you have set an entry in `fstab`, you can start up your Raspberry Pi with or without the storage device attached. Before you unplug the device you must either shut down the Raspberry Pi, or manually unmount it.
+
+NOTE: If you do not have the storage device attached when the Raspberry Pi starts, it will take an extra 90 seconds to start up. You can shorten this by adding `,x-systemd.device-timeout=30` immediately after `nofail`. This will change the timeout to 30 seconds, meaning the system will only wait 30 seconds before giving up trying to mount the disk.
+
+For more information on each Linux command, refer to the specific manual page using the `man` command. For example, `man fstab`.
+
+=== Unmount a storage device
+
+When the Raspberry Pi shuts down, the system takes care of unmounting the storage device so that it is safe to unplug it. If you want to manually unmount a device, you can use the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo umount /mnt/mydisk
+----
+
+If you receive an error that the 'target is busy', this means that the storage device was not unmounted. If no error was displayed, you can now safely unplug the device.
+
+==== Dealing with 'target is busy'
+
+The 'target is busy' message means there are files on the storage device that are in use by a program. To close the files, use the following procedure.
+
+Close any program which has open files on the storage device. If you have a terminal open, make sure that you are not in the folder where the storage device is mounted, or in a sub-folder of it.
+
+If you are still unable to unmount the storage device, you can use the `lsof` tool to check which program has files open on the device. You need to first install `lsof` using `apt`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt update
+$ sudo apt install lsof
+----
+
+To use lsof:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ lsof /mnt/mydisk
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/headless.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/headless.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e62c2eef09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/headless.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+[[setting-up-a-headless-raspberry-pi]]
+== Set up a headless Raspberry Pi
+
+A **headless** Raspberry Pi runs without a monitor, keyboard, or mouse. To run a Raspberry Pi headless, you need a way to access it from another computer. To access your Raspberry Pi remotely, you'll need to connect your Raspberry Pi to a network, and a way to access the Raspberry Pi over that network.
+
+To connect your Raspberry Pi to a network, you can either plug your device into a wired connection via Ethernet or configure wireless networking.
+
+To access your Raspberry Pi over that network, use SSH. Once you've connected over SSH, you can use `raspi-config` to xref:remote-access.adoc#vnc[enable VNC] if you'd prefer a graphical desktop environment.
+
+If you're setting up your Raspberry Pi from scratch, set up wireless networking and SSH during the xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[imaging process]. If you've already got a Raspberry Pi set up, you can configure SSH using `raspi-config`.
+
+WARNING: Depending on the model of Raspberry Pi and type of SD card you use, your Raspberry Pi may require up to five minutes to boot and connect to your wireless network the first time it boots.
+
+=== Connect to a wired network
+
+To connect to a wired network at first boot, plug your headless Raspberry Pi in via Ethernet, or use an Ethernet adapter if your Raspberry Pi model does not include an Ethernet port. Your Raspberry Pi will automatically connect to the network.
+
+=== Connect to a wireless network
+
+To configure wireless network access at first boot in a headless Raspberry Pi, use the advanced settings menu in Raspberry Pi Imager. Enter the SSID and password of your preferred wireless network. Your Raspberry Pi will use these credentials to connect to the network on first boot. Some wireless adapters and some Raspberry Pi boards do not support 5GHz networks; check the documentation for your wireless module to ensure compatibility with your preferred network.
+
+NOTE: Previous versions of Raspberry Pi OS made use of a `wpa_supplicant.conf` file which could be placed into the boot folder to configure wireless network settings. This functionality is not available from Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm onwards.
+
+=== Remote access
+
+With no keyboard or monitor, you need a way to xref:remote-access.adoc[remotely control] your headless Raspberry Pi. On first boot, the only option is SSH. To enable SSH on a fresh installation of Raspberry Pi OS, choose one of the following methods:
+
+* enable SSH in the OS customisation menu in Raspberry Pi Imager, then enter a username and password
+* create a file named `ssh` at the root of the first partition of the SD card (labeled `bootfs`), then configure a user manually with `userconf.txt` following the instructions in the section below
+
+For more information, see xref:remote-access.adoc#ssh[set up an SSH server]. Once you've connected over SSH, you can use `raspi-config` to xref:remote-access.adoc#vnc[enable VNC] if you'd prefer a graphical desktop environment.
+
+[[configuring-a-user]]
+==== Configure a user manually
+
+At the root of the first partition of your SD card (the filesystem labeled `bootfs`), create a file named `userconf.txt`.
+
+This file should contain a single line of text, consisting of `:`: your desired username, followed immediately by a colon, followed immediately by an *encrypted* representation of the password you want to use.
+
+NOTE: `` must only contain lower-case letters, digits and hyphens, and must start with a letter. It may not be longer than 31 characters.
+
+To generate the encrypted password, use https://www.openssl.org[OpenSSL] on another computer. Open a terminal and enter the following:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ openssl passwd -6
+----
+
+When prompted, enter your password and verify it. This command will then output an encrypted version of the supplied password.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/host-wireless-network.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/host-wireless-network.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9bd7dcc1e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/host-wireless-network.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+== Host a wireless network from your Raspberry Pi
+
+Your Raspberry Pi can host its own wireless network using a wireless module. If you connect your Raspberry Pi to the internet via the Ethernet port (or a second wireless module), other devices connected to the wireless network can access the internet through your Raspberry Pi.
+
+Consider a wired network that uses the `10.x.x.x` IP block. You can connect your Raspberry Pi to that network and serve wireless clients on a separate network that uses another IP block, such as `192.168.x.x`.
+
+In the diagram below, note that the laptop exists in an IP block separate from the router and wired clients:
+
+image::images/host-a-network.png[]
+
+
+With this network configuration, wireless clients can all communicate with each other through the Raspberry Pi router. However, clients on the wireless network cannot directly interact with clients on the wired network other than the Raspberry Pi; wireless clients exist in a private network separate from the network that serves wired clients.
+
+NOTE: The Raspberry Pi 5, 4, 3, Zero W, and Zero 2 W can host a wireless network using the built-in wireless module. Raspberry Pi models that lack a built-in module support this functionality using a separate wireless dongle.
+
+=== Enable hotspot
+
+To create a hosted wireless network on the command line, run the following command, replacing the `` and `` placeholders with your own values:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli device wifi hotspot ssid password
+----
+
+Use another wireless client, such as a laptop or smartphone, to connect to the network. Look for a network with a SSID matching ``. Enter your network password, and you should connect successfully to the network. If your Raspberry Pi has internet access via an Ethernet connection or a second wireless adapter, you should be able to access the internet.
+
+=== Disable hotspot
+
+To disable the hotspot network and resume use of your Pi as a wireless client, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli device disconnect wlan0
+----
+
+After disabling the network, run the following command to reconnect to another Wi-Fi network:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli device up wlan0
+----
+
+TIP: For more information about connecting to wireless networks, see xref:configuration.adoc#networking[Configure networking].
+
+=== Use your Raspberry Pi as a network bridge
+
+By default, the wireless network hosted from your Raspberry Pi exists separately from the parent network connected via Ethernet. In this arrangement, devices connected to the parent network cannot directly communicate with devices connected to the wireless network hosted from your Raspberry Pi. If you want connected wireless devices to be able to communicate with devices on the parent network, you can configure your Raspberry Pi as a https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Network_bridge[network bridge]. With a network bridge in place, each device connected to the Pi-hosted wireless network is assigned an IP address in the parent network.
+
+In the diagram below, the laptop exists in the same IP block as the router and wired clients:
+
+image::images/bridge-network.png[]
+
+The following steps describe how to set up a network bridge on your Raspberry Pi to enable communication between wireless clients and the parent network.
+
+First, create a network bridge interface:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection add type bridge con-name 'Bridge' ifname bridge0
+----
+
+Next, add your device's Ethernet connection to the parent network to the bridge:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection add type ethernet slave-type bridge \
+ con-name 'Ethernet' ifname eth0 master bridge0
+----
+
+Finally, add your wireless hotspot connection to the bridge. You can either add an existing hotspot interface or create a new one:
+
+* If you have already created a wireless hotspot connection using the instructions above, add the existing interface to the bridge with the following command:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection modify 'Hotspot' master bridge0
+----
+
+* If you have not yet created a wireless hotspot connection, create a new interface and add it to the bridge with a single command, replacing the `` and `` placeholders with a network name and password of your choice, respectively:
++
+[source,console?prompt=$]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection add con-name 'Hotspot' \
+ ifname wlan0 type wifi slave-type bridge master bridge0 \
+ wifi.mode ap wifi.ssid wifi-sec.key-mgmt wpa-psk \
+ wifi-sec.proto rsn wifi-sec.pairwise ccmp \
+ wifi-sec.psk
+----
+
+
+Now that you've configured your bridge, it's time to activate it. Run the following command to activate the bridge:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection up Bridge
+----
+
+And run the following command to start hosting your wireless network:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nmcli connection up Hotspot
+----
+
+You can use the `nmcli device` command to verify that the bridge, Ethernet interface, and wireless hotspot interface are all active.
+
+TIP: Use a tool such as https://github.com/royhills/arp-scan[arp-scan] to check if devices on the parent network are accessible once connected to the hotspot.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/blanking.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/blanking.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6ec7406c7a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/blanking.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/bridge-network.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/bridge-network.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a016be514f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/bridge-network.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-dialog.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-dialog.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42085c98a7
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-dialog.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-network-menu.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-network-menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..39ce5334d3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/create-hotspot-network-menu.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/host-a-network.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/host-a-network.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f7c894774
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/host-a-network.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/key.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/key.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..ca0c65b118
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/key.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden-authentication.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden-authentication.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..87f12a9aaa
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden-authentication.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..42d0d79480
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/network-hidden.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_80_85.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_80_85.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..77fcaa4512
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_80_85.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_85.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_85.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4345999556
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/over_temperature_85.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/pi-configuration.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/pi-configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c7bee2fad3
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/pi-configuration.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/raspi-config.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/raspi-config.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1af511809
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/raspi-config.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/under_volt.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/under_volt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..02004773a0
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/under_volt.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/wifi2.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/wifi2.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000000..536abb0c13
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/images/wifi2.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..27fbc1c260
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/kernel-command-line-config.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+== Kernel command line (`cmdline.txt`)
+
+The Linux kernel accepts a collection of command line parameters during boot. On the Raspberry Pi, this command line is defined in a file in the boot partition, called `cmdline.txt`. You can edit this text file with any text editor.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/cmdline.txt
+----
+
+IMPORTANT: Put all parameters in `cmdline.txt` on the same line. Do _not_ use newlines.
+
+To view the command line passed to the kernel at boot time, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /proc/cmdline
+----
+
+Because Raspberry Pi firmware makes changes to the command line before launching the kernel, the output of this command will not exactly match the contents of `cmdline.txt`.
+
+=== Command line options
+
+There are many kernel command line parameters, some of which are defined by the kernel itself. Others are defined by code that the kernel may be using, such as the Plymouth splash screen system.
+
+==== Standard entries
+
+`console`:: defines the serial console. There are usually two entries:
+
+* `console=serial0,115200`
+* `console=tty1`
+
+`root`:: defines the location of the root filesystem. e.g. `root=/dev/mmcblk0p2` means multimedia card block 0 partition 2.
+
+`rootfstype`:: defines what type of filesystem the rootfs uses, e.g. `rootfstype=ext4`.
+
+`quiet`:: sets the default kernel log level to `KERN_WARNING`, which suppresses all but very serious log messages during boot.
+
+==== Set the KMS display mode
+
+The legacy firmware and FKMS display modes used in earlier versions of Raspberry Pi OS are no longer supported. Instead, recent OS versions use KMS (Kernel Mode Setting).
+
+If no `video` entry is present in `cmdline.txt`, Raspberry Pi OS uses the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_Display_Identification_Data[EDID] of the HDMI-connected monitor to automatically pick the best resolution supported by your display based on information in the Linux kernel. In Raspberry Pi OS Lite or console mode, you must customise the `video` entry to control resolution and rotation.
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+video=HDMI-A-1:1920x1080M@60
+----
+
+In addition, it is possible to add rotation and reflect parameters as documented in the standard https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/Documentation/fb/modedb.rst[Linux framebuffer documentation]. The following example defines a display named `HDMI-A-1` at a resolution of 1080p, a refresh rate of 60Hz, 90 degrees of rotation, and a reflection over the X axis:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+video=HDMI-A-1:1920x1080M@60,rotate=90,reflect_x
+----
+
+You must specify the resolution explicitly when specifying rotation and reflection parameters.
+
+Possible options for the display type - the first part of the `video=` entry - include:
+
+[cols="1m,3"]
+|===
+| Video Option | Display
+
+| HDMI-A-1
+| HDMI 1 (HDMI 0 on silkscreen of Raspberry Pi 4B, HDMI on single HDMI boards)
+
+| HDMI-A-2
+| HDMI 2 (HDMI 1 on silkscreen of Raspberry Pi 4B)
+
+| DSI-1
+| DSI or DPI
+
+| Composite-1
+| Composite
+|===
+
+==== Other entries
+
+This section contains some of the other entries you can use in the kernel command line. This list is not exhaustive.
+
+`splash`:: tells the boot to use a splash screen via the Plymouth module.
+
+`plymouth.ignore-serial-consoles`:: normally if the Plymouth module is enabled it will prevent boot messages from appearing on any serial console which may be present. This flag tells Plymouth to ignore all serial consoles, making boot messages visible again, as they would be if Plymouth was not running.
+
+`dwc_otg.lpm_enable=0`:: turns off Link Power Management (LPM) in the `dwc_otg` driver, which drives the USB controller built into the processor used on Raspberry Pi computers. On Raspberry Pi 4, this controller is disabled by default, and is only connected to the USB type C power input connector. The USB-A ports on Raspberry Pi 4 are driven by a separate USB controller which is not affected by this setting.
+
+`dwc_otg.speed`:: sets the speed of the USB controller built into the processor on Raspberry Pi computers. `dwc_otg.speed=1` will set it to full speed (USB 1.0), which is slower than high speed (USB 2.0). This option should not be set except during troubleshooting of problems with USB devices.
+
+`smsc95xx.turbo_mode`:: enables/disables the wired networking driver turbo mode. `smsc95xx.turbo_mode=N` turns turbo mode off.
+
+`usbhid.mousepoll`:: specifies the mouse polling interval. If you have problems with a slow or erratic wireless mouse, setting this to 0 with `usbhid.mousepoll=0` might help.
+
+`drm.edid_firmware=HDMI-A-1:edid/your_edid.bin`:: Override your monitor's built-in EDID with the contents of `/usr/lib/firmware/edid/your_edid.bin`.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10eb1c2517
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/led_blink_warnings.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+== LED warning flash codes
+
+If a Raspberry Pi fails to boot for some reason, or has to shut down, in many cases an LED will flash a specific number of times to indicate what happened. The LED will blink for a number of long flashes (0 or more), then produce short flashes, to indicate the exact status. In most cases, the pattern will repeat after a two-second gap.
+
+[cols="^,^,"]
+|===
+| Long flashes | Short flashes | Status
+
+| 0
+| 3
+| Generic failure to boot
+
+| 0
+| 4
+| start*.elf not found
+
+| 0
+| 7
+| Kernel image not found
+
+| 0
+| 8
+| SDRAM failure
+
+| 0
+| 9
+| Insufficient SDRAM
+
+| 0
+| 10
+| In HALT state
+
+| 2
+| 1
+| Partition not FAT
+
+| 2
+| 2
+| Failed to read from partition
+
+| 2
+| 3
+| Extended partition not FAT
+
+| 2
+| 4
+| File signature/hash mismatch - Pi 4 and Pi 5
+
+| 3
+| 1
+| SPI EEPROM error - Pi 4 and Pi 5
+
+| 3
+| 2
+| SPI EEPROM is write protected - Pi 4 and Pi 5
+
+| 3
+| 3
+| I2C error - Pi 4 and Pi 5
+
+| 3
+| 4
+| Secure-boot configuration is not valid
+
+| 4
+| 3
+| RP1 not found
+
+| 4
+| 4
+| Unsupported board type
+
+| 4
+| 5
+| Fatal firmware error
+
+| 4
+| 6
+| Power failure type A
+
+| 4
+| 7
+| Power failure type B
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/localisation.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/localisation.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..47fb2aba58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/localisation.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+== Localise your Raspberry Pi
+
+You can configure the UI language, keyboard layout, and time zone of Raspberry Pi OS with the xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[`raspi-config`] tool.
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/pin-configuration.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/pin-configuration.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d17bcbd9c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/pin-configuration.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+== Change the default pin configuration
+
+NOTE: Custom default pin configurations via user-provided Device Tree blobs has been deprecated.
+
+=== Device pins during boot sequence
+
+During the bootup sequence, the GPIO pins go through various actions.
+
+* Power-on - pins default to inputs with default pulls, which are described in the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/bcm2835/bcm2835-peripherals.pdf[datasheet]
+* Setting by the bootrom
+* Setting by `bootcode.bin`
+* Setting by `dt-blob.bin` (this page)
+* Setting by the xref:config_txt.adoc#gpio-control[GPIO command] in `config.txt`
+* Additional firmware pins (e.g. UARTS)
+* Kernel/Device Tree
+
+On a soft reset, the same procedure applies, except for default pulls, which are only applied on a power-on reset.
+
+It may take a few seconds to run through the process. During this time, the GPIO pins may not be in the state expected by attached peripherals (as defined in `dt-blob.bin` or `config.txt`). Since different GPIO pins have different default pulls, you should do *one of the following* for your peripheral:
+
+* Choose a GPIO pin that defaults to pulls as required by the peripheral on reset
+* Delay the peripheral's startup until the actions are completed
+* Add an appropriate pull-up/pull-down resistor
+
+=== Provide a custom Device Tree blob
+
+In order to compile a Device Tree source (`.dts`) file into a Device Tree blob (`.dtb`) file, the Device Tree compiler must be installed by running `sudo apt install device-tree-compiler`. The `dtc` command can then be used as follows:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo dtc -I dts -O dtb -o /boot/firmware/dt-blob.bin dt-blob.dts
+----
+
+Similarly, a `.dtb` file can be converted back to a `.dts` file, if required.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ dtc -I dtb -O dts -o dt-blob.dts /boot/firmware/dt-blob.bin
+----
+
+=== Sections of the `dt-blob`
+
+The `dt-blob.bin` is used to configure the binary blob (VideoCore) at boot time. It is not currently used by the Linux kernel. The dt-blob can configure all versions of the Raspberry Pi, including the Compute Module, to use the alternative settings. The following sections are valid in the dt-blob:
+
+==== `videocore`
+
+This section contains all of the VideoCore blob information. All subsequent sections must be enclosed within this section.
+
+==== `pins_*`
+
+There are a number of separate `pins_*` sections, based on particular Raspberry Pi models, namely:
+
+* `pins_rev1`: Rev1 pin setup. There are some differences because of the moved I2C pins.
+* `pins_rev2`: Rev2 pin setup. This includes the additional codec pins on P5.
+* `pins_bplus1`: Raspberry Pi 1 Model B+ rev 1.1, including the full 40pin connector.
+* `pins_bplus2`: Raspberry Pi 1 Model B+ rev 1.2, swapping the low-power and lan-run pins.
+* `pins_aplus`: Raspberry Pi 1 Model A+, lacking Ethernet.
+* `pins_2b1`: Raspberry Pi 2 Model B rev 1.0; controls the SMPS via I2C0.
+* `pins_2b2`: Raspberry Pi 2 Model B rev 1.1; controls the SMPS via software I2C on 42 and 43.
+* `pins_3b1`: Raspberry Pi 3 Model B rev 1.0
+* `pins_3b2`: Raspberry Pi 3 Model B rev 1.2
+* `pins_3bplus`: Raspberry Pi 3 Model B+
+* `pins_3aplus`: Raspberry Pi 3 Model A+
+* `pins_pi0`: Raspberry Pi Zero
+* `pins_pi0w`: Raspberry Pi Zero W
+* `pins_pi02w`: Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W
+* `pins_cm`: Raspberry Pi Compute Module 1. The default for this is the default for the chip, so it is a useful source of information about default pull-ups/pull-downs on the chip.
+* `pins_cm3`: Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3
+* `pins_cm3plus`: Raspberry Pi Compute Module 3+
+* `pins_cm4s`: Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4S
+* `pins_cm4`: Raspberry Pi Compute Module 4
+
+Each `pins_*` section can contain `pin_config` and `pin_defines` sections.
+
+==== `pin_config`
+
+The `pin_config` section is used to configure the individual pins. Each item in this section must be a named pin section, such as `pin@p32`, meaning GPIO32. There is a special section `pin@default`, which contains the default settings for anything not specifically named in the pin_config section.
+
+==== `pin@pinname`
+
+This section can contain any combination of the following items:
+
+ * `polarity`
+ ** `active_high`
+ ** `active_low`
+ * `termination`
+ ** `pull_up`
+ ** `pull_down`
+ ** `no_pulling`
+ * `startup_state`
+ ** `active`
+ ** `inactive`
+ * `function`
+ ** `input`
+ ** `output`
+ ** `sdcard`
+ ** `i2c0`
+ ** `i2c1`
+ ** `spi`
+ ** `spi1`
+ ** `spi2`
+ ** `smi`
+ ** `dpi`
+ ** `pcm`
+ ** `pwm`
+ ** `uart0`
+ ** `uart1`
+ ** `gp_clk`
+ ** `emmc`
+ ** `arm_jtag`
+ * `drive_strength_mA`
++
+The drive strength is used to set a strength for the pins. Please note that you can only specify a single drive strength for the bank. <8> and <16> are valid values.
+
+==== `pin_defines`
+
+This section is used to set specific VideoCore functionality to particular pins. This enables the user to move the camera power enable pin to somewhere different, or move the HDMI hotplug position: these are things that Linux does not control. Please refer to the example DTS file below.
+
+=== Clock configuration
+
+It is possible to change the configuration of the clocks through this interface, although it can be difficult to predict the results! The configuration of the clocking system is very complex. There are five separate PLLs, and each one has its own fixed (or variable, in the case of PLLC) VCO frequency. Each VCO then has a number of different channels which can be set up with a different division of the VCO frequency. Each of the clock destinations can be configured to come from one of the clock channels, although there is a restricted mapping of source to destination, so not all channels can be routed to all clock destinations.
+
+Here are a couple of example configurations that you can use to alter specific clocks. We will add to this resource when requests for clock configurations are made.
+
+[source,kotlin]
+----
+clock_routing {
+ vco@PLLA { freq = <1966080000>; };
+ chan@APER { div = <4>; };
+ clock@GPCLK0 { pll = "PLLA"; chan = "APER"; };
+};
+
+clock_setup {
+ clock@PWM { freq = <2400000>; };
+ clock@GPCLK0 { freq = <12288000>; };
+ clock@GPCLK1 { freq = <25000000>; };
+};
+----
+
+The above will set the PLLA to a source VCO running at 1.96608GHz (the limits for this VCO are 600MHz - 2.4GHz), change the APER channel to /4, and configure GPCLK0 to be sourced from PLLA through APER. This is used to give an audio codec the 12288000Hz it needs to produce the 48000 range of frequencies.
+
+=== Sample Device Tree source file
+
+The firmware repository contains a https://github.com/raspberrypi/firmware/blob/master/extra/dt-blob.dts[master Raspberry Pi blob] from which others are usually derived.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/raspi-config.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/raspi-config.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..483cb66bce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/raspi-config.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,813 @@
+[[raspi-config]]
+== `raspi-config`
+
+`raspi-config` helps you configure your Raspberry Pi. Changes to `raspi-config` will modify xref:config_txt.adoc#what-is-config-txt[`/boot/firmware/config.txt`] and other configuration files.
+
+=== Getting started
+
+To open the configuration tool from the desktop GUI, go to **Preferences** > **Raspberry Pi Configuration**.
+
+Alternatively, run the following command to access the configuration tool via the terminal:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
+
+TIP: Some advanced configuration is available in the `raspi-config` CLI, but not the Raspberry Pi Configuration GUI.
+
+To navigate the configuration tool from the terminal:
+
+* Use the up and down arrow keys to scroll through the settings list.
+* Access the `` or `` options using the **Right** arrow or **Tab**.
+* Return to the settings list using the **Left** arrow or **Tab**.
+* Type a letter to jump ahead alphabetically. For example, type `E` to jump ahead to 'Europe' in the time zone list.
+
+image::images/raspi-config.png[raspi-config main screen]
+
+[[menu-options]]
+=== System options
+
+Configure parts of the boot, login, and networking process, along with other system level changes.
+
+==== Wireless LAN
+
+Configure Wi-Fi SSID and passphrase.
+
+==== Audio
+
+Specify the audio output destination.
+
+==== Password
+
+Change your password.
+
+For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#change-user-password[Change a user's password].
+
+[[hostname]]
+==== Hostname
+
+Set the visible xref:remote-access.adoc#resolve-raspberrypi-local-with-mdns[mDNS] name for this Raspberry Pi on a network.
+
+[[boot-options]]
+==== Boot/Auto login
+
+Boot to console or desktop with the option of an automatic login to your current user account.
+
+==== Network at boot
+
+Wait for a network connection before proceeding with boot.
+
+==== Splash screen
+
+Enable or disable the splash screen displayed at boot time.
+
+==== Power LED
+
+If your Raspberry Pi model allows, change the behaviour of the power LED.
+
+==== Browser
+
+Change the default web browser.
+
+=== Display options
+
+[[underscan]]
+==== Underscan
+
+NOTE: Unavailable when running Wayland.
+
+If the initial text shown on the screen disappears off the edge, enable overscan to adjust the border. On some displays, particularly monitors, disabling overscan will make the picture fill the whole screen and remove the black border.
+
+==== Screen blanking
+
+Enable or disable screen blanking.
+
+[[resolution]]
+==== VNC resolution
+
+Define the video resolution to use in xref:configuration.adoc#setting-up-a-headless-raspberry-pi[headless] setups.
+
+==== Composite
+
+Enable or disable composite video.
+
+==== 4Kp60 HDMI
+
+Enable or disable 4Kp60 resolution for HDMI outputs.
+
+[[interfacing-options]]
+=== Interface options
+
+Enable and disable various physical and virtual interfaces.
+
+[[ssh]]
+==== SSH
+
+Enable or disable remote terminal access to your Raspberry Pi using SSH.
+
+SSH allows you to remotely access the command line of the Raspberry Pi from another computer. SSH is disabled by default. For more information about SSH, see the xref:remote-access.adoc#ssh[SSH documentation].
+
+[[rpi-connect]]
+==== RPi Connect
+
+Enable or disable xref:../services/connect.adoc[Raspberry Pi Connect], which provides the ability to access your Raspberry Pi remotely with no manual network configuration.
+
+[[VNC]]
+==== VNC
+
+Enable or disable the WayVNC or RealVNC virtual network computing server.
+
+[[spi]]
+==== SPI
+
+Enable or disable SPI interfaces and automatic loading of the SPI kernel module.
+
+[[i2c]]
+==== I2C
+
+Enable or disable I2C interfaces and automatic loading of the I2C kernel module.
+
+[[serial]]
+==== Serial port
+
+Enable or disable shell and kernel messages on the serial connection.
+
+[[one-wire]]
+==== 1-Wire
+
+Enable or disable the Dallas 1-wire interface, often used for DS18B20 temperature sensors.
+
+==== Remote GPIO
+
+Enable or disable remote access to the GPIO pins.
+
+=== Performance options
+
+[[overclock]]
+==== Overclock
+
+If your Raspberry Pi model allows, overclock the CPU. Overclocking potential varies between individual Raspberry Pi devices, even within the same model. Overclocking too high may result in instability.
+
+WARNING: *Overclocking may reduce the lifetime of your Raspberry Pi.* If overclocking at a certain level causes system instability, try a more modest overclock. Hold down the *Shift* key during boot to temporarily disable overclocking.
+
+[[memory-split]]
+==== GPU memory
+
+Change the amount of memory made available to the GPU.
+
+==== Overlay file system
+
+Enable or disable a read-only filesystem.
+
+==== Fan
+
+Customise the behaviour of the GPIO-connected https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-4-case-fan/[Raspberry Pi 4 Case Fan]. Not applicable to other fan models.
+
+[[localisation-options]]
+=== Localisation options
+
+Configure location and country-related options.
+
+[[change-locale]]
+==== Locale
+
+Select a locale, for example `en_GB.UTF-8 UTF-8`.
+
+[[change-timezone]]
+==== Time zone
+
+Set your local time zone in the format `Region/City`, for example 'Europe/London'. Type a letter to jump to that letter in the list.
+
+[[change-keyboard-layout]]
+==== Keyboard
+
+Open a menu where you can select your keyboard layout. Changes usually take effect immediately, but may require a reboot. Type a letter to jump to that letter in the list.
+
+==== WLAN country
+
+Set the country code for your wireless network.
+
+[[advanced-options]]
+=== Advanced options
+
+
+WARNING: Changes to advanced options may prevent your Raspberry Pi from working as intended. Avoid configuring advanced options unless instructed by a Raspberry Pi engineer.
+
+[[expand-filesystem]]
+==== Expand filesystem
+
+Expand your OS partition to fill the whole storage device, giving you more space to use for files. Reboot your Raspberry Pi to complete this action. Normally, Raspberry Pi OS runs this action on first boot. This option can be useful if you clone your OS to a separate storage device with more capacity than the original.
+
+WARNING: There is no confirmation step. Selecting the option begins the partition expansion immediately.
+
+==== Network interface names
+
+Enable or disable predictable network interface names.
+
+==== Network proxy settings
+
+Configure the network's proxy settings.
+
+==== Boot order
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4 and later, specify whether to boot from USB or network when no SD card or SSD has been detected. For more information, see xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-bootloader-configuration[bootloader configuration].
+
+==== Bootloader version
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4 and later, switch to the latest boot ROM software. Alternatively, you can revert to the factory default if the latest version causes problems.
+
+==== Wayland
+
+Switch between the X11 and Wayland backends, and choose a window manager. Since Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, all Raspberry Pi models run Wayland using labwc by default.
+
+NOTE: To use Wayland on Raspberry Pi models prior to Raspberry Pi 4 running a version of Raspberry Pi OS earlier than _Bookworm_, add `wayland=on` to `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt`.
+
+==== Audio config
+
+Switch between the PulseAudio and PipeWire audio backends. Prior to Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm, Raspberry Pi OS used PulseAudio.
+
+[[update]]
+=== Update
+
+Update this tool to the latest version.
+
+[[about]]
+=== About raspi-config
+
+Display a description of `raspi-config`.
+
+[[finish]]
+=== Finish
+
+Exit `raspi-config`. If necessary, `raspi-config` will ask you to reboot when you exit. When implementing changes for the first time, reboot to ensure your changes take effect.
+
+[[raspi-config-cli]]
+== non-interactive `raspi-config`
+
+The `raspi-config` tool also supports non-interactive options and flags that change options entirely on the command line with no visual component. Available options may differ between Raspberry Pi models.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint [optional-argument]
+----
+
+NOTE: The meaning of `0` and `1` varies between options. Always check the documentation before passing a value to an option.
+
+[[raspi-config-cli-commands]]
+
+=== System options
+
+==== Wireless LAN
+
+Configure Wi-Fi SSID and passphrase.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_ssid_passphrase [hidden] [plain]
+----
+
+Pass a wireless network name (SSID) and passphrase, if required. The following flags are optional:
+
+The `` option indicates the visibility of the SSID. If the network broadcasts an open SSID, pass `0` or omit the option. If your SSID is hidden, pass `1`. Defaults to `0`.
+
+The `` option indicates whether the given passphrase is wrapped in an extra set of quotation marks. Most users can ignore this option: as an implementation detail, `raspi-config` may need to add quotation marks before passing the passphrase to other parts of the system, and a `` value of `0` indicates that the quotation marks are already present. A value of `1` indicates that the quotation marks are not present, and the implementation should add them as necessary. Defaults to `1`. To pass this option, you must specify a value for ``.
+
+For example, run the following commands to connect to a:
+
+* non-hidden network named `myssid` with the passphrase `mypassphrase`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_ssid_passphrase myssid mypassphrase
+----
+
+* hidden network named `myssid` with the passphrase `mypassphrase`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_ssid_passphrase myssid mypassphrase 1
+----
+
+* non-hidden network named `myssid` with the passphrase `my passphrase`:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_ssid_passphrase myssid 'my passphrase'
+----
+
+* non-hidden network named `myssid` with the passphrase `mypassphrase`, where you have already added extra quotes to the passphrase:
++
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_ssid_passphrase myssid '"mypassphrase"' 0 0
+----
+
+==== Audio
+
+Specify the audio output destination.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_audio
+----
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4B, you can use the following options:
+
+* `0`: bcm2835 headphone jack
+* `1`: vc4-hdmi-0
+* `2`: vc4-hdmi-1
+
+For a full list of possible `` values, see the numbers used in the interactive `raspi-config` version of this option.
+
+[[change-user-password-nonint]]
+==== Password
+
+Change your password.
+
+For more information, see xref:configuration.adoc#change-user-password[Change a user's password].
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_change_pass
+----
+
+NOTE: This function uses a full-screen interactive interface, even when run from a CLI option.
+
+[[hostname-nonint]]
+==== Hostname
+
+Set the visible xref:remote-access.adoc#resolve-raspberrypi-local-with-mdns[mDNS] name for this Raspberry Pi on a network.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_hostname
+----
+
+[[boot-options-nonint]]
+==== Boot/Auto login
+
+Select the following behaviour at boot time:
+
+* whether to boot to console or desktop
+* whether your Raspberry Pi automatically logs into your current user account when powered on
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_boot_behaviour
+----
+
+* `B1`: boot to console, requiring login
+* `B2`: boot to console, logging in automatically
+* `B3`: boot to desktop, requiring login
+* `B4`: boot to desktop, logging in automatically
+
+==== Network at boot
+
+Wait for a network connection before letting boot proceed.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_boot_wait <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: boot without waiting for network connection
+* `1`: boot after waiting for network connection
+
+==== Splash screen
+
+Enable or disable the splash screen displayed at boot time.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_boot_splash <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable splash screen
+* `1`: disable splash screen
+
+==== Power LED
+
+If your Raspberry Pi model allows, change the behaviour of the power LED.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_leds <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: flash for disk activity
+* `1`: keep the power LED lit at all times
+
+==== Browser
+
+Change the default web browser. Choosing a web browser that isn't currently installed won't work.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_browser
+----
+
+=== Display options
+
+[[underscan-nonint]]
+==== Underscan
+
+NOTE: Unavailable when running Wayland.
+
+If the initial text shown on the screen disappears off the edge, enable overscan to adjust the border. On some displays, particularly monitors, disabling overscan will make the picture fill the whole screen and remove the black border.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_overscan_kms
+----
+
+Device:
+
+* `1`: HDMI-1
+* `2`: HDMI-2
+
+Enabled:
+
+* `0`: enable overscan
+* `1`: disable overscan
+
+==== Screen blanking
+
+Enable or disable screen blanking.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_blanking <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable screen blanking
+* `1`: disable screen blanking
+
+[[resolution-nonint]]
+==== VNC resolution
+
+Define the video resolution to use for VNC in xref:configuration.adoc#setting-up-a-headless-raspberry-pi[headless] setups.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_vnc_resolution x
+----
+
+==== Composite
+
+Enable or disable composite video output.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_pi4video
+----
+
+* `V1`: enable 4Kp60 HDMI output
+* `V2`: enable composite video output
+* `V3`: disable 4Kp60 and composite output
+
+On other models:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_composite <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable composite video
+* `1`: disable composite video
+
+[[interfacing-options-nonint]]
+=== Interface options
+
+[[ssh-nonint]]
+==== SSH
+
+Enable or disable remote terminal access to your Raspberry Pi using SSH.
+
+SSH allows you to remotely access the command line of the Raspberry Pi from another computer. For more information about SSH, see the xref:remote-access.adoc#ssh[SSH documentation].
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_ssh <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable SSH
+* `1`: disable SSH
+
+[[rpi-connect-nonit]]
+==== Raspberry Pi Connect
+
+Enable or disable xref:../services/connect.adoc[Raspberry Pi Connect], which provides the ability to access your Raspberry Pi remotely with no manual network configuration.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_rpi_connect <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable Raspberry Pi Connect
+* `1`: disable Raspberry Pi Connect
+
+[[VNC-nonint]]
+==== VNC
+
+Enable or disable a Virtual Network Computing (VNC) server. For more information about VNC, see the xref:remote-access.adoc#vnc[VNC documentation].
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_vnc <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable VNC
+* `1`: disable VNC
+
+[[spi-nonint]]
+==== SPI
+
+Enable or disable SPI interfaces and automatic loading of the SPI kernel module.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_spi <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable SPI
+* `1`: disable SPI
+
+[[i2c-nonint]]
+==== I2C
+
+Enable or disable I2C interfaces and automatic loading of the I2C kernel module.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_i2c <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable I2C
+* `1`: disable I2C
+
+[[serial-nonint]]
+==== Serial Port
+
+Enable or disable the serial connection hardware.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_serial_hw <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable serial port
+* `1`: disable serial port
+
+[[serial-console-nonint]]
+==== Serial console
+
+Enable or disable shell and kernel messages on the serial connection.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_serial_cons <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable console over serial port
+* `1`: disable console over serial port
+
+[[one-wire-nonint]]
+==== 1-wire
+
+Enable or disable the Dallas 1-wire interface. This is usually used for DS18B20 temperature sensors.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_onewire <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable 1-wire
+* `1`: disable 1-wire
+
+==== Remote GPIO
+
+Enable or disable remote access to the GPIO pins.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_rgpio <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable remote GPIO
+* `1`: disable remote GPIO
+
+=== Performance options
+
+[[overclock-nonint]]
+==== Overclock
+
+If your Raspberry Pi model allows, overclock the CPU. Overclocking potential varies between individual Raspberry Pi devices, even within the same model. Overclocking too high may result in instability.
+
+WARNING: *Overclocking may reduce the lifetime of your Raspberry Pi.* If overclocking at a certain level causes system instability, try a more modest overclock. Hold down the *Shift* key during boot to temporarily disable overclocking.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_overclock
+----
+
+This command accepts the following `` values:
+
+* `None`: no overclock (default)
+* `Modest`: overclock to 50% of the maximum
+* `Medium`: overclock to 75% of the maximum
+* `High`: overclock to 100% of the maximum
+* `Turbo`: overclock to 125% of the maximum
+
+[[memory-split-nonint]]
+==== GPU memory
+
+Change the amount of memory made available to the GPU.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_memory_split
+----
+
+==== Overlay file system
+
+Enable or disable a read-only filesystem.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_overlayfs <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable overlay filesystem
+* `1`: disable overlay filesystem
+
+==== Fan
+
+Customise the behaviour of the GPIO-connected https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-4-case-fan/[Raspberry Pi 4 Case Fan]. This setting is inapplicable to other fan models.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_fan <0/1> [gpio] [onTemp]
+----
+
+* `0`: enable fan
+* `1`: disable fan
+
+`gpio` defaults to `14`.
+
+`onTemp` defaults to `80` **degrees Celsius**.
+
+[[localisation-options-nonint]]
+=== Localisation options
+
+[[change-locale-nonint]]
+==== Locale
+
+Select a locale, for example `en_GB.UTF-8 UTF-8`.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_change_locale
+----
+
+For a full list of possible `` values, see the abbreviations used in the interactive `raspi-config` version of this option.
+
+[[change-timezone-nonint]]
+==== Time zone
+
+Set your local time zone in the format `Region/City`, for example 'Europe/London'.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_change_timezone
+----
+
+For a full list of possible `` values, see the abbreviations used in the interactive `raspi-config` version of this option.
+
+[[change-keyboard-layout-nonint]]
+==== Keyboard
+
+Set your keyboard layout. Changes usually take effect immediately, but may require a reboot.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_configure_keyboard
+----
+
+For a full list of possible `` values, see the the abbreviations used in the interactive `raspi-config` version of this option.
+
+==== WLAN country
+
+Set the country code for your wireless network.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wifi_country
+----
+
+For a full list of possible `` values, see the abbreviations used in the interactive `raspi-config` version of this option.
+
+[[advanced-options-nonint]]
+=== Advanced options
+
+
+WARNING: Changes to advanced options may prevent your Raspberry Pi from working as intended. Avoid configuring advanced options unless instructed by a Raspberry Pi engineer.
+
+[[expand-filesystem-nonint]]
+==== Expand filesystem
+
+Expand your OS partition to fill the whole storage device, giving you more space to use for files. Reboot the Raspberry Pi to complete this action. Normally, Raspberry Pi OS runs this action on first boot. This option can be useful if you clone your OS to a separate storage device with more capacity than the original.
+
+WARNING: There is no confirmation step. Selecting the option begins the partition expansion immediately.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_expand_rootfs
+----
+
+==== Network interface names
+
+Enable or disable predictable network interface names.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_net_names <0/1>
+----
+
+* `0`: enable predictable network interface names
+* `1`: disable predictable network interface names
+
+==== Network proxy settings
+
+Configure the network's proxy settings.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_proxy
+----
+
+==== Boot order
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4 and later, specify whether to boot from USB or network in absence of an SD card. See the xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#raspberry-pi-bootloader-configuration[bootloader configuration] section for more information.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_boot_order
+----
+
+Depending on your device, you can choose from the following options:
+
+* `B1`: SD card boot - boot from SD card if available, otherwise boot from NVMe, otherwise boot from USB
+* `B2`: NVMe/USB boot - boot from NVMe if available, otherwise boot from USB if available, otherwise boot from SD card
+* `B3`: Network boot - boot from SD card _if inserted_, otherwise boot from network
+
+==== Bootloader version
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4 and later, switch to the latest boot ROM software. Alternatively, you can revert to the factory default if the latest version causes problems.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_boot_rom
+----
+
+* `E1`: use the latest boot ROM
+* `E2`: use the factory default
+
+==== Wayland
+
+Switch between the X11 and Wayland backends, and choose a window manager. Since Raspberry Pi OS _Bookworm_, all Raspberry Pi models run Wayland using the labwc window manager by default.
+
+NOTE: To use Wayland on Raspberry Pi models prior to Raspberry Pi 4 running a version of Raspberry Pi OS earlier than _Bookworm_, add `wayland=on` to `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt`.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_wayland
+----
+
+* `W1`: use the Openbox window manager with X11 backend
+* `W2`: use the wayfire window manager with Wayland backend
+* `W3`: use the labwc window manager with Wayland backend
+
+==== Audio config
+
+Use this option to switch between the PulseAudio and PipeWire audio backends. Prior to Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm, Raspberry Pi OS used PulseAudio.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_audioconf <1/2>
+----
+
+* `1`: use the PulseAudio backend
+* `2`: use the PipeWire backend
+
+[[update-nonint]]
+=== Update
+
+Update this tool to the latest version.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config nonint do_update
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/screensaver.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/screensaver.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f12900f3f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/screensaver.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+== Screen blanking
+
+You can configure your Raspberry Pi to blank the screen after a period of inactivity. By default, Raspberry Pi OS blanks the screen after ten minutes of inactivity when screen blanking is enabled.
+
+=== Desktop
+
+You can control screen blanking using the *Screen Blanking* option in the Raspberry Pi Configuration menu.
+
+==== Raspberry Pi Configuration
+
+Click the Raspberry Pi button in the menu bar. Navigate to *Preferences* > *Raspberry Pi Configuration*.
+
+image::images/pi-configuration.png[opening the Raspberry Pi Configuration menu from the desktop]
+
+Select the *Display* tab. Toggle the *Screen Blanking* radio button into the on position. Press *OK* to confirm your selection.
+
+image::images/blanking.png[toggle Screen Blanking on in the Raspberry Pi Configuration menu]
+
+==== CLI
+
+You can enable and disable screen blanking with the `raspi-config` CLI tool. Run the following command to open the tool:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
+
+Use the arrow keys to navigate and the *Enter* key to select. Select `Display Options` > `Screen Blanking`. Choose `yes` with the arrow keys to enable screen blanking, or `no` to disable screen blanking.
+
+=== Console
+
+The `dpms_timeout` screen blanking configuration used by Raspberry Pi Configuration only affects desktop sessions. In *console mode*, when your Raspberry Pi is connected to a monitor and keyboard with only a terminal for input, use the `consoleblank` setting in the kernel command line.
+
+==== Set console mode screen blanking
+
+To change the console mode screen blanking configuration, open `/boot/firmware/cmdline.txt` in a text editor as an administrator:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /boot/firmware/cmdline.txt
+----
+
+You can adjust the number of seconds before Raspberry Pi OS blanks the console here. For instance, add `consoleblank=600` to disable display output after 600 seconds of inactivity. Set the value to `0` to never blank the screen.
+
+Changes to `cmdline.txt` only take effect after a reboot. Use the following command to reboot your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo reboot
+----
+
+==== View current screen blanking setting
+
+You can display the current console blank time in seconds with the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ cat /sys/module/kernel/parameters/consoleblank
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..85a00c8d3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/securing-the-raspberry-pi.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+== Secure your Raspberry Pi
+
+Here, we describe some common ways to improve the security of your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Require a password for `sudo` commands
+
+Prefixing a command with `sudo` runs it as a superuser. By default, that does not need a password. However, you can make your Raspberry Pi more secure by requiring a password for all commands run with `sudo`.
+
+To force `sudo` to require a password, edit the `010_pi-nopasswd` sudoers file:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo visudo /etc/sudoers.d/010_pi-nopasswd
+----
+
+Change the `` entry to the following, replacing `` with your username:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+ ALL=(ALL) PASSWD: ALL
+----
+
+Save the file. Your new preference should take effect immediately.
+
+=== Update Raspberry Pi OS
+
+Only the latest OS distribution contains all the latest security fixes. Always keep your device xref:os.adoc#update-software[updated] to the latest version of Raspberry Pi OS.
+
+=== Automatically update your SSH server
+
+If you use SSH to connect to your Raspberry Pi, it can be worthwhile to add a `cron` job that specifically updates the SSH server. The following command, perhaps run as a daily `cron` job, ensures you have the latest SSH security fixes promptly, independent of your normal update process.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ apt install openssh-server
+----
+
+=== Improve SSH security
+
+SSH is a common way to remotely access a Raspberry Pi. By default, SSH requires a username and password. To make SSH even more secure, use xref:remote-access.adoc#configure-ssh-without-a-password[key-based authentication].
+
+==== Enable and disable SSH users
+
+You can also *allow* or *deny* specific users by altering the `sshd` configuration.
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/ssh/sshd_config
+----
+
+Add, edit, or append to the end of the file the following line, which contains the usernames you wish to allow to log in:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+AllowUsers alice bob
+----
+
+You can also use `DenyUsers` to specifically stop some usernames from logging in:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+DenyUsers jane john
+----
+
+After the change, restart the `sshd` service with the following command to put your changes into effect:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo systemctl restart ssh
+----
+
+=== Use a firewall
+
+There are many firewall solutions available for Linux. Most use the underlying http://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/index.html[iptables] project to provide packet filtering. This project sits over the Linux netfiltering system. By default, `iptables` is installed on Raspberry Pi OS, but is not set up. Setting it up can be a complicated task, and one project that offers a simpler interface than `iptables` is https://www.linux.com/learn/introduction-uncomplicated-firewall-ufw[Uncomplicated Firewall (UFW)]. This is the default firewall tool in Ubuntu, and can be installed on your Raspberry Pi:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install ufw
+----
+
+`ufw` is a command-line tool, although there are some GUIs available for it. Note that `ufw` needs to be run with superuser privileges, so all commands are preceded with `sudo`. It is also possible to use the option `--dry-run` any `ufw` commands, which indicates the results of the command without actually making any changes.
+
+To enable the firewall, which will also ensure it starts up on boot, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw enable
+----
+
+To disable the firewall, and disable start up on boot, use:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw disable
+----
+
+Allow a particular port to have access (we have used port 22 in our example):
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw allow 22
+----
+
+Denying access on a port is also very simple (again, we have used port 22 as an example):
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw deny 22
+----
+
+You can also specify which service you are allowing or denying on a port. In this example, we are denying TCP on port 22:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw deny 22/tcp
+----
+
+You can specify the service even if you do not know which port it uses. This example allows the ssh service access through the firewall:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw allow ssh
+----
+
+The status command lists all current settings for the firewall:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw status
+----
+
+The rules can be quite complicated, allowing specific IP addresses to be blocked, specifying in which direction traffic is allowed, or limiting the number of attempts to connect (for example to help defeat a DDoS attack). You can also specify the device rules are to be applied to (e.g. eth0, wlan0). Please refer to the `ufw` man page (`man ufw`) for full details beyond the commands below.
+
+Limit login attempts on ssh port using TCP. This denies connection if an IP address has attempted to connect six or more times in the last 30 seconds:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw limit ssh/tcp
+----
+
+Deny access to port 30 from IP address 192.168.2.1
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo ufw deny from 192.168.2.1 port 30
+----
+
+=== Block suspicious activity with `fail2ban`
+
+When using a Raspberry Pi as a server, you must create deliberate holes in your firewall to allow server traffic. http://www.fail2ban.org[Fail2ban] can help secure your server. Fail2ban examines log files and checks for suspicious activity, like multiple brute-force login attempts. It saves you having to manually check log files for intrusion attempts and then update the firewall (via `iptables`) to prevent them.
+
+To install `fail2ban`, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo apt install fail2ban
+----
+
+On installation, Fail2ban creates `/etc/fail2ban/jail.conf`. To enable Fail2ban, copy `jail.conf` to `jail.local`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo cp /etc/fail2ban/jail.conf /etc/fail2ban/jail.local
+----
+
+Inside this configuration file are a set of default options, together with options for checking specific services for abnormalities. To examine the rules used for `ssh`, open `jail.local` in an editor:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/fail2ban/jail.local
+----
+
+Create the `[ssh]` section if it does not already exist and add the following lines to the section:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[ssh]
+enabled = true
+port = ssh
+filter = sshd
+backend = systemd
+maxretry = 6
+----
+
+This enables Fail2ban checks for suspicious `ssh` activity, including system log checks, and allows six retries before blocking activity.
+
+The `[default]` section in this same file defines the default banning action, `iptables-multiport`, which runs the `/etc/fail2ban/action.d/iptables-multiport.conf` file when the detection threshold is reached:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+# Default banning action (e.g. iptables, iptables-new,
+# iptables-multiport, shorewall, etc) It is used to define
+# action_* variables. Can be overridden globally or per
+# section within jail.local file
+banaction = iptables-multiport
+----
+
+Multiport bans all access on all ports. The `action.d` folder contains a number of alternative action configuration files you can use to customise your server's response to suspicious activity.
+
+For instance, to permanently ban an IP address after three failed attempts, change the `maxretry` value in the `[ssh]` section to `3` and set the `bantime` to a negative number:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+[ssh]
+enabled = true
+port = ssh
+filter = sshd
+backend = systemd
+maxretry = 3
+bantime = -1
+----
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/uart.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/uart.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a6026e3d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/uart.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
+== Configure UARTs
+
+There are two types of UART available on the Raspberry Pi - http://infocenter.arm.com/help/index.jsp?topic=/com.arm.doc.ddi0183g/index.html[PL011] and mini UART. The PL011 is a capable, broadly 16550-compatible UART, while the mini UART has a reduced feature set.
+
+All UARTs on the Raspberry Pi are 3.3V only - damage will occur if they are connected to 5V systems. An adapter can be used to connect to 5V systems. Alternatively, low-cost USB to 3.3V serial adapters are available from various third parties.
+
+=== Raspberry Pi Zero, 1, 2 and 3
+
+The Raspberry Pi Zero, 1, 2, and 3 each contain two UARTs as follows:
+
+|===
+| Name | Type
+
+| UART0
+| PL011
+
+| UART1
+| mini UART
+|===
+
+=== Raspberry Pi 4 and 400
+
+The Raspberry Pi 4 Model B and 400 have an additional four PL011s, which are disabled by default:
+
+|===
+| Name | Type
+
+| UART0
+| PL011
+
+| UART1
+| mini UART
+
+| UART2
+| PL011
+
+| UART3
+| PL011
+
+| UART4
+| PL011
+
+| UART5
+| PL011
+|===
+
+=== Raspberry Pi 5
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 has an additional four PL011s, which are disabled by default:
+
+|===
+| Name | Type
+
+| UART0
+| PL011
+
+| UART1
+| PL011
+
+| UART2
+| PL011
+
+| UART3
+| PL011
+
+| UART4
+| PL011
+
+|===
+
+Raspberry Pi 5 does not have mini UART.
+
+=== CM1, CM3, CM3+ and CM4
+
+The first generation Compute Module, together with Compute Module 3 and Compute Module 3+, has two UARTs, while Compute Module 4 has six UARTs as described above.
+
+On all models of Compute Module, the UARTs are disabled by default and can be explicitly enabled using a Device Tree overlay. You may also specify which GPIO pins to use, for example:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=uart1,txd1_pin=32,rxd1_pin=33
+----
+
+=== Primary UART
+
+On the Raspberry Pi, one UART is selected to be present on GPIO 14 (transmit) and 15 (receive) - this is the primary UART. By default, this will also be the UART on which a Linux console may be present. Note that GPIO 14 is pin 8 on the GPIO header, while GPIO 15 is pin 10.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 5, the primary UART appears on the Debug header.
+
+=== Secondary UART
+
+The secondary UART is not normally present on the GPIO connector. By default, the secondary UART is connected to the Bluetooth side of the combined wireless LAN/Bluetooth controller, on models which contain this controller.
+
+=== Primary and Secondary UART
+
+The following table summarises the assignment of UARTs on various Raspberry Pi devices:
+
+|===
+| Model | Primary/console | Secondary/Bluetooth
+
+| Raspberry Pi Zero
+| UART0
+| UART1
+
+| Raspberry Pi Zero W / Raspberry Pi Zero 2 W
+| UART1
+| UART0
+
+| Raspberry Pi 1
+| UART0
+| UART1
+
+| Raspberry Pi 2
+| UART0
+| UART1
+
+| Raspberry Pi 3
+| UART1
+| UART0
+
+| Compute Module 3 & 3+
+| UART0
+| UART1
+
+| Raspberry Pi 4
+| UART1
+| UART0
+
+| Raspberry Pi 5
+| UART10
+|
+|===
+
+Linux devices on Raspberry Pi OS:
+
+|===
+| Linux device | Description
+
+| `/dev/ttyS0`
+| mini UART
+
+| `/dev/ttyAMA0`
+| first PL011 (UART0)
+
+| `/dev/serial0`
+| primary UART
+
+| `/dev/serial1`
+| secondary UART
+
+| `/dev/ttyAMA10`
+| Raspberry Pi 5 Debug UART
+|===
+
+`/dev/serial0` and `/dev/serial1` are symbolic links which point to either `/dev/ttyS0` or `/dev/ttyAMA0`.
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 5, `/dev/serial0` is a symbolic link that points to `/dev/ttyAMA10`.
+
+Due to changes in Bookworm, `/dev/serial1` does not exist by default. You can re-enable `serial1` by setting the following values in `config.txt`:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtparam=krnbt=off
+----
+
+TIP: This option may not work on all models in the future. Only use this option if there is no other alternative for your use case.
+
+=== Mini-UART and CPU Core Frequency
+
+NOTE: The mini UART is disabled by default if it is the primary or when Bluetooth is disabled.
+
+In order to use the mini UART, you need to configure the Raspberry Pi to use a fixed VPU core clock frequency. This is because the mini UART clock is linked to the VPU core clock, so that when the core clock frequency changes, the UART baud rate will also change. The `enable_uart` and `core_freq` settings can be added to `config.txt` to change the behaviour of the mini UART. The following table summarises the possible combinations:
+
+|===
+| Mini UART set to | core clock | Result
+
+| primary UART
+| variable
+| mini UART disabled
+
+| primary UART
+| fixed by setting `enable_uart=1`
+| mini UART enabled, core clock fixed to 250MHz, or if `force_turbo=1` is set, the VPU turbo frequency
+
+| secondary UART
+| variable
+| mini UART disabled
+
+| secondary UART
+| fixed by setting `core_freq=250`
+| mini UART enabled
+|===
+
+The default state of the `enable_uart` flag depends on which UART is the primary UART:
+
+|===
+| Primary UART | Default state of enable_uart flag
+
+| mini UART
+| 0
+
+| first PL011 (UART0)
+| 1
+|===
+
+=== Disabling the Linux Serial Console
+
+By default, the primary UART is assigned to the Linux console. If you wish to use the primary UART for other purposes, you must reconfigure Raspberry Pi OS. This can be done by using xref:configuration.adoc#raspi-config[raspi-config]:
+
+* Start raspi-config: `sudo raspi-config`
+* Select option 3 - Interface Options
+* Select option P6 - Serial Port
+* At the prompt `Would you like a login shell to be accessible over serial?`, answer 'No'
+* At the prompt `Would you like the serial port hardware to be enabled?`, answer 'Yes'
+* Exit `raspi-config` and reboot the Raspberry Pi for changes to take effect
+
+=== Enabling early console for Linux
+
+Although the Linux kernel starts the UARTs relatively early in the boot process, it is still long after some critical bits of infrastructure have been set up. A failure in those early stages can be hard to diagnose without access to the kernel log messages from that time. To enable `earlycon` support for one of the UARTs, add one of the following options to `cmdline.txt`, depending on which UART is the primary:
+
+For Raspberry Pi 5, `earlycon` output only appears on the 3-pin debug connector with the following configuration:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+earlycon=pl011,0x107d001000,115200n8
+----
+
+For Raspberry Pi 4, Compute Module 4, Compute Module 4S, and Pi 400:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+earlycon=uart8250,mmio32,0xfe215040
+earlycon=pl011,mmio32,0xfe201000
+----
+
+For Raspberry Pi 2, 3, 3+, Zero 2 W, Compute Module 3, and Compute Module 3+:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+earlycon=uart8250,mmio32,0x3f215040
+earlycon=pl011,mmio32,0x3f201000
+----
+
+For Raspberry Pi 1, Zero, Zero W, and Compute Module 1:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+earlycon=uart8250,mmio32,0x20215040
+earlycon=pl011,mmio32,0x20201000
+----
+
+The baudrate defaults to 115200bps.
+
+NOTE: Selecting the wrong early console can prevent the Raspberry Pi from booting.
+
+=== UARTs and Device Tree
+
+Various UART Device Tree overlay definitions can be found in the https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux[kernel GitHub]. The two most useful overlays are https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/disable-bt-overlay.dts[`disable-bt`] and https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/blob/rpi-6.1.y/arch/arm/boot/dts/overlays/miniuart-bt-overlay.dts[`miniuart-bt`].
+
+`disable-bt` disables the Bluetooth device and makes the first PL011 (UART0) the primary UART. You must also disable the system service that initialises the modem, so it does not connect to the UART, using `sudo systemctl disable hciuart`.
+
+`miniuart-bt` switches the Bluetooth function to use the mini UART, and makes the first PL011 (UART0) the primary UART. Note that this may reduce the maximum usable baud rate (see mini UART limitations below). You must also set the VPU core clock to a fixed frequency using either `force_turbo=1` or `core_freq=250`.
+
+The overlays `uart2`, `uart3`, `uart4`, and `uart5` are used to enable the four additional UARTs on the Raspberry Pi 4. There are other UART-specific overlays in the folder. Refer to `/boot/firmware/overlays/README` for details on Device Tree overlays, or run `dtoverlay -h overlay-name` for descriptions and usage information.
+
+You add a line to the `config.txt` file to apply a xref:configuration.adoc#device-trees-overlays-and-parameters[Device Tree overlay]. Note that the `-overlay.dts` part of the filename is removed. For example:
+
+[source,ini]
+----
+dtoverlay=disable-bt
+----
+
+=== PL011 and mini-UART
+
+There are some differences between PL011 UARTs and mini-UART.
+
+The mini-UART has smaller FIFOs. Combined with the lack of flow control, this makes it more prone to losing characters at higher baudrates. It is also generally less capable than a PL011, mainly due to its baud rate link to the VPU clock speed.
+
+The particular deficiencies of the mini UART compared to a PL011 are:
+
+* No break detection
+* No framing errors detection
+* No parity bit
+* No receive timeout interrupt
+
+Neither the mini UART nor the BCM2835 implementation of the PL011 has DCD, DSR, DTR or RI signals.
+
+Further documentation on the mini UART can be found in the https://datasheets.raspberrypi.com/bcm2835/bcm2835-peripherals.pdf[SoC peripherals document].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..56eced10d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/use-a-proxy.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+== Use a proxy server
+
+A **proxy server** acts as an intermediary between a client device and the Internet.
+To configure your Raspberry Pi as a proxy server client, follow the instructions in this section.
+
+You will need:
+
+* the IP address or hostname and port of your proxy server
+* a username and password for your proxy (if required)
+
+=== Configure your Raspberry Pi
+
+You will need to set up three environment variables (`http_proxy`, `https_proxy`, and `no_proxy`) so your Raspberry Pi knows how to access the proxy server.
+
+Open a terminal window, and open the file `/etc/environment` using nano:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo nano /etc/environment
+----
+
+Add the following to the `/etc/environment` file to create the `http_proxy` variable:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+export http_proxy="http://:"
+----
+
+Replace the `` and `` placeholders with the IP address and port of your proxy.
+
+[NOTE]
+====
+If your proxy requires a username and password, add them using the following format:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+export http_proxy="http://:@proxyipaddress:proxyport"
+----
+
+Replace the `` and `` placeholders with the username and password you use to authenticate with your proxy.
+====
+
+Enter the same information for the environment variable `https_proxy`:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+export https_proxy="http://username:password@proxyipaddress:proxyport"
+----
+
+Create the `no_proxy` environment variable, which is a comma-separated list of addresses your Raspberry Pi should not use the proxy for:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+export no_proxy="localhost, 127.0.0.1"
+----
+
+Your `/etc/environment` file should now look like the following:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+export http_proxy="http://username:password@proxyipaddress:proxyport"
+export https_proxy="http://username:password@proxyipaddress:proxyport"
+export no_proxy="localhost, 127.0.0.1"
+----
+
+Press **Ctrl + X** to save and exit.
+
+=== Update the `sudoers` file
+
+To use the proxy environment variables with operations that run as `sudo`, such as downloading and installing software, update `sudoers`.
+
+Use the following command to open `sudoers`:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo visudo
+----
+
+Add the following line to the file so `sudo` will use the environment variables you just created:
+
+[source,bash]
+----
+Defaults env_keep+="http_proxy https_proxy no_proxy"
+----
+
+Press **Ctrl + X** to save and exit.
+
+=== Reboot your Raspberry Pi
+
+Reboot your Raspberry Pi for the changes to take effect. You should now be able to access the internet via your proxy server.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/users.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/users.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d9f45c13dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/configuration/users.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+== Users
+
+[[change-user-password]]
+=== Change a user's password
+
+You can change the password for the current user account via the `raspi-config` application on from the command line:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
+
+Select option 2, and follow the instructions to change the password.
+
+Alternatively, use the `passwd` application:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ passwd
+----
+
+=== Add a user
+
+To add a new user, enter the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the username for the new user:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo adduser
+----
+
+When prompted, enter a password for the new user.
+
+You can find the home directory for the new user at `/home//`.
+
+To grant the new user necessary permissions, like `sudo`, run the following command to add the user to the associated user groups, replacing the `` placeholder with the username for the new user:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo usermod -a -G adm,dialout,cdrom,sudo,audio,video,plugdev,games,users,input,netdev,gpio,i2c,spi
+----
+
+To check that the permissions were successfully granted, run the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the username for the new user:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo su -
+----
+
+If the above command runs successfully, permissions were successfully configured for the user.
+
+=== Delete a user
+
+To delete a user, run the following command, replacing the `` placeholder with the username you would like to delete:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo deluser -remove-home
+----
+
+This command deletes the user as well as their home directory. If you'd like to preserve the user's home directory, run the command without the `-remove-home` option.
+
+=== Change the default user
+
+To change the user that automatically logs into your Raspberry Pi on boot, run the following command:
+
+[source,console]
+----
+$ sudo raspi-config
+----
+
+Select option `1`, `Boot/Auto login`. Reboot to put your changes into effect.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0828a4e29a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+include::getting-started/setting-up.adoc[]
+
+include::getting-started/install.adoc[]
+
+include::getting-started/configuring.adoc[]
+
+include::getting-started/wrapping-up.adoc[]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/configuring.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/configuring.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..633bca35f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/configuring.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+== Set up your Raspberry Pi
+
+After installing an operating system image, connect your storage device to your Raspberry Pi.
+
+First, unplug your Raspberry Pi's power supply to ensure that the Raspberry Pi is powered down while you connect peripherals.
+If you installed the operating system on a microSD card, you can plug it into your Raspberry Pi's card slot now.
+If you installed the operating system on any other storage device, you can connect it to your Raspberry Pi now.
+
+image::images/peripherals/sd-card.png[alt="Inserting a microSD card into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+Then, plug in any other peripherals, such as your mouse, keyboard, and monitor.
+
+image::images/peripherals/cable-all.png[alt="Attaching the power supply to a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+Finally, connect the power supply to your Raspberry Pi. You should see the status LED light up when your Pi powers on. If your Pi is connected to a display, you should see the boot screen within minutes.
+
+== Configuration on first boot
+
+If you used OS customisation in Imager to preconfigure your Raspberry Pi, **congratulations!** Your device is ready to use. Proceed to xref:getting-started.adoc#next-steps[next steps] to learn how you can put your Raspberry Pi to good use.
+
+If your Raspberry Pi does not boot within 5 minutes, check the status LED. If it's flashing, see the xref:configuration.adoc#led-warning-flash-codes[LED warning flash codes for more information]. If your Pi refuses to boot, try the following mitigation steps:
+
+* if you used a boot device other than an SD card, try booting from an SD card
+* xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[re-image your SD card]; be sure to complete the entire verify step in Imager
+* xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#bootloader_update_stable[update the bootloader] on your Raspberry Pi, then xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[re-image your SD card]
+
+If you chose to skip OS customisation in Imager, your Raspberry Pi will run a configuration wizard on first boot. You need a monitor and keyboard to navigate through the wizard; a mouse is optional.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/start.png[alt="Click Next to get started with configuration.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Bluetooth
+
+If you're using a Bluetooth keyboard or mouse, this step will walk you through device pairing. Your Raspberry Pi will scan for pairable devices and connect to the first device it finds for each item.
+
+This process works with built-in or external USB Bluetooth adapters. If you use a USB adapter, plug it in before booting your Raspberry Pi.
+
+=== Locale
+
+This page helps you configure your country, language, and time zone, and keyboard layout.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/locale.png[alt="Adjust country, language, time zone, and keyboard layout.",width="80%"]
+
+=== User
+
+This page helps you configure the username and password for the default user account.
+
+By default, older versions of Raspberry Pi OS set the username to "pi". If you use the username "pi", avoid the old default password of "raspberry" to keep your Raspberry Pi secure.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/user.png[alt="Create your username and password.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Wi-Fi
+
+This page helps you connect to a Wi-Fi network. Choose your preferred network from the list.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/network.png[alt="Selecting a wireless network.",width="80%"]
+
+If your network requires a password, you can enter it here.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/network_password.png[alt="Entering a password for a wireless network.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Browser
+
+This page lets you select Firefox or Chromium as your default internet browser. You can optionally uninstall the browser you don't set as default.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/browser.png[alt="The Choose Browser page.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Raspberry Pi Connect
+
+This page lets you enable xref:../services/connect.adoc[Raspberry Pi Connect], which provides the ability to access your Raspberry Pi remotely with no manual network configuration.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/connect.png[alt="The Enable Raspberry Pi Connect page.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Software updates
+
+Once your Raspberry Pi has internet access, this page helps you update your operating system and software to the latest versions. During the software update process, the wizard will remove the non-default browser if you opted to uninstall it in the browser selection step. Downloading updates may take several minutes.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/update.png[alt="You can download the latest software updates during the wizard before you boot for the first time.",width="80%"]
+
+image::images/initial-setup/download.png[alt="You can download the latest software updates during the wizard before you boot for the first time.",width="80%"]
+
+When you see a popup indicating that your system is up to date, click **OK** to proceed to the next step.
+
+=== Finish
+
+At the end of the configuration wizard, click **Restart** to reboot your Raspberry Pi. Your Raspberry Pi will apply your configuration and boot to the desktop.
+
+image::images/initial-setup/restart.png[alt="The Setup Complete dialogue prompts to restart your Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-1.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..790dd1c5bb
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-1.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-2.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1e63573ef2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/beta-bootloader-2.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/dvi_hdmi_cable.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/dvi_hdmi_cable.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6892828e75
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/dvi_hdmi_cable.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/fifth-editon-cover.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/fifth-editon-cover.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f756508ee2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/fifth-editon-cover.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi-vga.jpg b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi-vga.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..30a91c6187
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi-vga.jpg differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_connector.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_connector.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..51127aa52a
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_connector.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_micro.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_micro.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..09b02b6f31
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/hdmi_micro.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/are-you-sure.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/are-you-sure.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..73c1f6c84b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/are-you-sure.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-model.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-model.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6e0602383f
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-model.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-os.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-os.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c6fd9a25d4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-os.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-storage.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-storage.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..274b52b818
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/choose-storage.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/finished.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/finished.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bd8df650f6
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/finished.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-general.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-general.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bf615091b
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-general.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-options.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-options.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..971108d398
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-options.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-prompt.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-prompt.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9998c82b05
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-prompt.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-services.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-services.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..98924e3f5c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/os-customisation-services.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/stop-ask-verify.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/stop-ask-verify.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e9a90c5101
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/stop-ask-verify.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/welcome.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/welcome.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..13fc67987c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/welcome.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/writing.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/writing.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a21845b2d9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/imager/writing.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/browser.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/browser.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4d34f86255
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/browser.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/connect.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/connect.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8f0044d83e
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/connect.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/download.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/download.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7bf8322454
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/download.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/locale.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/locale.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..160670cb16
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/locale.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..932f0e29dc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network_password.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network_password.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f21b495baa
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/network_password.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/restart.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/restart.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4beac383fc
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/restart.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/start.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/start.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f037078d9
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/start.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/update.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/update.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..112aca48e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/update.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/user.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4032ba0680
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/initial-setup/user.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-1.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-1.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec4d8fcffe
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-1.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-2.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-2.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b97b3e0a14
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-2.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-3.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-3.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f0730798a5
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-3.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-4.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-4.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7029a4aaad
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/network-install-4.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-all.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-all.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..03c0124f2c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-all.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-hdmi.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-hdmi.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62ebf37135
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-hdmi.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-key.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-key.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4f277513e4
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-key.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-mouse.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-mouse.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a00b9e869c
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-mouse.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-net.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-net.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4cf13f9395
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-net.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-power.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-power.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..44e4b032aa
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/cable-power.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/sd-card.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/sd-card.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9ea290c670
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/peripherals/sd-card.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/rca_connector.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/rca_connector.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..55f04ee6b2
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/rca_connector.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/recommended-software.png b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/recommended-software.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11eb335ed1
Binary files /dev/null and b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/images/recommended-software.png differ
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/install.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/install.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..534417311f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/install.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+[[installing-the-operating-system]]
+== Install an operating system
+
+To use your Raspberry Pi, you'll need an operating system. By default, Raspberry Pis check for an operating system on any SD card inserted in the SD card slot.
+
+Depending on your Raspberry Pi model, you can also boot an operating system from other storage devices, including USB drives, storage connected via a HAT, and network storage.
+
+To install an operating system on a storage device for your Raspberry Pi, you'll need:
+
+* a computer you can use to image the storage device into a boot device
+* a way to plug your storage device into that computer
+
+Most Raspberry Pi users choose microSD cards as their boot device.
+
+We recommend installing an operating system using xref:getting-started.adoc#raspberry-pi-imager[Raspberry Pi Imager].
+
+Raspberry Pi Imager is a tool that helps you download and write images on macOS, Windows, and Linux. Imager includes many popular operating system images for Raspberry Pi. Imager also supports loading images downloaded directly from https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/operating-systems/[Raspberry Pi] or third-party vendors such as https://ubuntu.com/download/raspberry-pi[Ubuntu]. You can use Imager to preconfigure credentials and remote access settings for your Raspberry Pi.
+
+Imager supports images packaged in the `.img` format as well as container formats like `.zip`.
+
+If you have no other computer to write an image to a boot device, you may be able to install an operating system xref:getting-started.adoc#install-over-the-network[directly on your Raspberry Pi from the internet].
+
+[[raspberry-pi-imager]]
+=== Install using Imager
+
+////
+TODO: Update this video for the new Imager look & flow (video::ntaXWS8Lk34[youtube,width=80%,height=400px])
+////
+
+You can install Imager in the following ways:
+
+* Download the latest version from https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/[raspberrypi.com/software] and run the installer.
+* Install it from a terminal using your package manager, e.g. `sudo apt install rpi-imager`.
+
+Once you've installed Imager, launch the application by clicking the Raspberry Pi Imager icon or running `rpi-imager`.
+
+image::images/imager/welcome.png[alt="Raspberry Pi Imager main window.",width="80%"]
+
+Click **Choose device** and select your Raspberry Pi model from the list.
+
+image::images/imager/choose-model.png[alt="Raspberry Pi model selections in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+Next, click **Choose OS** and select an operating system to install. Imager always shows the recommended version of Raspberry Pi OS for your model at the top of the list.
+
+image::images/imager/choose-os.png[alt="Operating system selections in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+Connect your preferred storage device to your computer. For example, plug a microSD card in using an external or built-in SD card reader. Then, click **Choose storage** and select your storage device.
+
+WARNING: If you have more than one storage device connected to your computer, _be sure to choose the correct device!_ You can often identify storage devices by size. If you're unsure, disconnect other devices until you've identified the device you want to image.
+
+image::images/imager/choose-storage.png[alt="Storage selection options in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+Next, click **Next**.
+
+image::images/imager/os-customisation-prompt.png[alt="Imager prompt to open OS customisation menu.",width="80%"]
+
+In a popup, Imager will ask you to apply OS customisation. We strongly recommend configuring your Raspberry Pi via the OS customisation settings. Click the **Edit Settings** button to open xref:getting-started.adoc#advanced-options[OS customisation].
+
+If you don't configure your Raspberry Pi via OS customisation settings, Raspberry Pi OS will ask you for the same information at first boot during the xref:getting-started.adoc#configuration-on-first-boot[configuration wizard]. You can click the **No** button to skip OS customisation.
+
+[[advanced-options]]
+==== OS customisation
+
+The OS customisation menu lets you set up your Raspberry Pi before first boot. You can preconfigure:
+
+* a username and password
+* Wi-Fi credentials
+* the device hostname
+* the time zone
+* your keyboard layout
+* remote connectivity
+
+When you first open the OS customisation menu, you might see a prompt asking for permission to load Wi-Fi credentials from your host computer. If you respond "yes", Imager will prefill Wi-Fi credentials from the network you're currently connected to. If you respond "no", you can enter Wi-Fi credentials manually.
+
+The **hostname** option defines the hostname your Raspberry Pi broadcasts to the network using https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multicast_DNS[mDNS]. When you connect your Raspberry Pi to your network, other devices on the network can communicate with your computer using `.local` or `.lan`.
+
+The **username and password** option defines the username and password of the admin user account on your Raspberry Pi.
+
+The **wireless LAN** option allows you to enter an SSID (name) and password for your wireless network. If your network does not broadcast an SSID publicly, you should enable the "Hidden SSID" setting. By default, Imager uses the country you're currently in as the "Wireless LAN country". This setting controls the Wi-Fi broadcast frequencies used by your Raspberry Pi. Enter credentials for the wireless LAN option if you plan to run a headless Raspberry Pi.
+
+The **locale settings** option allows you to define the time zone and default keyboard layout for your Pi.
+
+image::images/imager/os-customisation-general.png[alt="General settings in the OS customisation menu.",width="80%"]
+
+The **Services** tab includes settings to help you connect to your Raspberry Pi remotely.
+
+If you plan to use your Raspberry Pi remotely over your network, check the box next to **Enable SSH**. You should enable this option if you plan to run a headless Raspberry Pi.
+
+* Choose the **password authentication** option to SSH into your Raspberry Pi over the network using the username and password you provided in the general tab of OS customisation.
+
+* Choose **Allow public-key authentication only** to preconfigure your Raspberry Pi for passwordless public-key SSH authentication using a private key from the computer you're currently using. If already have an RSA key in your SSH configuration, Imager uses that public key. If you don't, you can click **Run SSH-keygen** to generate a public/private key pair. Imager will use the newly-generated public key.
+
+image::images/imager/os-customisation-services.png[alt="Services settings in the OS customisation menu.",width="80%"]
+
+OS customisation also includes an **Options** menu that allows you to configure the behaviour of Imager during a write. These options allow you to play a noise when Imager finishes verifying an image, to automatically unmount storage media after verification, and to disable telemetry.
+
+image::images/imager/os-customisation-options.png[alt="Options in the OS customisation menu.",width="80%"]
+
+==== Write
+
+When you've finished entering OS customisation settings, click **Save** to save your customisation.
+
+Then, click **Yes** to apply OS customisation settings when you write the image to the storage device.
+
+Finally, respond **Yes** to the "Are you sure you want to continue?" popup to begin writing data to the storage device.
+
+image::images/imager/are-you-sure.png[alt="Confirming a reimage of a storage device in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+If you see an admin prompt asking for permissions to read and write to your storage medium, grant Imager the permissions to proceed.
+
+.Grab a cup of coffee or go for a walk. This could take a few minutes.
+image::images/imager/writing.png[alt="Writing an image to a device in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+.If you want to live especially dangerously, you can click **cancel verify** to skip the verification process.
+image::images/imager/stop-ask-verify.png[alt="Verifying an image on a device in Imager.",width="80%"]
+
+When you see the "Write Successful" popup, your image has been completely written and verified. You're now ready to boot a Raspberry Pi from the storage device!
+
+image::images/imager/finished.png[alt="The screen Imager shows when it finishes writing an image to a storage device.",width="80%"]
+
+Next, proceed to the xref:getting-started.adoc#configuration-on-first-boot[first boot configuration instructions] to get your Raspberry Pi up and running.
+
+=== Install over the network
+
+Network Install enables a Raspberry Pi to install an operating system on a storage device using a version of Raspberry Pi Imager downloaded over the network. With Network Install, you can get an operating system installed on your Raspberry Pi with no separate SD card reader and no computer other than your Raspberry Pi. You can run Network Install on any compatible storage device, including SD cards and USB storage.
+
+Network Install only runs on Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 4B and Keyboard models. If your Raspberry Pi runs an older bootloader, you may need to xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#bootloader_update_stable[update the bootloader] to use Network Install.
+
+////
+TODO: Update this video for the new Imager look & flow video::b1SYVpM9lto[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+////
+
+Network Install requires the following:
+
+* a compatible Raspberry Pi model running firmware that supports Network Install
+* a monitor
+* a keyboard
+* a wired internet connection
+
+To launch Network Install, power on your Raspberry Pi _while pressing and holding the **SHIFT** key_ in the following configuration:
+
+* no bootable storage device
+* attached keyboard
+* attached compatible storage device, such as an SD card or USB storage
+
+image::images/network-install-1.png[alt="The Network Install screen.",width="80%"]
+
+If you haven't already connected your Raspberry Pi to the internet, connect it with an Ethernet cable.
+
+image::images/network-install-2.png[alt="Starting Network Install.",width="80%"]
+
+Once you're connected to the internet, your Raspberry Pi will download Raspberry Pi installer. If the download fails, you can repeat the process to try again.
+
+image::images/network-install-3.png[alt="Downloading Imager using Network Install.",width="80%"]
+
+Once you finish downloading Raspberry Pi Installer, your Raspberry Pi will automatically start Raspberry Pi Imager. For more information about running Raspberry Pi Imager, see xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[install an operating system].
+
+image::images/network-install-4.png[alt="Choose a storage device.",width="80%"]
+
+For more information about Network Install configuration, see xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#http-boot[HTTP boot].
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/setting-up.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/setting-up.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0a3aa35fb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/setting-up.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+[[setting-up-your-raspberry-pi]]
+== Getting started with your Raspberry Pi
+
+video::CQtliTJ41ZE[youtube,width=80%,height=400px]
+
+To get started with your Raspberry Pi, you'll need the following:
+
+* a xref:raspberry-pi.adoc#power-supply[power supply]
+* boot media (e.g. a xref:getting-started.adoc#recommended-sd-cards[microSD card with ample storage and speed])
+
+You can set up your Raspberry Pi as an interactive computer with a desktop, or as a _headless_ computer accessible only over the network. To set your Raspberry Pi up headless, you don't need any additional peripherals: you can preconfigure a hostname, user account, network connection, and SSH when you xref:getting-started.adoc#installing-the-operating-system[install an operating system]. If you want to use your Raspberry Pi directly, you'll need the following additional accessories:
+
+* a display
+* a cable to connect your Raspberry Pi to your display
+* a keyboard
+* a mouse
+
+=== Power supply
+
+The following table shows the USB-PD power mode required to power various Raspberry Pi models.
+You can use any high-quality power supply that provides the correct power mode.
+
+[%header,cols="1,1,1"]
+|===
+|Model
+|Recommended power supply (voltage/current)
+|Raspberry Pi power supply
+
+|Raspberry Pi 5
+|5V/5A, 5V/3A limits peripherals to 600mA
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/27w-power-supply/[27W USB-C power supply]
+
+|Raspberry Pi 4 Model B
+|5V/3A
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/type-c-power-supply/[15W USB-C power supply]
+
+|Raspberry Pi 3 (all models)
+|5V/2.5A
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[12.5W Micro USB power supply]
+
+|Raspberry Pi 2 (all models)
+|5V/2.5A
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[12.5W Micro USB power supply]
+
+|Raspberry Pi 1 (all models)
+|5V/2.5A
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[12.5W Micro USB power supply]
+
+|Raspberry Pi Zero (all models)
+|5V/2.5A
+|https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-usb-power-supply/[12.5W Micro USB power supply]
+|===
+
+image::images/peripherals/cable-power.png[alt="Plugging a power supply into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+Plug your power supply into the port marked "POWER IN", "PWR IN", or "PWR". Some Raspberry Pi models, such as the Zero series, have output USB ports with the same form factor as the power port. Be sure to use the correct port on your Raspberry Pi!
+
+[[sd-cards]]
+=== Boot media
+
+Raspberry Pi models lack onboard storage, so you have to supply it. You can boot your Raspberry Pi from an operating system image installed on any supported media: microSD cards are used commonly, but USB storage, network storage, and storage connected via a PCIe HAT are also available. However, only recent Raspberry Pi models support all of these media types.
+
+All Raspberry Pi consumer models since the Raspberry Pi 1 Model A+ feature a microSD slot. Your Raspberry Pi automatically boots from the microSD slot when the slot contains a card.
+
+image::images/peripherals/sd-card.png[alt="Inserting a microSD card into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+==== Recommended SD cards
+
+[[recommended-capacity]]
+
+We recommend using an SD card with at least 32GB of storage for Raspberry Pi OS installations. For Raspberry Pi OS Lite, we recommend at least 16GB. You can use any SD card with a capacity of less than 2TB. Capacities above 2TB are currently not supported due to limitations in the https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Master_boot_record[MBR]. As with any other boot media, you'll see improved performance on SD cards with faster read and write speeds.
+
+If you're unsure which SD card to buy, consider xref:../accessories/sd-cards.adoc[Raspberry Pi's official SD cards].
+
+Because of a hardware limitation, the following devices will only boot from a boot partition of 256GB or less:
+
+* Raspberry Pi Zero
+* Raspberry Pi 1
+* early Raspberry Pi 2 models with the BCM2836 SoC
+
+Other operating systems have different requirements. Check the documentation for your operating system for capacity requirements.
+
+=== Keyboard
+
+You can use any of the USB ports on your Raspberry Pi to connect a https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-keyboard-and-hub/[wired keyboard] or USB Bluetooth receiver.
+
+image:images/peripherals/cable-key.png[alt="Plugging a keyboard into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Mouse
+
+You can use any of the USB ports on your Raspberry Pi to connect a https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/raspberry-pi-mouse/[wired mouse] or USB Bluetooth receiver.
+
+image:images/peripherals/cable-mouse.png[alt="Plugging a mouse into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Display
+
+Raspberry Pi models have the following display connectivity:
+
+[%header,cols="1,1"]
+|===
+|Model
+|Display outputs
+
+|Raspberry Pi 5
+|2× micro HDMI
+
+|Raspberry Pi 4 (all models)
+|2× micro HDMI, audio and composite out via 3.5mm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack
+
+|Raspberry Pi 3 (all models)
+|HDMI, audio and composite out via 3.5mm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack
+
+|Raspberry Pi 2 (all models)
+|HDMI, audio and composite out via 3.5mm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack
+
+|Raspberry Pi 1 Model B+
+|HDMI, audio and composite out via 3.5mm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack
+
+|Raspberry Pi 1 Model A+
+|HDMI, audio and composite out via 3.5mm http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack
+
+|Raspberry Pi Zero (all models)
+|mini HDMI
+|===
+
+NOTE: No Raspberry Pi models support video over USB-C (DisplayPort alt mode).
+
+If your Raspberry Pi has more than one HDMI port, plug your primary monitor into the port marked `HDMI0`.
+
+Most displays don't have micro or mini HDMI ports. However, you can use a https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/micro-hdmi-to-standard-hdmi-a-cable/[micro-HDMI-to-HDMI cable] or https://www.raspberrypi.com/products/standard-hdmi-a-male-to-mini-hdmi-c-male-cable/[mini-HDMI-to-HDMI cable] to connect those ports on your Raspberry Pi to any HDMI display. For displays that don't support HDMI, consider an adapter that translates display output from HDMI to a port supported by your display.
+
+image::images/peripherals/cable-hdmi.png[alt="Plugging a micro HDMI cable into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
+
+=== Audio
+
+All Raspberry Pi models with HDMI, micro HDMI, or mini HDMI support audio output over HDMI.
+All Raspberry Pi models support audio over USB. All Raspberry Pi models equipped with Bluetooth support Bluetooth audio.
+All variants of the Raspberry Pi 1, 2, 3, and 4 include a 3.5mm auxiliary http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phone_connector_(audio)#TRRS_standards[TRRS] jack, which may require amplification for sufficient output volume.
+
+=== Networking
+
+The following Raspberry Pi models come with Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity:
+
+* Flagship models since Raspberry Pi 3 Model B
+* All Zero W models
+* All Pico W models
+* Compute Modules configured with wireless (available since CM4)
+
+The "Model B" suffix indicates variants with an Ethernet port; "Model A" indicates no Ethernet port. If your Raspberry Pi doesn't have an Ethernet port, you can still connect to a wired internet connection using a USB-to-Ethernet adapter.
+
+image::images/peripherals/cable-net.png[alt="Plugging an Ethernet cable into a Raspberry Pi.",width="80%"]
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/wrapping-up.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/wrapping-up.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59e587657f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/getting-started/wrapping-up.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+== Next steps
+
+Now that your Raspberry Pi is set up and ready to go, what's next?
+
+=== Recommended software
+
+Raspberry Pi OS comes with many essential applications pre-installed so you can start using them straight away. If you'd like to take advantage of other applications we find useful, click the raspberry icon in the top left corner of the screen. Select **Preferences > Recommended Software** from the drop-down menu, and you'll find the package manager. You can install a wide variety of recommended software here for free.
+
+image::images/recommended-software.png[alt="Opening the package manager GUI in Raspberry Pi OS",width="80%"]
+
+For example, if you plan to use your Raspberry Pi as a home computer, you might find LibreOffice useful for writing and editing documents and spreadsheets. You can also make your Raspberry Pi more accessible with apps like a screen magnifier and Orca screen reader, found under Universal Access.
+
+=== Tutorials
+
+Our tutorials demonstrate various ways you can use your new computer. You can learn to code, control external devices, and build exciting new projects by following https://www.raspberrypi.com/tutorials/[tutorials] that pique your interest.
+
+=== Support
+
+For support with official Raspberry Pi products, or to connect with other Raspberry Pi users, visit the https://forums.raspberrypi.com/[Raspberry Pi forums].
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0b020dad32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+include::legacy_config_txt/legacy.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/boot.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/gpio.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/overclocking.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/conditional.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/memory.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/video.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc[]
+
+include::legacy_config_txt/misc.adoc[]
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/boot.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/boot.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b7e7356397
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/boot.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+== Legacy boot options
+(See also xref:config_txt.adoc#boot-options[config.txt Boot Options].)
+
+=== `start_x`, `start_debug`
+
+These provide a shortcut to some alternative `start_file` and `fixup_file` settings, and are the recommended methods for selecting firmware configurations.
+
+`start_x=1` implies
+----
+ start_file=start_x.elf
+ fixup_file=fixup_x.dat
+----
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4, if the files `start4x.elf` and `fixup4x.dat` are present, these files will be used instead.
+
+`start_debug=1` implies
+----
+ start_file=start_db.elf
+ fixup_file=fixup_db.dat
+----
+
+=== `disable_commandline_tags`
+
+Set the `disable_commandline_tags` command to `1` to stop `start.elf` from filling in ATAGS (memory from `0x100`) before launching the kernel.
+
+=== `arm_control`
+
+WARNING: This setting is deprecated. Use `arm_64bit` instead to enable 64-bit kernels.
+
+Sets board-specific control bits.
+
+=== `armstub`
+
+`armstub` is the filename on the boot partition from which to load the ARM stub. The default ARM stub is stored in firmware and is selected automatically based on the Raspberry Pi model and various settings.
+
+The stub is a small piece of ARM code that is run before the kernel. Its job is to set up low-level hardware like the interrupt controller before passing control to the kernel.
+
+=== `arm_peri_high`
+
+Set `arm_peri_high` to `1` to enable high peripheral mode on Raspberry Pi 4. It is set automatically if a suitable DTB is loaded.
+
+NOTE: Enabling high peripheral mode without a compatible Device Tree will make your system fail to boot. Currently ARM stub support is missing, so you will also need to load a suitable file using `armstub`.
+
+=== `kernel_address`
+
+`kernel_address` is the memory address to which the kernel image should be loaded. By default, 32-bit kernels are loaded to address `0x8000`, and 64-bit kernels to address `0x200000`. If `kernel_old` is set, kernels are loaded to the address `0x0`.
+
+=== `kernel_old`
+
+Set `kernel_old` to `1` to load the kernel to the memory address `0x0`.
+
+=== `init_uart_baud`
+
+`init_uart_baud` is the initial UART baud rate. The default value is `115200`.
+
+=== `init_uart_clock`
+
+`init_uart_clock` is the initial UART clock frequency. The default value is `48000000` (48MHz). Note that this clock only applies to UART0 (ttyAMA0 in Linux), and that the maximum baudrate for the UART is limited to 1/16th of the clock. The default UART on the Raspberry Pi 3 and Raspberry Pi Zero is UART1 (ttyS0 in Linux), and its clock is the core VPU clock - at least 250MHz.
+
+=== `bootcode_delay`
+
+The `bootcode_delay` command delays for a given number of seconds in `bootcode.bin` before loading `start.elf`: the default value is `0`.
+
+This is particularly useful to insert a delay before reading the EDID of the monitor, for example if the Raspberry Pi and monitor are powered from the same source, but the monitor takes longer to start up than the Raspberry Pi. Try setting this value if the display detection is wrong on initial boot, but is correct if you soft-reboot the Raspberry Pi without removing power from the monitor.
+
+=== `boot_delay`
+
+The `boot_delay` command forces a wait for a given number of seconds in `start.elf` before loading the kernel: the default value is `0`. The total delay in milliseconds is calculated as `(1000 x boot_delay) + boot_delay_ms`. This can be useful if your SD card needs a while to get ready before Linux is able to boot from it.
+
+=== `boot_delay_ms`
+
+The `boot_delay_ms` command means wait for a given number of milliseconds in `start.elf`, together with `boot_delay`, before loading the kernel. The default value is `0`.
+
+=== `enable_gic` (Raspberry Pi 4 Only)
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4B, if this value is set to `0` then the interrupts will be routed to the Arm cores using the legacy interrupt controller, rather than via the GIC-400. The default value is `1`.
+
+[[sha256]]
+=== `sha256`
+
+If set to non-zero, enables the logging of SHA256 hashes for loaded files (the kernel, initramfs, Device Tree .dtb file, and overlays), as generated by the `sha256sum` utility. The logging output goes to the UART if enabled, and is also accessible via `sudo vclog --msg`. This option may be useful when debugging boot problems, but at the cost of potentially adding _many_ seconds to the boot time. Defaults to 0 on all platforms.
+
+=== `uart_2ndstage`
+
+Setting `uart_2ndstage=1` causes the second-stage loader (`bootcode.bin` on devices prior to the Raspberry Pi 4, or the boot code in the EEPROM for Raspberry Pi 4 devices) and the main firmware (`start*.elf`) to output diagnostic information to UART0.
+
+Be aware that output is likely to interfere with Bluetooth operation unless it is disabled (`dtoverlay=disable-bt`) or switched to the other UART (`dtoverlay=miniuart-bt`), and if the UART is accessed simultaneously to output from Linux, then data loss can occur leading to corrupted output. This feature should only be required when trying to diagnose an early boot loading problem.
+
+[[upstream_kernel]]
+=== `upstream_kernel`
+
+If `upstream_kernel=1` is used, the firmware sets xref:config_txt.adoc#os_prefix[`os_prefix`] to "upstream/", unless it has been explicitly set to something else, but like other `os_prefix` values it will be ignored if the required kernel and .dtb file can't be found when using the prefix.
+
+The firmware will also prefer upstream Linux names for DTBs (`bcm2837-rpi-3-b.dtb` instead of `bcm2710-rpi-3-b.dtb`, for example). If the upstream file isn't found the firmware will load the downstream variant instead and automatically apply the "upstream" overlay to make some adjustments. Note that this process happens _after_ the `os_prefix` has been finalised.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/conditional.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/conditional.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..232fd2010e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/conditional.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+== Legacy conditional filters
+(See also xref:config_txt.adoc#conditional-filters[config.txt conditional filters].)
+
+=== The `[HDMI:*]` filter
+
+NOTE: This filter is for Raspberry Pi 4 only.
+
+Raspberry Pi 4 has two HDMI ports, and for many `config.txt` commands related to HDMI, it is necessary to specify which HDMI port is being referred to. The HDMI conditional filters subsequent HDMI configurations to the specific port.
+
+[source]
+----
+ [HDMI:0]
+ hdmi_group=2
+ hdmi_mode=45
+ [HDMI:1]
+ hdmi_group=2
+ hdmi_mode=67
+----
+
+An alternative `variable:index` syntax is available on all port-specific HDMI commands. You could use the following, which is the same as the previous example:
+
+[source]
+----
+ hdmi_group:0=2
+ hdmi_mode:0=45
+ hdmi_group:1=2
+ hdmi_mode:1=67
+----
+
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/gpio.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/gpio.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b564be6015
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/gpio.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+== Legacy GPIO control
+(See also xref:config_txt.adoc#gpio-control[config.txt GPIO control].)
+
+=== `enable_jtag_gpio`
+
+Setting `enable_jtag_gpio=1` selects Alt4 mode for GPIO pins 22-27, and sets up some internal SoC connections, enabling the JTAG interface for the Arm CPU. It works on all models of Raspberry Pi.
+
+|===
+| Pin # | Function
+
+| GPIO22
+| ARM_TRST
+
+| GPIO23
+| ARM_RTCK
+
+| GPIO24
+| ARM_TDO
+
+| GPIO25
+| ARM_TCK
+
+| GPIO26
+| ARM_TDI
+
+| GPIO27
+| ARM_TMS
+|===
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/legacy.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/legacy.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d24139ec38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/legacy.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+== Legacy options
+
+The `config.txt` options described here are considered legacy settings, are not used by Raspberry Pi OS Bookworm, and are no longer officially supported. They either relate to older software such as the firmware graphics driver, have been deprecated, or are very unlikely to be used by most people. However they remain documented here as they may still be of benefit to users of older OSes, or people doing bare-metal development.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/memory.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/memory.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..11996ade05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/memory.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+== Legacy memory options
+(see also xref:config_txt.adoc#memory-options[config.txt Memory Options])
+
+NOTE: Raspberry Pi 5 does not allocate GPU memory on behalf of the OS, so the following settings have no effect.
+
+=== `gpu_mem`
+
+Specifies how much memory, in megabytes, to reserve for the exclusive use of the GPU: the remaining memory is allocated to the Arm CPU for use by the OS. For Raspberry Pis with less than 1GB of memory, the default is `64`; for Raspberry Pis with 1GB or more of memory the default is `76`.
+
+IMPORTANT: Unlike GPUs found on x86 machines, where increasing memory can improve 3D performance, the architecture of the VideoCore means *there is no performance advantage from specifying values larger than is necessary*, and doing this can in fact harm performance.
+
+To ensure the best performance of Linux, you should set `gpu_mem` to the lowest possible value. If a particular graphics feature is not working correctly, try increasing the value of `gpu_mem`, being mindful of the recommended maximums shown below.
+
+On Raspberry Pi 4 the 3D component of the GPU has its own memory management unit (MMU), and does not use memory from the `gpu_mem` allocation. Instead memory is allocated dynamically within Linux. This allows a smaller value to be specified for `gpu_mem` on the Raspberry Pi 4, compared to previous models.
+
+On legacy kernels, the memory allocated to the GPU is used for display, 3D, codec and camera purposes as well as some basic firmware housekeeping. The maximums specified below assume you are using all these features. If you are not, then smaller values of gpu_mem should be used.
+
+The recommended maximum values are as follows:
+
+|===
+| total RAM | `gpu_mem` recommended maximum
+
+| 256MB
+| `128`
+
+| 512MB
+| `384`
+
+| 1GB or greater
+| `512`, `76` on the Raspberry Pi 4
+|===
+
+IMPORTANT: The camera stack (libcamera) on Raspberry Pi OS uses Linux CMA memory to allocate buffers instead of GPU memory, so there is no benefit in increasing the GPU memory size.
+
+It is possible to set `gpu_mem` to larger values, however this should be avoided since it can cause problems, such as preventing Linux from booting. The minimum value is `16`, however this disables certain GPU features.
+
+You can also use `gpu_mem_256`, `gpu_mem_512`, and `gpu_mem_1024` to allow swapping the same SD card between Raspberry Pis with different amounts of RAM without having to edit `config.txt` each time:
+
+=== `gpu_mem_256`
+
+The `gpu_mem_256` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 256MB of memory. It is ignored if memory size is not 256MB. This overrides `gpu_mem`.
+
+=== `gpu_mem_512`
+
+The `gpu_mem_512` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 512MB of memory. It is ignored if memory size is not 512MB. This overrides `gpu_mem`.
+
+=== `gpu_mem_1024`
+
+The `gpu_mem_1024` command sets the GPU memory in megabytes for Raspberry Pis with 1GB or more of memory. It is ignored if memory size is smaller than 1GB. This overrides `gpu_mem`.
+
+=== `disable_l2cache`
+
+Setting this to `1` disables the CPU's access to the GPU's L2 cache and requires a corresponding L2 disabled kernel. Default value on BCM2835 is `0`. On BCM2836, BCM2837, BCM2711, and BCM2712, the ARMs have their own L2 cache and therefore the default is `1`. The standard Raspberry Pi `kernel.img` and `kernel7.img` builds reflect this difference in cache setting.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/misc.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/misc.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..436b7135d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/misc.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+== Legacy Miscellaneous Options
+
+=== `avoid_warnings`
+
+`avoid_warnings=2` allows turbo mode even when low-voltage is present.
+
+=== `logging_level`
+
+Sets the VideoCore logging level. The value is a VideoCore-specific bitmask.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/overclocking.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/overclocking.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6540e50057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/overclocking.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+== Legacy overclocking options
+(See also xref:config_txt.adoc#overclocking-options[config.txt overclocking options].)
+
+=== Overclocking
+
+==== `never_over_voltage`
+
+Sets a bit in the one-time programmable (OTP) memory that prevents the device from being overvoltaged. This is intended to lock the Raspberry Pi down so the warranty bit cannot be set either inadvertently or maliciously by using an invalid overvoltage.
+
+==== `disable_auto_turbo`
+
+On Raspberry Pi 2 and 3, setting this flag will disable the GPU from moving into turbo mode, which it can do under particular loads.
+
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62c6c8bef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/pi4-hdmi.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+[[raspberry-pi-4-hdmi-pipeline]]
+== Raspberry Pi 4 HDMI pipeline
+
+IMPORTANT: When using the VC4 KMS graphics driver, the complete display pipeline is managed by Linux - this includes the HDMI outputs. These settings only apply to the legacy FKMS and firmware-based graphics driver.
+
+Raspberry Pi 4 is unable to output over HDMI at 1366×768 @ 60Hz. On some monitors it is possible to configure them to use 1360×768 @ 60Hz. They do not typically advertise this mode via their EDID, so the selection can't be made automatically, but it can be selected manually by adding:
+
+[source]
+----
+hdmi_group=2
+hdmi_mode=87
+hdmi_cvt=1360 768 60
+----
+
+...to xref:legacy_config_txt.adoc#legacy-video-options[config.txt].
+
+Timings specified manually via a `hdmi_timings=` line in `config.txt` will also need to comply with the restriction of all horizontal timing parameters being divisible by two.
+
+`dpi_timings=` are not restricted in the same way, as that pipeline still only runs at a single pixel per clock cycle.
diff --git a/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/video.adoc b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/video.adoc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd516df93c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/documentation/asciidoc/computers/legacy_config_txt/video.adoc
@@ -0,0 +1,1804 @@
+== Legacy video options
+(see also xref:config_txt.adoc#video-options[config.txt Video Options])
+
+=== HDMI mode
+
+NOTE: For devices with multiple HDMI ports, some HDMI commands can be applied to any port. You can use the syntax `:`, where port is 0 or 1, to specify which port the setting should apply to. If no port is specified, the default is 0. If you specify a port number on a command that does not require a port number, the port is ignored. Further details on the syntax and alternative mechanisms can be found in the HDMI sub-section of the xref:legacy_config_txt.adoc#legacy-conditional-filters[conditionals section] of the documentation.
+
+==== `hdmi_safe`
+
+Setting `hdmi_safe` to `1` will lead to "safe mode" settings being used to try to boot with maximum HDMI compatibility. This is the same as setting the following parameters:
+
+----
+hdmi_force_hotplug=1
+hdmi_ignore_edid=0xa5000080
+config_hdmi_boost=4
+hdmi_group=2
+hdmi_mode=4
+disable_overscan=0
+overscan_left=24
+overscan_right=24
+overscan_top=24
+overscan_bottom=24
+----
+
+==== `hdmi_ignore_edid`
+
+Setting `hdmi_ignore_edid` to `0xa5000080` enables the ignoring of EDID/display data if your display does not have an accurate https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extended_display_identification_data[EDID]. It requires this unusual value to ensure that it is not triggered accidentally.
+
+==== `hdmi_edid_file`
+
+Setting `hdmi_edid_file` to `1` will cause the GPU to read EDID data from the `edid.dat` file, located in the boot partition, instead of reading it from the monitor.
+
+==== `hdmi_edid_filename`
+
+On the Raspberry Pi 4B, you can use the `hdmi_edid_filename` command to specify the filename of the EDID file to use, and also to specify which port the file is to be applied to. This also requires `hdmi_edid_file=1` to enable EDID files.
+
+For example:
+
+----
+hdmi_edid_file=1
+hdmi_edid_filename:0=FileForPortZero.edid
+hdmi_edid_filename:1=FileForPortOne.edid
+----
+
+==== `hdmi_force_edid_audio`
+
+Setting `hdmi_force_edid_audio` to `1` pretends that all audio formats are supported by the display, allowing passthrough of DTS/AC3 even when this is not reported as supported.
+
+==== `hdmi_ignore_edid_audio`
+
+Setting `hdmi_ignore_edid_audio` to `1` pretends that all audio formats are unsupported by the display. This means ALSA will default to the analogue audio (headphone) jack.
+
+==== `hdmi_force_edid_3d`
+
+Setting `hdmi_force_edid_3d` to `1` pretends that all CEA modes support 3D, even when the EDID does not indicate support for this.
+
+==== `hdmi_ignore_cec_init`
+
+Setting `hdmi_ignore_cec_init` to `1` will stop the initial active source message being sent during bootup. This prevents a CEC-enabled TV from coming out of standby and channel-switching when you are rebooting your Raspberry Pi.
+
+==== `hdmi_ignore_cec`
+
+Setting `hdmi_ignore_cec` to `1` pretends that https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Consumer_Electronics_Control#CEC[CEC] is not supported at all by the display. No CEC functions will be supported.
+
+==== `cec_osd_name`
+
+The `cec_osd_name` command sets the initial CEC name of the device. The default is Raspberry Pi.
+
+==== `hdmi_pixel_encoding`
+
+The `hdmi_pixel_encoding` command forces the pixel encoding mode. By default, it will use the mode requested from the EDID, so you shouldn't need to change it.
+
+|===
+| hdmi_pixel_encoding | result
+
+| 0
+| default (RGB limited for CEA, RGB full for DMT)
+
+| 1
+| RGB limited (16-235)
+
+| 2
+| RGB full (0-255)
+
+| 3
+| YCbCr limited (16-235)
+
+| 4
+| YCbCr full (0-255)
+|===
+
+==== `hdmi_max_pixel_freq`
+
+The pixel frequency is used by the firmware and KMS to filter HDMI modes. Note, this is not the same as the frame rate. It specifies the maximum frequency that a valid mode can have, thereby culling out higher frequency modes. So for example, if you wish to disable all 4K modes, you could specify a maximum frequency of 200000000, since all 4K modes have frequencies greater than this.
+
+==== `hdmi_blanking`
+
+The `hdmi_blanking` command controls what happens when the operating system asks for the display to be put into standby mode, using DPMS, to save power. If this option is not set or set to 0, the HDMI output is blanked but not switched off. In order to mimic the behaviour of other computers, you can set the HDMI output to switch off as well by setting this option to 1: the attached display will go into a low-power standby mode.
+
+NOTE: On Raspberry Pi 4, setting `hdmi_blanking=1` will not cause the HDMI output to be switched off, since this feature has not yet been implemented. This feature may cause issues when using applications which don't use the framebuffer, such as `omxplayer`.
+
+|===
+| hdmi_blanking | result
+
+| 0
+| HDMI output will be blanked
+
+| 1
+| HDMI output will be switched off and blanked
+|===
+
+==== `hdmi_drive`
+
+The `hdmi_drive` command allows you to choose between HDMI and DVI output modes.
+
+|===
+| hdmi_drive | result
+
+| 1
+| Normal DVI mode (no sound)
+
+| 2
+| Normal HDMI mode (sound will be sent if supported and enabled)
+|===
+
+==== `config_hdmi_boost`
+
+Configures the signal strength of the HDMI interface. The minimum value is `0` and the maximum is `11`.
+
+The default value for the original Model B and A is `2`. The default value for the Model B+ and all later models is `5`.
+
+If you are seeing HDMI issues (speckling, interference) then try `7`. Very long HDMI cables may need up to `11`, but values this high should not be used unless absolutely necessary.
+
+This option is ignored on Raspberry Pi 4.
+
+==== `hdmi_group`
+
+The `hdmi_group` command defines the HDMI output group to be either CEA (Consumer Electronics Association, the standard typically used by TVs) or DMT (Display Monitor Timings, the standard typically used by monitors). This setting should be used in conjunction with `hdmi_mode`.
+
+|===
+| hdmi_group | result
+
+| 0
+| Auto-detect from EDID
+
+| 1
+| CEA
+
+| 2
+| DMT
+|===
+
+==== `hdmi_mode`
+
+Together with `hdmi_group`, `hdmi_mode` defines the HDMI output format. Format mode numbers are derived from the https://web.archive.org/web/20171201033424/https://standards.cta.tech/kwspub/published_docs/CTA-861-G_FINAL_revised_2017.pdf[CTA specification].
+
+NOTE: Not all modes are available on all models.
+
+These values are valid if `hdmi_group=1` (CEA):
+
+[cols=",,,^,"]
+|===
+| hdmi_mode | Resolution | Frequency | Screen aspect | Notes
+
+| 1
+| VGA (640x480)
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 2
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 3
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 4
+| 720p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 5
+| 1080i
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 6
+| 480i
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 7
+| 480i
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 8
+| 240p
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 9
+| 240p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 10
+| 480i
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 11
+| 480i
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 12
+| 240p
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 13
+| 240p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 14
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel doubling
+
+| 15
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel doubling
+
+| 16
+| 1080p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 17
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 18
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 19
+| 720p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 20
+| 1080i
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 21
+| 576i
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 22
+| 576i
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 23
+| 288p
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 24
+| 288p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 25
+| 576i
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 26
+| 576i
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 27
+| 288p
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 28
+| 288p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 29
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel doubling
+
+| 30
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel doubling
+
+| 31
+| 1080p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 32
+| 1080p
+| 24Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 33
+| 1080p
+| 25Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 34
+| 1080p
+| 30Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 35
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 36
+| 480p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 37
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 4:3
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 38
+| 576p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| pixel quadrupling
+
+| 39
+| 1080i
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 40
+| 1080i
+| 100Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 41
+| 720p
+| 100Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 42
+| 576p
+| 100Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 43
+| 576p
+| 100Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 44
+| 576i
+| 100Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 45
+| 576i
+| 100Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 46
+| 1080i
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 47
+| 720p
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 48
+| 480p
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 49
+| 480p
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 50
+| 480i
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 51
+| 480i
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 52
+| 576p
+| 200Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 53
+| 576p
+| 200Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 54
+| 576i
+| 200Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 55
+| 576i
+| 200Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 56
+| 480p
+| 240Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 57
+| 480p
+| 240Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 58
+| 480i
+| 240Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 59
+| 480i
+| 240Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 60
+| 720p
+| 24Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 61
+| 720p
+| 25Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 62
+| 720p
+| 30Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 63
+| 1080p
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 64
+| 1080p
+| 100Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 65
+| Custom
+|
+|
+|
+
+| 66
+| 720p
+| 25Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 67
+| 720p
+| 30Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 68
+| 720p
+| 50Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 69
+| 720p
+| 60Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 70
+| 720p
+| 100Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 71
+| 720p
+| 120Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 72
+| 1080p
+| 24Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 73
+| 1080p
+| 25Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 74
+| 1080p
+| 30Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 75
+| 1080p
+| 50Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 76
+| 1080p
+| 60Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 77
+| 1080p
+| 100Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 78
+| 1080p
+| 120Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 79
+| 1680x720
+| 24Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 80
+| 1680x720
+| 25z
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 81
+| 1680x720
+| 30Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 82
+| 1680x720
+| 50Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 83
+| 1680x720
+| 60Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 84
+| 1680x720
+| 100Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 85
+| 1680x720
+| 120Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 86
+| 2560x720
+| 24Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 87
+| 2560x720
+| 25Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 88
+| 2560x720
+| 30Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 89
+| 2560x720
+| 50Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 90
+| 2560x720
+| 60Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 91
+| 2560x720
+| 100Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 92
+| 2560x720
+| 120Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 93
+| 2160p
+| 24Hz
+| 16:9
+| Pi 4
+
+| 94
+| 2160p
+| 25Hz
+| 16:9
+| Pi 4
+
+| 95
+| 2160p
+| 30Hz
+| 16:9
+| Pi 4
+
+| 96
+| 2160p
+| 50Hz
+| 16:9
+| Pi 4
+
+| 97
+| 2160p
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| Pi 4
+
+| 98
+| 4096x2160
+| 24Hz
+| 256:135
+| Pi 4
+
+| 99
+| 4096x2160
+| 25Hz
+| 256:135
+| Pi 4
+
+| 100
+| 4096x2160
+| 30Hz
+| 256:135
+| Pi 4
+
+| 101
+| 4096x2160
+| 50Hz
+| 256:135
+| Pi 4<>
+
+| 102
+| 4096x2160
+| 60Hz
+| 256:135
+| Pi 4<>
+
+| 103
+| 2160p
+| 24Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 104
+| 2160p
+| 25Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 105
+| 2160p
+| 30Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 106
+| 2160p
+| 50Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+
+| 107
+| 2160p
+| 60Hz
+| 64:27
+| Pi 4
+|===
+
+[[needsoverclock,^**1**^]] **1.** Only available with an overclocked core frequency: set `core_freq_min=600` and `core_freq=600`. See xref:config_txt.adoc#overclocking[overclocking].
+
+Pixel doubling and quadrupling indicates a higher clock rate, with each pixel repeated two or four times respectively.
+
+These values are valid if `hdmi_group=2` (DMT):
+
+[cols=",,,^,"]
+|===
+| hdmi_mode | Resolution | Frequency | Screen Aspect | Notes
+
+| 1
+| 640x350
+| 85Hz
+|
+|
+
+| 2
+| 640x400
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 3
+| 720x400
+| 85Hz
+|
+|
+
+| 4
+| 640x480
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 5
+| 640x480
+| 72Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 6
+| 640x480
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 7
+| 640x480
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 8
+| 800x600
+| 56Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 9
+| 800x600
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 10
+| 800x600
+| 72Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 11
+| 800x600
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 12
+| 800x600
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 13
+| 800x600
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 14
+| 848x480
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 15
+| 1024x768
+| 43Hz
+| 4:3
+| incompatible with Raspberry Pi
+
+| 16
+| 1024x768
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 17
+| 1024x768
+| 70Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 18
+| 1024x768
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 19
+| 1024x768
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 20
+| 1024x768
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 21
+| 1152x864
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 22
+| 1280x768
+| 60Hz
+| 15:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 23
+| 1280x768
+| 60Hz
+| 15:9
+|
+
+| 24
+| 1280x768
+| 75Hz
+| 15:9
+|
+
+| 25
+| 1280x768
+| 85Hz
+| 15:9
+|
+
+| 26
+| 1280x768
+| 120Hz
+| 15:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 27
+| 1280x800
+| 60
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 28
+| 1280x800
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 29
+| 1280x800
+| 75Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 30
+| 1280x800
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 31
+| 1280x800
+| 120Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 32
+| 1280x960
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 33
+| 1280x960
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 34
+| 1280x960
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 35
+| 1280x1024
+| 60Hz
+| 5:4
+|
+
+| 36
+| 1280x1024
+| 75Hz
+| 5:4
+|
+
+| 37
+| 1280x1024
+| 85Hz
+| 5:4
+|
+
+| 38
+| 1280x1024
+| 120Hz
+| 5:4
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 39
+| 1360x768
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+|
+
+| 40
+| 1360x768
+| 120Hz
+| 16:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 41
+| 1400x1050
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 42
+| 1400x1050
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 43
+| 1400x1050
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 44
+| 1400x1050
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 45
+| 1400x1050
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 46
+| 1440x900
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 47
+| 1440x900
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 48
+| 1440x900
+| 75Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 49
+| 1440x900
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 50
+| 1440x900
+| 120Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 51
+| 1600x1200
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 52
+| 1600x1200
+| 65Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 53
+| 1600x1200
+| 70Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 54
+| 1600x1200
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 55
+| 1600x1200
+| 85Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 56
+| 1600x1200
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 57
+| 1680x1050
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 58
+| 1680x1050
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 59
+| 1680x1050
+| 75Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 60
+| 1680x1050
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 61
+| 1680x1050
+| 120Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 62
+| 1792x1344
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 63
+| 1792x1344
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 64
+| 1792x1344
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 65
+| 1856x1392
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 66
+| 1856x1392
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 67
+| 1856x1392
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 68
+| 1920x1200
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 69
+| 1920x1200
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 70
+| 1920x1200
+| 75Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 71
+| 1920x1200
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 72
+| 1920x1200
+| 120Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 73
+| 1920x1440
+| 60Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 74
+| 1920x1440
+| 75Hz
+| 4:3
+|
+
+| 75
+| 1920x1440
+| 120Hz
+| 4:3
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 76
+| 2560x1600
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 77
+| 2560x1600
+| 60Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 78
+| 2560x1600
+| 75Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 79
+| 2560x1600
+| 85Hz
+| 16:10
+|
+
+| 80
+| 2560x1600
+| 120Hz
+| 16:10
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 81
+| 1366x768
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| xref:legacy_config_txt.adoc#raspberry-pi-4-hdmi-pipeline[NOT on Raspberry Pi 4]
+
+| 82
+| 1920x1080
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| 1080p
+
+| 83
+| 1600x900
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 84
+| 2048x1152
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| reduced blanking
+
+| 85
+| 1280x720
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| 720p
+
+| 86
+| 1366x768
+| 60Hz
+| 16:9
+| reduced blanking
+|===
+
+NOTE: There is a pixel clock limit. The highest supported mode on models prior to the Raspberry Pi 4 is 1920×1200 at 60Hz with reduced blanking, whilst the Raspberry Pi 4 can support up to 4096×2160 (colloquially 4k) at 60Hz. Also note that if you are using both HDMI ports of the Raspberry Pi 4 for 4k output, then you are limited to 30Hz on both.
+
+==== `hdmi_timings`
+
+This allows setting of raw HDMI timing values for a custom mode, selected using `hdmi_group=2` and `hdmi_mode=87`.
+
+[source]
+----
+hdmi_timings=